ACADEMIC MANUAL National Institute Of Fashion Technology

Transcription

1 ACADEMIC MANUAL National Institute Of Fashion Technology MINISTRY OF TEXTILES, GOVERNMENT OF INDIA HEAD OFFICE, NIFT CAMPUS, HAUZ KHAS, NEW DELHI

2 This document contains the details of all issues concerning faculty, students and academics of NIFT. All policies, norms and procedures are detailed for the reference of faculty and administrators detailing with academics. Copyright , National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT), India. All rights reserved throughout the world. Reproduction in any manner without permission is strictly prohibited. No part of this document should be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means-electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording scanning, or through any other information storage and retrieval system - presently known or to be invented, without explicit written approval from the Director General, NIFT. This document is proprietary and exclusive to NIFT and is to be used only by and for the purposes of NIFT. The Dean (A) and Head (AA) shall be the joint custodians of the NIFT Academic Manual at NIFT.

3 FOREWORD Today, National Institute of Fashion Technology has emerged as a leader in fashion education with the ability to integrate knowledge, academic freedom, critical independence, creative thinking. A history of being in existence for 25 years stands as a testimony to our fundamentals where academic excellence lies at the core. The institute has been playing a pivotal role in envisioning and evolving fashion education through a network of fifteen professionally managed Centres. We continually strive to be nothing but the best. In an institution as large as ours, it is common for dissimilarity and variation to trickle in across the boundaries of our distinctive disciplines. With a view to maintain parity through the length and breadth of our Centres, a growing need was felt to bind the institution in commonality pertaining to course curricula; faculty & student matters; academic systems & procedures. It is with a sense of pride and content that I present the updated edition of NIFT Academic Manual. Built on the recognition to necessitate standardized guidelines, the Academic Manual offers a single point reference for all academic matters. In December 2010, an invigorating thought-process led to a detailed exercise of strengthening the course curricula. Industry experts & peer institutes provided the structure for us to develop a more fortified knowledge base. Through creative enterprise, knowledge transfer & peer learning we were able to achieve stronger academic strategy. Our strategy seeks to realize the opportunity to instrument policy interventions & systemic improvements, both, at faculty and student level. At student level, an attempt has been made to wipe out the bottlenecks in the Student Subsidy Scheme thereby providing a clear framework to support the students on need-cum-merit basis. Further, embracing other strategic enablers, Student Attendance Policy; Inter-Centre Transfer Policy; Inter-Discipline Transfer Policy have been re-structured bringing in co-ordinated improvements. Also, processes for international & domestic linkages have been streamlined. Articulating the ideology of world-class learning practices, at faculty level, the relationship between research and teaching has been stressed upon. The intended reader is presented with new chapters relating to Ph.D programme; Bridge programme; Faculty Development programme; Sabbatical and Study Leave norms. I strongly believe that the Academic Manual in its new form will provide stronger bedrock of academic growth & enhancement in the institution. Monika S. Garg Director General

4

5 ACADEMIC MANUAL Chapter 1: Academic Organization... 1 In this section: 1.1 Organization Structure 1.2 Academic Co-ordination Appointments Titles Procedure of Nomination Roles and Responsibility of Academic Co-ordinator Appointment Channels of Reporting Assessment 1.3 Academic Committees Nomenclatures Composition of Committees and defined areas of functions Procedure of Nominations of Committees Chapter 2: Student Admission to NIFT In this section: 2.1 Notification Eligibility Centerwise Allocation of programs & seats 2.2 Outsourcing of Agency for Admission Process Deliverables of the examination agency Scrutiny of Application forms 2.3 Selection procedure For Bachelor of Design For Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) For Master of Fashion Management / Technology For Master of Design 2.4 Final List preparation Reservation of seats 2.5 Result Communication 2.6 Counselling & Allocation of Centre / Discipline 2.7 Cancellation / Withdrawal of Candidature

6 Chapter 3: Academic Planning & Curriculum In this section: 3.1 Academic Programmes 3.2 Brief of the Programmes Unified Subject Coding System 3.3 Semester wise Structure for Programs 3.4 Curriculum Planning, Guidelines & Credit System 3.5 Curriculum Documentation & Custody 3.6 Course matrix and Curricular Briefs Foundation Programme (Design) Foundation Programme (Technology) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design) Bachelor of Design (Leather Design) Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design) Bachelor of Design (Textile Design) Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication) Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) Master of Fashion Technology Master of Fashion Management Master of Design (Design Space) 3.7 Procedure, Time Frame and Committee for Curriculum Review 3.8 Procedure and Committee for Change in Nomenclature of Department/Discipline/Specialization 3.9 Modalities for Co-Curricular Academic Activities Internship Modalities Modalities of Cluster Graduation Project 3.10 Academic Calendar Chapter 4: Faculty Matters In this section: 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities of Faculty 4.2 Norms for Faculty and Recruitments

7 4.3 Faculty Affiliations and Workloads 4.4 Policies pertaining to faculty engagement NIFT Guest Faculty Policy Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy Visiting Fellows Policy Honorarium Norms for Anchors and Trainers of Faculty Orientation, Training and Development Inter Center Teaching Eminent Expert as Jury Member 4.5 Development and Training Opportunities Faculty Orientation, Training and Development (FOTD) Cell International & National Fairs/conferences Study and Sabbatical Leaves Norms Faculty Seminar Project Consultancy Auditing by Faculty Training of Trainers Faculty Internship 4.6 Faculty Profiling vis a vis other Institute / Organization Chapter 5: Students Matters In this section: 5.1 Fees Related Issues 5.2 Identity Card Related Issues 5.3 Personal Records Related Issues 5.4 Discipline and Conduct Issues 5.5 Disciplinary Procedure & Penalties Disciplinary Procedure Guidelines Penalties Appeal Procedure 5.6 Student Extra Curricular Activities 5.7 Student Related Committees Hostel Committee Campus Committee Examination Committee Student Discipline Committee 5.8 Policies Related to Student Affairs Student Attendance Policy Duration of Course Leave of Absence NIFT Means - Cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme Inter Center Transfer Policy Inter Discipline Transfer Policy

8 5.9 Policies Related to Student Development Programmes Student Assistantship Programme (SAP) Student Extension Activities 5.10 Student Support Services Student Accommodation Class Representatives (CR) Lab working Mentoring Medical Facilities Placement 5.11 Special Services Fee Waiver Policy Education loan Facilities for the Student Repeating the Semester Monetary Incentive for Contribution to Sponsorships Issuance of Migration and Provisional Certificate 5.12 Student Awards Chapter 6: Examination and Evaluation In this section: 6.1 Eligibility Criteria for appearing in Examination Admit Card Logbook 6.2 Process and Procedure of Evaluation and Conduct of Examination Evaluation Methods Evaluation Matrix Procedure for submission of assignment Examination Regulations for candidates Common Examination 6.3 Awards of Grades and calculation of SGPA/CGPA Calculation of total grade points 6.4 Results and Feedback 6.5 Procedure for Declaration of results 6.6 Moderation Policy Role of Moderation Committee 6.7 Re-Examination Policy 6.8 Evaluation of Internship 6.9 Record of Exam Papers 6.10 Post result sequence of events

9 6.11 Re-Evaluation and Appeal procedure 6.12 Promotion Policy Chapter 7: Degree and Other Distinctions In this section: 7.1 Grade Sheets 7.2 Conferring of Degree Requisites Procedure of Conferring Issue of Duplicate Degree, Diploma, Grade Sheets, and other Distinctions 7.3 NIFT Convocation 7.4 Merit Awards 7.5 Graduation Awards 7.6 Other Awards (Presented During Convocation) Chapter 8: Diploma Programs In this Section: 8.1 Programme Duration 8.2 Admission Procedure 8.3 Academic Calendar 8.4 Academic Input 8.5 Teaching Methodology 8.6 Evaluation Criteria 8.7 Course Curriculum 8.8 Discipline And Conduct Rules 8.9 Policy and Guidelines for Fas.E Programme Background Structure Admission Budget Mode of Dissemination of Knowledge Accounting System Feedback

10 8.9.8 Evaluation Criteria Moderation Attendance Discontinuation/Non-appearance Internship Award Pending Cases Chapter 9: CE Programs In this Section: 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Admissions 9.3 Fee and Registration 9.4 Eligibility 9.5 Selection procedure 9.6 Timing 9.7 Nomenclature and curriculum 9.8 Academic Calendar 9.9 Examination and Evaluation 9.10 Faculty 9.11 Award of Certificate /Grade Sheet 9.12 Discipline and Conduct Rules 9.13 NIFT Continuing Education Programme Policy 9.14 Policy for Short Duration Summer Programmes Chapter 10: Linkages In this section: 10.1 Domestic Linkage Engagement with institutions for collaboration Faculty Exchange/Publications/Joint Projects 10.2 International Linkage Engagement with Foreign Universities/Institutes for collaboration Student Exchange

11 Faculty Exchange / Joint projects Visit to Foreign Institutes/Organizations Engagement with External Entities 10.3 Industry Linkage Chapter 11: Intellectual Property Rights In this section: 11.1 Preamble 11.2 The IP Policy 11.3 The Role of IPR Unit in IP Protection 11.4 Ownership 11.5 Disclosures, Confidentiality and Assignment of Rights 11.6 Assessment of Innovation(s) for Protection 11.7 Support 11.8 Commercialization of NIFT Creations / Inventions / Technologies 11.9 Revenue Sharing Infringements, Damages, Liability and Indemnity Insurance Conflict of Interest Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction Power to Relax Chapter 12: Support Services & Others In this section: 12.1 Information Technology (IT) Department 12.2 Resource Centre Collections Services Circulation Service Rules for Students and other Members Other Rules and Regulations Development of a state-of-the-ar t Fashion Information System

12 12.3 NIFT Website 12.4 NIFT Development Fund 12.5 Department Development Fund 12.6 NIFT Alumni Association 12.7 Research and Technology (R&T) Facilities in NIFT Chapter 13: Ph D In this section: 13.1 Objective 13.2 How to apply 13.3 Shortlisting, Selection and Preliminary Registration 13.4 Eligibility 13.5 Timescale 13.6 Calendar of Activities 13.7 Qualifying Stages of Work 13.8 Final Registration 13.9 Performance Monitoring Synopsis Submission Thesis Submission Thesis Evaluation Award of Ph D Degree Fee Assistance from NIFT for NIFT Faculty Members Ph D at a glance

13 Chapter 14: Bridge Programme In this section: 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Admission Eligibility Total Number of seats 14.3 Structure of the Programme Schedule of Bridge Programme Components of PG Programme Components of UG Programme Seminar Four Full Days Workshop Term Papers Interaction with Mentor 14.4 Transcript 14.5 Degree format 14.6 Attendance norms 14.7 Finance External Expert, Faculty & Internal Faculty Payment Norms Expected Expenditure Expenditure at Centre Level Fee Waiver 14.8 Academic Management 14.9 Award of Degree Admission Calendar Chapter 15: Faculty Development Programme In this section 15.1 Short Title /Commencement 15.2 Purpose 15.3 Instrument of the Scheme Semester I Activity in Semester Break Semester II

14 15.4 Admission Duration Eligibility Admission Process - Short listing & Selection Seats Availability - Total Number of Seats Fee 15.5 Administrative Structure 15.6 Placement 15.7 Competent Authority and Relaxation in Rules 15.8 Credit Distribution table of FDP Programme 15.9 Evaluation System to be followed Academic Management

15 academic organization Chapter 1 This section details the academic administration of the institute alongwith it s working. The matter is available in the Establishment manual as well. In this section: 1.1 Academic Organization 1.2 Academic Co-ordination Appointments Titles Procedure of Nomination Roles and Responsibility of Academic Co-ordinator Appointment Channels of Reporting Assessment. 1.3 Academic Committees Nomenclatures Composition of Committees and defined areas of functions Procedure of Nominations of Committees 1 For restricted use within NIFT only.

16

17 academic organization Titles At Head Office Head of Departments - There would be two Heads of Department for academics- Dean (A) and Head (AA). In general, all matters pertaining to academics, curriculum, curriculum delivery, faculty issues and academic plans would be handled by the Dean (A). All matters of student issues and academic administration would be handled by Head (AA). The Dean (A) and Head (AA) would also act as Heads of Unit for the following academic units: Dean (A) a) Academic Management System b) National Resource Centre Head (AA) a) Student Affairs b) Student Development Activities Heads of Units Head - International & Domestic Linkages (I&DL) Head - Research (R) Head - Industry (I) Head - Faculty Orientation Training and Development, Bridge Programme & Faculty Development Programme (FOTD, BP & FDP) Head - Continuing Education and Diploma Programme Head - Cluster Head - Information Technology (IT) Chairpersons (CP) of Departments i) FP - Foundation Program ii) FD - Fashion Design iii) LD - Leather Design iv) TD - Textile Design v) KD - Knitwear Design vi) FC - Fashion Communication vii) F&LA - Fashion and Lifestyle Accessories viii) FMS - Fashion Management Studies ix) DFT - Department of Fashion Technology x) DS - Design Space At each NIFT Centre i) Centre Coordinators (CC) - All departments ii) Co - coordinator (Foundation Programme) iii) Regional Industry Coordinator (RIC) iv) Cluster Initiative Coordinator (CIC) v) Students Development Activity Coordinator (SDAC) vi) Controller of Examination (COE) vii) Coordinator International & Domestic Linkages (CI&DL) viii) Resource Centre (RC) Procedure of Nomination Nomination process for Dean (A) and Head (AA): The posts of Dean (Academics) and Head (Academic Affairs) shall be academic posts. Senior faculty shall be nominated to this post on rotation The posts shall alternate between Design, Management and Technology A panel of at least 2 senior faculty would be drawn up by SIAC- AMS against each post. The names in the panel with their individual profiles - qualifications, earlier administrative posts held, aptitude for the nominated post, general profile will be forwarded to DG. The DG will nominate the officers from the given panels. The period of appointment will be three years. Nomination process for Heads of Units: The post of Head of Unit shall be an academic post. Senior faculty shall be nominated to this post on rotation The posts shall alternate between Design, Management and Technology Panel of 3-4 senior faculty will be drawn up by SIAC- AMS. The names of the panel with their profile - qualifications, earlier administrative posts held, aptitude for the nominated post, general profile will be forwarded to DG. The DG will nominate the officers from the given panel. The period of appointment will be three years. Nomination Process for Chairpersons: The post of Chairperson shall be an academic post. Senior faculty of the concerned department shall be nominated to this post on rotation Panel of at least 2 senior faculty will be drawn up by SIAC- AMS against each vacancy. The names of the panel with their profile - qualifications, earlier administrative posts held, aptitude for the post, general profile will be forwarded to DG. The DG will nominate the officers from the given panel. The period of appointment will be three years. 3 For restricted use within NIFT only.

18 Nomination Process for Unit In charge: The posts of Unit In Charge shall be academic posts. Head of concerned Unit shall propose a panel of names of faculty to Dean(A). The same will be discussed in SIAC-AMS and recommended names will be forwarded to DG for approval. The period of appointment will be three years. Nomination Procedures for Units at Centres Nomination for Unit In charges (CC, SDAC, COE, CI&DL, CIC, and RIC) The posts of Unit in- charge shall be academic posts. Head of concerned Unit will propose a panel of names of faculty in consultation with the Center Director to Dean (A) to present to SIAC - AMS. Panel of at least 2 faculty will be drawn up by SIAC - AMS against each post. The names of the panel with their profile- Qualifications, earlier administrative posts held, aptitude for the post, general profile- will be forwarded to DG. For the post of SDAC, the names of only female faculty should be nominated. The DG will nominate the officers from the given panels. The period of appointment will be three years. NOTE: It should be ensured that all appointments of the same time period should be co-terminus. The outgoing SIAC-AMS hence would complete the nomination procedure before end of term. In case of any changes that may occur mid term, the entire process as detailed above would be repeated Roles and Responsibility of Academic Co-ordination Appointments ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEAN (A) The Dean (A) is the academic head of the institute with the aim of creating, implementing and taking forward the academic vision of the institute through a consultative process with other academicians of the institute. i) Dean(A) will be the co-ordinator for all matters pertaining to academics. ii) Dean(A) will monitor curriculum development, review and compliance. Dean(A) will be the custodian of the ratified curriculum of each department/ specialization. Any review, addition, deletion or modification in the curriculum will be coordinated by the Dean (A) through the set procedure of review. iii) Dean(A) will coordinate the preparation of Academic Calendar and compliance. iv) Dean(A) will monitor faculty workload and ensure optimal utilization of faculty For restricted use within NIFT only. 4 v) Dean(A) will coordinate and monitor commencement of any new program in NIFT vi) Dean (A) will facilitate the appointment of Heads of Units and Unit In charges. vii) Dean (A) will co-ordinate the proposal received from Chairpersons regarding names of experts and faculty for graduation project / design collection / research project dissertation final jury panels for the approval of DG-NIFT viii) Dean (A) will facilitate faculty nominations for domestic seminars / conferences ix) Dean (A) will monitor publications done by faculty of NIFT x) Dean (A) will be the chairperson of the SIAC-AMS and will report to DG-NIFT on all matters. xi) Dean (A) will also be Head of Unit for AMS and NRC. The Unit In charges will work under the guidance of Dean(A) on issues of the unit ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY OF UNITS UNDER DEAN (A) I) Academic Management System (AMS) i) Curriculum Documentation Review Compliance to Academic Plan II) ii) Faculty Facilitating appointments of faculty unit incharges & coordinators across centres Ensure optimal utilization of faculty iii) Ensuring smooth deliverance of curriculum iv) Academic Calendar v) Academic Manual National Resource Centre (NRC) Maintenance of resource centre Budgeting for the resource centre Processing and updating of Resource Centre database Management and maintenance of membership record and circulation service. Acquisition and development of collection Management of reference service. Physical maintenance and security of all collections. Budgeting Coordination of the Resource Centres Selection and collection development for RCs i) Print and non-print collections ii) Consortia subscription print and online database/ journals iii) Forecast services Standardization of activities of RCs Automation of RCs and Resource sharing among Centres Digitization of resource material Creation of database Training / re-training of RC staff

19 academic organization ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD (AA) The Head (AA) is the academic administrative head of the institute with the aim of creating, implementing and taking forward the vision of the institute through matters concerning students across centers. i) Head (AA) will be the coordinator and facilitator for academic and developmental matters related to students ii) Head (AA) will ensure adherence to student rules and regulations as per the Academic Manual and any issues arising thereafter. iii) The Student Rule Book would be modified, printed and distributed under the guidance and monitoring of Head (AA) iv) Any changes to the Academic Manual would be coordinated by the Head (AA) along with Dean (A) who would get the same ratified by the AAC of the Board before issuing appropriate addendums. v) Head (AA) will coordinate all matters for the annual Convocation Information to the graduating batch about the Convocation Preparation of brochures and degree certificates Preparation of Angavastrams/ capes Preparation of Awardees list Arrangements for trophies, medals, etc Preparation of Academic Report for the Convocation to be presented by DG. Preparation of Degree certificates vi) Head (AA) will be responsible for the channelization and issue of all degrees, diplomas and awards instituted by NIFT. vii) Head (AA) would be the Alternate Chairperson of the SIAC - AMS and will report to DG -NIFT on all matters. viii) Head (AA) will also be Head of Unit for Student Affairs and SDAC. The Unit Incharges will work under the guidance of Head (AA) on issues of the unit. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITY OF UNITS UNDER HEAD (AA) i) Student Affairs Discipline Matters Financial Assistance Inter center and Inter discipline Transfer Cases Student Grievances Student Counseling Students Rule Book Student Awards Policy and Guidelines of above mentioned activities Liaison with Centers Budget Allocation All matters related to Awards, trophies, medals and academic performance certificates including keeping of records and its safe custody. ii) Student Development Activities & Overseas Centre Planning of Student Development activities across centers Conduct of development activities Student Assistantship Program Student Extension Activities Inter College (outstation) participation Mentorship program Budget allocation of development activities Infrastructure setup Liaison with all SDAC from NIFT centres for the above Review of Roles and Responsibilities of SDAC, formulation of format for periodic returns from the same Academic Manual iii) Academic Appeal Committee Student appeals Academic Malpractice cases ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - INTERNATIONAL & DOMESTIC LINKAGES (I&DL) i) International Participation Seminars/Conferences in coordination with departments Fairs / Shows / Exhibitions Government & Industry tie-ups, MoUs in coordination with Dean A ii) International Academics (in co-ordination with Dean A) Faculty Exchange/ Secondment Training Programmes Tie ups / MoUs iii) International Student Cell: Student Exchange Visit of NIFT Students Participations in competitions etc Special courses for foreign students Sponsorships iv) Domestic Linkages Linkages with education institutions in India and overseas Policy & Guidelines on standard norms of linkages Preparation and Assessment of proposal based on credentials Review and monitoring exercise. Custodian of all MOUs signed across centers with domestic institutes, government bodies, NGOs etc. All such documents would be routed through the Head- I&DL for approval before they are signed. v) Any other matter relating to International / NRI students vi) Integration of evaluation with NIFT evaluation 5 For restricted use within NIFT only.

20 ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD-RESEARCH (R) i) Doctoral Program Formulation of curriculum and conduct of classes Identification of faculty resources Development of Ordinance for doctoral program Identification and allocation of supervisors Identification of expert panel for examinations and evaluations Conduct of all examinations and evaluations Overall co-ordination of the program ii) Creating a Research Environment By offering a doctoral programme and exploring possibility of joint research collaborations with internal universities / institutes / apparel industry / organizations and possibilities of research students exchange. iii) Capacity Building Development of a long-term Research agenda and a plan for Research & Development capacity building by establishing leading-edge research laboratories and equipping them with high-end research enabling equipment to undertake doctoral research activities, industry oriented research projects etc. iv) Research Incubation Center Planning for development of research incubation center to encourage entrepreneurial projects in collaboration with NIFT researchers ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - INDUSTRY (I) I) Industry i) Industry Participation Coordination with all RICs Industry visit of faculty in coordination with Dean (A) Specific seminars and conferences: outside & in NIFT Training Programmes for Industry at NIFT Consolidation and dissemination of Industry database to CPs ii) Industry Sponsorships Equipment and material Infrastructure sharing Joint ventures MoUs iii) Role of Industry in Academics Scholarships in coordination with Head AA Placements in coordination with centers and departments Industry/Market/Event/Fair exposure of students of remote NIFT Centre iv) Institutional arrangements/ tie ups with industry for customized and specialized programmes v) Any other matter concerning Industry Interface II) Alumni Affairs i) Alumni Association Database of new and existing members Promotion for membership Involvement in NIFT Projects Involvement as Guest Faculty Sponsorship for students ii) Alumni Interaction Industry feedback and linkages Course curriculum development Internship and Graduation projects for students Placements iii) iv) Alumni Meet Formation of regional Alumni forums Regional Meets Common annual Meet Any other matter concerning NIFT Alumni ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - FACULTY ORIENTATION TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT, BRIDGE PROGRAMME AND FACULTY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME I) Faculty Orientation Training & Development (FOTD) i) Orientation of new faculty to NIFT as an organization and to the working of the various streams taught in the institute ii) Training of the new as well as existing Faculty Identifying training needs Identifying the experts from faculty, industry and other institutions Formulating the program with its duration and periodicity Organizing the training program Feedback iii) II) Development of Faculty Devising a development program Incorporating new areas of development in training Incorporating inputs from Industry, alumni and various international institutes Bridge Program (BP) Facilitating conversion of previously awarded diplomas to degrees for NIFT alumni. Formulation of bridge policy Announcement and overall coordination of the programme Formulation of the curriculum duration & periodicity For restricted use within NIFT only. 6

21 academic organization III) Faculty Development Programme (FDP) Programme to identify academically inclined professionals and formally equip them for handling teaching responsibilities in the field of Fashion Education. Formulation of FDP policy. Announcement & overall coordination of the programme. Development of the curriculum & follow up Feedback & recommendation ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - CONTINUING EDUCATION AND DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES I) Continuing Education Programmes and Diploma Programme (CE& Diploma Programme) i) Facilitation of CE and Diploma Programmes at NIFT ii) Planning of various programmes (CE and Diploma) that would be offered annually based on information received from all centers iii) Facilitating necessary approvals as per Academic Channel for CE and Diploma Programmes iv) Overall coordination of content preparation for brochure, website etc as per requirement. v) Dissemination of information (including brochure) to all Centers. II) Corporate Communication Cell (CCC) Overall coordination and creation of visual and communication Identity of NIFT i) Publication and printing of centralized NIFT publications: Prospectus for regular & CE Programmes Brochures: Placements, FDP, PhD and Bridge Programmes Promotional material including posters and print advertisements Printing for Convocation and other major NIFT events NIFT Diary, Calendar & Planner ii) NIFT Website: Design and development of E- brochures / advertisements (Prospectus for regular & CE programme, Placements, FDP, PhD & Bridge Programme) ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - CLUSTER i) Coordination of Academic Schedule with Cluster timelines with UI-Cluster and all CIC at the centres. ii) Coordination, preparation and maintenance of reports on student cluster related activities at each centre. iii) Coordinating student visits to various clusters and linking it to Cluster Development Initiative. iv) Plan for training workshop / seminar schedules and parameters for cluster projects, along with performance measures for the same. v) Any other work related to cluster project at HO ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF HEAD - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) i) To provide vision and direction for IT implementation and usage in academic and administrative governance ii) Develop policy regarding software and hardware procurement, website, software and hardware usage and maintenance of IT infrastructure. iii) To develop generic specifications and norms for various IT equipments and peripherals for procurement iv) Organising training in IT related areas v) Spread awareness of global best practices in IT usage ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATIONS (COE) i) COE will be the co-ordinator and Facilitator for matters related to examination and evaluation of students for regular programmes. ii) COE would coordinate conduct of the evaluation and examination process across all NIFT Centres through COE Cell. iii) COE would facilitate formulation of policies related to evaluations. COE would be the Convener for Standing Internal Advisory Committee for Common Examination Board. COE would also seek reports and returns from the Controller of Examination (COE) at Centres. He would also be responsible for proposing Budget for Evaluations every financial year and also convene meetings of special Review Committees related to Evaluations. iv) COE would identify / categorize subjects to fall under the purview of Common Examinations in consultation with the Chairpersons and Dean (A) v) COE would co-ordinate maintenance of database related to faculty and experts who would be nominated for question paper setting and for evaluation. vi) COE would co-ordinate maintenance of question bank for various categories of subjects. vii) COE would co-ordinate preparation of schedule for Examination (CEB) including mid-term evaluation, endterm evaluation and re-examinations and notifying the same and up-loading it in the NIFT website. viii) COE would be responsible for co-ordination of preparation of Question Papers and maintenance of overall ix) confidentiality. COE would be responsible for co-ordination, planning, scheduling evaluation of subjects, which fall under the purview of CEB. x) COE would be overall responsible for collecting results, student's attendance update from the Centres and uploading the same in the NIFT website. xi) COE would be overall responsible for processing students representations, request for re-evaluations 7 For restricted use within NIFT only.

22 xii) COE would be overall responsible for processing claims of faculty, officers & staff for providing professional services towards evaluations. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF EXAMINATION AND EVALUATION CELL i) Budgeting for Common Examination Board ii) Evaluation policy formulation, preparation of evaluation manual iii) Formulation of promotion policy and implementation. iv) Monitoring implementation of evaluation policy, reporting of non compliance v) Review of Roles and Responsibilities of COE, formulation of format for periodic returns from COEs at Centre. vi) Collection of final result from Centres, maintenance of data base vii) Collection & dispatch of question papers viii) Coordination with NIFT Centres/COE regarding conducting examinations ix) Collection of answer sheets x) Coding & evaluation of answer sheets xi) De-coding & declaration of results xii) Conducting of re-examinations xiii) Processing students representation xiv) Putting up claims for faculty & staff xv) Scheduling of time table for exams xvi) Setting of question papers xvii) Custody of answer sheets xviii) Re-evaluation xix) Record of marks/results ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ASSISTANT CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATIONS Assistant Controller of Examinations (ACOE) would be the Academic Administrative Head of the evaluations related to Under Graduate/ Post Graduate programmes and would function under the overall supervision of the COE. i) ACOE would maintain the database related to subjects falling under the purview of CEB for the respective U.G./ P.G. Programme. ii) ACOE would maintain database of faculty, experts who could be nominated for question paper setting and evaluation. iii) ACOE would maintain question bank for the respective iv) U.G. / P.G. Programme. ACOE would prepare the evaluation schedule including mid-term, end-term and re-examination and notify the same on the NIFT website. v) ACOE would be responsible for timely despatch of question papers to NIFT Centres and maintain necessary confidentiality regarding the same. vi) ACOE would be responsible for receipt of answer sheets for CEB subjects, preparation of evaluation plan and schedule and executing the same including coding, decoding, preparation and despatch of results etc. vii) ACOE would receive final results, students attendance update from the NIFT Centres and upload the same on the NIFT website in coordination with IT Department of Head Office. viii) ACOE would process students representations related to evaluation and request for re-evaluation. ix) ACOE would be responsible for preparation of student's grade sheets, transcripts, etc. x) ACOE would be responsible for processing claims of faculty, officers, staff for rendering professional services towards evaluation for respective UG / PG programmes. xi) ACOE would be custodian for results for all UG / PG programmes. xii) ACOE would be responsible for checking whether question papers submitted by nominated faculty are as per guidelines/matrix etc. xiii) ACOE would be responsible for receiving details regarding schedule of mid-term, end-term, re-examinations, copy of question papers for both CEB and Non-CEB categories, brief for assignments, project etc. from the NIFT Centres. ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF NODAL OFFICER i) The Nodal officer shall directly interact with foreign university and report to DG-NIFT through Head-I&DL. ii) The Nodal officer shall supervise and coordinate all activities of NIFT fraternity pertaining to the foreign institute assigned to her/him. iii) For new MOUs, the Nodal officer shall evaluate the foreign University on the following grounds and put up for necessary approvals Public/ Private organization Institutional rating Course mapping Infrastructure, Facilities Faculty resource Medium of instruction Opportunities available for the foreign university students/ faculty at NIFT iv) For existing MOUs, the Nodal officer shall review the MOU based on the above points and present recommendations on the continuity of MOU. v) The Nodal Officer shall interact with the foreign university on regular basis to provide suitable academic exchange/ study abroad opportunities to students of both NIFT and Foreign University. vi) The Nodal Officer shall ensure that all deadlines indicated in the calendar of student exchange for activities are adhered. vii) The Nodal Officer shall interact with the foreign university on regular basis to provide suitable academic exchange For restricted use within NIFT only. 8

23 academic organization viii) ix) opportunities for faculty members of both NIFT and foreign university. The Nodal officer shall interact with foreign university to initiate activities pertaining to faculty exchange, joint projects etc. The Nodal officer shall coordinate with the foreign University and students who go to foreign university or students who come on exchange to NIFT. Nodal officer shall obtain student feedback from students who go on exchange program in the prescribed format and a summary report shall be submitted to the Head I&DL regularly x) Nodal Officer under intimation to Head I&DL shall interact with CI&DL for exchange students ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF CHAIRPERSON (CP) i) The CP shall assume a leadership role in positioning the Institute as a centre of excellence through various professional endeavors for the department, its students and alumni. ii) The CP shall take the lead in development of the curriculum, positioning and structuring of the programmes, preparation of the teaching material, learning methodology and consistent delivery. iii) The CP shall be responsible for overall planning, academic administration and review of programmes under their respective departments across centres. iv) The CP shall be responsible for overall allocation of teaching hours and credit weightage given to the course as per Academic Manual and other academic related matters for administration across all centers. v) The CP in consultation with the Faculty Members shall recommend the electives to be offered in VI & VII Semesters for UG and II & III semesters for PG programmes which will be offered to all the students across the centers in order to facilitate any elective offer. vi) Detailed guidelines of electives in terms of course content, evaluation, credit shall be prepared by CP. vii) The CP shall forward the academic plan collected by Centre Coordinators for each faculty member and also the overall plan for the centre submitted by CC with his/her own comments to Dean (A). This shall also be submitted along with a detailed brief on training needs of faculty members in suitable training institutes within India and abroad to Dean (A). The CP shall also review whether there is sufficient department development fund (DDF) to ensure training of faculty members as submitted by CCs viii) The CP shall ratify the academic plan and the time table ensuring that all faculty members have been allocated optimum teaching and academic work load and the finalized delivery as discussed in the CP/CC meeting. The CP shall also ensure that modular inputs wherever needed are planned and administered at the appropriate stage in the curriculum. ix) The CP shall ensure that curriculum delivery is in accordance with academic calendar and ratified time table. Any non-compliance by any centre must be informed to the office of Dean (A). x) The CP shall ensure that the developed course material is documented and sent to Dean (A) for reference and respective departments across all centers including material developed by guest faculty. xi) The CP shall ensure that CCs have instructed the faculty members to give a detailed brief regarding task based assignments, projects and research work to the students well in advance to enable them to understand the expectations and outcome of the assignments. xii) The CP shall ensure that various policies stated in Academic Manual for academic related activities like placement, internship, graduation project, market survey, design collection, craft documentation for students as well as faculty is complied with. xiii) The overall responsibility of placement and internship shall be that of CP and he / she will be responsible to provide help and guidance to industry coordinator in terms of prospecting more companies if there is shortfall. xiv) The CP shall forge linkages with industry members and solicit their active participation in Industry Advisory Committees and their cooperation for internship, placement, research projects and event sponsorship. xv) CP in consultation with Examination Cell shall coordinate with course faculty in developing the question bank, finalizing the paper setters and evaluators and any other additional responsibility of related matters. xvi) The CPs shall ensure that CCs call for a fortnightly meeting of the faculty and shall monitor the implementation of the academic decisions taken from time to time. xvii) The CP shall prepare a list of relevant national and international fairs, seminars, exhibitions & confluences and nominations of faculty members for such events. xviii) The CP shall endeavour to facilitate necessary philosophical direction and inculcate a visionary approach beyond the academics into research and development activities for the faculty and the students. xix) The CP shall convene one-day departmental meetings at different centres in rotation with all concerned CCs once every semester, before the commencement of the each academic session to plan all issues pertaining to academics including the proposed plan for Inter centre teaching which shall be drawn up in consultation with CCs and forwarded to Dean (A) for approval of DG-NIFT xx) The CP shall visit each NIFT Centre at least once in a semester to monitor and review the academic progress and interact with the students, faculty members and Director of the NIFT Centres with regard to areas of concern. During the visit to the centre CPs are required to perform the following tasks: 9 For restricted use within NIFT only.

24 xxi) xxii) xxiii) xxiv) To teach classes of his/her area of expertiseminimum of 02 sessions per visit. The plan for these sessions shall be communicated to the CCs in advance for the necessary information to the students. CP shall audit the classes of faculty of the department at least once in the semester and shall prepare the report of the same. During the visit to the centre CP shall meet regularly the alumni, industry professionals and other experts and would discuss about the course curriculum, industry institute interaction, placement and internship and other related issues. CP shall advise CC of the center regarding the coordination with industry, alumni and other experts before the visit. CP shall obtain the feedback from the students and faculty members regarding the course coverage, students participation, infrastructure requirements, reference materials etc. CP shall submit the report on the above after the visit to DG-NIFT and copy to Dean (A) and Head (AA). CP shall review the follow up action in the next meeting on the initiatives taken earlier and the progress of the same would be communicated to the DG along with the visit report. The CP shall prepare the agenda for the department and be responsible for conveying and implementing the decisions taken such committee / council meeting. The CP shall render advice to the CC on all matters of department concern for implementation of academic programmes. The CP shall be required to contribute to other academic activities such as cluster, CE programme etc. The CP shall foster spirit of unity and culture of sharing & exchange of ideas and knowledge amongst faculty members and students. For restricted use within NIFT only. 10

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35 academic organization UNITS AT CENTRE CENTER COORDINATOR (CC) i) The Centre Coordinator shall be responsible for overall academic administration and management of the department at the Centre. ii) The CC shall circulate and collect the Academic Plan from each faculty which shall be in a prescribed format having details of competency, areas for professional development, research & training needs, work load of direct and indirect teaching both within the department and outside in other departments. iii) The CC shall call for a faculty meeting fortnightly in consultation with other faculty members of the department for the following; To discuss issues to be represented in LASC on behalf of the department and to convey the decisions of the LASC for implementation. To implement the Academic Plan. To assign duties and responsibilities to faculty members and staff for coordination of specific subjects such as design collection, research projects, craft documentation, seminars etc. and monitor their progress. To propose the requirements of Guest Faculty at the beginning of the semester. To discuss specific issues of students, discipline, attendance and other related concerns. To maintain records of such discussions and meetings and send a copy to CP, Director and Dean (Academics) for information. iv) The CC shall draw up a timetable and detailed calendar of activities and send the same to CP for ratification. v) The CC shall ensure that classes are conducted in accordance with the timetable in terms of punctuality, decorum and course coverage etc. giving particular emphasis to students attendance and discipline. vi) The CC shall ensure that academic activities proceed according to the academic calendar and any noncompliance of the same is reported to the CP along with the reasons for any such deviations. The CC shall also report the attendance of the students to the CP office before the end semester examination. vii) The CC shall convene monthly meetings with the students to review the progress and to provide feedback to them. A viii) copy of the record of the meeting shall be submitted to CP. CC will ensure optimum utilization of faculty resources of their department. ix) CC shall also send the requirement of teaching of his/her Department to the other departments so that respective CCs can take that into consideration while deciding the workload of each faculty. x) CC shall distribute the workload to each faculty by calling for a departmental meeting and discussing the proposed time table along with the need of faculty inputs in each area. The work load shall be divided into faculty inputs provided by core department faculty, faculty from other departments and guest faculty requirements. The shortfall of hours for which guest faculty is proposed to be called shall be justified by the CC in that meeting and speaking minutes should be prepared for the same. xi) CC shall also discuss competency of each faculty and their plans for growth and development so that guest faculty is restricted to providing inputs mainly to enrich the course. xii) Keeping in view of the time table, CC shall also facilitate and allow the teaching of CE programmes by internal faculty members in case the stipulated work load has not been met. xiii) CC shall also decide and justify the need of auditing of courses by internal faculty, which should go in conjunction with faculty training outside of the Institute. This will depend on Department Development Fund available with each Centre which then in consultation with CP / Director shall be put up for DG's approval through Dean(A). xiv) CC shall ensure that the examination and evaluation are conducted in accordance with Academic Manual. xv) The CC shall ensure that equipments and infrastructure provided in labs & classrooms are kept in proper working condition for use of students. xvi) The CC shall invite industry members and industry alumni from time to time for the academic industry interface and shall seek their suggestions for improvement to course content and solicit their cooperation for departmental activities. xvii) The CC shall be required to provide necessary inputs and make contribution to other academic activities whenever called for such as admissions and CE programmes. xviii) The CC shall consult the CP from time to time on all matters of departmental concern. xix) CC to ensure equitable distribution of opportunities amongst those who have contributed towards the revenue generation of DDF. xx) CC will also submit requirements of faculty training well in advance to CP. 21 For restricted use within NIFT only.

36 CONTROLLER OF EXAMINATION (COE) i) To maintain the database related to subjects falling under the purview of CEB for the respective U.G./P.G. Programme. ii) To maintain database of faculty, experts who could be nominated for question paper setting and evaluation. iii) To provide the details with regard to faculty teaching CEB subjects; evaluation matrix with clear cut deadline; Core/ non-core/ elective subjects with credit points attached along with the individual subjects to COE-HO. iv) To receive assignment schedule from respective CCs and to upload on the NIFT Website through the office of the Director-IT. v) To collect assignments from the students and getting it evaluated by the subject faculty. vi) To compile marks as given by the subject faculty and display them on the notice board. vii) To issue and evaluate the log book. viii) To conduct the Mid-term and End-term Exams. ix) To issue Admit Card. x) To circulate the evaluation schedule including mid-term, end-term and re-examination to respective CCs and display the same on the notice board for information to students. xi) To prepare semester result of Non-CEB subjects and forward it to COE-HO for further processing. xii) To provide information of students in various cases i.e. ARM, Cheating Cases, SOA, LOA, Non-payment of semester fees etc. xiii) To check final grades of CEB subjects as received from the COE-HO. xiv) To declare Mid-term and End Term Results. xv) To prepare result for 8th semester awardees by collating the marks of mentor, Internal jury and External Jury. xvi) To process student's representations relating to evaluation; request for re-evaluation, appeals, malpractice cases etc. for UG / PG programmes. xvii) To prepare and issue student's semester grade sheets, transcripts, award certificates, Provisional Certificates etc. xviii) To process claims of faculty, officers, staff for rendering professional services towards evaluation for respective UG / PG programmes. xix) Custodian for results, awards, trophies for the respective UG / PG programme. xx) To conduct and co-ordinate Bridge Programme and FDP. xxi) To prepare Budget for COE activities. REGIONAL INDUSTRY COORDINATOR (RIC) I) Industry Identification and Linkages i) The RIC shall identify the strengths and focus of the industry in the region comprising of states allotted to the centre. ii) iii) II) iv) The RIC shall explore and establish new industry linkages to expand the industry profile by organizing specific seminars and conferences in and outside NIFT and organizing training programs for Industry at NIFT. RIC shall ensure that the said database is passed on to the Unit Incharge Industry- HO who shall prepare an exhaustive company list sector and region wise and shall decide the plan for sending brochures to the Industries of the region. Bridging Industry with Academics Student Interaction with Industry by organizing lectures and demonstrations by Eminent Personalities in Zero Hour in coordination with SDAC for students of all the disciplines (refer Policy for Norms of Engagement and Honorarium of Guest Faculty at (Annexure - 4B). v) RIC should collect internship data from all CCs for consolidation and send the course wise data to Head- Industry who will maintain year wise and course wise data of internship vi) III) vii) Students of remote NIFT Centres (Kannur, Shillong, Kangra, Jodhpur, Raebareli, Bhubaneswar, Patna and Bhopal) will go for additional exposure of maximum 5 days (excluding travel time) every year in one or two phases during holidays/summers break/winter break. This exposure is in addition to the 28 weeks of teaching plan and should not disturb prescribed activities in the academic calendar. This additional exposure to Industry / Market/ Event/ Fair will be restricted to nearby areas only and may be taken up twice for graduate program (during foundation and 2nd year) and once for post graduate program (during 1st year). The exposure is classified into three categories; i.e. (a) industry (i.e. design houses, manufacturers, market, retail hubs), (b) seminar/conferences, and (c) fairs/exhibitions. Every program should pick up any two of the three categories. CC in co-ordination with CP may plan visit to nearby venue at the beginning of the semester and get prior approval of the Centre Director. It has been decided that for the above additional exposure (in case of 8 Centres identified as remote Centres), total expenditure should be shared 50:50 between NIFT and students. One faculty member should accompany the student group. A special budget will be provided to the centres for this purpose. The visit is mandatory for the students. The AAC has decided that this scheme will be operation initially for 5 years w.e.f after which, it will be reviewed again. Campus Placement Activity The RIC shall prepare a consolidated list of companies which respond to the placement requirement in their region and shall forward to Unit Incharge, Industry-HO. For restricted use within NIFT only. 22

37 academic organization viii) ix) The RIC shall facilitate campus placements in their centres under the overall guidance of Head-Industry as per the placements rules. The RIC shall assist Unit Incharge in developing brochures and formats for placement and other initiatives with the feedback of industry profile, requirements etc. x) The RIC shall follow-up with the industry after the activities of placement, and other initiatives and the prepared report shall be forwarded to Unit Incharge (Industry, HO) xi) xii) xiii) The RIC shall organize a briefing session with students about how to register online. The RIC should collect the SGPA of passing out batch from COE and send to Unit In charge, Industry-HO for online update in students resume. RIC shall organize how to face interview and personality development sessions for campus placements. The RIC shall function under the overall guidance of Head (Industry). CLUSTER INITIATIVE COORDINATOR (CIC) I) Academic Co-ordination with Cluster Initiatives i) The CIC will provide overall direction and focus to the Cluster Initiatives undertaken by NIFT keeping in view the available competencies amongst the students, faculty and graduates of NIFT. ii) The CIC will initiate and identify cluster projects that can involve students and graduates as well as become part of the curriculum. iii) The CIC will plan the project in such a way so as to include and involve students effectively as per academic schedule in coordination with CCs of the respective departments. iv) The CIC will prepare an extensive database of company profiles, organizations and individuals involved in cluster initiatives. v) The CIC shall proactively work on establishing contact with agencies and above mentioned companies or individuals to procure cluster related projects. vi) Once the project is in place, the CIC will conduct regular meetings with the project leader to monitor the progress of the project and ensure adherence to the schedules and the set of objectives proposed for the project. vii) The CIC will: Provide direction and focus towards envisaged objectives of the project Appropriately distribute work and assign individual responsibilities of the team members Spell out approach and methodology of work Evaluate the qualitative progress of work Interact, brief and update endorsing authority from time to time Ensure submission of interim reports and final report as per time schedule. viii) The CIC will facilitate effective communication between the team and provide logistic support for their functioning. ix) The CIC will ensure proper documentation of the project through Brochures Project presentations Film on the project (for which the Cluster Coordinator will provide in the budget) This will help in not only documenting the project but procuring future projects. x) The CIC shall prepare a database of the NIFT graduates involved in craft on ongoing basis and will keep in constant touch with them. II) Interaction with Eminent Craftsperson Students interaction with Craftspersons by organizing workshops in coordination of the centre Coordinators for students of 2-3 departments. (refer Policy for Norms of Engagement and Honorarium of Guest Faculty at Annexure - 4 B) III) Co-ordination of activities pertaining to Intellectual Property Rights i) Conduct workshop and modules on IPR awareness for industry and students. ii) To coordinate with IPR cell of NIFT to facilitate the protection of IPRs for students and faculty. The Cluster Initiative Coordinator shall function under the overall guidance of Head (Cluster) STUDENT DEVELOPMENT AND ACTIVITY COORDINATOR (SDAC) The SDAC will address all matters pertaining to student discipline (preventive and curative), student's grievances, academic enrichment and overall development etc. through close interaction with students, faculty, professionals, NGOs and other institutions to address issues of concerns and through conduct of various developmental activities. I) Students Affairs i) The SDAC shall interact with Centre Coordinators and other faculty members, (under the Guidance of mentorship program), regarding specific problems of students such as habitual absenteeism, medical problems, indiscipline and inappropriate behavior. ii) The SDAC shall coordinate matters related to student developmental activities and constitute a Student Discipline Committee comprising of faculty and Class Representatives for Hostel and Campus. The SDAC will act as a Convener for the Student Discipline Committee which will identify all malpractice cases related to 23 For restricted use within NIFT only.

38 academics, discipline, ragging and resolve the same through proper channel. iii) The SDAC shall coordinate with the Hostel Discipline Committee / Campus Discipline committee and Students welfare committee for early disposal of matters under the preview of such committees. iv) The SDAC shall act the nodal person to receive information on problems of drug abuse, psychological & stress related disorders from students, faculty, officers and others and shall co-ordinate with the doctor and psychologist on campus. v) The SDAC may constitute a team of senior students for guidance / counseling to the junior students on different issues. The coordinators shall constitute the students group to assign the projects for NGOs. The groups may be composed of students from different streams. vi) The SDAC shall maintain a database of potential NGOs and individual experts of various fields on panel for addressing the students at large and for specific guidance and advice to students on case-to-case basis. Also, draw up list based on competency for mutual projects between NIFT and NGOs. II) Student Assistantship vii) viii) The SDAC of respective centers shall invite applications from needy students and compile the list as per the competency. The list shall be forwarded to the Committee constituted by DG-NIFT for taking decision on selection, allocation of work duties for part-time engagement at Resource Centre / Laboratories etc to facilitate meeting their day-to-day expenditure and give them opportunity to learn on the job. SDAC shall maintain database for information on PG accommodation for Students outside NIFT campus/hostel to facilitate student accommodation. III) Student Development ix) The SDAC will oversee the Student Activity Clubs for better coordination between the extra curricular and the academic activities. The SDAC will be a member on all Student related clubs. x) SDAC will ensure the setting up and optimal utilization of Student Development Activity common Infrastructure. xi) The SDAC will be responsible for the budgets of all the student activities and projects. xii) The SDAC shall Co-ordinate with RIC to conduct lectures and interaction with eminent speakers / professionals / Alumni for the students on subject specific for students overall development. xiii) The SDAC shall guide the students on career progression during and after the course at NIFT and prepare them for Placement Interviews (such as mock interviews etc.), personality developmental activities, etc. xiv) The SDAC shall coordinate NIFT and Industry scholarships for students. They would circulate the information and forward the appropriate cases. xv) The SDAC shall encourage students to actively participate in NIFT support activities to various NGOs cause through workshops, meets and seminars in NIFT. IV) Co-ordinate Training Programs of Faculty / Academic Body vis-a-vis Students Affairs The SDAC shall facilitate Mentoring, Team building workshops and other such workshops for faculty in co-ordination with the Registrar at least once in a year for them to fur ther handle students mentoring and problems. The SDAC shall function under the overall guidance of Head (AA). COORDINATOR INTERNATIONAL AND DOMESTIC LINKAGES (CI&DL) i) The CI&DL at the respective centre shall be responsible for overall co-ordination and management in respect of the matters related with International & Domestic Linkages ii) CI&DL will be additionally responsible for co-ordination of activities related to Intellectual Property Rights and report to respective center Registrar for such activities. iii) The CI&DL would be responsible for all the matters pertaining student twinning (study abroad) / exchange programmes. For NIFT Students i) The CI&DL would liaison with the respective Center Registrar to disseminate all relevant information in terms of academic exchange opportunities available to NIFT students in a particular semester. They will further inform the students at the center about the existing Academic Exchange opportunities and generate interest by means of holding discussions/ talks/ counselling sessions on a regular basis. They will act as a single point of contact (SPOC) for the students of the centre in respect of queries relating to International Exchange. ii) The CI&DL would liaison with the respective Center Registrar to solicit student Applications for Student Twinning / Exchange Programmes at their respective Center and circulate the form for the same to the students. The CI&DL must ensure that the Student Application Forms are completed duly filled in and the SGPA in the application forms are duly certified by the CCs of the concerned Department. The forms should be then forwarded to International and Domestic Linkages Unit as per the directives and time schedule indicated by the Unit at NIFT. iii) After the selection of NIFT students in the receiving University/Institute, the CI&DL would co-ordinate with the Registrar for Visa facilitation who would liaison with the respective Regional Consulate. For restricted use within NIFT only. 24

39 academic organization For International students at NIFT i) The CI&DL would be responsible for over all co-ordination for international students at respective centres. ii) The CI&DL in co-ordination with their respective Center administration would identify Host Family options for foreign students (Twinning and NRI students) to ensure their well being during their term of study at NIFT. iii) The CI&DL would be responsible for conducting an Orientation Program for the students (Twinning and NRI students) so as to familiarize them with the Institute, its academic patterns, craft cluster initiatives, stay options, local travel options, food options, medical facility in campus etc. iv) CI&DL shall assist the student in obtaining information on the latest rules and regulations for all international visitors' formalities, FRRO registration, Embassy regulation, VISA restrictions, rules on port of entry and port of exit, etc and provide any required local support to fulfill such formalities. v) The CI&DL would be responsible for liaison with the concerned Center Depar tment at NIFT should there be a need to customize a specific Programme/ Module for the foreign students vi) The CI&DL would be responsible for mentoring the foreign students (Twinning and NRI students) to take care of their academic/ personal issues from time to time. vii) In case of Cluster Visit by International students, the CI&DL would liaison with the CIC to ensure smooth conduct of the same. Faculty Secondment to NIFT i) The CI&DL would liaison with respective Center Registrar to receive all relevant information regarding the selected international faculty experts (Visiting Fellows) in their Center and understand the requirements of the Host Department, the identified programme coordinator and the Secondary Affiliation department of the identified faculty expert. ii) The CI&DL would liaison with the Programme Coordinator to facilitate smooth conduct of the programme. iii) The CI&DL shall be responsible for matters related with logistics issues like stay, local travel, travel to Clusters etc for the identified faculty expert in coordination with respective Centre administration. iv) The CI&DL would constantly be in touch with the International and Domestic Linkages Unit so as to catalyze efficiency, objectivity and overall responsiveness in the captioned matter. The CI&DL shall work under the constant guidance of Head International and Domestic Linkages ASSESSMENT The Assessment of all academic positions will be based on 'Performance Linked Incentive Scheme of NIFT (Annexure 1- A) The assessment period of Performance Linked Award Scheme will be co-terminus with academic semesters i.e. January-June and July-December in each calendar year. The Assessment shall be controlled and monitored by the office of Director (HO). 25 For restricted use within NIFT only.

40

41

42 1.3 Academic Committees Nomenclatures At Head Office Standing Internal Advisory Committees for each unit - SIAC At Centre Local Academic Standard Committee - LASC Composition of Committees and Defined Areas of Functions SIAC: Standing Internal Advisory committees have been constituted to advise the units on policy matters and other concerns. All the decisions of the units have to be necessarily routed through SIAC prior to taking them to higher bodies. The generic composition of the committees may be referred in the Establishment manual. The members as selected will be intimated by Director-HO office. The Standing Committee will consider the matters referred to it from time to time and make recommendations. The recommendations of the SIAC will be placed before DG-NIFT for consideration by the Unit Incharge through the Head of Units. The Advisory Committee will meet every quarter or as frequently as may be informed by the Convener of the Committee. The Convenor of the Committee will be responsible for convening the meeting of the Advisory Committee within 15 days of the previous quarter and for sending notices of meeting to the members, circulation of agenda notes atleast a week before the meeting, convening of the meetings and recording the minutes with prior approval of the Chairperson of the Committee and maintenance of all records of the meetings. The Convenor shall submit the recommendations of the Committee for consideration/approval of DG-NIFT through the Head of Units at the earliest and take follow up action as per the directions of DG-NIFT on the proposal. All proposals having financial implications will invariably be routed through Director (F&A). For composition of committee and defined areas of functions please refer to Establishment Manual Chapter 2 Academic Committees at Centres LASC: Local Academic Standards Committee: The constitution of the LASC will be as under: I) Director of Centre Chairman II) Registrar Convenor III) All Centre Coordinators as members IV) Head Librarian Member The LASC meeting should take place at least once every month and the deliberations should be properly minuted. Recommendations and decisions, if any, requiring approval of the Competent Authority or ratification by a higher authority may be sent to the DG-NIFT. The terms of reference for the LASC are as under:- i) To approve the time table of all the classes before the beginning of the semester. ii) To approve the engagement of Guest Faculty for the various courses (under the Guest Faculty Policy). iii) To distribute the work load among the faculty members and to ensure full utilization of the faculty hours in their centre. iv) Monitoring of course coverage, adherence to the syllabus and ensuring that there is no spill-over of the curriculum. v) To prepare the Academic Plan and review the courses etc. and send the same to the Senate for discussions. vi) To monitor mid-term, end-term and common examination with results. vii) To ensure final preparation of results and send the same to Senate for ratification and approval. viii) To consider and apply Moderation Policy, while preparing results as per the policy with speaking minutes. ix) To ensure the delivery of mark sheet to all the passing out students before the Convocation. x) To co-ordinate with other centres for bringing out uniform academic calendar. xi) To recommend and take action on all disciplinary / misconduct matters pertaining to students. xii) To review and monitor industry visits, field trips, Internship and participation in craft clusters, etc. xiii) To consider and recommend the proposals for imports and purchase of equipments, machines and other infrastructure for their teaching requirement. The proposal may be forwarded to DG-NIFT with recommendations for further necessary action. xiv) To consider and organize the Graduating events of their centres and forward the recommendations to DG for grant of funds. xv) xvi) xvii) To discuss and solve the specific problems of students. To consider and forward applications with recommendation to Head (AA) for inter-centre transfer and inter-discipline transfer. To consider and discuss all the matters related to their centres with the permission of the Chair Procedure of Nominations for Committees Nomination procedure for SIAC for academic units (other than AMS) i) The composition of the SIAC would be maintained as already approved. ii) The nomination of the CPs on the various SIAC would be done by DG-NIFT on the basis of a panel drawn by SIAC- AMS iii) The nomination of the Directors on the various SIAC would be done by DG-NIFT iv) The SIAC could co-opt 1-2 members (non academic/ external exper ts) on a case to case basis. In general, the composition of the SIAC would be academic and center directors/ registrars. For restricted use within NIFT only. 28

43 academic organization v) The period of appointment would be three years. NOTE: It should be ensured that all appointments of the same time period should be co-terminus. The outgoing SIAC- AMS hence would complete the nomination procedure before end of term. In case of changes mid term, the entire process as detailed above would be repeated. 29 For restricted use within NIFT only.

44

45 student admission to NIFT Chapter 2 This section details the norms and policies related to, and the working of the process of student admission to regular programs in the institute. In this section: 2.1 Notification Eligibility Centerwise Allocation of programs & seats 2.2 Outsourcing of Agency for Admission Process Deliverables of the examination agency Scrutiny of Application forms 2.3 Selection procedure For Bachelor of Design For Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) For Master of Fashion Management / Technology For Master of Design 2.4 Final List preparation Reservation of seats 2.5 Result Communication 2.6 Counselling & Allocation of Centre / Discipline 2.7 Cancellation / Withdrawal of Candidature 31 For restricted use within NIFT only.

46 Admission to regular courses in NIFT is based on a common entrance examination on an all India basis. 2.1 Notification The advertisement for admission to UG/PG Programmes is published in all national and reputed daily newspapers and is uploaded on the official website of NIFT during the month of November after the final decision on the number of students to be admitted to all the regular programmes. The decision on the number of students per specialization and the number of specializations in each center is taken by the Senate. The advertisement so published also carries a detailed admission calendar indicating all possible dates viz. written test, situation test, group discussion, interviews and declaration of results Eligibility i) Under Graduate Programmes I) Bachelor of Design (10+2 from a recognized board of education) Fashion Design Leather Design Accessory Design Textile Design Knitwear Design Fashion Communication II) Bachelor of Fashion Technology (10+2 with Physics, Chemistry & Mathematics from a recognized board of education) Apparel Production ii) Post Graduate Programmes I) Master of Fashion Management (Undergraduate Degree from any institute/university recognized by law in India OR Undergraduate Diploma of minimum three years duration from NIFT/NID) II) Master of Fashion Technology (B.F.Tech from NIFT OR B.E./ B.Tech from any institute/ university recognized by law in India) III) Master of Design (Undergraduate Degree from any institute/university recognized by law in India OR Diploma In UG Design from NIFT/NID only) Design Space is an advanced course that demands an understanding of fundamentals in design and presupposes that candidates would be familiar with the basic skills and theories for successful completion of the programme. NIFT programme would not provide any basic knowledge and skill development in design as a part of Master programme. General Requirements of candidates i) The medium of instruction in NIFT is English and all aspirants applying to NIFT must possess working knowledge of English language. ii) All aspirants applying to NIFT must possess basic computing knowledge and skill as applied to operating system, word processing, text editing, spread sheet, data base application, presentation as well as net surfing abilities CENTER WISE ALLOCATION OF PROGRAM AND SEATS The courses being offered by NIFT are as follows:- BACHELOR PROGRAMME - DESIGN (B. Des.) Fashion Design Leather Design Specializations : Footwear & Products at NIFT Chennai and Raebareli Garments & Products at NIFT Delhi and Kolkata Accessory Design Specializations: Accessory Design at NIFT Bengaluru, Bhopal, Hyderabad, Kangra, New Delhi, Raebareli and Shilong Product range: Home Accessories, Luxury Products, Lighting & Lighting Fixtures, Garden Seating, Bathroom & Kitchen Accessories and Utensils, Leisure Accessories, Switches, Door Knobs, Toys and Children Products, Architectural Accessories, Corporate & Business Accessories, Handcrafted Accessories and Visual Merchandising for Retail Business Environments. Jewellery & Precious Products Specialization at NIFT Gandhinagar Product range: Precious and Costume Jewellery, Silverware, Giftware using Precious Metals and Stones Textile Design Knitwear Design Fashion Communication BACHELOR PROGRAMME - TECHNOLOGY (B.F.Tech) Apparel Production MASTER PROGRAMMES Management Fashion Technology Design The number of courses listed above and their eligibility may be modified as per the decision of the Senate and Board of Governors of NIFT For restricted use within NIFT only. 32

47 student admission to NIFT 2.2 Outsourcing of Agency for the purpose of Admissions The Entrance Examination to NIFT is conducted by an outsourced agency of repute. All activities relating to admissions from the design & printing of application forms to its final result is being done by the Examination Agency The Deliverables of the Examination Agency is as under:- i) To provide NIFT application kits consisting of OMR application forms, instruction for filling up OMR application forms, self addressed envelope, acknowledgement card, challans for payment of application fee, sample questions and instructions for filling the OMR sheets. ii) To receive the filled in application forms from the applicants. iii) To allot roll numbers to the candidates as per defined fields by affixing bar coded labels. iv) To scan the application forms to capture the data of the candidates. v) To design, print and generate admit cards. vi) To print window envelopes for the admit cards and to dispatch the admit cards by registered post to the candidates vii) To hand over the list of candidates test centre-wise/ program-wise/ category-wise to NIFT. viii) To arrange for written test in the cities selected by NIFT and mentioned in the NIFT prospectus. ix) To detail centre superintendents, invigilator and other staff at all the test centers and make necessary arrangements at all test centres for the conduct of tests in a fair and smooth manner. x) To position the test material at all the test centres by hand/ by air. xi) To fix test centres at Indian embassies for the NRI/ Foreign Nationals after taking No Objection Certificate from the concerned embassies. xii) To send and receive back the test materials from Indian embassies by International courier. xiii) To supervise the conduct of the test. xiv) To collect back the used answer sheets by hand/by air from test centres to New Delhi. xv) To evaluate the answer sheets for subjective test and to evaluate the OMR answer sheets by scanning. xvi) To provide the result of the written test to NIFT programwise/ category-wise. xvii) To conduct situation test for UG Design programme at all the NIFT centres. xviii) To detail centre superintendents, invigilators and other staff at all test centres for situation tests. xix) To develop question papers for the situation test. xx) To prepare kits containing the material for the situation test and position at all test centres. xxi) To carry all the confidential material for the situation test to the locations by air (as required). xxii) To compile the results of written test and situation test for final merit for UG Design programme category-wise and hand over the same to NIFT. xxiii) To develop and print case study for group discussion. xxiv) To arrange for the venue and conduct group discussion xxv) and interviews for Master programmes. To compile the result of the written test, group discussion, and interview for the final merit list for Master Programmes category-wise and hand over the same to NIFT xxvi) To handle the entire above mentioned tasks with utmost confidentiality with precautions and in a professional way of high standard. xxvii) To carry out expeditiously any minor details in respect of above mentioned tasks in concurrence with NIFT and NIFT to extend all possible cooperation and help in this regard Scrutiny of Application Forms All the applications received are scrutinized by the members of the agency on the following basis: i) Application forms filled in all respects ii) iii) Eligibility in respect of qualification, age and caste Receipt of application on or before of the last date of submission. 2.3 Selection Procedure Candidates whose applications are acceptable in all regards are issued admit card by the agency for appearing for the entrance exam. Information of the same i.e. Name of candidate, Father's Name,Roll No, and Name of the test centre, is uploaded on the NIFT website programme wise one week before the examination For Bachelor of Design General Ability Test (GAT) i) Quantitative Ability ii) Communication Ability iii) English Comprehension iv) Analytical Ability v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs Creative Ability Test (CAT) This test is administered to judge the skill, power of observation, innovation and design ability of the candidate. An important aspect of the test is the candidate's use of colour and illustration. 33 For restricted use within NIFT only.

48 Situation Test Shortlisted candidates from the written entrance examination are required to undergo a Situation Test which is a hands-on test to evaluate the candidate's skills for material handling and innovative ability on a given situation with a given set of materials For Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) General Ability Test (GAT) i) Quantitative Ability ii) Communication Ability iii) English Comprehension iv) Analytical Ability v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs Managerial Ability Test (MAT) i) Case Study ii) Logical Ability For Master of Fashion Management / Technology General Ability Test (GAT) i) Quantitative Ability ii) Communication Ability iii) English Comprehension iv) Analytical Ability v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs Managerial Ability Test (MAT) i) Case Study ii) Logical Ability Shortlisted candidates from the written entrance examination are required to undergo Group Discussion (GD) and Interview For Master of Design General Ability Test (GAT) i) Quantitative Ability ii) Communication Ability iii) English Comprehension iv) Analytical Ability v) General Knowledge and Current Affairs Creative Ability Test (CAT) This test is administered to judge the intuition, power of observation, innovation in development of a concept by the candidate and its application thorough various skills. This test demonstrates the creative and innovative medium, skills and conceptual ability. For restricted use within NIFT only. 34 Shortlisted candidates from the written entrance examination are required to undergo, Group Discussion (GD) and Interview. Note: The schedule of the Situation Test, Group Discussion and Interview would be uploaded on the NIFT website after the declaration of the written test results. For all courses, the result of the written entrance examination will be displayed on the NIFT website. Shortlisted candidates will also be informed separately by registered post about the dates of subsequent tests. Maximum number of candidates called for interview is three times the number of the seats in the programme. All those called for the second phase are required to attend Situation Test / Interview / Group Discussion as the case may be, which completes the process of selection. The candidates applying for the examination should ensure that they fulfil all the eligibility criteria for admission to the examination. Their admission at all the stages of the examination for which they are admitted by NIFT viz. Written Test, Situation Test, Group Discussion and Interview (as the case may be) will be purely provisional, subject to their satisfying the prescribed eligibility conditions. If, on verification at any time before or after the Written Test, Situation Test, Group Discussion and Interview (as the case may be), it is found that candidate does not fulfil any eligibility criteria, his/her candidature for the examination shall stand cancelled without any notice or further reference. 2.4 Final List Preparation A compiled result of the written test, situation test, group discussion and interview is prepared by the agency for the general and reserved categories separately and is then handed over to the Head Office- NIFT and uploaded on the official NIFT website Reservation of seats: NIFT follows government norms of reservation of seats in admission. The seats reserved for SC / ST / OBC / Physically Handicapped Candidates (PHP) / Foreign Nationals / SAARC / NRI, in each programme are as under: SC 15% ST 7.5% OBC 27% Physically Handicapped 3% Horizontal reservation for (with 40% or more disability) physically handicapped candidates cutting across all sections including SC, ST and the Other Backward Classes and the nonreserved category. Centres and programmes will be allotted on rotation, at the discretion of NIFT.

49 student admission to NIFT Other than these, there is a provision of seats for Foreign nationals/ SAARC candidates/ NRI candidates and for state domicile in the state funded centers of NIFT. These are supernumerary in nature Foreign Nationals/SAARC/NRI 15% (supernumerary) State Domiciles (State funding 20% (supernumerary) Centres) The candidates applying under these categories need to meet the eligibility and admission requirement of NIFT. 2.5 Result Communication Selected candidates are issued letters informing them of their selection and asking them to attend the Counselling session at the Head Office- NIFT (New Delhi) for allocation of discipline and center as well as for the payment of fees. The program wise/ category wise counselling schedule is also uploaded on the NIFT website. 2.6 Counselling and Allocation of Center/Discipline i) Successful candidates eligible for admission are required to attend the counselling session on a specified date and time at their own expense at NIFT Campus, New Delhi. ii) The Schedule of counselling for final allotment of seats would be displayed on the official NIFT website iii) All Candidates whose names appear in the list published on the NIFT website are compulsorily required to attend counselling on the date notified. Candidates whose name appear in the list put on the website but have not received the invitation for counselling in writing are also required to appear for counselling on the counselling date(s) notified. iv) Based on the merit list, disciplines and centers are allotted to the candidates at the time of counselling after the verification process of all certificates related to educational qualification, caste, disability (for PHP category), age and nationality / state domicile (for supernumerary seats) v) A candidate must bring all the necessary certificates/ documents mentioned below (in original along with attested photocopy of each) and bank drafts of requisite amount drawn in favour of NIFT, New Delhi and payable at Delhi, towards the payment of fees at the time of Counselling: Certificate of 10th Class for confirmation of date of birth. Certificate/Degree and Mark-sheet of qualifying examination or any other eligibility certificate as mentioned in the prospectus. Caste & domicile certificates (for candidates belonging to Scheduled Cast (SC), Scheduled Tribe (ST), (PHP) Physical Handicap Person supported with VRC Certificate and Other Backward Class excluding creamy vi) vii) viii) ix) layer (OBC) and domicile certificate for those seeking domicile reservation, in the Centres where domicile preferential seats are available. Two recent passport size & four stamp size photographs. Basis of funding of the tuition fee/certificate of the parents income. An undertaking regarding refund of fee and Anti-Ragging (to be available at NIFT Website During the counselling process the documents presented by the candidate will be verified with originals and the original documents will be returned back to the candidates. However, candidates need to produce / submit such original documents in the admitted Centres at the time of reporting. At the time of counselling, the candidates shall have to deposit the Demand Draft of requisite amount, as prescribed by the Competent Authority. If a candidate does not deposit the required fee, he/she shall not be permitted to participate in the counselling. During the counselling session, Program/ centre/ categorywise seats are displayed on a screen via computer. Candidates who are present during counselling are called by merit rank one by one and allotted discipline and centre according to their choice. The allotment of seats is constantly displayed on the screen. Status of candidates allotted study centre/ discipline category-wise is immediately updated once an allotment is made so that the candidates can make a choice from the remaining vacancies displayed on the screen. If a candidate fails to produce the relevant certificates in original in prescribed proforma and does not deposit the fee through Bank Demand Draft, he/she shall not be selected against of the said seat and the next candidate in the final merit will be called immediately. However, if he/ she undertakes to produce the documents at a later stage during the counselling, the same may be considered for Counselling in which case, he/she shall be entitled to select the seat and institution which are available at that point of time. x) If a student fails to present himself/herself at the time of Counselling, the said offer shall be deemed to have been rejected by the candidate, and such a candidate shall have no claim to the seat that was offered to him/her, or any other seat which may thereafter fall vacant xi) xii) If a candidate does not report during the entire period of Counselling, i.e. even on the last day of Counselling, such a candidate shall forfeit the right of admission. If a candidate fails to present himself/herself on the date of Counselling because of serious illness or accident and is admitted in the hospital, then his/her guardian/parents may be permitted to appear in the Counselling on his/her behalf, provided the concerned candidate gives a prior notice in writing (which may be transmitted through post or fax) and 35 For restricted use within NIFT only.

50 xiii) xiv) submits an authority letter to this effect along with a medical certificate issued by the concerned Chief Medical Officer/ Civil Surgeon as a proof of illness and hospitalization. If later on it is found that the information provided by the candidate was wrong, then the admission is liable to be cancelled. In the event no intimation of illness is received in writing, such a candidate shall have no claim against any vacant seat remaining at NIFT. A candidate who reports later than the specified date and time may be considered for the admission against the seats that are available at that point of time in various programmes at NIFT centres. He/she will not be eligible to ask for and will not be considered against the seat that would have ordinarily gone to him/her based on his/her merit. The candidates are advised to join the program offered at the allotted study centre within 10 days of commencement of the program, failing which their admission will stand cancelled. xv) Any seats remaining vacant after the counselling upto 10% of the total number of seats at all NIFT centers on an All India basis, shall not be required to be filled except if so decided by the Director General. However, if the total number of seats that remain vacant after the first counselling is more than 10% of the total All-India seats, the same shall be filled by a second counselling in order of the merit list. No other student shall have any claim to any seats offered by NIFT. 2.7 Cancellation/ Withdrawal of Candidature i) A selected candidate can withdraw from the course at any given point of time. ii) In case the student withdraws before the date specified in the Admission Prospectus, 50% of the tuition fee and the refundable security deposit will be returned to the student. iii) In case the withdrawal takes place after the specified date, only the refundable security deposit will be returned. iv) In case of NRI/Foreign National/NRI sponsored category students, the security deposit which is refundable in case of withdrawal is ` 30,000. v) The candidature of the student may be cancelled at the time of admission or soon after under the following circumstances: I) If the candidate remains absent on the date and time II) specified for the counselling session If the candidate fails to deposit the required fee through a bank demand draft III) In case the documents/ information submitted at the time of admission is found to be false, misleading or incomplete. IV) In case the candidates fail to join the program offered at the allotted study centre within 10 days of commencement of the program. V) If at any time after admission it is found that the admission was given to the candidate due to some mistake or oversight, the admission granted to such candidate shall be liable to be cancelled forthwith without any notice at any time during the course of his/ her studies by the Director of the Centre or by Competent Authority and fee deposited by the candidate will be forfeited. vi) In case of cancellation of candidature, (if the fee has been paid), only the refundable security deposit will be returned to the student. vii) The admission to a programme is based strictly on merit as obtained in the entrance examination and the seats in the programmes would be offered as per the merit during the counselling. viii) Transfer of Centre and Programme will not be permitted. ix) All admissions shall be completed on or before the last date declared by the Competent Authority. x) In the counselling, first candidates of reserved categories shall be called in order of merit. xi) After conducting counselling of reserved category candidates, vacant seats, if any subject to being more than 10% of total number of seats or the decision of the Director General, shall be transferred to the general category seats during the Counselling. Note: In conformity with the Supreme Court pronouncement in the case of Ashok Kumar Thakur Vs. Union of India and Others reported in (2008) (6SCC1). xii) If the Institution authorities are not satisfied with the character, past behavior and antecedents of a candidate, they may refuse to admit him/her in the Institute. xiii) xiv) xv) NIFT does not recommend any coaching classes. Any attempt to influence the admission process by way of recommendation will invite disqualification of the candidates. Any dispute arising out of admission would be under the jurisdiction of Delhi courts. For restricted use within NIFT only. 36

51 academic planning & curriculum Chapter 3 This section details all norms & policies related to academic planning in the institute. Curricular matrices and briefs are placed for quick reference of academia. In this section: 3.1 Academic Programmes 3.2 Brief of the Programmes Unified Subject Coding System 3.3 Semester wise Structure for Programs 3.4 Curriculum Planning, Guidelines & Credit System 3.5 Curriculum Documentation & Custody 3.6 Course matrix and Curricular Briefs Foundation Programme (Design) Foundation Programme (Technology) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design) Bachelor of Design (Leather Design) Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design) Bachelor of Design (Textile Design) Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication) Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) Master of Fashion Technology Master of Fashion Management Master of Design (Design Space) 3.7 Procedure, Time Frame and Committee for Curriculum Review 3.8 Procedure and Committee for Change in Nomenclature of Department/Discipline/Specialization 3.9 Modalities for Co-Curricular Academic Activities Internship Modalities Modalities of Cluster Graduation Project 3.10 Academic Calendar 37 For restricted use within NIFT only.

52 3.1 Academic Programmes The restructured curriculum at NIFT implemented in July 2010 allows students to easily blend into a global network, as well as acquire a greater appreciation of local industry tends. The multidisciplinary and broad based structure aims at an all round development of students. Deriving from the changing paradigms of industry and commerce, its content as well as the methodology has been completely revised. BACHELOR PROGRAMME (4 YEARS) BACHELOR PROGRAMME (DESIGN) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design) - B.Des (FD) Bachelor of Design (Leather Design) - B.Des (LD) Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design) - B.Des (AD) Bachelor of Design (Textile Design) - B.Des (TD) Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design) - B.Des (KD) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication) - B.Des (FC) BACHELOR PROGRAMME (TECHNOLOGY) Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) - B. F. Tech (AP) MASTER PROGRAMME (2 YEARS) MASTER PROGRAMME (MANAGEMENT) Master of Fashion Management - MFM MASTER PROGRAMME (TECHNOLOGY) Master of Fashion Technology - MFT MASTER PROGRAMME (DESIGN) Master of Design (Design Space) - M.Des (DS) All the courses will not be offered across all centres. The centre wise courses and specializations offered will be available in the admission prospectus for that year. 3.2 Brief of Programmes Bachelor Programmes Foundation Programme To meet the dynamics of fashion education, the Foundation Programme is designed to orient and sensitize students towards understanding of fundamental of fashion business namely design, technology and management, in the right socio-cultural perspective. The Programme focuses on building the base for future learning of the design and technology function in the subsequent years. The Programme is common to all 4 years Bachelor Programme in Design and separately for 4 years Bachelor Programme in Technology. Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design) Fashion Design provides a holistic input on generic design with more focused approach towards apparel inculcates the ability to develop and channelize creativity. The curriculum hones design sensitization, which balances global fashion aesthetics with an Indian soul. It addresses needs of the export market as well as both couture and prêt a porter clothing in India, expanding and categorizing apparel design into niche segments. Bachelor of Design (Leather Design) Leather Design caters to the requirement of the leather industry both in terms of goods and apparel. The programme emphasizes the integration of design concepts in leather apparel and products with material knowledge to respond to the requirements of specific target markets. Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design) Accessory Design is a Bachelor programme for developing integrated expertise in design methodology materials and production process, consumer behavior and market dynamics, trend and forecast interpretations, business practices and project management in the field of fashion and lifestyle accessories. The programme has gradually evolved to address the entire spectrum of the accessories and lifestyle products, precious and costume jewellery, leather goods, footwear, watches, giftware, table wear, silverware, other lifestyle products and visual merchandising. Each NIFT centre is expected to provide national leadership in the area of its specialization. The centre-wise specializations are as below: Bengaluru Bhopal Hyderabad Kangra New Delhi Rae Bareli Shillong Gandhinagar Accessory Design Jewellery & Precious Products Bachelor of Design (Textile Design) Textile Design forms the core of the whole business of fashion. The rapidly expanding activities in the export and domestic sectors of the Indian apparel and home fashion industry demands professional inputs in design and development of textiles and raw material, which are provided by this Programme. Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design) The Knitwear Design programme is structured keeping in view the current and future requirements of the Indian knitting industry. For restricted use within NIFT only. 38

53 academic planning & curriculum Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication) Fashion Communication is one of the newest, most exciting avenues to open up in the fashion and lifestyle industry. With the multitude of domestic and international brands, companies and designers exploding into the Indian retail scenario, it has become essential for each of them to develop a unique brand identity and maximize its visibility. This is made possible by Fashion Communication professionals, who excel in extending the design strategy beyond the domain of the product, to include all aspects of communication design. Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) The four year Bachelor programme is designed to serve as a foundation for future apparel manufacturing professionals. The curriculum emphasizes on developing a strong conceptual framework of apparel manufacturing processes. The programme imparts practical knowledge to apparel manufacturing technology. The students learn about machinery, equipments and processes through hands-on training in laboratory, classroom sessions and industry exposure. Industry interaction forms a major par t of the four year curriculum. In addition, information technology input helps the students to appreciate, evaluate and apply information and communication technology (ICT) in apparel production. During the four years of intensive learning, the Fashion Technology students develop strong technical skills coupled with soft skills to offer technical solutions. Master Programmes Master of Fashion Technology Apparel industry has played a significant role in the Indian economy and is expected to grow substantially in exports as well as in the domestic market front. There is a definitive trend towards consolidation and creation of larger manufacturing facilities and this requires techno-managers to lead the enterprises. The two year Masters programme is designed to motivate and train students to excel in understanding and integrating the areas of operations and strategy management for Apparel Industry and develop the required skill sets to offer effective solutions. With a measured combination of theory, practical, applied research and industry interaction, the programme aims towards developing global trade oriented professionals. Master of Fashion Management In the realm of dynamic industry conditions, the objective of the programme is to impart apparel specific marketing, merchandising and management education to the students to empower them to be well equipped professionals. The programme sharply focuses on convergence of domestic and export marketing, merchandising and innovation management, IT integrated marketing strategies, merchandising and management from fibre to fashion and from concept to consumer, e-business, internet and retail technologies, along with emerging fields like intellectual property rights. Master of Design (Design Space) The objective of 'Design Space' is to create a new avenue for professionals for higher education. It is designed to focus towards academia; PhD. and industry practices inclusive of Industry related Research & Development. The programme will have across discipline students who are able to work beyond boundaries and bring together their skills and ideas in new and exciting ways taking the existing skill set to a higher level of research and practice. The research environment provided here would give a much needed platform for answering questions which may arise in the future Unified Subject Coding System Unified subject code shall be Alphanumeric with first 3 Alphabets then 3 numerical values followed by a single alphabet in five different sets. Alphabet Numerical Alphabet I II III IV V Example M FT 1 01 P I II III IV V I. The first Alphabet shall denote the programme: B for Bachelor Degree M for Masters Degree PhD for Doctoral Programme (all three alphabets taken together) II. The next two Alphabets shall denote Programme Specialization AD - for Accessory Design KD - for Knitwear Design TD - for Textile Design FD - for Fashion Design LD - for Leather Design FC - for Fashion Communication FT - for Fashion Technology FM - for Fashion Management DS - for Design Space FP(T) - for Foundation Programme (Technology) FP(D) - for Foundation Programme (Design) 39 For restricted use within NIFT only.

54 III. The first Numerical shall denote the year 1 for First year Course 2 for Second year Course 3 for Third year Course for Forth year Course IV. The next 2 Numericals would provide a unique serial number for a subject Serial No. of the Subject shall be allocated sequentially - odd number to be given to odd semester & even number to be given to even semester. Each number to be unique and should not be repeated for any other subject. If a subject is discontinued at any time its unique serial number shall not change or be allocated to a new subject. The new subject shall be given a new unique serial number Semester 1 will have subject numbering like 101, 103, 105, 107, 109 Semester 2 will have subject numbering like 102, 104, 106, 108, 110. Semester 3 will have subject numbering like 201, 203, 205, 207,209. Semester 4 will have subject numbering like 202, 204, 206, 208, 210. Semester 5 will have subject numbering like 301, 303, 305, 307, 309. Semester 6 will have subject numbering like 302, 303, 305, 307,309. Semester 7 will have subject numbering like 401, 403, 405, 407, 409. Semester 8 will have subject numbering like 402, 403, 405, 407,409. codes shall be issued by Dean (A) and shall be as per the consolidated common list of all electives offer across centres, year after year, as maintained with AMS. Internship or Graduation Project For internship or any other subject where the activity happens in one semester or in the break between semesters with the evaluation in the following semester, the subject serial code will be issued for the semester when the evaluation takes place. V. The last alphabet shall identify Process and theory subjects & electives P - for Process subject T - for Theory subject DE - for Department Elective Subject coding for Common Elective: The common electives are offered across discipline hence they do not have any programme code. The coding for them will be hence a 05 alpha numeric string with CE followed by numerical values. The Numerical coding shall stay same as for all the programs with first numerical denoting the year and the next two numerical values shall be allocated sequentially across all programs - odd number to be given to odd semester & even number to be given to even semester. Each number to be unique and should not be repeated for any other common elective. If common elective is discontinued at any time its unique serial number shall not change or be allocated to a new common elective subject. The new common elective subject shall be given a new unique serial number These subject For restricted use within NIFT only. 40

55 academic planning & curriculum Year 4 Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 3.3(a) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Fashion Design) Elective & Design Collection Industry Intership Department Specialization / Twinning Craft Cluster Initiative Fashion Design - Department Core Summer Project Foundation Programme 41 For restricted use within NIFT only.

56 Year 4 Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 3.3(b) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Leather Design) Elective / Research Project / Graduation Project Twinning / Industry Internship Leather Design - Application of Design concepts & Skills Craft Study & Tannery Training Leather Design - Development of Design Skills & product realization concepts Summer Project Foundation Programme For restricted use within NIFT only. 42

57 academic planning & curriculum Year 4 Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 3.3(c) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Fashion & Lifestyle Accessories) Design & Research Project / Elective / Graduation Project Twinning / Industry Internship Design Projects & Information and knowledge base / Craft Cluster Industry Orientation F&LA - Cognitive Process & Application : Applied Learning for the holistic understanding of design in the context of fashion and lifestyle accessories Summer Project Foundation Programme 43 For restricted use within NIFT only.

58 Year 4 Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 3.3(d) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Textile Design) Elective & Graduation Project Twinning / Industry Internship Textile Design - Design, technical, marketing & communication skills Craft Cluster research survey and documentation Textile Design - Introduction to Textile terminology and graphic software Summer Project Foundation Programme For restricted use within NIFT only. 44

59 academic planning & curriculum Year 4 Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 3.3(e) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Knitwear Design) Elective / Design Collection / Graduation Project Industry Internship Knitwear Design Craft Research and Documentation Knitwear Design Summer Project Foundation Programme 45 For restricted use within NIFT only.

60 Year 4 Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 3.3(f) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Fashion Communication) Elective / Graduation Project Twinning / Industry Internship Specialization Craft Cluster Fashion Communication Summer Project Foundation Programme For restricted use within NIFT only. 46

61 academic planning & curriculum Year 4 Year 3 Year 2 Year 1 3.3(g) 4 years Under Graduate (UG) Programme (Bachelor of Fashion Technology - Apparel Production) Research Project Apparel Internship Twinning Programme / Electives Textile Internship Bachelor of Fashion Technology Summer Project Foundation Programme 47 For restricted use within NIFT only.

62 Semester 4 Semester 3 Semester 2 Semester 1 3.3(h) 2 years Post Graduate (PG) Programme Master of Fashion Technology Final Research Project Semester Twinning Programme OPERATIONS STRATEGY Apparel Internship Specialization OPERATIONS Specialization STRATEGY Winter Internship Master of Fashion Technology For restricted use within NIFT only. 48

63 academic planning & curriculum Semester 4 Semester 3 Semester 2 Semester 1 3.3(i) 2 years Post Graduate (PG) Programme (Master of Fashion Management) Graduation Research Project Fashion Industry Market Survey (FIMS) Theory and Process based subjects Twinning / Fashion Industry Internship and Training (FIIT) Theory and Process based Subjects Outbound Programme Theory and Process based Subjects Master of Fashion Management (MFM) 49 For restricted use within NIFT only.

64 Semester 4 Semester 3 Semester 2 Semester 1 3.3(j) 2 years Post Graduate (PG) Programme (Design Space) Final Graduation Project / Research Project / Dissertation Research & Future Application based Courses including Cluster Twinning / Industry Internship Advanced Courses and Electives for Specialization Introductory and Contextual Core Master of Design (Design Space) For restricted use within NIFT only. 50

65 academic planning & curriculum 3.4 Curriculum Planning Guidelines and Credit System i) Course Categories: In programmes offered in NIFT, subject offered may be categorized as : Core (C): Core courses are those which form the fundamental basis of learning essentials in each programme area domain. These form the mainstream courses that are mandatory for students to undertake. Non Core (NC): Courses which develop a contextual knowledge base to setoff core professional capabilitieshelps students to co-relate issues and appreciate sociocultural dimensions. Elective (E): Courses which provide options to the students for specialization bases on individual, group and industry preference.they may be departmental electives or common electives. ii) The Core subjects should comprise between 40% - 66% of the total number of subjects offered in a semester. iii) Departmental electives to be offered across disciplines in the 6th and 7th semesters in UG programmes and 2nd and 3rd semesters in PG programmes and common electives in the 7th semester UG programmes and 3rd semester PG Programme (specific to different programs). iv) Each semester consists of 16 weeks and all the academic activities including exams should be completed within the stipulated period of 16 weeks. The exams except re-exam are also to be conducted in 16 weeks time. v) The direct teaching inputs for all programmes shall be at least of 30 hrs/week. vi) The maximum total number of direct teaching hours for a subject should not exceed 06 hrs/week including lecture, practical and monitored self study. vii) The monitored self study hours for all subjects including Graduation Project shall be displayed in the time table and viii) shall not exceed 8 hrs /week. Credit System: Each course is assigned a number of credits depending upon the number of contact and non-contact hours in a week. The contact and non-contact hours have a different weightage based on the nature, complexities of learning and teaching methodology suitable to NIFT. The institute uses the concept of credit to define the weightage of a course in the curriculum. Courses are listed as one, two, three or four credit course depending on the indicated workload for each course. A letter grade with a specified number of grade points is awarded in each course. A student performance is measured by the number of credits that he/she has earned and by the weightage grade point average maintained by him/her. ix) The number of credits for a semester should be 22 to 30 credits except for in final graduating semester. x) These guidelines are sacrosanct across disciplines and departments and any changes should be within this framework. xi) The Credits should be based on the following credit allocation system and the maximum number of credits for a taught subject should not exceed 4. SN. Subject UG PG 1) Lecture 1 hr/week/sem= 1hr/week/sem=1 credit 1 credit 2) Studio 1.5 hr/week/sem = credit 3) Workshop / 1.5 hr/week/sem = 1.5 hrs/week/sem = laboratory / 1 credit 1 credit Practical 4) Industry Internship 6-8 weeks=6 credits 6-12 weeks = 6 credits 4 weeks = 4 credits 4 weeks = 4 credits 2 weeks = 2 credits 2 weeks = 2 credits 5) Non contact 3 hrs/week/sem = 3 hrs/week/sem = self study 1 credit 1 credit monitored 6) Common Elective 2 credits 2 credits 7) Departmental 2 to 4 Credits 2 to 4 credits elective All electives with All electives with uniform Credits uniform Credits within department within department 8) Minor Field Study -- 3 hrs/week/sem= /Fashion Industry 3 credits Market Survey 9) Semester Credit credits credits Band other than final semester. 10) Final semester / 18 credits 18 credits Research Project / Design Collection Lecture: Direct dissemination of information and concepts through audiovisual lectures, presentations and lecture demonstration concerning specific topics by the faculty related to concerned subject matter. Studio: Interactive dissemination of inputs that involve application based learning of concepts and skills through exploration and realization of related ideas, objects and products. Workshop /Laboratory / Process Based: Interactive dissemination of inputs that involve intensive use & application of physical materials, tools, equipments and machinery to evolve practical skill & knowledge base through exploration and realization of related ideas, objects and products. Industry Internship: Interactive sharing of research findings, study surveys, field visits as well as perspectives & opinions to provide platform for inter-dependent learning which is monitored by faculty. 51 For restricted use within NIFT only.

66 Non contact self study monitored: Self-initiated study by a student monitored by a faculty to extend the scope and depth of knowledge base related to a specific subject area. Elective Subject: These are optional subjects offered by the departments in VIth and VIIth semester of UG and IInd and IIIrd semester for PG programs. Minor Field Study /Fashion Industry Market Survey: Students conduct sectoral market / field study of a given functional area. The focus of this study is to carry out a diagnostic SWOT analysis of the Industry with focus on forward and backward linkages and supply chain management. Final semester Graduation Project/ Research Project/ Dissertation/ Design Collection : It is the graduating project in the final semester. COMMON ELECTIVE GUIDELINES Definition: Common Electives are those elective subjects that are offered by the discipline/ department to students of other disciplines/ departments. Schedule: UG - Design 7th semester i) Common Electives have to be offered across the semester and cannot be taught in a modular fashion. ii) Each department should offer common electives at least equal to their number of disciplines. Each UG department should offer at least one uniform elective across the centres. This would enable to benchmark the courses and evolve a better curriculum. However, each centre will have option to offer centre specific electives also. iii) iv) Credits for Common Elective - 2 Credits The Duration of the Common Elective should range between hrs depending on the ratio of practical and theory hours of teaching. Faculty Norms: Electives should have provision for inviting guest faculty and experts for course development, lectures and evaluation. Anchor will be faculty offering /conducting the elective subject. They should have knowledge of the subject and should be able to contribute at least 30% of the input in the first phase of electives followed by 50% contribution later. In case two faculty from different disciplines offer an elective jointly then both will get credit of hours provided all the classes are attended by both faculty. Course Curriculum: The curriculum should have clearly defined objectives, pedagogy, evaluation process and criterion. For Common Electives the relevance for other departments should be clearly defined before the same is submitted to Dean (A). Evaluation: The Evaluation for Common Electives will be assignment - based. The evaluation has to be based on comprehensive outline of Task / Assignment - based Evaluation For restricted use within NIFT only. 52 (Interactive or Non-interactive type) as detailed in Chapter 6 of this Manual. Common electives will be exempted from Common Examination, since electives are either Centre specific or based on invited faculty and subject to change from year to year. Procedure of offering to students: List of the electives will be displayed in the department followed by a presentation by the anchors in a specified zero hour. Students will then fill the preference form. Students should be encouraged to select the elective from other Departments to strengthen their skills in wider areas. The number of students from the parent department shall be limited to 25%. The criterion of selection shall be CGPA. COE of the centre along with SDAC will be responsible for the collection and the analysis of the forms. The optimum class size for a theory subjects will be 40 and for practical subjects 30. If the number of students exceeds the above optimum size, possibility of creating two batches (subject to viability) may be considered. Alternatively selection may be made on the basis of CGPA of all previous semesters restricted to optimum capacity and the rest may be moved to second option. COE will be responsible for preparing the attendance sheet for the students in each Common Elective. The same should be provided to subject anchors prior to commencement of the session. 3.5 Curriculum Documentation and Custody i) The Curriculum for all the departments has been documented with the following information: Course Name Prerequisites Category Subject Code Duration Credits Course objective Course structure Session Plan Nature of Assignments Teaching Methodology Learning outcomes Course evaluation Suggested references ii) The documented curriculum incorporating all copyright requirements and ratified by AAC of BOG, NIFT will be in the custody of Dean (A) along with the soft copy as a PDF file. iii) The copy of the curriculum for the respective departments will be issued only to CP and CCs for reference. All faculty members will be required to fill an Undertaking with regard to protection of Copyright. iv) The Curriculum may be circulated only by the Dean A after every review of curriculum. At that point, all other old curricula will be destroyed.

67 academic planning & curriculum 3.6 COURSE MATRIX AND CURRICULAR BRIEFS Foundation Programme (Design) Foundation Programme (Technology) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Design) Bachelor of Design (Leather Design) Bachelor of Design (Accessory Design) Bachelor of Design (Textile Design) Bachelor of Design (Knitwear Design) Bachelor of Design (Fashion Communication) Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) Master of Fashion Technology Master of Fashion Management Master of Design (Design Space) 53 For restricted use within NIFT only.

68 For restricted use within NIFT only FOUNDATION PROGRAMME IN DESIGN FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS S. No Semester 1 Semester 2 Subject Credit Category Subject Credit Category 1 Introduction to World Art & Culture 3 NC Creative Thinking Skills 2 C 2 Fashion Orientation 3 NC Intellectual Property Rights 1.5 NC 3 Professional Practices 2 NC Organizational Behavior 3 NC 4 Visualization & Representation I 4 C Art and Design Aesthetics 2.5 C 5 Geometry I 2 C Visualization & Representation II 4 C 6 Elements of Design I 4 C Geometry II 2 C 7 Foundation Vector Graphic 2 NC Elements of Design II 4 C 8 Material Studies 3 C Digital Design 2 NC 9 Environment Studies 2 NC 10 Summer Project (between 2 nd and 3 rd semester) 23 23

69 3.6.2 FOUNDATION PROGRAMME IN TECHNOLOGY FOR BATCH 2011 onwards S. No Semester 1 Semester 2 Subject Credit Category Subject Credit Category 1 Introduction to World Art & Culture 3 NC Creative Thinking Skills 2 C 2 Fashion Orientation 3 NC Intellectual Property Rights 1.5 NC 3 Professional Practices 2 NC Organizational Behavior 3 NC 4 Fabric Science - I 3 C Survey of Apparel Design 3 NC 5 Elements of Technology 3.5 C Fabric science II 3 C 6 Geometry 3.5 C Structured System Analysis & Design 3 NC 55 7 Computerized Data Management 2.5 NC RDBMS 3.5 NC 8 Material Science 4 C Understanding body and pattern shapes through draping 3 C For restricted use within NIFT only. 9 Integrated Term Project 1.5 C 10. Environment Studies 2 NC Summer project (between 2nd and 3rd semester)

70 For restricted use within NIFT only. 56 DISCIPLINE SUBJECTS 3.6.3(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN - FASHION DESIGN FOR BATCH DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES, MANDATORY COURSE & DESIGN COLLECTION Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Sem 8 Fashion illustration & Design I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Pattern Making I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Draping I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Garment Construction I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Elements of Textiles 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/c Surface Design Technique I 3 hrs /2 cr/c History of Design & Fashion I 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Fashion Studies 1.5 hrs /1 cr/c Prototype Development I 48 hrs /2 cr/c Fashion Illustration & Design II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Pattern Making II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Draping II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Garment Construction II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Surface Design Technique II 3 hrs /2 cr/c Marketing 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc History of Design & Fashion II 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Design Process 1.5 hrs /1 cr/c Photography (Modular) (24 hrs) /1 cr/nc Prototype Development II 48 hrs /2 cr/c Craft Cluster Diagnostic Study (C) (Between 4 h & 5 th Semester) Fashion Illustration & Design III 4.5 hrs / 3 cr/c Pattern Making III 6 hrs /4 cr/c Draping III 3 hrs /2 cr/c Garment Construction III 6 hrs /4 cr/c Fabric Studies 3 hrs /2 cr/c Surface Design Technique III 3 hrs /2 cr/c Merchandising 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc History of Design & Fashion III 1.5 hrs 1.5 cr/nc Digital Presentation Technique 3 hrs /2 cr/nc Prototype Development III 48 hrs /2 cr/c Fashion Illustration & Design IV 4.5 hrs /3 cr/c Pattern Making IV 3 hrs /2 cr/c Knitwear 3 hrs /2 cr/nc Garment Construction IV 6 hrs /4 cr/c Manufacturing Process 1.5 hrs/ 1.5 cr/nc Surface design Technique IV 3 hrs /2 cr/c Advance Professional Practices 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc History of Design & Fashion IV 1.5 hrs 1.5 cr/nc Research Methods 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Grading Manual & CAD 3 hrs /2 cr/nc Prototype Development IV 48 hrs /2 cr/c Internship (C) / 6 cr (Between 6 th & 7 th Semester) Mandatory Course - Portfolio Development 6 hrs /4 cr/c - Menswear Design & Development 6 hrs /4 cr/c - E D P 2 hrs /2 cr/ C - Colloquium Paper 1hrs /1cr/C Departmental Electives (any 2) [NC / 4.5 hrs /3 cr each) - Craft based product development - Creative Pattern Making - Advanced Surface Development - Childrenswear - Couture Design - Fashion Accessories - Contemporary Art and Design - Theater Costume & Design - Visual Merchandising - Fashion Styling - Lingerie Design Common Elective (any 1) (NC 3 hrs / 2 cr) - Films, Fashion & Image - Business of Fashion Luxury - Corporate Designs & Fashion Industry - Fashion Forecast for Indian Retail Design Collection 18 cr/16 weeks/c 24 cr 25cr 3 cr 24 cr 23 cr 6 cr 19 cr 18 cr C- CORE/ NC- NON CORE

71 3.6.3(b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- FASHION DESIGN FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS DISCIPLINE SUBJECTS DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES, MANDATORY COURSE & DESIGN COLLECTION Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Sem 8 57 For restricted use within NIFT only. Fashion illustration & Design I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Pattern Making I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Draping I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Garment Construction I 6 hrs /4 cr/c Elements of Textiles 3 hrs /3 cr/c Surface Design Technique I 3 hrs /2 cr/c History of Design & Fashion I 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Fashion Studies 1.5 hrs /1 cr/nc Prototype Development I 48 hrs /2 cr/c Summer Project (Between 2nd & 3rd ) 1 cr/nc Fashion Illustration & Design II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Pattern Making II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Draping II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Garment Construction II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Surface Design Technique II 3 hrs /2 cr/c Marketing 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc History of Design & Fashion II 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Design Process 1.5 hrs /1 cr/c Photography (Modular) 24 hrs /1 cr/nc Prototype Development 2 48 hrs /2 cr/c Craft Cluster Diagnostic Study (C) (Between 4 h & 5 th Semester) 3 cr Fashion Illustration & Design III 4.5 hrs /3 cr/c Pattern Making II 6 hrs /4 cr/c Draping III 3 hrs /2 cr/c Garment Construction III 6 hrs /4 cr/c Fabric Studies 3 hrs /2 cr/c Surface Design Technique III 3 hrs /2 cr/c Merchandising 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc History of Design & Fashion III 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Digital Presentation Technique 3 hrs /2 cr/nc Prototype Development III 48 hrs /2 cr/c Fashion Illustration & Design IV 4.5 hrs /3 cr/c Pattern Making IV 3 hrs /2 cr/c Knitwear 3 hrs/ 2 cr/nc Garment Construction IV 6 hrs /4 cr/c Manufacturing Process 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Surface design Technique IV 3 hrs /2 cr/c Advance Professional Practices 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc History of Design & Fashion IV 1.5 hrs /1.5 cr/nc Research Methods 1.5 hrs /1 cr/nc Grading Manual & CAD 3 hrs /2 cr/nc Prototype Development IV 48 hrs /2 cr/c Internship (C) / 6 cr (Between 6 th & 7 th Semester) Mandatory Course - Portfolio Development 6 hrs /4 cr/c - Menswear Design & Development 6 hrs /4 cr/c - E D P 3 hrs /2 cr/ NC - Colloquium Paper1.5hrs/1cr/NC Departmental Electives (any 2) [C / 4.5 hrs /3 cr each) - Craft based product development - Creative Pattern Making - Advanced Surface Development - Childrenswear - Couture Design - Fashion Accessories - Contemporary Art and Design - Theater Costume & Design - Visual Merchandising - Fashion Styling - Lingerie Design - Graphic Design - Design Management - Denimwear Common Elective (any 1) (NC 3 hrs /2 cr) - Films, Fashion & Image - Business of Fashion Luxury - Corporate Designs & Fashion Industry - Fashion Forecast for Indian Retail 26.5 cr 25 cr 3 cr 24 cr 22.5 cr 6 cr 18.5 cr 18 cr C- CORE/ NC- NON CORE Design Collection 18 cr/16 weeks/c

72 For restricted use within NIFT only. 58 S.No Semester III Fashion Model Drawing Design & Fashion Studies I Design Methods & Proto typing Pattern Making I Construction Techniques I Draping Leather Studies & Processes-I Credit / C/NC 3/C 1.5/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 2/NC 3/C Semester IV Fashion Illustration I Design & Fashion Studies II Pattern Making II Construction Techniques II Leather Accessories I Leather Studies & Processes -II 3.6.4(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- LEATHER DESIGN FOR BATCH 2010 Credit / C/NC 3/C 2/C 3/C 2/C 3/C 3/C Semester V Fashion Illustration II Forecasting Trends & Interpretation Design Project I Pattern Making III Construction Techniques III Leather Accessories II Leather Studies & Processes-III Basic Manufacturing Systems Credit / C/NC 3/C 1/NC 2/C 2/C 2/C 3/C 2/C 1.5/C Semester VI Fashion Illustration III Design Project II Menswear Construction Techniques IV Leather Accessories III Introduction to Footwear Leather Studies & Processes-IV Advanced Production Planning & Control Credit / C/NC 3/C 3/C 3/C 2/NC 2/C 2/C 2/C 3/C Semester VII Mandatory Design Portfolio Advanced Professional Practices Design Management & Entrepreneurship. Commercial Leather Sourcing Practices Colloquium paper Departmental Electives (A student chooses any 2 of the following) - Lifestyle Accessories - Footwear Development - Non-Leather Material & Process Studies - Visual Communication - Corsetry - Integrative Surface Development - Visual Merchandising Credit / C/NC 3/C 2/C 2/C 3/C 1/C 3/NC Semester VIII Credit / C/NC Graduation Project 18/C Surface Development Techniques I Elements of Management & Marketing 1/NC 1.5/NC Surface Development Techniques II Marketing 2/NC 2/NC Merchandising 1.5/NC Opportunity Mapping, Positioning & Strategies 2/NC Common Electives (any1) - Intelligent Digital Production - Design With Leather 2/NC 13 Research Methods 2/NC 14 Proto typing 2/C 15 Computer Application III 2/NC Computer Application IV 2/NC Computer Application V 2/NC Computer Application VI 2/NC 16 Tannery Training (Between IV & V Semester) 2/C 17 Craft Research & Documentation (Between IV & V Semester) 2/NC Industry Internship (Betrween VI & VII Semester) 6/C 23 Cr 24 Cr 26 Cr 24 Cr 25 Cr 18 Cr

73 3.6.4(b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- LEATHER DESIGN FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS CHENNAI & RAE BARELI CENTRES - FOOTWEAR & PRODUCTS S.No. Semester III Credit / C/ NC Semester IV Credit / C/ NC Semester V Credit / C/ NC Semester VI Credit / C/NC Semester VII Credit / C/NC Semester VIII Credit / C/NC Fashion Model Drawing Design & Fashion Studies I Design Methods & Proto typing Garments Pattern Making I 3/C 1.5/C 3/C 4/C Fashion Illustration Design & Fashion Studies II Design Project I (Garments) Garments Pattern Making II 2/C 1.5/C 4/C 3/C Design Communication Forecasting Trends & Interpretation Design Project II (Leather Goods) Footwear Pattern Making I 2/C 1/NC 4/C 3/C Packaging Design Design Project III (Footwear) Footwear Pattern Making II 2/C 3/C 3/C Mandatory - Design Portfolio - Advanced Professional Practices - Design Project IV ( Product Range) - Visual Merchandising - Design Management & Entrepreneurship - Colloquium paper 3/C 3/C 4/C 2/C 3/C 1/C 59 For restricted use within NIFT only Garments Construction Techniques I Draping Leather Studies & Processes-I Surface Development Techniques I Human Factors & Ergonomics Computer Application III (Adobe Illustrator & Indesign) Summer Project (Between II & III Semester) Total Credits / Semester 4/C 2/NC 3/C 1/NC 3/NC 2/NC 1/NC 27.5 Garments Construction Techniques II Leather Accessories I Leather Studies & Processes -II Surface Development Techniques II Fashion Marketing I Computer Application IV (Garment CAD-Lectra / Gerber) 3/C 4/C 3/C 2/NC 1.5/NC 2/NC 26 Footwear Construction Techniques I Leather Accessories II Leather Studies & Processes-III Fashion Marketing II Hardware Design & Product Detailing Computer Application V (Leather Goods CAD ) Tannery Training (Between IV & V Semester) Craft Study (Between IV & V Semester) 3/C 4/C 1.5/C 1.5/NC 3/NC 2/NC 3/C 2/NC 30 Footwear Construction Techniques II Leather Accessories III Photography Non Leather Materials & Processes Production Plann-ing & Process Control Fashion Marketing III Computer Application VI (Footwear CAD- Shoemaster) 3/C 3/C 2/NC 3/NC 3/C 1.5/NC 3/NC 26.5 Departmental Electives (A student chooses any 2 of the following) - Costume Jewellery - Fashion & Sports Gloves - 3D Virtual Modeling - 3D Studio Max - CAD - Hardware Design - Solid works - Leather Home Furnishings - Footwear Retailing - Exhibition / Stall Design - Athletic / Sports Footwear Common Electives (any 1) - Product & Fashion Photography - Fashion Leather Accessories - Fashion Footwear Industry Internship (Between VI & VII Semester) 3/NC each 2/NC 6/C 30 Graduation Project 18/C 18

74 For restricted use within NIFT only. 60 S.No Semester III Fashion Model Drawing Design & Fashion Studies I Design Methods & Proto typing Pattern Making I Construction Techniques I Draping Leather Studies & Processes-I Material Studies & Processes-II Elements of Management & Marketing 3.6.4(c) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- LEATHER DESIGN FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS DELHI & KOLKATA CENTRES - GARMENTS & PRODUCTS Credit / C/NC 3/C 1.5/C 3/C 4/C 4/C 2/NC 3/C 2/NC 1.5/NC Semester IV Fashion Illustration I Design & Fashion Studies II Pattern Making II Construction Techniques II Leather Accessories I Leather Studies & Processes -II Surface Development Techniques Marketing Credit / C/NC 3/C 1.5/C 4/C 3/C 4/C 3/C 2/NC 1.5/NC Semester V Fashion Illustration II Design Project I Pattern Making & Construction III Leather Accessories II Leather Studies & Processes-III Basic Manufacturing Systems Merchandising I Credit / C/NC 3/C 4/C 4/C 4/C 1.5/C 1.5/C 1.5/NC Semester VI Fashion Illustration III Design Project II Menswear Grading & Construction Techniques Leather Accessories III Introduction to Footwear Leather Studies & Processes-IV Advanced Production Planning & Control Merchandising II Credit / C/NC 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 2/C 1.5/C 3/C 1.5/NC Mandatory Semester VII Mandatory Design & Digital Portfolio Advanced Professional Practices Design Management & Entrepreneurship. Commercial Leather Sourcing Practices Colloquium paper Departmental Electives (student chooses any 2 of the following) - Lifestyle Accessories - Footwear Development - Non-Leather Material & Process Studies - Visual Communication - Corsetry - Integrative Surface Development - Visual Merchandising - Apparel CAD Common Electives (any 1) - Intelligent Digital Production - Design With Leather Credit / C/NC 4/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 1/C 3/NC each 2/NC Semester VIII Credit / C/NC Graduation Project 18/C 13 Positioning Strategies 1.5/NC 14 Research Methods 3/NC Computer Application III Summer Project (Between II & III Semester) 2/NC 1/NC 27 Proto typing Computer Application IV 2/C 2/NC 26 Computer Application V Tannery Training (Between IV & V Semester) Craft Study (Between IV & V Semester) 2/NC 3/C 2/NC 29.5 Computer Application VI 2/NC Industry Internship (Betrween VI & VII Semester) /C 28 18

75 3.6.5(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN BENGALURU, BHOPAL, HYDERABAD, KANGRA, NEW DELHI, RAE-BARELI & SHILLONG FOR BATCH S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC 1 Drawing & Rendering NC/ 2.5 Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques C/ 2.5 Human Factors & Ergonomics C/ 2.5 Colloquium Paper C/ 2.5 Internship Presentation C/ 6 2 Form Studies C/ 2.5 Fashion Studies I NC/ 2.5 Fashion Studies- II NC/ 2.5 Technical Studies -IV NC/ 2.5 Common Electives: As approved by SIAC NC/ 2 3 History & philosophy of Design C/ 3.5 Technical Studies -II NC/ 3.5 Technical Studies - III NC/ 2.5 Advance Professional Practices NC/ 3 Portfolio Development NC/ For restricted use within NIFT only Photography Material Manipulation Technical Studies - I Design Methodology Design Methodology: Virtual Prototyping Virtual Prototyping: AutoCAD NC/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 3.5 C/ 3.5 C/ 2 NC/ Technical Drawing Fashion Marketing-I DP I-Simple Design Project Virtual Prototyping: 3Ds Max DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping NC/ 3.5 NC/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 NC/ 3.5 C/ Fashion Marketing-II DP II -Craft based Design Project DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping Virtual Prototyping: Rhino/ Solid Works Independent Study NC/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 C/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 C/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ Department Elective : Center Specific Fashion Merchandising DP IV - Packaging Design DP IV : Packaging Design Virtual Prototyping DP V- Range Design DPV: Range Design Prototyping NC/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 NC/ 2 C/ 3.5 C/ Design Management DP VI- Consumer Interface Design DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping DP VII- Product Collection DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping C/ 2.5 C/ 4 C/ 3.5 C/ 4 C/ GRADUATION PROJECT 18/C 18

76 For restricted use within NIFT only (b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN GANDHINAGAR CENTRE - JEWELLERY AND PRECIOUS PRODUCTS FOR BATCH S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Subject Drawing & Rendering Form Studies History & philosophy of Design Photography Material Manipulation (Fabrication & Machining Skills) Technical Studies-I (Materials & Processes) Credit / C/NC NC/ 2.5 C/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 3.5 Subject Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques Fashion Studies I Technical Studies-II (Materials & Processes) Technical Drawing Fashion Marketing-I DP I-Simple Design Project Credit / C/NC C/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 3.5 NC/ 3.5 NC/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 Subject Human Factors & Ergonomics Fashion Studies- II Technical Studies - III (Technical Science) Fashion Marketing-II DP II -Craft based Design Project DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping Credit / C/NC C/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 C/ 2.5 Colloquium Paper Subject Technical Studies-IV (Industry Process Planning) Advance Professional Practices Department Elective : Center Specific Fashion Merchandising DP IV - Packaging Design Credit / C/NC C/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 3 NC/ 2.5 NC/ 2.5 C/ 3.5 Internship Presentation Subject Common Electives: As approved by SIAC Portfolio Development Design Management DP VI- Consumer Interface Design DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping Credit / C/NC C/ 6 NC/ 2 NC/ 2.5 C/ 2.5 C/ 4 C/ 3.5 Subject Credit / C/NC GRADUATION PROJECT C/ Design Methodology Design Methodology: Virtual Prototyping C/ 3.5 C/ 2 Virtual Prototyping: 3Ds Max DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping NC/ 3.5 C/ 3.5 DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping C/ 3.5 C/ 2.5 DP IV : Packaging Design Virtual Prototyping DP V- Range Design NC/ 2 C/ 3.5 DP VII- Product Collection DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping C/ 4 C/ 3 9 Virtual Prototyping: AutoCAD NC/ 2.5 Virtual Prototyping: Rhino/ Solid Works NC/ 2.5 DPV: Range Design Prototyping C/ Independent Study NC/

77 3.6.5(c) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN BENGALURU, BHOPAL, HYDERABAD, KANGRA, NEW DELHI, RAE-BARELI & SHILLONG FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC Subject Credit / C/NC 1 Drawing & Rendering NC/4 Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques C/2.5 Applied Ergonomics C/3.5 Colloquium C/2 Internship Presentation (Industry Internship of 8 weeks between VI and VII semester will culminate into Internship Presentation in Semester-VII) C/6 2 Form Studies C/4 Trend & Fashion Forecasting NC/2.5 Technical Studies - II (Principle of mechanism & production process planning ) NC/3.5 Advanced Professional Practices NC/3 Common Electives: As approved by SIAC NC/ History & philosophy of Design C/3.5 Technical Studies -I NC/3.5 Fashion Marketing- I NC/3 Department Elective: Center Specific NC/2.5 Portfolio Development NC/1 For restricted use within NIFT only Photography Material Manipulation Cognitive Process Summer Project Seminar/ Workshops NC/2.5 NC/4 C/4 NC/ Technical Drawing & AutoCAD Design Process Design Process Prototyping DP I- Simple Design Project DP I-Simple Design Project Prototyping Industry Orientation NC/4 C/3.5 C/2 C/4 C/2 C/2 26 DP II -Craft based Design Project DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing:Prototyping 3ds Max Seminar/ Workshops C/3.5 C/2 C/4 C/2 NC/ Fashion Marketing- II DP IV - Packaging Design DP IV : Packaging Design Prototyping DP V- Range Design DPV: Range Design Prototyping Seminar/ Workshops NC/3 C/4 C/2 C/4 C/ Design Management DP VI- Consumer Interface Design DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping DP VII- Product Collection DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping Seminar/ Workshops C/2.5 C/4 C/3 C/4 C/ GRADUATION PROJECT C/22 22

78 For restricted use within NIFT only (d) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- ACCESSORY DESIGN JEWELLERY & PRECIOUS PRODUCTS - GANDHINAGAR FOR BATCH 2011 ONWARDS S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Subject Drawing & Rendering Form Studies History & philosophy of Design Photography Material Manipulation Cognitive Process Credit / C/NC NC/4 C/4 C/3.5 NC/2.5 NC/4 C/4 Subject Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques Trend & Fashion Forecasting Technical Studies -I Technical Drawing & AutoCAD Design Process Design Process Prototyping Credit / C/NC C/2.5 NC/2.5 NC/3.5 NC/4 C/3.5 C/2 Subject Applied Ergonomics Technical Studies - II (Principle of mechanism & production process planning ) Fashion Marketing- I DP II -Craft based Design Project DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing Credit / C/NC C/3.5 NC/3.5 NC/3 C/3.5 C/2 C/4 Colloquium Subject Advanced Professional Practices Department Elective: Center Specific Fashion Marketing- II DP IV - Packaging Design DP IV : Packaging Design Prototyping Credit / C/NC C/2 NC/3 NC/2.5 NC/3 C/4 C/2 Subject Internship Presentation Common Electives: As approved by SIAC Portfolio Development Design Management DP VI- Consumer Interface Design DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping Credit / C/NC C/6 NC/2 NC/1 C/2.5 C/4 C/3 Subject Credit / C/NC GRADUATION PROJECT C/22 7 Summer Project NC/1 DP I- Simple Design Project C/4 DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing:Prototyping C/2 DP V- Range Design C/4 DP VII- Product Collection C/4 8 Seminar/ Workshops --- DP I-Simple Design Project Prototyping C/2 3ds Max NC/3.5 DPV: Range Design Prototyping C/3 DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping C/ Industry Orientation C/2 26 Seminar/ Workshops Seminar/ Workshops Industry Internship of 8 weeks between VI and VII semester will culminate into Internship Presentation in Semester-VII Seminar/ Workshops

79 3.6.6(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- TEXTILE DESIGN FOR BATCH S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject 1 Elements of Textile Design Hours 4.5 Credit C/NC 3/C Textile Design Techniques Hours 4.5 Credit C/NC 3/C Print Design Project Hours 6.0 Credit C/NC 4/C Fabric Styling Hours 3.0 Credit C/NC 3/ C Advanced Design Project Hours 6.0 Credit C/NC 4/C Subject Credit / C/NC 2 Woven Structure I 4.5 3/C Woven Structure II 6.0 4/C Advanced Woven Structures 6.0 4/C Woven Design Project 6.0 4/C Industry Internship # 6/C 3 Textile Science 4.5 4/C Textile Chemical Processing I 3.0 3/C Textile Chemical Processing II 3.0 3/C Fabric Quality Assurance 4.5 4/C Entrepreneurship Management 2.0 2/NC 4 Surface Techniques I 6.0 4/C Textile Chemical Processing Practical I 3.0 2/C Textile Chemical Processing Practical II 3.0 2/C Surface Techniques II 6.0 4/C 5 Digital Imaging & Editing Techniques 4.5 3/NC CAD - Print 4.5 3/NC CAD - Dobby & Carpet 6.0 4/NC Digital Presentation Techniques 4.5 3/NC CAD - Jacquard 4.5 3/NC 65 For restricted use within NIFT only Traditional Indian Textiles I Fashion Studies Photography Total Hours/Credit Core Non Core Elective C NC 3/NC 2/NC 2/NC Traditional Indian Textiles II Fashion Marketing Fashion Illustration C NC 3/NC 3/NC 3/NC Craft Research and Documentation Fashion Merchandising Pattern Making & Construction Methods # C NC 3/C 2/NC 3/NC Design Colloquium Sustainable Design Appreciation of World Textiles Professional Ethics and Responsibilities C NC 1/NC 2/NC 2/NC 2/NC Department Elective Student to choose any 2 from 3 subjects offered by the department Visual Merchandising Non-loom Techniques Advanced pattern making & construction methods Common Elective Student to choose one common electives offered in Centre C NC E 3/E 3/E 3/E 2/CE GRADUATION PROJECT C/

80 For restricted use within NIFT only (b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- TEXTILE DESIGN FOR BATCH ONWARDS S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Subject Subject Subject Subject Subject Elements of Textile Design Woven Structure I Textile Science Surface Techniques I Digital Imaging & Editing Techniques Traditional Indian Textiles I Fashion Studies Summer Project (between 2nd & 3rd Semester) Total Hours/Credit Core Non Core Elective Hours C NC Credit C/NC 4/C 3/C 4/C 3/C 4/NC 3/NC 2/NC 1/ NC Textile Design Techniques Woven Structure II Textile Chemical Processing I Textile Chemical Processing Practical I CAD - Print Traditional Indian Textiles II Research Methodology Surface Techniques II Hours C NC Credit C/NC 4/C 4/C 3/C 2/C 4/NC 3/NC 1/NC 2/C Print Design Project Advanced Woven Structures Textile Chemical Processing II Textile Chemical Processing Practical II CAD - Dobby & Carpet Craft Research and Documentation (2 wks. in field 24 hrs. in class) Business in Design Pattern Making & Construction Methods Hours C NC Credit C/NC 4/C 4/C 3/C 2/C 4/NC 3/C 3/NC 2/NC Fabric Studies & Styling Woven Design Project Fabric Quality Assurance Surface Design Project Digital Presentation Techniques Design Colloquium Sustainable Design Appreciation of World Textiles Professional Ethics and Responsibilities Hours C NC Credit C/NC 2/ C 4/C 4/C 4/C 3/NC 1/NC 1/NC 2/NC 2/NC Advanced Design Project Industry Internship Entrepreneurship Management CAD - Jacquard Department Elective Student to choose any 2 from 3 subjects offered by the department Visual Merchandising Textile Art Advanced pattern making & construction methods Textiles for Apparel Floor Covering Common Elective Student to choose one common electives offered in Centre Hours 6.0 # C NC E Credit C/NC 4/C 6/C 2/NC 3/NC 3/E 3/E 3/E 3/E 3/E 2/CE Subject Credit / C/NC GRADUATION PROJECT C/

81 3.6.7(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- KNITWEAR DESIGN FOR BATCH S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII 1 Subject Fashion Art & Illustration Credit / C/NC 3/C Subject Digital Fashion Illustration Credit / C/NC 2/C Subject Technical Specification & Virtual sampling Credit/ C/NC 3/C Subject Portfolio Development Credit / C/NC 4/C Subject Colloquium on Global Issues in Design Credit / C/NC 2/NC Credit / C/NC 2 Flat Knitting 3/C Trends and Forecasting 2/NC Pattern Making for Knits (Men's Wear) 3/C Pattern Making & Garment construction for Knits ( Sportswear) 2/C Design & Development for Women's intimate apparel (Knits) 3/C 67 For restricted use within NIFT only Basic Pattern Making Introduction to Garment Construction Photography and Editing Techniques Design Application for Fashion Basic Textiles History of World Costumes Traditional Indian Textiles Total Credits 3/C 3/C 3/NC 2/NC 2/C 2/NC 2/NC 24 Pattern Making for Knits (Women s Wear) Garment Construction for Knits (Women s Wear) Surface Embellishment Dyeing and Finishing Design Process Hand knitting Techniques Circular Knitting Total Credits 3/C 3/C 3/C 2/NC 3/C 2/NC 3/C 23 Craft Research & Documentation Garment Construction for Knits (Men's wear) Draping for Knits Print Design for Knits Knitwear Production & Planning (Flat & Circular) Product Development in Circular Knits Computerized Flat Knitting Total Credits (Including 3 credits of Craft research & Documentation ) 2/C 3/C 3/NC 2/NC 3/C 3/C 25 Pattern Making & Garment construction for Knits (Kidswear ) Computerized Pattern Making and Grading for Knits Quality Assurance for Knitwear Advanced Knitting Product Development in Flat Knits Fashion Marketing and Merchandising Total Credits 3/C 2/C 3/NC 3/C 3/C 3/NC 23 Summer Internship (between sem VI and VII) Enterpreneurship World Knitwear Industry Advanced Professional Practices Department Electives - Creative Design & Development - Retail space Design - Retail Buying - Fashion/Product Photography - Image & Fashion Styling Common Elective Total Credits (including 6 credits of Industry internship) 2/NC 2/NC 2/NC 3/NC each 2/NC 28 DESIGN COLLECTION 18/C

82 For restricted use within NIFT only (b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN- KNITWEAR DESIGN FOR BATCH ONWARDS S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Fashion Art & Illustration Flat Knitting Subject Basic Pattern Making Introduction to Garment Construction Photography and Editing Techniques Design Application for Fashion Basic Textiles History of World Costumes Traditional Indian Textiles Credit / C/NC 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/NC 2/NC 2/C 2/NC 2/NC Subject Digital Fashion Illustration Trends and Forecasting Pattern Making for Knits (Women s Wear) Garment Construction for Knits (Women s Wear) Surface Embellishment Dyeing and Finishing Design Process Hand knitting Techniques Circular Knitting Credit / C/NC 2/C 2/NC 3/C 3/C 3/C 2/NC 3/C 2/NC 3/C Craft Research & Documentation Subject Technical Specification & Virtual sampling Pattern Making for Knits (Men's Wear) Garment Construction for Knits (Men's wear) Draping for Knits Print Design for Knits Knitwear Production & Planning (Flat & Circular) Product Development in Circular Knits Computerized Flat Knitting Credit / C/NC 3/C 3/C 2/C 3/C 3/NC 2/NC 3/C 3/C Subject Portfolio Development Sportswear Kidswear Computerized Pattern Making and Grading for Knits Quality Assurance for Knitwear Advanced Knitting Product Development in Flat Knits Fashion Marketing and Merchandising Credit / C/NC 4/C 2/C 3/C 2/C 3/NC 3/C 3/C 3/NC Summer Internship (between sem VI and VII) Subject Design & Market Research Design & Development for Women's intimate apparel (Knits) Enterpreneurship World Knitwear Industry Advanced Professional Practices Department Electives - Creative Design & Development - Retail space Design - Retail Buying - Fashion/Product Photography - Image & Fashion Styling Credit / C/NC 2/NC 3/C 2/NC 2/NC 2/NC 3/NC each DESIGN COLLECTION / GRADUATION PROJECT Credit / C/NC 18/C 10 Summer Project(between 2nd & 3rd Semester) Total Credits 1/NC 24 Total Credits 23 Total Credits (Including 3 credits of Craft research & Documentation ) 25 Total Credits 23 Common Elective Total Credits (including 6 credits of Industry internship) 2/NC 28

83 3.6.8(a) BACHELOR OF DESIGN - FASHION COMMUNICATION FOR BATCHES S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII 1 Subject Graphic Design - Level I Cr 3 Category Core/PB Subject Graphic Design - Level II Cr 3 Category Core/PB Subject Graphic Design - Level III Cr 3 Category Core/PB Subject Graphic Design - Level IV Cr 3 Category Core/PB Subject Graphic Design - Level V Cr 3 Category Core/PB Subject Cr Cat 2 Visual Merchandising - Level I 3 Core/PB Visual Merchandising - Level II 3 Core/PB Visual Merchandising - Level III 3 Core/PB Visual Merchandising - Level IV 3 Core/PB Exhibition & Display Design 3 Core/PB 3 Photography - Level I 3 Core/PB Photography - Level II 3 Core/PB Photography - Level III 3 Core/PB Photography - Level IV 3 Core/PB Industry Internship -B/w semester 6 Core/PB 4 Integrated Term Project I 1.5 Core/PB Integrated Term Project II 2 Core/PB Integrated Term Project III 2 Core/PB Integrated Term Project IV 2 Core/PB Colloquium Paper 3 Core/PB 69 For restricted use within NIFT only Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level I Design Methodology History of Costumes Publication Design Introduction to Marketing & Merchandising Communication Concepts & Processes- Level I History & Philosophy of Design - Level I Core/PB Core/PB Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ PB OUTBOUND WORKSHOP Graphical Representation & TechnicalDrawing - Level II Introduction to Written Communication Fashion Basics Design Interpretation on AutoCAD Consumer Behaviour in Fashion Communication Concepts & Processes-Level II History & Philosophy of Design - Level II Core/PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ PB CRAFT INTERNSHIP * (BETWEEN IV & V) Craft Cluster Initiative Fashion Journalism - Level I Textile Appreciation Multimedia & Web Design Retail & Brand Management Introduction to Advertising Core/PB Core/PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ Theory Event Management Fashion Journalism - Level II Fashion Styling Design Interpretation 3D Max- Level I Public Relations Creative Advertising & Media Planning Non-Core/ PB Core/PB Core/PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ Theory INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP- 8 week ** (BETWEEN VI & VII) Design Management & Entrepreneurship Professional Ethics & Responsibilities Design Interpretation 3D Max- Level II Common Elective - Presentation Techniques - Product Photography - Photo Journalism Department Elective - Prop Design - Signage Design - Traditional Folk Media - Calligraphy - Light, Sound & Set Design - Non- Linear Editing - common electives offered by department in Centre Non-Core/PB Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/PB Non-Core/ CE Non-Core/ DE GRADUATION PROJECT 18/Core 18

84 For restricted use within NIFT only (b) BACHELOR OF DESIGN - FASHION COMMUNICATION FOR BATCHES ONWARDS S.NO SEM- III SEM- IV SEM- V SEM- VI SEM- VII SEM- VIII Subject Graphic Design - Level I Visual Merchandising - Level I Photography - Level I Fashion Basics Level I Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level I Design Methodology Costume Appreciation (Western) Introduction to Marketing & Merchandising Cr Category Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Non-Core/ PB Core/PB Core/PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ Theory OUTBOUND WORKSHOP Subject Graphic Design - Level II Visual Merchandising - Level II Photography - Level II Fashion Basics Level II Graphical Representation & TechnicalDrawing - Level II Introduction to Written Communication Costume and Textile Appreciation Publication Design Consumer Behaviour in Fashion Cr Category Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Non- Core/PB Core/PB Non- Core/PB Non- Core/PB Non- Core/PB Non-Core/ Theory CRAFT INTERNSHIP * (BETWEEN IV & V) Subject Graphic Design - Level III Visual Merchandising - Level III Photography - Level III Integrated Term Project III Craft Cluster Initiative Fashion Journalism - Level I Fashion Styling- Level I Design Interpretation on AutoCAD Retail & Brand Management Cr Category Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Non- Core/PB Non-Core/ Theory Subject Graphic Design - Level IV Visual Merchandising - Level IV Photography - Level IV Integrated Term Project IV Fashion Journalism - Level II Fashion Styling Level II Multimedia & Web Design Public Relations Cr Category Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ Theory INDUSTRY INTERNSHIP- 8 week ** (BETWEEN VI & VII) Subject Graphic Design - Level V Exhibition & Display Design Colloquium Paper Design Management & Entrepreneurship Professional Ethics & Responsibilities Design Interpretation on 3D Max Common Elective - Presentation Techniques - Product Photography - Photo Journalism Cr Category Core/PB Core/PB Core/PB Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ Theory Non-Core/ PB Non-Core/ CE Subject GRADUATION PROJECT Cr Cat 18/Core 10 Communication Concepts & Processes- Level I 1.5 Non-Core/ Theory Communication Concepts & Processes-Level II 1.5 Non-Core/ Theory Introduction to Advertising 1.5 Non-Core/ Theory Creative Advertising & Media Planning 1.5 Non-Core/ Theory Department Elective (Any Two) - Fashion Photography - Type Design - Information Graphics - Animation - Experiential Design - Prop Design - Retail Lighting - Fashion Journalism for New Media - Set Design - Traditional Folk Media 4 Non-Core/ DE 11 History & Philosophy of Design - Level I 1.5 Non- Core/PB History & Philosophy of Design - Level II 1.5 Non-Core/ PB System Thinking 2 Non-Core/ PB Design Strategy 2 Non-Core/ PB 12 Summer Project (between 2nd & 3rd Semester) Plus 3 days workshops on Calligraphy (non credited) Non core Research Methodology Plus 3 days workshops on color psychology & application (non credited) Non-Core/ Theory Plus 5 day workshop on paper engineering (non credited) Plus 3 day workshop on makeup & hairstyling (non credited)

85 3.6.9(a) BACHELOR OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY - APPAREL PRODUCTION FOR BATCH SN Semester III Cr / C / NC Semester IV Cr / C/ NC Semester V Cr / C/ NC Semester VI Cr / C / NC Semester VII Cr / C / NC Semester VIII Cr / C/ NC 1 Dyeing & Printing 2.5/NC Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Products 4/C Production & Operation Management 4/C Maintenance Management 3/C Apparel Internship 12/C Research Methodology 3/C 2 Human Resource Management 3/NC Apparel Standards, Specifications & Quality Control 2.5/C Work Study for Apparel Manufacturing 3.5/C Apparel Production Planning & Control 3.5/C Plant Layout 3.5/C Graduation Project 18/C 3 MIS 2.5/NC Fabric & Garment Finishing 3/NC Apparel Quality Management 4/C Entrepreneurship Management 2/NC Apparel CAD & Grading 3/C Garment construction - I 4/C Garment construction - II 4/C Fashion Merchandising 3/NC Costing of Apparel Products 2.5/C Product Analysis & Development 2/C Pattern Making - I 4/C Pattern Making - II 4/C Pattern Making - III 4/C Enterprise Resource Planning 2.5/NC Ergonomics 2.5/NC Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - I 4/C Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - II 3.5/C Garment Construction - III 4/C Computer Aided Production Planning 2/NC Lean Manufacturing 3/NC Textile Internship (2 weeks) - b/w sems 2/NC Auto CAD 2.5/NC For restricted use within NIFT only VB.net /NC Web Technologies /C Cluster Activity (1 week) - b/w sems Departmental Elective E-Commerce Advance Presentation Techniques --- 1/NC 2/NC 2/NC 2/NC --- Departmental Elective - Sustainable Production - Fabric Objective Measurement - Joint Venture and Acquisition - Project Management - Training & Development of Supervisors - Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Outbound Activity (3-4 days) 2/NC each Nil/NC

86 For restricted use within NIFT only. 72 SN Semester III Dyeing & Printing Human Resource Management MIS Garment construction - I Pattern Making - I Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - I VB.net Summer Project (b) BACHELOR OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY - APPAREL PRODUCTION FOR BATCH ONWARDS Cr / C / NC 2.5/NC 3/NC 2.5/NC 4/C 4/C 4/C 2.5/NC 1/NC Semester IV Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Products Apparel Standards, Specifications & Quality Control Fabric & Garment Finishing Garment construction - II Pattern Making - II Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - II Web Technologies Cr / C/ NC 4/C 2.5/C 3/NC 4/C 4/C 3.5/C 2.5/C Semester V Production & Operation Management Work Study for Apparel Manufacturing Apparel Quality Management Fashion Merchandising Pattern Making - III Garment Construction - III Textile Internship (2 weeks) - b/w sems Cluster Activity (1 week) - b/w sems Departmental Elective E Commerce Advance Presentation Techniques Cr / C/ NC 4/C 3.5/C 4/C 3/NC 4/C 4/C 2/NC 1/NC 2/NC 2/NC 2/NC Semester VI Maintenance Management Apparel Production Planning & Control Entrepreneurship Management Costing of Apparel Products Enterprise Resource Planning Computer Aided Production Planning Auto CAD Departmental Elective - Sustainable Production - Fabric Objective Measurement - Joint Venture and Acquisition - Project Management - Training & Development of Supervisors - Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Cr / C / NC 3/C 3.5/C 2/NC 2.5/C 2.5/NC 2/NC 2.5/NC 2/NC each Semester VII Apparel Internship Plant Layout Apparel CAD & Grading Product Analysis & Development Ergonomics Lean Manufacturing Cr / C / NC 12/C 3.5/C 3/C 2/C 2.5/NC 3/NC Semester VIII Research Methodology Graduation Project Cr / C/ NC 3/C 18/C Outbound Activity (3-4 days) Nil/NC

87 3.6.10(a) MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY FOR BATCH S. N Semester I Credit/ C / NC Semester II Credit/ C / NC Semester III Credit/ C / NC Semester IV Credit/ C / NC 1 Overview of Global Fashion Industry & Apparel Appreciation 4/NC Winter Internship 2/NC Apparel Internship ( 12 weeks) 12/C Quantitative Techniques & Research Methodology 4/C 2 Intellectual Property Rights 2/NC Dyeing & Printing 1.5/NC Entrepreneurship Management and Business Plan Development 2.5/C Research Project 18/C 3 Fabric Study (woven & knits) 3/C Control of Production Process 3.5/C Enterprise Resource Planning 2/NC 4 5 Introduction to Manufacturing Process Human Resource Management 2/C 3/NC Apparel Marketing & Merchandizing Costing of Apparel Products 3/C 2.5/C Apparel Quality Management 4/C Plant Layout & Facility Design 3.5/C Professional Practices 2/NC Outbound Activity (3-4 days) Nil/NC Pattern Appreciation 2/C OPERATIONS OPERATIONS Technology for Apparel Production 4/C Maintenance Engineering 2/NC Advanced Pattern Making & Construction 3.5/C Productivity and Work Study 4/C Ergonomics & Work Place Engineering 2.5/C Pattern Engineering 3/C Apparel CAD 2.5/NC For restricted use within NIFT only Garment Construction STRATEGY Finance Management Retail Management & Technology International Business Logistics & Supply chain Management 2/C 1.5/NC 4/C 1.5/C 4/C STRATEGY Apparel Technology Management Computer integrated Manufacturing Web Based Data Management /C 3.5/C 1.5/NC

88 For restricted use within NIFT only. 74 S. N Semester I Overview of Global Fashion Industry & Apparel Appreciation Intellectual Property Rights Fabric Study (woven & knits) Introduction to Manufacturing Process Human Resource Management Apparel Quality Management Professional Practices Pattern Appreciation Technology for Apparel Production Credit/ C / NC 4/NC 2/NC 3/C 2/C 3/NC 4/C 2/NC 2/C 4/C (b) MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY FOR BATCH ONWARDS Winter Internship Dyeing & Printing Semester II Control of Production Process Apparel Marketing & Merchandizing Costing of Apparel Products Plant Layout & Facility Design Outbound Activity (3-4 days) OPERATIONS Maintenance Engineering Productivity and Work Study Credit/ C / NC 2/NC 1.5/NC 3.5/C 3/C 2.5/C 3.5/C Nil/NC 2/NC 4/C Semester III Apparel Internship ( 12 weeks) Entrepreneurship Management and Business Plan Development Enterprise Resource Planning OPERATIONS Advanced Pattern Making & Construction Ergonomics & Work Place Engineering Credit/ C / NC 12/C 2.5/C 2/NC /C 2.5/C Semester IV Quantitative Techniques & Research Methodology Research Project Credit/ C / NC 4/C 18/C Pattern Engineering 3/C Apparel CAD 2.5/NC Garment Construction 2/C STRATEGY STRATEGY Web Based Data Management 1.5/NC Apparel Technology Management 3.5/C Retail Management & Technology 4/C Computer integrated Manufacturing 3.5/C International Business 1.5/C Finance Management 1.5/NC Logistics & Supply chain Management 4/C

89 3.6.11(a) MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT FOR BATCH S. N Semester I Credit/ C / NC Semester II Credit/ C / NC Semester III Credit/ C / NC Semester IV Credit/ C / NC 1 Business Statistics & Economics 4/C Accounting and Costing for Managers 4/C Global Marketing 4/C Graduation Research Project 18/C 2 Human Resource & Organizational Behaviour 4/C Brand Management 3/C Strategic Management 4/C 3 Fabric Knowledge for Merchandisers 4/C Consumer Behaviour 3/C Entrepreneurship 3/C 4 Production & Operations Management 4/C Marketing Research & SPSS 3/C Financial Management 3/C 5 Marketing Management 3/C Export Merchandising 3/C Legal Environment of Business 3/C 6 Merchandising 3/C Retail Buying and Category Management 3/C Customer Relationship Management 2/C 7 Professional Practices 2/NC Brand & In-Store Communication 2/C Business Technology for Fashion Value Chain 2/NC 75 8 Retail Management 2/C Fashion Forecasting 2/NC Interpersonal & Group Process 2/NC 9 Overview of Global Fashion Industry 2/C Product Development and Quality Assurance 2/C Intellectual Property Rights 2/C For restricted use within NIFT only Research Methodology & Minor Project Outbound Program (Between Ist Semester & IInd Semester) 2/NC /NC Supply Chain Management Minor Project Note: Cluster activity is not mentioned since it is recent development. Fashion Industry Internship and Training (Between 2nd & 3rd Semester) 2/C 1/NC 6/C Fashion Industry Market Survey (Between 3rd Semester & 4th Semester) 3/C

90 For restricted use within NIFT only. 76 S. N Business Statistics Semester I Organizational Behaviour Fabric Knowledge for Merchandisers Managerial Economics Fashion Marketing Management Fashion Merchandising Professional Practices Fashion Retail Management Credit/ C / NC 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 2/NC 3/C (b) MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT FOR BATCH ONWARDS Semester II Accounting and Costing for Managers Fashion Brand Management Consumer Behaviour Marketing Research Export Merchandising Retail Buying and Category Management Brand & In-Store Communication Fashion Forecasting & Product Development Credit/ C / NC 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 1.5/NC Global Marketing Semester III Strategic Management Entrepreneurship Financial Management Legal Environment of Business Customer Relationship Management Business Technology for Fashion Value Chain Human Resource Management Credit/ C / NC 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 3/C 1.5/C 2.5/NC 1.5/ C Semester IV Graduation Research Project Credit/ C / NC 18/C 9 Overview of Global Fashion Industry 1.5/C Operations Research 3/ C Intellectual Property Rights 2/C 10 Research Methodology & Minor Project 1.5/NC Minor Project 2/NC Supply Chain management 3/C 11 Garment Manufacturing & Quality Assurance 3/C 12 Outbound Program (Between Ist Semester & IInd Semester) Non credited Fashion Industry Internship and Training (Between 2nd & 3rd Semester) 6/C Fashion Industry Market Survey (Between 3rd Semester & 4th Semester) 3/C C : Core / NC : Non Core

91 3.6.12(a) MASTER OF DESIGN (DESIGN SPACE) FOR BATCH S. N Semester I Credit/ C / NC Semester II Credit/ C / NC Semester III Credit/ C / NC Semester IV Credit/ C / NC 1 Research Methods-I 2.5/C Research Methods- II 1.5/C Project-II 3/C Final Dissertation 18/C 2 Design Thinking 3/C Design Methods 4.5/C Design Innovation 3/C 3 Digital Design 4/C Departmental Elective* Group A o Trends Research & Forecasting o Ergonomics o Design for special needs o Craft Studies - Theory, Design & Practices Departmental Elective* Group B o Costume Studies-Theory, Design & Practice o Creative Fashion o Space & Interactive Design o Functional Textile 3.5/C 3.5/C Sustainable Systems 3.5/C 77 4 Visual & Design Cultures 3/C Research Proposal 1.5/C Entrepreneurship & Business Plan Development 2/NC 5 Language of Fashion 3.5/C Project - I 4/C Cluster 3/NC 6 Professional Practices 3/NC Minor Guided Project 4/NC 7 IPR 2/NC For restricted use within NIFT only. 8 Outbound Workshop TOTAL 2/NC

92 For restricted use within NIFT only. 78 S. N Semester I Research Methods-I Design Thinking Digital Design Visual & Design Cultures Language of Fashion (b) MASTER OF DESIGN (DESIGN SPACE) FOR BATCH ONWARDS Credit/ C / NC 3.5/C 3.5/C 4/C 4/C 4/C Semester II Research Methods- II Design Methods I Design Methods II Departmental Elective* Group A (student to choose any one) o Trends Research & Forecasting o Ergonomics o Design for special needs o Craft Studies - Theory, Design & Practices Departmental Elective* Group B (student to choose any one) o Costume Studies-Theory, Design & Practice o Fashion Innovation o Space & Interactive Design o Functional Textile Credit/ C / NC 3.5/C 2/C 3/C 4/NC 4/NC Project-II Semester III Sustainable Systems Entrepreneurship & Business Plan Development Craft/Cluster Study ( Theory) Craft/Cluster Study ( Field) Credit/ C / NC 4/C 4/C 3/NC 2/NC 3.5/NC Semester IV Final Dissertation Credit/ C / NC 18/C 5 Professional Practices 3.5/NC Research Proposal 3/C Minor Guided Project 4/NC 6 IPR 2.5/NC Project - I (Par t A) 3.5/C Industry Internship 6/NC 7 Outbound Workshop 48 hrs Project - I (Par t B) 2/C 8 TOTAL

93 academic planning & curriculum Foundation Programme (DESIGN) SEMESTER I Introduction to World Art & Culture The subject focuses on visual arts as a cultural phenomenon and its study from diverse disciplinary requirements. It develops a wider perspective using art as an approach to design awareness. Fashion Orientation The subject provides a comprehensive understanding of fashion as a design activity, a socio-cultural phenomenon and the relevance of fashion as a business activity. Professional Practices This subject focuses on the basic principles of communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place. Visualization & Representation - I The subject introduces drawing as an extension of seeing; for developing visual-perceptual skill. It deals with enhancing eyehand coordination for understanding the tool as an extension of the self. Geometry - I The subject introduces fundamental geometric concepts from a design perspective and inculcates skills required for professional rendering of geometric concepts into a visual format. Elements of Design - I The subject helps develop an understanding of Elements and Principles of Design, a sense of composition and skills of visualization, communication and application of these in different media. Foundation Vector Graphics The subject provides an insight to Vector graphics and using it as tool to explore elements of design. Material Studies The subject helps inculcate knowledge about properties and usage of different types of materials. It focuses on creating interest in different materials and their potential through manipulation. SEMESTER II Environment Studies This subject examines and understands the parts and processes in a micro-environment related to product and communication. The micro - environment and its interrelationship with respect to socio-economic realities is also explored. Creative Thinking Skills The subject aims to provide students with thinking tools that are collaborative and stimulating. Students are encouraged to think beyond the initial 'safe' ideas and develop innovative solutions. Intellectual Property Rights The subject introduces the concepts of Intellectual Property Rights and provides an insight into Industrial Rights and Copyright. Organizational Behaviour The subject introduces to students the basic processes and principles that underline human behaviour. It helps create an understanding of professional behaviour in organizations. Art and Design Aesthetics This subject aims to help students contextualize any creative artifact or product in terms of socio-cultural influences that result in a 'visual design' possessing distinct characteristics. Visualization & Representation - II This subject deals in understanding the basic principles of free hand drawing and color. It introduces students to different rendering techniques and provides an understanding of composition and representation of human body. Geometry - II The subject focuses on fundamental geometric principles of three dimensional form & space and their structural relationship. It also develops model-making skills as a tool to realize 3D geometric principles & forms. Elements of Design - II The subject provides an understanding of attributes of 3D forms and design principles in relation to 3D form. Digital Design This subject provides an understanding of Graphic Design to achieve competence in Computer Graphics. It inculcates the ability to represent and create Digital designs using image editing and image processing. 79 For restricted use within NIFT only.

94 3.6.2 Foundation Programme (TECHNOLOGY) SEMESTER I Introduction to World Art & Culture The subject focuses on visual arts as a cultural phenomenon and its study from diverse disciplinary requirements. It develops a wider perspective using art as an approach to design awareness. Fashion Orientation The subject provides a comprehensive understanding of fashion as a design activity, a socio-cultural phenomenon and the relevance of fashion as a business activity. Professional Practices This subject focuses on the basic principles of communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place. Fabric Science - I The subject aims at providing a holistic understanding of yarn and fabric manufacturing processes, various types of fabrics of different structure, properties & end uses in the apparel sector. Elements of Technology The subject provides an elementary knowledge of the mechanical, electronic and other field of engineering and provides an overall understanding about the functioning of machines used in Apparel Manufacturing. Geometry The subject deals with the study and practice of construction of two dimensional geometrical shapes and forms in terms of lines and surfaces relating to subjects like Pattern making, Garment Construction, Plant Layout etc Computerized Data Management The subject focuses on creating an understanding of computerised data management, data analysis, data representation & management techniques. Material Science This subject provides an understanding of the various properties of metals, non metals, alloys polymers and their applications on garments. SEMESTER II Environment Studies This subject examines and understands the parts and processes in a micro-environment related to product and communication. The micro - environment and its interrelationship with respect to socio-economic realities is also explored. Creative Thinking Skills The subject aims to provide students with thinking tools that are collaborative and stimulating. Students are encouraged to think beyond the initial 'safe' ideas and develop innovative solutions. Intellectual Property Rights The subject introduces the concepts of Intellectual Property Rights and provides an insight into Industrial Rights and Copyright. Organizational Behaviour The subject introduces to students the basic processes and principles that underline human behaviour. It helps create an understanding of professional behaviour in organizations. Survey of Apparel Design (SAD) The subject provides students with exposure to apparel design analysis and understanding of the various garment components and categories. Fabric Science II The subject focuses on the understanding of knits, definitions, nomenclature & glossary in the area of knits and knitting processes. The subject also develops a basic understanding of Geo-textiles, Medical Textiles and Smart textiles. Structured System Analysis & Design (SSAD) This subject provides a orientation to system analysis and design in order to understand System Development Life Cycle. It enables students to conduct System study, Feasibility study, and create System Requirement Specification and Systems Proposal. Relational Database Management System (RDBMS) The main objective of this course is to provide an in-depth understanding of Database, design and implementation of Database Management Systems Understanding body and pattern shapes through draping This subject is oriented to develop the understanding of the relation between body shapes and patterns to achieve desired fit and techniques of handling 2D medium to fit 3D body form. Integrated Term Project This subject aims at integration and application of concepts, principles and theories of the subjects taught during the semester for completing the project. For restricted use within NIFT only. 80

95 academic planning & curriculum 3.6.3(a) B. Des (FASHION DESIGN) SEMESTER III Fashion Illustration & Design I The subject initiates the understanding of the importance of anatomical studies as the basis of fashion illustration and to realize the requirement for understanding, clarity and confidence in drawing of the human body as a mode of visual communication in fashion. Pattern Making I The subject introduces the basic concepts of Patternmaking as an integral input for design development. It familiarizes students with the tools and terminology of Patternmaking while developing the ability to create designs through the flat pattern method Draping I The subject inculcates the ability to visualize and create three dimensional patterns directly on the dress form. Students will be able to conceptualize garment designs in relation to the body and its structure. They will be able to drape muslin test fits and manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style. Garment Construction I The subject initiates learning and applying utility of various components in a garment and to explore the different techniques used for quality application in garments. It develops the understanding of the significance of proficiency on the lock-stitch machine and its applications. Elements of Textiles The subject helps to understand the performance characteristics of different fibers & fabrics in the context of the Textile Industry & its various segments - spinning, weaving, knitting, dyeing, printing and finishing. Surface Design Techniques I The subject helps to understand various traditional handcrafted techniques, materials, processes and context. It encourages exploration and application of different fibers/yarns and other unconventional materials while harnessing indigenous and available resources, skill, materials and techniques for contemporary adaptations and applications. History of Design & Fashion I The subject views the study of Indian costume as a cultural and visual milieu of the period and examines the range and multiplicity of regional and local Indian dress, coiffure and ornaments in various ages in a variety of styles based on classes and communities. Fashion Studies The subject develops a holistic understanding of the elements and principles of design with focus on aesthetic aspects. Emphasis is laid on appreciation of generic design and of fashion being one of the derivative spheres. Understanding of the role of a designer within the dynamics of the fashion industry is the prime focus. Prototype Development I The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of all courses covered in the semester. This project also incorporates the entire gamut from concept, design process and the technical application for a garment realization, allowing individual interpretation within a thematic group situation. A one or two piece garment will be made of cotton or cotton blend fabric. SEMESTER IV Fashion Illustration and Design II The subject builds upon the learning of the previous semester to develop an individual signature style of illustration integrating conceptualization, exploration and final ideation of design along with representation of garments through flat working drawings and handling different art media. Pattern Making II The subject deals with advanced concepts in pattern making to produce master patterns. Combination of different patterns components into one piece patterns and development of bifurcated garments as well as analysis of existing garment patterns are emphasized. Draping II The subject uses advanced and creative concepts of draping to create innovative patterns to develop one-piece and bifurcated garments. Concepts of volume and folds in relation to fabric type are inculcated Garment Construction II The subject develops an understanding and appreciation of quality parameters in Garment Construction. Application of different techniques used for garment construction with different garment components is explored through creative application. Surface Design Techniques II The subject introduces surface design as an significant design component for value addition to Indian design. Inputs include a study of tools, equipment & technology used in dyeing, printing & processing for creation of innovative textile surfaces and finishes. Marketing The subject enables students to gain better understanding of markets, distinctive aspects between fashion and generic marketing, classification and marketing concepts. The objective is to familiarize them with research methodology and facilitate the creation of market oriented designs. History of Design & Fashion II The subject introduces the students to the contextual basis of study of costume history in western civilizations. Understanding of the reasons of costume evolution from necessity - driven basics to 81 For restricted use within NIFT only.

96 flamboyant styles, critically analyze salient features of costumes and to interpret them in the contemporary context. Design Process This subject initiates design thinking in students in a progressive process from theme to generation ideas, keywords, mood boards culminating into a final product. Photography The subject initiates the understanding of the basic principles of photography as a tool of communication and documentation, with a critical understanding of the role of light. Prototype Development II The end term ITP is an advanced level of integration of learning of the entire semester incorporating design, textiles, illustration techniques, draping, pattern making, fashion studies & garment construction. Silk or silk blended fabrics will be used to make a one or two piece garment. SEMESTER V Fashion Illustration and Design III The subject forays into the fundamental principles of understanding market trends, use forecasting as a tool/guide to relate with the various aspects of line planning for a specific season/market. Design initiation into Childrenswear and Menswear illustration & line planning are emphasized. Pattern Making III The subject enables students to understand higher levels of complexity in pattern making. The focus is on patterns for outerwear with a focus on contoured garments and two piece sleeves. Draping III With the purpose of inculcating creative concepts of draping in the context of both woven as well as sheer and knit fabrics, the subject focuses on design exploration for one piece contoured garment. Garment Construction III The subject explores different techniques used both for application of quality parameters as well as design features in garments. This is in reference to application of various techniques specially mitering to create fitted women's upper garments and trouser. Fabric Studies The subject initiates understanding of the nomenclature, tactile and behavioral characteristics of various fabrics in relation to their application and end use. Identification of application of various finishing, seams, trims, fasteners, facing, interlinings and interfacings are important Surface Design Techniques III Building on pre-requisite learning, the focus of the subject area is to understand various hand embroidery techniques as a surface embellishment technique. The end objective is to explore these for contemporary adaptations and applications. Merchandising The subject imparts fundamental knowledge in the areas of Apparel Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management with the purpose of familiarizing students with practices and systems in the apparel Industry both in the Indian and global context. History of Design & Fashion III Initiating the students into the contextual study of design and fashion as a socio-cultural phenomenon, the subject provides an overview of the historical overview of the dynamics of design and fashion movements in reference to fashion from 1850s upto the present. Digital Presentation Technique The course objective is to enable students to develop understanding of and command over Animatrix multimedia using 'Flash' for the purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia presentations Integrated Term Project V/ Prototype Development III The ITP incorporates and integrates the learning of subjects covered in the semester. The project incorporates the entire gamut from concept, design process and the technical application for the realization of a women's structured jacket will be made of wool or wool blend fabric, allowing individual interpretation within a thematic group situation. Craft Cluster Initiative & Diagnostic Study (Between 4th & 5th semester) The subject teaches the methodology of literature search & secondary data search for a diagnostic study in the context of the unorganized sector. The process of Collation & Presentation of the data in a documented format as well as the following stages of product ideation, design process and prototype development for subsequent design dissemination would be addressed. SEMESTER VI Fashion Illustration and Design IV The course aims to prepare students to handle design assignments according to requirements of different industry segments and markets. The purpose is to display integrated learning across subjects to establish grasp of design and market parameters with a focus on display of individual design inclination and aptitude. Pattern Making IV The subject initiates the students to Pattern Making for Indian apparel. Analysis of existing garments and creation of patterns for Indian ethnic garment styles are the prime focus. Knitwear This subject introduces knits for fashion apparel through the understanding, exploration and adaptation of various innovative knit patterns and finishes. The understanding of tools, machinery, yarns and technology pertaining to knits is generated. For restricted use within NIFT only. 82

97 academic planning & curriculum Garment Construction IV The subject develops the application of different techniques used for garment construction with different garment component through creative application. Integrative co-relation of learning about construction of Indian traditional garments is achieved. Manufacturing Process The objective of this subject is to co-relate design and manufacturing interface through the understanding of different apparel manufacturing processes. Surface Design Techniques IV The subject enhances the possibilities of creative value-addition with end- use in apparel; the subject explores visual and tactile qualities of fabric/material with crossover application between design, craft and industry. Advance Professional Practices The subject aims to impart enhanced knowledge regarding Intellectual Property Rights and CSR as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textiles industry. History of Design & Fashion IV The subject is designed to provide an overview of the history of art, design movements in reference to fashion from 19th century till date. Research Methods This subject is designed to provide a clear know-how about various kinds of research, research methods and methodology to generate a research plan. Grading Manual & CAD To instill the understanding the concept of patternmaking, grading, marker making through CAD software and the relative context of manual method vis a vis computerized grading is the focus of this subject. Prototype Development IV The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of design, textiles, pattern making & garment construction thereby synergizing the gamut of inputs from concept, design process and the technical application to make a traditional ladies ensemble allowing individual interpretation within a thematic group situation. Industry Internship (Between 6th & 7th Semester) The eight-week industry internship programme offers the opportunity of actual orientation of the industry to the student and understanding of designer's role and responsibility in this context. It is aimed at providing the students with professional design experience by familiarizing them with a practical knowledge of the functioning of the apparel industry. SEMESTER VII Mandatory Courses Portfolio Development This course focuses on the development of a design por tfolio as the expression of each graduating student's creativity in design, technical expertise, illustration and presentation skills. The portfolio is a body of work that is the culmination of all previous semesters' learning and an expression of integrative learning. Menswear Design and Development This course addresses the need to evolve an innovative and contemporary design vocabulary for men's apparel. The end objective is to conceptualize and implement the design process to create a collection reflecting technical competence, exploring creative application and appraise quality parameters in garment construction. Entrepreneurship and Small Management The objective of the subject is to impar t basic knowledge and skills in the areas of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, preparing the students to set up their own enterprise. Colloquium Paper The skill of writing and presenting a research paper as per international standards, writing abstract and bibliography for the same is inculcated through this subject. Departmental electives (Students to select any 2) Craft Based Product Development This subject attempts to create an awareness and appreciation of the traditional methodology of a particular craft through the entire process of survey, conceptualization of design, interaction with facilitators, prototype development, manufacturing, marketing and management procedures. Creative Pattern Making The module is aimed at stimulating innovative concepts in design, which would be materialized through pattern into muslin. Radically differentiating apparel styling and detailing would supersede conventional principles of pattern making. Advanced Surface Development The module will incorporate and integrate the learning to develop a collection of appropriate surfaces for diverse application through a meaningful correlation and application within the context of fashion. A balance is achieved between the imagined and achieved surfaces through explorations using various techniques, methods and material. Childrenswear The module familiarizes students with the growing childrenswear market with special reference to local and international brands, understanding categories of this segment, and incorporating both aesthetic as well as practical design details into childrenswear. 83 For restricted use within NIFT only.

98 Couture Design The objective of this subject is to design and execute couture garments, using the appropriate fabrics and trims for occasions while focusing on couture draping and construction techniques to achieve the desired style and fit. Fashion Accessories The emphasis of the course is to provide an opportunity to understand the possibilities in design, a working knowledge of fashion accessories and understanding the process for designing and developing the same, with the objective of creating a complete 'look' for the collection / line. Contemporary Art and Design The module is aimed at creating awareness of the role of contemporary art giving an overview of 'Modernism' and 'Post Modernism'. The objective is to understand the evolution of the interdisciplinary nature of postmodern art and the multimodal approach of creativity for generating conceptual framework and design ideas. Theatre Costume & Design The course is designed to offer additional career options to fashion design students in the context of costume design and space design pertaining to performing arts. The realm of theatre and fashion are both multi-media presentations that incorporate various aspects of visual and performing arts to create an integrated performance and ambiance. Visual Merchandising The subject introduces students to display design for show windows, exhibits, in-store display, etc especially high fashion garments. The focus is on conceptualization and critiquing of innovative modes of presentation for functional & decorative units for display and exhibit. Fashion Styling The course investigates the in-depth look at the dynamics of the image - making industry and thereby the many roles of the fashion stylist today. The integral focus is on the creation of a fashion image, for the runway, editorial fashion pages, advertising, catalogues or music promos, etc to inculcate understanding and projecting styling as an attitude, a fantasy, a way of living. Lingerie Design The course is conceptualized and developed in response to intimate apparel and swimwear as an emerging niche area in India. It focuses on Lingerie as an essential item of a women's wardrobe with the potential of transforming itself into a luxury product. Common Elective - any 1 may be offered (May differ from Center to center) Films, Fashion & Image This course attempts to analytically look at characters in film - celluloid, television, advertising and print media - as created 'images' by professionals. This elective course would look at the process of creating a style image either for 'moving films' or 'still images'. The Business of Luxury This subject gives an overview of both the Indian as well as International business of luxury, thus introducing the concept of Luxury in the context of consumer, product and lifestyle. The subject is particularly relevant in understanding consumer psychographics of high net worth individual (HNWI), the importance of brand creation, positioning and management. Corporate Designs & Fashion Industry The course provides an introduction to corporate design in the fashion industry with an aim for creating brand identity and promotion material. Fashion Forecast for Indian Retail The subject addresses the relevance of fashion forecasting in the Fashion Business in the context of Indian markets with an understanding of consumer behavior and development of skills of interpretation, application and methodology of forecasting at various levels in fashion business in India SEMESTER VIII Design Collection - Fashionova The Design Collection is the culmination of various inputs imbibed over 7 semesters ranging from creative exposure and sensitization to technical expertise. In upholding standards of both national and international benchmarking in fashion design, the collections should reflect originality, creative flair with in-depth conceptualization and implementation of the design process combined with technical strength. The focus is on good design that is an ideal blend of creativity with function. The collection is conceptualized and created in the department labs under the strict supervision and guidance of faculty mentors. For restricted use within NIFT only. 84

99 academic planning & curriculum 3.6.3(b) B.Des (FASHION DESIGN) onwards SEMESTER III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Fashion Illustration & Design I The subject initiates the understanding of the importance of anatomical studies as the basis of fashion illustration and to realize the requirement for understanding, clarity and confidence in drawing of the human body as a mode of visual communication in fashion. Pattern Making I The subject introduces the basic concepts of Patternmaking as an integral input for design development. It familiarizes students with the tools and terminology of Patternmaking while developing the ability to create designs through the flat pattern method Draping 1 The subject inculcates the ability to visualize and create three dimensional patterns directly on the dress form. Students will be able to conceptualize garment designs in relation to the body and its structure. They will be able to drape muslin test fits and manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style. Garment Construction I The subject initiates learning and applying utility of various components in a garment and to explore the different techniques used for quality application in garments. It develops the understanding of the significance of proficiency on the lock-stitch machine and its applications. Elements of Textiles The subject helps to understand the performance characteristics of different fibers & fabrics in the context of the Textile Industry & its various segments - spinning, weaving, knitting, dyeing, printing and finishing. Surface Design Techniques I The subject helps to understand various traditional handcrafted techniques, materials, processes and context. It encourages exploration and application of different fibers/yarns and other unconventional materials while harnessing indigenous and available resources, skill, materials and techniques for contemporary adaptations and applications. History of Design & Fashion I The subject views the study of Indian costume as a cultural and visual milieu of the period and examines the range and multiplicity of regional and local Indian dress, coiffure and ornaments in various ages in a variety of styles based on classes and communities. Fashion Studies The subject develops a holistic understanding of the elements and principles of design with focus on aesthetic aspects. Emphasis is laid on appreciation of generic design and of fashion being one of the derivative spheres. Understanding of the role of a designer within the dynamics of the fashion industry is the prime focus. Prototype Development I The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of all courses covered in the semester. This project also incorporates the entire gamut from concept, design process and the technical application for a garment realization, allowing individual interpretation within a thematic group situation. A one or two piece garment will be made of cotton or cotton blend fabric. SEMESTER IV Fashion Illustration and Design II The subject builds upon the learning of the previous semester to develop an individual signature style of illustration integrating conceptualization, exploration and final ideation of design along with representation of garments through flat working drawings and handling different art media. Pattern Making II The subject deals with advanced concepts in pattern making to produce master patterns. Combination of different patterns components into one piece patterns and development of bifurcated garments as well as analysis of existing garment patterns are emphasized. Draping II The subject uses advanced and creative concepts of draping to create innovative patterns to develop one-piece and bifurcated garments. Concepts of volume and folds in relation to fabric type are inculcated Garment Construction II The subject develops an understanding and appreciation of quality parameters in Garment Construction. Application of different techniques used for garment construction with different garment components is explored through creative application. Surface Design Techniques II The subject introduces surface design as an significant design component for value addition to Indian design. Inputs include a study of tools, equipment & technology used in dyeing, printing & processing for creation of innovative textile surfaces and finishes. Marketing The subject enables students to gain better understanding of markets, distinctive aspects between fashion and generic marketing, classification and marketing concepts. The objective is to familiarize them with research methodology and facilitate the creation of market oriented designs. 85 For restricted use within NIFT only.

100 History of Design & Fashion II The subject introduces the students to the contextual basis of study of costume history in western civilizations. Understanding of the reasons of costume evolution from necessity - driven basics to flamboyant styles, critically analyze salient features of costumes and to interpret them in the contemporary context. Design Process This subject initiates design thinking in students in a progressive process from theme to generation ideas, keywords, mood boards culminating into a final product. Photography The subject initiates the understanding of the basic principles of photography as a tool of communication and documentation, with a critical understanding of the role of light. Prototype Development II The end term ITP is an advanced level of integration of learning of the entire semester incorporating design, textiles, illustration techniques, draping, pattern making, fashion studies & garment construction. Silk or silk blended fabrics will be used to make a one or two piece garment. SEMESTER V Fashion Illustration and Design III The subject forays into the fundamental principles of understanding market trends, use forecasting as a tool/guide to relate with the various aspects of line planning for a specific season/market. Design initiation into Childrenswear and Menswear illustration & line planning are emphasized. Pattern Making III The subject enables students to understand higher levels of complexity in pattern making. The focus is on patterns for outerwear with a focus on contoured garments and two piece sleeves Draping III With the purpose of inculcating creative concepts of draping in the context of both woven as well as sheer and knit fabrics, the subject focuses on design exploration for one piece contoured garment. Garment Construction III The subject explores different techniques used both for application of quality parameters as well as design features in garments. This is in reference to application of various techniques specially mitering to create fitted women's upper garments and trouser. Fabric Studies The subject initiates understanding of the nomenclature, tactile and behavioral characteristics of various fabrics in relation to their application and end use. Identification of application of various finishing, seams, trims, fasteners, facing, interlinings and interfacings are important Surface Design Techniques III Building on pre-requisite learning, the focus of the subject area is to understand various hand embroidery techniques as a surface embellishment technique. The end objective is to explore these for contemporary adaptations and applications. Merchandising The subject imparts fundamental knowledge in the areas of Apparel Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management with the purpose of familiarizing students with practices and systems in the apparel Industry both in the Indian and global context. History of Design & Fashion III Initiating the students into the contextual study of design and fashion as a socio-cultural phenomenon, the subject provides an overview of the historical overview of the dynamics of design and fashion movements in reference to fashion from 1850s upto the present. Digital Presentation Technique The course objective is to enable students to develop understanding of and command over Animatrix multimedia using 'Flash' for the purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia presentations Prototype Development III The ITP incorporates and integrates the learning of subjects covered in the semester The project incorporates the entire gamut from concept, design process and the technical application for the realization of a women's structured jacket will be made of wool or wool blend fabric, allowing individual interpretation within a thematic group situation. Craft Cluster Initiative & Diagnostic Study (Between 4th & 5th semester) The subject teaches the methodology of literature search & secondary data search for a diagnostic study in the context of the unorganized sector. The process of Collation & Presentation of the data in a documented format as well as the following stages of product ideation, design process and prototype development for subsequent design dissemination would be addressed. SEMESTER VI Fashion Illustration and Design IV The course aims to prepare students to handle design assignments according to requirements of different industry segments and markets. The purpose is to display integrated learning across subjects to establish grasp of design and market parameters with a focus on display of individual design inclination and aptitude. Pattern Making IV The subject initiates the students to Pattern Making for Indian apparel. Analysis of existing garments and creation of patterns for Indian ethnic garment styles are the prime focus. For restricted use within NIFT only. 86

101 academic planning & curriculum Knitwear This subject introduces knits for fashion apparel through the understanding, exploration and adaptation of various innovative knit patterns and finishes. The understanding of tools, machinery, yarns and technology pertaining to knits is generated. Garment Construction IV The subject develops the application of different techniques used for garment construction with different garment component through creative application. Integrative co-relation of learning about construction of Indian traditional garments is achieved. Manufacturing Process The objective of this subject is to co-relate design and manufacturing interface through the understanding of different apparel manufacturing processes. Surface Design Techniques IV The subject enhances the possibilities of creative value-addition with end- use in apparel; the subject explores visual and tactile qualities of fabric/material with crossover application between design, craft and industry. Advance Professional Practices The subject aims to impart enhanced knowledge regarding Intellectual Property Rights and CSR as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textiles industry. History of Design & Fashion IV The subject is designed to provide an overview of the history of art, design movements in reference to fashion from 19th century till date. Research Methods This subject is designed to provide a clear know-how about various kinds of research, research methods and methodology to generate a research plan. Grading Manual & CAD To instill the understanding the concept of patternmaking, grading, marker making through CAD software and the relative context of manual method vis a vis computerized grading is the focus of this subject. Prototype Development IV The ITP incorporates and integrates the understanding of design, textiles, pattern making & garment construction thereby synergizing the gamut of inputs from concept, design process and the technical application to make a traditional ladies ensemble allowing individual interpretation within a thematic group situation. Industry Internship (Between 6th & 7th Semester) The eight-week industry internship programme offers the opportunity of actual orientation of the industry to the student and understanding of designer's role and responsibility in this context. It is aimed at providing the students with professional design experience by familiarizing them with a practical knowledge of the functioning of the apparel industry. SEMESTER VII Mandatory Courses Portfolio Development This course focuses on the development of a design por tfolio as the expression of each graduating student's creativity in design, technical expertise, illustration and presentation skills. The portfolio is a body of work that is the culmination of all previous semesters' learning and an expression of integrative learning. Menswear Design and Development This course addresses the need to evolve an innovative and contemporary design vocabulary for men's apparel. The end objective is to conceptualize and implement the design process to create a collection reflecting technical competence, exploring creative application and appraise quality parameters in garment construction. Entrepreneurship and Small Management The objective of the subject is to impar t basic knowledge and skills in the areas of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, preparing the students to set up their own enterprise. Colloquium Paper The skill of writing and presenting a research paper as per international standards, writing abstract and bibliography for the same is inculcated through this subject. Departmental electives (Students to select any 2) Craft Based Product Development This subject attempts to create an awareness and appreciation of the traditional methodology of a particular craft through the entire process of survey, conceptualization of design, interaction with facilitators, prototype development, manufacturing, marketing and management procedures. Creative Pattern Making The module is aimed at stimulating innovative concepts in design, which would be materialized through pattern into muslin. Radically differentiating apparel styling and detailing would supersede conventional principles of pattern making. Advanced Surface Development The module will incorporate and integrate the learning to develop a collection of appropriate surfaces for diverse application through a meaningful correlation and application within the context of fashion. A balance is achieved between the imagined and achieved surfaces through explorations using various techniques, methods and material. Childrenswear The module familiarizes students with the growing childrenswear market with special reference to local and international brands, 87 For restricted use within NIFT only.

102 understanding categories of this segment, and incorporating both aesthetic as well as practical design details into childrenswear. Couture Design The objective of this subject is to design and execute couture garments, using the appropriate fabrics and trims for occasions while focusing on couture draping and construction techniques to achieve the desired style and fit. Fashion Accessories The emphasis of the course is to provide an opportunity to understand the possibilities in design, a working knowledge of fashion accessories and understanding the process for designing and developing the same, with the objective of creating a complete 'look' for the collection / line. Contemporary Art and Design The module is aimed at creating awareness of the role of contemporary art giving an overview of 'Modernism' and 'Post Modernism'. The objective is to understand the evolution of the interdisciplinary nature of postmodern art and the multimodal approach of creativity for generating conceptual framework and design ideas. Theatre Costume & Design The course is designed to offer additional career options to fashion design students in the context of costume design and space design pertaining to performing arts. The realm of theatre and fashion are both multi-media presentations that incorporate various aspects of visual and performing arts to create an integrated performance and ambiance. Visual Merchandising The subject introduces students to display design for show windows, exhibits, in-store display, etc especially high fashion garments. The focus is on conceptualization and critiquing of innovative modes of presentation for functional & decorative units for display and exhibit. Fashion Styling The course investigates the in-depth look at the dynamics of the image - making industry and thereby the many roles of the fashion stylist today. The integral focus is on the creation of a fashion image, for the runway, editorial fashion pages, advertising, catalogues or music promos, etc to inculcate understanding and projecting styling as an attitude, a fantasy, a way of living. Lingerie Design The course is conceptualized and developed in response to intimate apparel and swimwear as an emerging niche area in India. It focuses on Lingerie as an essential item of a women's wardrobe with the potential of transforming itself into a luxury product. Graphic Design The course provides the students with the design process required for graphic design and print development in the current fashion For restricted use within NIFT only. 88 scenario. It provides an understanding for innovative design developments in graphic surfaces and print material intended for products for body and space. Design management The course provides the student an opportunity to manage business of design with assignments that give a 'marketing mix' between design and marketing. Denim wear The course provides a platform for student to design for a niche market segment in Denim and based on the understanding and usage of specialized machinery including washing and finishing of Denim. Common Elective - any 1 may be offered (May differ from Center to center) Films, Fashion & Image This course attempts to analytically look at characters in film - celluloid, television, advertising and print media - as created 'images' by professionals. This elective course would look at the process of creating a style image either for 'moving films' or 'still images'. The Business of Luxury This subject gives an overview of both the Indian as well as International business of luxury, thus introducing the concept of Luxury in the context of consumer, product and lifestyle. The subject is particularly relevant in understanding consumer psychographics of high net worth individual (HNWI), the importance of brand creation, positioning and management. Corporate Designs & Fashion Industry The course provides an introduction to corporate design in the fashion industry with an aim for creating brand identity and promotion material. Fashion Forecast for Indian Retail The subject addresses the relevance of fashion forecasting in the Fashion Business in the context of Indian markets with an understanding of consumer behavior and development of skills of interpretation, application and methodology of forecasting at various levels in fashion business in India SEMESTER VIII Design Collection - Fashionova The Design Collection is the culmination of various inputs imbibed over 7 semesters ranging from creative exposure and sensitization to technical expertise. In upholding standards of both national and international benchmarking in fashion design, the collections should reflect originality, creative flair with in-depth conceptualization and implementation of the design process combined with technical strength. The focus is on good design that is an ideal blend of creativity with function. The collection is conceptualized and created in the department labs under the strict supervision and guidance of faculty mentors.

103 academic planning & curriculum 3.6.4(a) B. Des (LEATHER DESIGN) SEMESTER III Fashion Model Drawing The subject makes students realize fashion illustration as essential tool of visual communication, understand the relative differences between normal proportion and the fashion figure, understand concept of stance, balance and movement of the fashion figure and the related aspects. Design & Fashion Studies I The subject develops an understanding of elements and principles of design with reference to apparel and develops an understanding of fashion as a design and a business activity. Design Methods & Prototyping The subject develops understanding of?'design Philosophy,' the different approaches to Design, Design Process sequentially via perception, cognition and action,?prototyping incorporates and integrates the understanding of various design development activities performed in a meaningful correlation within the context of leather apparel. Pattern Making I The subject inculcates the understanding of flat patternmaking in the context of the 3 D human form integral to design development in the apparel industry and other related components. Construction Techniques I The subject develops the skill of operating the machine, seam constructions, and assembling panels using different seams. Leather Studies & Processes-I The subject gives an overview of leather industry, the principles and theory of leather manufacturing, the effect of chemical process on the physical quality of collagen. Surface Development Techniques I The subject introduces various handcrafted techniques, materials & processes and encourages exploration & application of different materials in combination with leather. The emphasis is on adaptation of techniques to fashion products. Elements of Management & Marketing The subject develops an understanding of the concept of Management and its various theories, principles of management, processes and application to the fashion industry. Marketing Management and related concepts are also explained. Computer Application III The course inculcates required competence in COREL DRAW, ADOBE PHOTOSHOP, COREL PAINTER software to help students achieve competence in Digital Illustrations. Draping The subject develops an understanding of the human body proportions and contours, visualizing and creating three dimensional patterns directly on the dress form, ability to drape and manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style? and related aspects. SEMESTER IV Fashion Illustration I The subject refines the students drawing and illustration skills with special emphasis on developing a signature style of sketching, provides understanding and exposure to design elements and visual communication of the same through illustration techniques. Design & Fashion Studies II The subject co-relates fashion movements with major design movements in the 20th century, providing a holistic understanding of the evolution of fashion industry as it exists, with a critical analysis of the formation and development of designers and design professionals. Leather Accessories I The subject develops an understanding of product classification of goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture the detail of a product through analytical and technical drawing, synthesize & apply design skills in product realization ideas and other market related aspects. Prototyping This subject incorporates and integrates the understanding of various design development activities performed in a meaningful co-relation and application within the context of leather apparel. It is an integrated representation of inputs received from different subjects to create a final product prototype. Pattern Making II Students understand and work on more complex concepts of Pattern Making to understand sizing, fit and styling variation for womenswear. Construction Techniques II The subject develops the skill of operating the machine, understanding the utility of different techniques used in construction that can be used as design features, develops the skills of pattern making and construction of different kinds of pockets in leather. Leather Studies & Processes -II The subject develops an understanding of various types of finishes and technology in leather manufacturing. Students theoretically understand leather finishing from Wet blue to finishing. Surface Development Techniques II The subject inculcates an understanding of various handcrafted techniques, materials & processes through an exploration & application of different materials in combination with leather. 89 For restricted use within NIFT only.

104 Marketing The subject enables students to gain in-depth understanding on markets and marketing concepts to classify markets and facilitates creation of market oriented designs with emphasis on new product development Computer Application IV The course enables the construction of Vector Illustration and Type effects in order to create customized graphics for a variety of creative solutions using Illustrator & Indesign Software and creates awareness of the various related tools. Between Semester IV & V Tannery Training The subject develops an understanding of the practical nuances of the leather tanning industry, leather processing and finishing by the practical exposure of working in specific tannery units for a period of 2 weeks. Craft Research & Documentation The subject gives inputs on the methodology of literature search for a diagnostic study in the context of unorganized sector, collation and presentation of the data in the document format, in groups. Other stages related to design dissemination is also addressed. SEMESTER V Fashion Illustration II The subject introduces illustration of different goods with style analysis and details to integrate design, attitude and styling in a signature style of illustration. Design Project I The subject offers an opportunity to integrate and apply basic design fundamentals, thinking and methodology to address design opportunities in the areas of leather apparel. Forecasting Trends & Interpretation The subject develops an understanding the relevance of fashion forecasting in the business of fashion, understanding the forecasting process and other related factors and skills to interpret trend forecasts. Leather Accessories II The subject develops an understanding of product classification of goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture the detail of a product through analytical and technical drawing, identifies and categorize the variety of products and their styles based on markets and their specification and related ideas. Pattern Making III The subject encourages an understanding and working on more complex concepts of Pattern Making, understanding sizing, fit and styling variation for outerwear, integrating construction skills for prototype development of outerwear. Construction Techniques III The subject develops the understanding of sizing and fit for outerwear and integrates construction skills for prototype development of outerwear. Leather Studies & Processes-III The subject develops an understanding of characteristics and physical properties of Leather, Non-conventional Leathers, care & cleaning of leather,?storage and handling of finished leather and eco-friendly options. Basic Manufacturing Systems The subject enables students to understand the concept of Production Management. It familiarizes students with the various manufacturing systems various aspects of the manufacturing processes & the technology used therein. Merchandising The subject imparts basic knowledge in the areas of Apparel Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management and familiarizes students with practices and systems in the Apparel Industry both in Indian and global context. Computer Application V The subject helps produce multimedia and web based presentations using Flash, creating awareness of the various tools used for the purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia presentations and related tools. Research Methods This subject promotes understanding of all aspects of research process developing competence in data collection, analysis and interpretation and summarization and presentation of result developing ability to write a Paper / Report. SEMESTER VI Fashion Illustration - III The subject introduces theme-based collections for leather garments and goods and illustration of the same. Menswear illustration and specifications drawings for apparel are introduced. Student develops integrated attitude, style and detailing in a signature style of illustration. Design Project II The subject integrates application of conceptualization of design fundamentals and methodology to address design opportunities in the area of leather accessories. The approach is towards developing ideas based upon material and market requirements leading to prototype realization. Menswear The subject develops and understanding on concepts of menswear design and prototyping and sizing, fit and styling variations for menswear, it also integrates pattern making skills for prototype development. For restricted use within NIFT only. 90

105 academic planning & curriculum Leather Accessories III The subject aims at achieving necessary skills to capture the detail of a product through analytical and technical drawing. It identifies the variety of products and their styles based on markets, specifications and related ideas. Introduction to Footwear The subject develops an understanding of technical constraints in footwear design, pattern making & methods of construction, steps for development of uppers and understanding of all necessary construction processes till completion of full finished footwear / shoe. Construction Techniques IV The subject develops understanding on concepts of construction for menswear, sizing and styling variation for menswear. It integrates construction skills for prototype development of menswear. Leather Studies & Processes - IV The subject develops the understanding of alternate and non leather material and trims used for making leather apparel, novel process technologies, social accountability and responsibility with reference to leather sector and problems and remedies for finished leather. Advanced Production Planning & Control The subject develops an understanding of the aspects of planning, coordinating and scheduling for production management, materials management and quality management. It also develops understanding of product costing methods and procedures, plant layout and optimization of space and technology. Opportunity Mapping, Positioning & Strategies The subject deals in understanding market opportunities and mapping these to develop product positioning and business strategies. Computer Application VI The subject develops an understanding of developing digitally patterns of basic bodice, sleeve, collar, skirt, men's shirt and trouser through softwares like Lectra, Tukatech etc. Between Semester VI & VII Industry Internship The internship is primarily to understand the leather industry in the real environment and the application of the knowledge acquired in the previous semesters. The objective is to incorporate, integrate and apply the learning of various subject matters. SEMESTER VII Design Portfolio The subject carries forward design methodology to conceptualize and integrate the creative output for the industrial specifications through forecast study, design development process, specification sheets & costing. Commercial Leather Sourcing Practices The subject develops the understanding of commercial value of different raw material and leather based on area origin, value addition concepts, commercial aspects and assessment of different grades of leather and its applications. Advanced Professional Practices Subject imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces concepts of CSR and business ethics. Colloquium Paper The subject reflects primary and contextual issues of the fashion and lifestyle industry particularly in the areas of leather, accessories, handicrafts, lifestyle and gift products, using Research Methods inputs received in the previous semester. Design Management & Entrepreneurship The subject develops an understanding of Design and the Designer from the management perspective and the importance of design strategies. Departmental Electives- Student to select any two from those offered (May differ from center to center) Lifestyle Accessories The subject introduces the students to various categories of lifestyle accessories prevalent in the market, concepts of range development in lifestyle accessories according to the market, stores or client specification. Footwear Development The subject develops skills to develop and grade patterns for different style for footwear and also to develop a footwear prototype as per students' individual design. Non-Leather Material & Process Studies Leather as a material is very expensive and to make products more cost effective and available to a wider market, this subject is essential for the students to understand the compositions and behaviour of fabrics and non leather materials vis-à-vis leather. Visual communication The subject builds the ability in a design student to develop a holistic understanding towards the intangibles of visualizing a design in relation to space, store and / or market as well as the marketing of the same. Corsetry The subject provides basic understanding of the corset and how it manipulates the body. Students research modern adaptations of corset as a Fashion Accessory and develop patterns for corsets and understanding the construction of the same. 91 For restricted use within NIFT only.

106 Integrative Surface Development The subject helps students to develop non traditional leather surfaces based on leather based chemicals as per current trends. Visual Merchandising The subject introduces students to display design for show windows and other related requirements for storage of merchandize specially high fashion apparel. It helps to conceptualize innovative modes of presentation, design and critique functional and decorative units for display and exhibit. Common Electives- any one may be offered (may differ from center to center) Intelligent Digital Production The aim of the subject is to compose and present technical details as per the norms of the industry in the form of technical packet and visual identity with all relevant detailing of the product required for the apparel business. Design with Leather The subject introduces to the use of different types of leather, application of various design principles to understand various kinds of leather and their usage, introduces to basic decorative techniques on leather, cutting, pattern making and construction for leather apparel and products. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation project in the final semester gives the opportunity of industry and education interface by identifying areas and opportunities for development whereby students conduct research based on the industry brief and evolve and implement development strategies (b) B.Des (LEATHER DESIGN) onwards Footwear & Products - Chennai & Rae Bareli Centre SEMESTER III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Design & Fashion Studies I The subject develops an understanding of elements and principles of design with reference to apparel, develop an understanding of fashion as a design and a business activity. The structure and functioning of the global and domestic fashion industry and related details. Leather Studies & Processes I The subject gives an overview of leather industry, the principles and theory of leather manufacturing, the effect of chemical process on the physical quality of collagen. Draping The subject aims at understanding the human body proportions and contours and create three dimensional patterns directly on the dress form?. Fashion Model Drawing The subject aims at using fashion illustration as tool of visual communication, understanding the relative differences between normal proportion and the fashion figure, concept of stance, balance and movement of the fashion figure. Design Methods & Prototyping The subject develops understanding of the Design Process sequentially via perception, cognition and action,?'design Philosophy,' the different approaches to design and integrate the understanding of various design development activities and application within the context of leather apparel. Garments Pattern Making I The subject inculcates the understanding of flat patternmaking in the context of the 3 D human form integral to design development in the garment industry and other related components. Garments Construction Techniques I The subject develops the skill of operating the machine, seam constructions, assembling different panels using different seams for leather garments. For restricted use within NIFT only. 92

107 academic planning & curriculum Surface Development Techniques I The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted techniques, materials & processes. Exploration & application of different materials in combination with leathers and adaptation of techniques to fashion products are a part of the course outcome. Human Factors & Ergonomics The subject develops an understanding of the complexities involved at both physical and psychological interface between man and man made products/ systems/ environment, human Physiology, Anatomy, Psychology, Anthropometrics and their relevance in designing the products or systems. Computer Application III (Adobe Illustrator & Indesign) The course inculcates the basics of adobe illustrator and In design, introduction to basic tools, the difference between these two and other similar digital illustration software. SEMESTER IV Design & Fashion Studies II The subject co-relates fashion movements with major design movements commencing from 20th century, provides a holistic understanding of the evolution of fashion industry as it exists,?analyzes critically the formation and development of designers and design professionals. Leather Studies & Processes II The subject develops an understanding of : Various types of finishes involved in the leather industry, different types of technology in leather manufacturing, theory of leather finishing from Wet blue to finishing. E.I. to finishing and other related options. Leather Accessories - I The subject develops an understanding of product classification of goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture the detail of a product through Analytical and technical drawing, synthesize & apply Design skills in product realization ideas and other market related aspects. Fashion Illustration The subject refines the students drawing and illustration skills with special emphasis on developing a signature style of sketching, provides understanding and exposure to design elements and visual communication of the same through illustration techniques and related techniques. Design Project I (Garments) Design project-i incorporates and integrates the understanding of various design development activities performed in a meaningful co-relation and application within the context of leather apparel. Garment Pattern Making II The subject aims to understand and work on more complex concepts of Pattern Making, to understand the sizing, fit and styling variations for common styles of Men's and women's-wear, development of patterns for the same. Garment Construction Techniques II The subject strengthens the skill of operating the machine, develops the skills of pattern making and construction of different kinds of pockets in leather. The course culminates into teaching construction skills required for integrative application. Surface Development Techniques II The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted techniques, materials & processes Exploration & application of different materials in combination with leathers. It integrates adaptation of techniques to fashion products. Fashion Marketing I The subject enables students to gain better in-depth understanding on markets and marketing concepts. The course enables students to classify markets, facilitates creation of market oriented designs with emphasis on new product development. Computer Application IV (Garment CAD - Lectra / Gerber) The subject develops an understanding of developing digitally basic bodice, basic sleeve and collar, basic skirt, men's shirt and trouser through software's like Lectra, Tukatech etc. Between the Semesters IV & V Tannery Training The subject develops an understanding of the practical nuances of the leather tanning industry, leather processing and finishing by the practical exposure of working in specific tannery units for a period of 2 weeks. Craft Study The subject gives practical exposure by working in cluster environment and further culminates in collation and presentation of the data in the document format, in groups. Other stages related to design dissemination are also addressed. SEMESTER V Leather Studies & Processes III The subject develops an understanding of?characteristics and physical properties of Leather Non-conventional Leathers. Care & Cleaning of Leather. Storage and Handling of Finished Leather. Eco friendly options. Design Communication An overview of detailed application of technical drawing tools to prepare designing/drawing, the standard nomenclatures related to technical drawings, preparation of production drawings, assembly drawings and related skills. Design Project II (Leather Goods) This involves design and development of accessory collection for specific market focusing on trends, consumer profiles, production and technology, finishes as well as cost. 93 For restricted use within NIFT only.

108 Forecasting Trends & Interpretation The subject develops an understanding the relevance of fashion forecasting in the business of fashion, understanding the forecasting process and other related factors and skills to interpret trend forecasts. Leather Accessories II The subject develops an understanding of product classification of goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture the detail of a product and aims at developing skills of pattern making & construction for prototyping of soft leather goods Footwear Pattern Making I The subject develops basic understanding and analysis of principles and methods of Footwear pattern making, styles of Footwear and their components, selection of Lasts, methods and developing the patterns for basic styles, the sizing, Fitting and grading systems. Footwear Construction Techniques I The subject develops the skill of operating the footwear machines, for Footwear fabrication process and appreciates methods of footwear construction. Fashion Marketing II This subject develops an understanding of Marketing Research, provides the capacity to use the inferences from the marketing research for the development of new product, introduction to Brand Management, elements of Brand Identity and Brand positioning. Computer Application V (Leather Goods CAD) This subject aims at understanding the applications of CAD in Leather Goods. An overview of the most commonly used CAD software & its applications in Design creation and explorations of leather Goods. Hardware Design & Product Detailing This subject aims at understanding the nature of hardware, various products and its detail, 3-D visualization, form delineations, materials & techniques manipulation skills. SEMESTER VI Production Planning & Process Control The subject develops an understanding of the aspects of planning, coordinating and scheduling for production management, materials management and quality management, product costing methods and procedures, plant layouts and optimization of space, process and technology. Packaging Design The subject develops an understanding of the role of Packaging in protection, transportation and handling of products, facelift, display, point of purchase that is product communication and the need of bulk and unit packaging. Design Project III (Footwear) The subject develops an understanding of design as a planning activity used to strategically design and develop a collection of footwear and to understand the concept of modularity, imparts the knowledge of range development through an appropriate visual character. Photography The subject develops an understanding the history, scope and limitations of manual and digital photography, also to learn the art, science, technology and techniques involved in image capturing. Leather Accessories III The subject develops an understanding of hard goods and its classification, achieves necessary basic skills for product realization, synthesize and apply skills in product realization, spec sheet development, the selection of proper raw materials and costing techniques. Footwear Pattern Making II Understanding the complex styles of Footwear and their components. Development of the patterns for complex footwear styles like Moccasins, Boots and Joggers/Trainers etc. Understanding the techniques of the complex pattern engineering. Development of patterns for Insoles and soles. Footwear Construction Techniques II Exploring the methods of constructions and developing the skills of assembling different parts in constructing the Footwear for complex styles and constructing as well as convert the complex patterns developed, into Footwear. Fashion Marketing III The subject imparts basic knowledge and skills in the areas of Apparel Merchandizing and Supply Chain Management and familiarizes students with practices and systems in the Apparel Industry both in Indian and global context. Computer Application VI (Footwear CAD Shoe-master) Understanding the applications of CAD in Footwear. An overview of the most commonly used footwear software & its applications. Understanding the principles of flattening the forms and Learning the methods of basic Designing & Pattern Engineering in CAD. Non Leather Materials & Processes The course aims to introduce the students to various textile and non-textiles available as options to be used in combination with leather, to understand various finishes possible on non-leathers and textiles to develop an understanding of functional features of various fabric weaves. Between Semester VI & VII Industry Internship The objective of internship is primarily to understand the leather industry in the real environment and the application of the knowledge acquired in the previous semesters. The objective is to For restricted use within NIFT only. 94

109 academic planning & curriculum incorporate, integrate and apply the learning of various subject matters. SEMESTER VII Design Portfolio The develops a visual vocabulary of integrated learning across subjects through the design portfolio and helps in understanding students core strength in design and help to align their portfolio along these lines to help them in specific placements/ further studies. Advance Professional Practices It imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces concepts of CSR and business ethics. Colloquium Paper The subject reflects at addressing primary and contextual issues of the fashion and lifestyle industry particularly in the areas of leather, accessories, handicrafts, lifestyle and gift products, using Research Methods inputs received in the previous semester. Design Management & Entrepreneurship The subject develops an understanding of management perspective and the importance of design strategies, the complexities involved at both physical and psychological interface between man and man made products/ systems/ environment. Design Project IV (Products Range) This involves design and developing range of products which includes both Footwear and leather accessories for specific market segment keeping in mind the design process, production and technology finishes as well as cost. Visual Merchandising The subject introduces students to display design for show windows and other related requirements. It helps to conceptualize innovative modes of presentation, design and critique functional and decorative units for display and exhibit. Department Electives (A student chooses any 2 of the following) Costume Jewelry The subject develops understanding of costume jewelry, occasionally wearable jewels, recycled jewelry, eco friendly jewelry, jewelry made of less valuable materials, base metals, glass, plastic, and synthetic stones. Fashion & Sports Gloves This subject develops a basic understanding of gloves and classification, an ability to translate designs from paper to final prototype, based on client specification. 3D Virtual modeling- 3DStudio max Students learn the difference between 2D and 3D digital application. Understand the usage of basic tools practically by making simple and complicated 3D objects using different techniques. 95 CAD - Hardware Design - Solid works The subject develops understanding of the fundamental 3D modeling techniques, effective visualization of various stages of a design process, design prototypes and virtually cross-verify real time application for any product. Leather Home Furnishing The subject develops basic understanding of home furnishing and classification, develops an ability to translate designs from paper to final prototype based on client specification. Footwear Retailing The subject develops understanding the concepts and elements of footwear styling and fashion, the retail store formats and operations, the presentation and selling techniques, Customer and vendor relations-handling returns and complaints. Exhibition / Stall Design The subject develops Overview of trade fairs and exhibitions for the fashion Industry. Understanding the elements of exhibition design, types of stall designs and display formats, Designing of an Exhibition stall and development of a mock model. Athletics & Sports Footwear The subject develops understanding the fundamentals Footwear biomechanics, various sports and athletic movements, basic classifications of Athletic and Sports footwear, types of materials and components used. Common Electives (A student chooses any 1 of the following) Product and Fashion Photography The subject aims at understanding digital photography as medium or skill to document, communicate, promote and advertise the fashion products, ideas and themes in a visual format, and learn all types of lighting and its conceptual application. Fashion Leather Accessories The subject helps in learning the various aspects of designing the accessories, the usage of material and implementation as a fashion coordinate, knowledge of the consumer psychology and design process of fashion accessories, technical aspects and prototyping process. Fashion Footwear The subject deals with elements and principles of footwear fashion, overview of footwear making, materials, components, machines and tools, designing & styling, understanding of the pattern making and construction methods for fashion footwear. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation project in the final semester gives the opportunity of industry and education interface by identifying areas and opportunities for development whereby students conduct research based on the industry brief and evolve and implement development strategies. For restricted use within NIFT only.

110 3.6.4(c) B. Des (Leather Design) onwards Garments & Products - Delhi & Kolkata Centers SEMESTER III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Fashion Model Drawing The subject aims at using fashion illustration as tool of visual communication, understanding the relative differences between normal proportion and the fashion figure, concept of stance, balance and movement of the fashion figure. Design & Fashion Studies I The subject develops an understanding of elements and principles of design with reference to apparel. It develops an understanding of fashion as a design and a business activity, the structure and functioning of the global and domestic fashion industry and related details. Design Methods & Proto typing The subject develops understanding of the Design Process sequentially via perception, cognition and action,?'design Philosophy,' the different approaches to design and integrate the understanding of various design development activities and application within the context of leather apparel. Pattern Making I Basic principles of pattern making.?design analysis & pattern development. The subject inculcates the understanding of flat patternmaking in the context of the 3D human form integral to design development in the apparel industry and other related components. Construction Techniques I The subject develops the skill of operating the machine, seam constructions, understanding and aims at appreciating different kinds of stitches & seams. It also develops skills of assembling different panels using different seams Leather Studies & Processes-I The subject gives an overview of leather industry, the principles and theory of leather manufacturing, the effect of chemical process on the physical quality of collagen. The subject aims at educating the students about science of leather so that the students can utilized the knowledge when working with the material. Elements of Management & Marketing The subject develops an understanding of the concept of Management and its various theories, the Principles of the Management process and understands its application to fashion industry,? the concept of Marketing Management as a part of Management and related concepts. Computer Application III The course inculcates required competence in COREL DRAW, ADOBE PHOTOSHOP, COREL PAINTER software, achieves competence, appreciation and understanding of natural media tools, achieves competence in DIGITAL ILLUSTRATIONS to be used in an integrated manner with other subjects. Draping The subject develops an understanding of the human body proportions and contours, visualizing and creating three dimensional patterns directly on the dress form, ability to drape and manipulate the fabric to achieve the desired fit and style? and the related aspects. Material Studies and Processes II The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted techniques, materials & processes. Exploration & application of different materials in combination with leathers and adaptation of techniques to fashion products are a part of the course outcome. SEMESTER - IV Fashion Illustration I The subject refines the students drawing and illustration skills with special emphasis on developing a signature style of sketching, provides understanding and exposure to design elements and visual communication of the same through illustration techniques and related techniques. Design & Fashion Studies II The subject co-relates fashion movements with major design movements commencing from 20th century, provides a holistic understanding of the evolution of fashion industry as it exists, analyzes critically the formation and development of designers and design professionals. Leather Accessories I The subject develops an understanding of product classification of goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture the detail of a product through Analytical and technical drawing, synthesize & apply Design skills in product realization ideas and other market related aspects. Prototyping Prototyping incorporates and integrates the understanding of various design development activities performed in a meaningful corelation and application within the context of leather apparel. It is an integrated representation of various inputs received so far to create a final prototype. For restricted use within NIFT only. 96

111 academic planning & curriculum Pattern Making II Understand and work on more complex concepts of Pattern Making, understanding sizing, fit and styling variation for women's-wear. It deals with the torso, contouring and trouser, pattern making for women's wear. Construction Techniques II The subject strengthens the skill of operating the machine, develops the skills of pattern making and construction of different kinds of pockets in leather. The course culminates into teaching construction skills required for integrative application. Leather Studies & Processes -II The subject develops an understanding of : Various types of finishes involved in the leather industry, different types of technology in leather manufacturing, theory of leather finishing from Wet blue to finishing. E.I. to finishing and other related options. Surface Development Techniques The course aims at understanding of various handcrafted techniques, materials & processes Exploration & application of different materials in combination with leathers. It integrates adaptation of techniques to fashion products. Marketing The subject enables students to gain better in-depth understanding on markets and marketing concepts. The course enables students to classify markets, facilitates creation of market oriented designs with emphasis on new product development. Computer Application IV The course enables the construction of Vector Illustration and Type effects in order to create customized graphics for a variety of creative solutions using ILLUSTRATOR & INDESIGN Software and Creates awareness of the various related tools. Between Semester IV & V Tannery Training The subject develops an understanding of the practical nuances of the leather tanning industry, leather processing and finishing by the practical exposure of working in specific tannery units for a period of 2 weeks. Craft Study The subject gives practical exposure by working in cluster environment and further culminates in collation and presentation of the data in the document format, in groups. Other stages related to design dissemination are also addressed. SEMESTER V Fashion Illustration II The subject deals with illustration of different goods with style analysis and details application of different materials on goods, illustration of shoes for women and men with details regarding style and materials. Design Project I The subject integrates basic design fundamentals, thinking and methodology to address design opportunities in the areas of leather apparel.?it recognizes and comprehends contextual issues of the industry at macro level and international concern areas and related approaches. Leather Accessories II The subject develops an understanding of product classification of goods & personal products, achieves necessary skills to capture the detail of a product and aims at developing skills of pattern making & construction for prototyping of soft leather goods Leather Studies & Processes-III The subject develops an understanding of?characteristics and physical properties of Leather Non-conventional Leathers. Care & Cleaning of Leather. Storage and Handling of Finished Leather. Eco friendly options. Basic Manufacturing Systems The subject enables students to understand the concept of Production Management Familiarize students with the various manufacturing systems. Understand the various aspects of the manufacturing process & the technology used therein. Computer Application V The subject helps produce multimedia and web based presentations using Flash. Bringing the awareness of the various tools used for the purpose of making web sites and interactive multimedia presentations and related tools. Research Methods The subject develops understanding all aspects of research process developing competence in data collection, analysis and interpretation and summarization and presentation of result developing ability to write a Paper / Report. Pattern Making & Construction III The subject develops understand and work on more complex concepts of Pattern Making, understanding sizing, fit and styling variation for outerwear, integrating construction skills for prototype development of outerwear. Merchandising I The course aims to impart basic knowledge and skills in the areas of Apparel Merchandizing and familiarizes the students with practices and systems in the Apparel Industry both in Indian and global context. SEMESTER VI Fashion Illustration - III The subject introduces theme-based collections for leather garments and goods and illustration of the same. Menswear illustration and specifications drawings for apparel are introduced, develops integrated attitude, style and detailing in a signature style of illustration. 97 For restricted use within NIFT only.

112 Design Project II The subject would integrate and apply design fundamentals, thinking and methodology to address design opportunities in the area of leather accessories. It develops and approach towards conceptualizing ideas based upon material and market requirements leading to prototype realization. Menswear The subject develops and understanding on concepts of menswear design and prototyping and styling variations for menswear, it also integrates pattern making skills for prototype development. Leather Accessories III The subject aims at achieving necessary skills to capture the detail of a hard goods through analytical and technical drawing. It identifies the variety of hard goods and their styles based on markets and their specifications and related ideas and their construction. Introduction to Footwear The subject develops an understanding of technical constraints in footwear design, pattern making & methods of construction, different steps for development of upper and understanding of rest of construction processes till full finished footwear / shoe. Leather Studies & Processes - IV The subject develops the understanding of alternate and non leather material and trims used for making leather apparel, novel process technologies, social accountability and responsibility with reference to leather sector and problems and remedies for finished leather. Advance Production Planning & Control The subject develops an understanding of the aspects of planning, coordinating and scheduling for production management. Computer Application VI The subject develops an understanding of developing digitally basic bodice, basic sleeve and collar, basic skirt, men's shirt and trouser through software's like Lectra, Tukatech etc. Positioning Strategies The subject aims to familiarize the students with the concept and process of strategic marketing with the application in fashion industry and to expose the students to marketing strategies adopted by leading fashion brands. Grading & Construction Techniques The subject develops understanding on concepts of construction and prototype development for menswear and understanding the Concept of Grading for various sizes Merchandising II The subject aims to impart basic knowledge and skills in the areas of Apparel Merchandizing and supply chain management and to familiarize students with practices and systems in the Apparel Industry both in Indian and global context. For restricted use within NIFT only. 98 Between Semester VI & VII Industry Internship The objective of internship is to understand the leather industry in the real environment and the application of the knowledge acquired in the previous semesters with the objective of incorporating, integrating and applying the learning of various subject matters. SEMESTER VII Commercial Leather Sourcing Practices The subject develops the understanding of commercial value of different raw material and leather based on area origin, value addition concepts, commercial aspects and assessment of different grades of leather and its applications. Advanced Professional Practices It imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces concepts of CSR and business ethics. Colloquium Paper The subject reflects at addressing primary and contextual issues of the fashion and lifestyle industry particularly in the areas of leather, accessories, handicrafts, lifestyle and gift products, using Research Methods inputs received in the previous semester. Design Management & Entrepreneurship The subject develops an understanding of management perspective and the importance of design strategies, the complexities involved at both physical and psychological interface between man and man made products/ systems/ environment. Design & Digital Portfolio The subject carries forward design methodology to conceptualize and integrate the creative output for the industrial specifications through forecast study, design development process, specification sheets & costing. Departmental Electives Lifestyle Accessories The subject introduces the students to various categories of lifestyle accessories prevalent in the market, concepts of range development in lifestyle accessories according to the market, stores or client specification. Footwear Development The subject develops skills to develop and grade patterns for different style for footwear and also to develop a footwear prototype as per students' individual design. Non-Leather Material & Process Studies The course aims to introduce the students to various textile and non-textiles available as options to be used in combination with leather, to understand various finishes possible on non-leathers and textiles to develop an understanding of functional features of various fabric weaves.

113 academic planning & curriculum Visual Communication Visual Communication will build the ability in a design student a holistic understanding towards the intangibles of visualizing a design in relation to space, store and / or market as well as the marketing of the same. Corsetry The subject provides basic understating of the corset and how it manipulates the body, corset classification. Students research modern adaptations of corset as a Fashion Accessory and develop patterns for corsets and understanding the construction of the same. Integrative Surface Development The subject helps students to develop non traditional leather surfaces based on leather based chemicals as per the trend. Merchandising The subject introduces students to display design for show windows and other related requirements. It helps to conceptualize innovative modes of presentation, design and critique functional and decorative units for display and exhibit. Common Electives Intelligent Digital Production The course aims at composing and presenting technical details as per the norms of the industry in the form of technical packet and visual identity with all relevant detailing of the product required for the apparel business. Design with Leather The subject introduces to the use of different types of leathers, application of various design principles, to understand various leathers and their usage, introduces basic decorative, pattern making and construction techniques for leather products. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation project in the final semester gives the opportunity of industry and education interface by identifying areas and opportunities for development whereby students conduct research based on the industry brief and evolve and implement development strategies. 99 For restricted use within NIFT only.

114 3.6.5(a) B.Des (Accessory Design) Bengaluru, Bhopal, Hyderabad, Kangra, New Delhi, Rae-Bareli & Shillong Centre SEMESTER III Drawing & Rendering To provide a basic understanding of freehand drawing techniques with respect to products. To develop student skills in drawing with accuracy and expression. Form Studies To develop capabilities to analyze, comprehend and generate 3D Forms through the process of ideation. To generate and refine 3D Forms through the process of manipulation & Stylization. History & philosophy of Design Understanding of various influences and factors, which have contributed to the dynamics of design and its changing contexts through history. Appreciation of philosophical bases in which design as an issue has emerged. Photography To use the medium of Photography creatively to present the products and prototypes developed and to document the various stages of product development. Material Manipulation To develop an understanding of behavior, characteristics, properties, dimensionality, physical & visual potential of the basic materials. Orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools & techniques to manipulate materials. Technical Studies - I To understand how material is converted from raw material to final finished product in production to difference manufacturing. To give the exposure to real life production. Design Methodology To learn design as an activity and to develop the ability to dissect a problem and create multilevel stages keeping the synergy of the common goal alive. To understand the structure, functions and behavior of design information Design Methodology: Virtual Prototyping Emphasis on applied learning through auto CAD/ exploration of materials. Virtual Prototyping: AutoCAD Emphasis on CAD application through AutoCAD. Working acquaintance on software in relation to product drawing SEMESTER IV Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation and mediums required for documentation and presentation and digital print layout tools (Adobe In-Design). Fashion Studies I To develop understanding about fashion pertaining to personal and lifestyle accessory. Technical Studies -II The accessory design student gets to deal with many products, fixtures, and other systems whose basic functioning is important to know before one gets to use them. To give the inputs related to production planning and control in industry. Technical Drawing Detailed application of technical drawing tools to prepare drawing and basic understanding of orthographic & isometric views. Fashion Marketing-I The fundamentals of fashion marketing. Application of marketing techniques in the fashion industry. DP I-Simple Design Project To select a product of minimal complexity where by a complete cycle of design activity can be exercised inclusive of prototyping. DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping Familiarization & skill development with techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms. Realization of final product through alternative/actual or suggestive materials. Virtual Prototyping: 3Ds Max To develop capabilities to comprehend and generate 3D forms and render them in realistic environment with the help of texturing & lighting using 3ds max software. SEMESTER V Human Factors & Ergonomics To understand the complexities involved at both physical and psychological interface in Products & designed systems. Understand the influence of Human factors & Ergonomics in design. Fashion Studies - II Fashion Trends Interpretation, Forecasting System, Market Segmentation and application in Lifestyle Accessories. Technical Studies - III Horology, Viscosity and Hydraulics, Kinematics and kinetics, levers, threads and other mechanisms Fashion Marketing-II Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand positioning and its utility in new product development For restricted use within NIFT only. 100

115 academic planning & curriculum DP II -Craft based Design Project To develop new product/s applying traditional craft skills & techniques. Understanding and appreciation of crafts as an activity. DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping Application of the outcome of craft based design project through product development. Sensitize the value of detailing in design. Detail out the idea / concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and converting through a design element. DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing Sensitize the value of detailing in design. Detail out the idea / concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and converting through a design element. DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping To develop a clear understanding of how to evolve & integrate "Details" in a product to add functional, aesthetic, ergonomic, social and even perceived value, within a given design brief. Virtual Prototyping: Rhino/ Solid Works To visual and develop the CAD models of complex 3d objects and render them using the software Rhino, which is a NURBS based software. Independent Study Writing Hypothesis, Research in domains of design, fashion, lifestyle, culture, economics, market etc. self-initiated thinking process, research techniques, articulation and writing skills. SEMESTER VI Colloquium Paper To train students in to research methods in the context of design. Technical Studies -IV Visiting various industries, studying their production/ assembly line, studying the infrastructure, studying the production of products components, facilities, tooling and machining parameters, studying man-power requirements. Advance Professional Practices To impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the subject of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts and design industry. Introduce the concepts of CSR and Business ethics Department Elective : Center Specific Exploring design issues within the department Fashion Merchandising Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand positioning and its utility in new product development. DP IV - Packaging Design To understand the use of graphics to enhance and complement the overall theme depicted by the form. To understand facelift, display and point of purchase that is product communication. 101 DP IV : Packaging Design Virtual Prototyping Familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing. DP V- Range Design To Understand Design process as a planned activity, aimed at developing a range of products based on a single set of parameters. DPV: Range Design Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization of Product. Familiarization & skill development with various space modeling techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms & detailed products SEMESTER VII Internship Presentation Summer industry internship of 8 weeks which culminates to Internship presentation. To gain an in depth understanding of how designers work in the industry scenario. Introduction to industry and market Processes, production processes, EXIM policy etc Common Electives Exploring multi disciplinary design issues Portfolio Development To equip the students with the skills to present/project their ideas, designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune with the market/client requirements. Design Management A comprehensive, practical and professional overview of the technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant as for an Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory industry. DP VI- Consumer Interface Design To understand the role of design intervention at the moment of point of purchase To understand consumer and user behavior in a typical retail and market environment DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization of design Familiarization & skill development with various space modeling techniques. DP VII- Product Collection This project involves design and development of Product Collection for Specific market focus keeping in mind the trends, consumer profiles, production and technology, finishes as well as cost. DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer design interface. For restricted use within NIFT only.

116 SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation project is the final project done by a student of F&LA Program, and is important for the student to successfully complete it in order to gain a degree. The duration of the Diploma Project is of 18 weeks 3.6.5(b) B. Des (Accessory Design) Jewellery and Precious Products - Gandhinagar SEMESTER III Drawing & Rendering To provide a basic understanding of freehand drawing techniques with respect to products. To develop student skills in drawing with accuracy and expression. Form Studies To develop capabilities to analyze, comprehend and generate 3D Forms through the process of ideation. To generate and refine 3D Forms through the process of manipulation & Stylization. History & philosophy of Design Understanding of various influences and factors, which have contributed to the dynamics of design and its changing contexts through history. Appreciation of philosophical bases in which design as an issue has emerged. Photography To use the medium of Photography creatively to present the products and prototypes developed and to document the various stages of product development. Material Manipulation (Fabrication & Machining Skills) To develop an understanding of behavior, characteristics, properties, dimensionality, physical & visual potential of the basic materials. Orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools & techniques to manipulate materials. Technical Studies - I (Material & Processes) Basic science of Materials like Metals, Plastics, Leather, Wood, Glass and Resin Design Methodology To learn design as an activity and to develop the ability to dissect a problem and create multilevel stages keeping the synergy of the common goal alive. To understand the structure, functions and behavior of design information Design Methodology: Virtual Prototyping Emphasis on applied learning through auto CAD/ exploration of materials. Virtual Prototyping: AutoCAD Emphasis on CAD application through AutoCAD. Working acquaintance on software in relation to product drawing SEMESTER IV Professional Comm. & Documentation Techniques Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation and mediums required for documentation and presentation and digital print layout tools (Adobe In-Design). Fashion Studies I To develop understanding about fashion pertaining to personal and lifestyle accessory. Technical Studies -II (Material & Processes) Metallurgy, Gold and Silver, Jewellery Bench Techniques Technical Drawing Detailed application of technical drawing tools to prepare drawing and basic understanding of orthographic & isometric views. Fashion Marketing-I The fundamentals of fashion marketing. Application of marketing techniques in the fashion industry. DP I-Simple Design Project To select a product of minimal complexity where by a complete cycle of design activity can be exercised inclusive of prototyping. DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping Familiarization & skill development with techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms. Realization of final product through alternative/actual or suggestive materials Virtual Prototyping: 3Ds Max To develop capabilities to comprehend and generate 3D forms and render them in realistic environment with the help of texturing & lighting using 3ds max software. SEMESTER V Human Factors & Ergonomics To understand the complexities involved at both physical and psychological interface in Products & designed systems. Understand the influence of Human factors & Ergonomics in design. Fashion Studies- II Fashion Trends Interpretation, Forecasting System, Market Segmentation and application in Lifestyle Accessories. Technical Studies - III (Technical Science) Horology, Viscosity and Hydraulics, Kinematics and kinetics, levers, threads and other mechanisms For restricted use within NIFT only. 102

117 academic planning & curriculum Fashion Marketing-II Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand positioning and its utility in new product development DP II -Craft based Design Project To develop new product/s applying traditional craft skills & techniques. Understanding and appreciation of crafts as an activity. DP II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping Application of the outcome of craft based design project through product development Sensitize the value of detailing in design. Detail out the idea / concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and converting through a design element. DP III-Hardware Design and Product Detailing Sensitize the value of detailing in design. Detail out the idea / concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and converting through a design element. DP III- Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping To develop a clear understanding of how to evolve & integrate "Details" in a product to add functional, aesthetic, ergonomic, social and even perceived value, within a given design brief. Virtual Prototyping: Rhino/ Solid Works To visual and develop the CAD models of complex 3d objects and render them using the software Rhino, which is a NURBS based software. Independent Study Writing Hypothesis, Research in domains of design, fashion, lifestyle, culture, economics, market etc. self-initiated thinking process, research techniques, articulation and writing skills. SEMESTER VI Colloquium Paper To train students in to research methods in the context of design. Technical Studies -IV (Industry Process Planning) Visiting various industries, studying their production/ assembly line, studying the infrastructure, studying the production of products components, facilities, tooling, and machining parameters, studying man-power requirements. Advance Professional Practices To impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the subject of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts and design industry. Introduce the concepts of CSR and Business ethics Department Elective : Center Specific Exploring design issues within the department Fashion Merchandising Understanding merchandising principles. Understanding of concepts of brand identity, Brand Identity Brand personality Brand positioning and its utility in new product development DP IV - Packaging Design To understand the use of graphics to enhance and complement the overall theme depicted by the form. To understand facelift, display and point of purchase that is product communication. DP IV : Packaging Design Virtual Prototyping Familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing. DP V- Range Design To Understand Design process as a planned activity, aimed at developing a range of products based on a single set of parameters. DPV: Range Design Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization of Familiarization & skill development with various space modeling techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms & detailed products SEMESTER VII Internship Presentation Summer industry internship of 8 weeks which culminates to Internship presentation. To gain an in depth understanding of how designers work in the industry scenario. Introduction to industry and market Processes, production processes, EXIM policy etc Common Electives Exploring multi disciplinary design issues Portfolio Development To equip the students with the skills to present/project their ideas, designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune with the market/client requirements. Design Management A comprehensive, practical and professional overview of the technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant as for an Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory industry. DP VI- Consumer Interface Design To understand the role of design intervention at the moment of point of purchase To understand consumer and user behavior in a typical retail and market environment DP VI- Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization of design Familiarization & skill development with various space modeling techniques. 103 For restricted use within NIFT only.

118 DP VII- Product Collection This project involves design and development of Product Collection for Specific market focus keeping in mind the trends, consumer profiles, production and technology, finishes as well as cost. DP VII- Product Collection Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer design interface. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation project is the final project done by a student of F&LA Program, and is important for the student to successfully complete it in order to gain a degree. The duration of the Diploma Project is of 18 weeks 3.6.5(c) B. Des (Accessory Design) onwards Bengaluru, Bhopal, Hyderabad, Kangra, New Delhi, Rae-Bareli & Shillong Centre SEMESTER III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Drawing & Rendering The subject provides a basic understanding of freehand drawing techniques with respect to products and develops skills in drawing with accuracy and expression. Form Studies The subject helps in the development of capabilities to analyze, comprehend and generate 3D forms through the process of ideation and subsequently to generate and refine 3D forms through the process of manipulation & stylization. History & Philosophy of Design Understanding of various influences and factors, contributing to the dynamics of design and its changing contexts through history, is facilitated through this subject. Students also develop an appreciation of philosophical basis on which design as an issue has emerged. Photography The subject encourages the use of the medium of Photography creatively to document the various stages of product development. Material Manipulation The subject assists in developing an understanding of characteristics, properties, physical & visual potential of basic materials with an orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools & techniques to manipulate materials. Cognitive Process To learn about design as an activity leading to identifying/creating opportunities and addressing the aspirational value of a product beyond its basic function is the aim of this subject which forms the first demonstrative design project exploring approaches and methodologies of various stages of design activity. Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry in the design domain SEMESTER IV Professional Communication & Documentation Techniques Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation and media required for documentation and presentation and digital print layout through this subject. Trend & Fashion Forecasting The subject develops the understanding about fashion forecasting pertaining to personal and lifestyle accessories. Technical Studies -I This subject aims at an understanding of various materials and their properties along with how material is converted to a finished product through various manufacturing processes. Technical Drawing & AutoCAD Students learn detailed application of technical drawing tools to prepare designing /drawing in this course. The emphasis is on CAD application through AutoCAD in relation to product drawing. Design Process The course aims to encourage design as an activity, to develop the ability to dissect a problem and create multilevel stages while maintaining the synergy of the common goal. It also explains the structure, functions and behavior of design information. Design Process Prototyping The subject emphasis on applied learning through Auto CAD and exploration of materials. Design Project I- Simple Design Project The subject focuses on selection of a product of minimal complexity where a complete cycle of design activity can be exercised inclusive of production. Design Project I- Simple Design Project Prototyping The subject focuses on familiarization & skill development with techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms and realization of final product through alternative/actual or suggestive materials. For restricted use within NIFT only. 104

119 academic planning & curriculum Industry Orientation This provides Industry exposure to the students familiarizing them with accessory design, industry & market. SEMESTER V Applied Ergonomics The subject explores the complexities involved at both physical and psychological interface in Products & designed systems at the end of which students understand the influence of human factors & ergonomics in design. Technical Studies - II (Principle of mechanism & production process planning) The student interacts with many products, fixtures, and other systems, the understanding of basic functioning of which is important. The subject gives the inputs related to production planning and control in industry. Fashion Marketing- I The subject focuses on the fundamentals of fashion marketing and the application of marketing techniques in the fashion industry. Design Project II -Craft based Design Project The subject focuses on the development of new product/s applying traditional craft skills & techniques through an understanding and appreciation of crafts as an activity. Design Project II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping The subject focuses on application of the outcome of craft based design project detailed above, through product prototype development. Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing The course emphasizes on the value of detailing in design and requires students to detail out the idea / concept in physical design, exploring technical detailing and converting through a design element. Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping Subject develops a clear understanding of how to evolve & integrate 'Details' in a product to add functional, aesthetic, ergonomic, social and even perceived value, within a given design brief. 3DS Max The course aims at development of capabilities to comprehend and generate 3D forms and render them in realistic environment with the help of texturing & lighting using 3DS Max software. Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry SEMESTER VI Colloquium The course focuses on training students in research methods in the context of design to inculcate reading & writing habits. Advanced Professional Practices The subject imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, Fashion and Accessories Industry. It also introduces concepts of CSR and business ethics. Department Elective: Center Specific Exploring design issues within the department Fashion Marketing- II The subject aims at developing understanding of merchandising principles and concepts of Brand Identity, Brand Personality, Brand Positioning and its utility in new product development. Design Project IV: Packaging Design This course helps students understand the use of graphics to enhance and complement the overall theme depicted by the form and to understand facelift, display and point of purchase as product communication. Design Project IV: Packaging Design Prototyping Developing from the subject detailed above, this course assists in familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing. Design Project V: Range Design The course Understand design process as a planned activity, aimed at developing a range of products based on a single set of parameters. Design Project V: Range Design Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization is the aim of this subject. It also facilitates skill development with various space modeling techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3D forms & detailed products Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry Industry Internship* Exposure to manufacturing processes in the Industry. Industry Internship of 8 weeks between VI and VII semester will culminate into Internship Presentation in Semester-VII. SEMESTER VII Internship Presentation The subject is a series of interactive sessions to gain an indepth understanding of how designers work in the industry scenario alongwith an introduction to industry and market Processes, production processes, EXIM policy etc Common Electives: (student to select any one from those offered across design programs) - Exploring multi disciplinary design issues Portfolio Development The subject aims to equip the students with the skills to present/ project their ideas, designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune with the market/client requirements. 105 For restricted use within NIFT only.

120 Design Management The course is a comprehensive, practical and professional overview of the technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant for an Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory industry. Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design The subject facilitates the understanding of the role of design intervention at point of purchase, consumer and user behavior in a typical retail and market environment. Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization of design is taught through this course along with a familiarization various space modelling techniques. Design Project VII: Product Collection This project involves design and development of Product Collection with focus on specific market, trends, consumer profile, production and technology, finishes as well as on cost. Design Project VII: Product Collection Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer design interface. Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation project is the final project done by students of the Program, and must be successfully completed to fulfill the requirement of a degree. This project is carried out in the industry for duration of 22 weeks (d) B.Des (ACCESSORY DESIGN) onwards Jewellery and Precious Products - NIFT Gandhinagar Centre Semester III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Drawing & Rendering The subject provides a basic understanding of freehand drawing techniques with respect to products and develops student skills in drawing with accuracy and expression. Form Studies The subject helps students develop capabilities to analyze, comprehend and generate 3D forms through the process of ideation and subsequently to generate and refine 3D forms through the process of manipulation & stylization. History & Philosophy of Design Understanding of various influences and factors, contributing to the dynamics of design and its changing contexts through history, is facilitated through this subject. Students also develop an appreciation of philosophical bases on which design as an issue has emerged. Photography The subject encourages the use of the medium of Photography creatively to present the products and prototypes developed and to document the various stages of product development. Material Manipulation The subject assists in developing an understanding of characteristics, properties, physical & visual potential of basic materials with an orientation to basic hand tools, cutting tools & techniques to manipulate materials. Cognitive Process To learn design as an activity leading to identifying/creating opportunities and addressing the aspirational value of a product beyond its basic function is the aim of this subject which forms a first demonstrative design project exploring approaches and methodologies of various stages of design activity. Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry in the design domain SEMESTER IV Professional Communication & Documentation Techniques Understanding of essential techniques of graphic representation and mediums required for documentation and presentation and digital print layout tools (Adobe In-Design) is done through this subject Trend & Fashion Forecasting The subject trains students to develop understanding about fashion forecasting pertaining to personal and lifestyle accessories. Technical Studies -I The subject encourages a detailed understanding of various Jewellery manufacturing processes and techniques with different materials, its relevance to the design process at the analytical and synthesizing stage and understanding of the basics of Gemology. Technical Drawing & AutoCAD Students learn detailed application of technical drawing tools to prepare designing /drawing in this course. The emphasis is on CAD application through AutoCAD in relation to product drawing. For restricted use within NIFT only. 106

121 academic planning & curriculum Design Process The course aims to encourage students to learn design as an activity and to develop the ability to dissect a problem and create multilevel stages keeping the synergy of the common goal alive. Also to be able to understand the structure, functions and behavior of design information. Design Process Prototyping The subject places emphasis on applied learning through Auto CAD/ exploration of materials. DP I- Simple Design Project The subject focuses on selection of a product of minimal complexity where a complete cycle of design activity can be exercised inclusive of production. DP I- Simple Design Project Prototyping Subject focuses on familiarization & skill development with techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3 dimensional forms and realization of final product through alternative/actual or suggestive materials Industry Orientation Industry exposure to the students familiarizing with accessory design, industry & market SEMESTER V Applied Ergonomics The subject explores the complexities involved at both physical and psychological interface in Products & designed systems at the end of which students understand the influence of Human factors & Ergonomics in design. Technical Studies - II (Principle of mechanism & production process planning) The accessory design student gets to deal with many products, fixtures, and other systems, the understanding of basic functioning of which is important. The subject gives the inputs related to production planning and control in industry. Fashion Marketing- I The subject focuses on the fundamentals of fashion marketing and the application of marketing techniques in the fashion industry. Design Project II: Craft based Design Project The subject focuses on the development of new product/s applying traditional craft skills & techniques through an understanding and appreciation of crafts as an activity. Design Project II: Craft based Design Project Prototyping Application of the outcome of craft based design project detailed above through product development Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing The course emphasizes on the value of detailing in design and requires students to detail out the idea / concept in Physical design, exploring technical detailing and converting through a design element. Design Project III: Hardware Design and Product Detailing: Prototyping The subject develops a clear understanding of how to evolve & integrate "Details" in a product to add functional, aesthetic, ergonomic, social and even perceived value, within a given design brief. 3DS Max The course aims at development of capabilities to comprehend and generate 3D forms and render them in realistic environment with the help of texturing & lighting using 3DS Max software. Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry SEMESTER VI Colloquium The course focuses on training students in research methods in the context of design. Advanced Professional Practices Subject imparts a relatively advance knowledge of the subject Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, Fashion and Textile Industry. It also introduces concepts of CSR and business ethics. Department Elective: Center Specific Exploring design issues within the department Fashion Marketing- II The subject aims at developing understanding of merchandising principles and concepts of Brand Identity, Brand Personality, Brand Positioning and its utility in new product development. Design Project IV: Packaging Design This course helps students understand the use of graphics to enhance and complement the overall theme depicted by the form and to understand facelift, display and point of purchase as product communication. Design Project IV: Packaging Design Prototyping Developing from the subject detailed above, this course assists in familiarization with nuances of prototyping and detailing. Design Project V: Range Design The course Understand Design process as a planned activity, aimed at developing a range of products based on a single set of parameters. Design Project V: Range Design Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization is the aim of this subject. It also facilitates skill development with various space modeling techniques in paper, clay, wood, plastics etc. for 3D forms & detailed products 107 For restricted use within NIFT only.

122 Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry Industry Internship Exposure to manufacturing processes in the Industry. Industry Internship of 8 weeks between VI and VII semester will culminate into Internship Presentation in Semester-VII. SEMESTER VII Internship Presentation The subject is a series of interactive sessions to gain an in-depth understanding of how designers work in the industry scenario alongwith an introduction to industry and market Processes, production processes, EXIM policy etc. Common Electives: (student to select any one from those offered across design programs) - As approved by SIAC Exploring multi disciplinary design issues Portfolio Development The subject aims to equip the students with the skills to present/ project their ideas, designs, prototypes with clarity and in tune with the market/client requirements. Design Management The course is a comprehensive, practical and professional overview of the technical, legal and business aspects, which are relevant for an Entrepreneur/consultant/employee in the fashion accessory industry. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation project is the final project done by a student of F&LA Program, and is important for the student to successfully complete it in order to gain a degree. This project is carried out in the industry for duration of 22 weeks.. Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design The subject facilitates the understanding of the role of design intervention at point of purchase, consumer and user behavior in a typical retail and market environment. Design Project VI: Consumer Interface Design: Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid realization of design is taught through this course along with a familiarization various space modeling techniques. Design Project VII: Product Collection This project involves design and development of Product Collection with focus on specific market, trends, consumer profile, production and technology, finishes as well as cost. Design Project VII: Product Collection Prototyping Orientation to prototyping skills through materials & techniques for rapid visualization & realization of products specific to consumer design interface. Seminar/ Workshops Talks/ workshops by eminent professionals from the industry For restricted use within NIFT only. 108

123 academic planning & curriculum 3.6.6(a) B. Des (TEXTILE DESIGN) SEMESTER III Elements of Textile Design The subject aims to develop understanding of the basic elements & principles of design, understanding the importance of design research, analysis and synthesis to achieve appropriate design solutions. Woven Structure I The subject aims to sensitize students to understand basic principles of weaving and development of fabric by interlacing warp and weft. It includes the study of the table top loom and development of basic weaving skills with the technical knowledge of variations. Textile Science The subject aims to develop understanding of Textile Industries in India and sources of textile materials, properties of textile materials, with end uses and market needs for apparel and furnishing products. Surface Techniques I The subject aims at developing understanding of the different techniques of surface ornamentation focused on embroidery and resist dyeing techniques. Digital Imaging & Editing Techniques The subject initiates students to computer generated textile design and developing skills of drawing textile motifs using digital imaging and editing techniques. It includes understanding digital color theory, textile color theory, the process of separation / films for different styles of printing, handling different repeats for pattern creation and integrating techniques of printing. Traditional Indian Textiles I The subject aims at initiating students to the textile crafts of India through the ages which includes identification of the technique and its socio-economic implication. It traces the evolution of techniques and designs over a period of time focusing mainly on the embroidered and resist dyed textiles. Fashion Studies The subject aims at providing an understanding of business, sociology, language and various components of fashion. It provides a comprehensive understanding of visual aesthetics in fashion, the fashion dynamics vis a vis culture. Photography The subject aims at providing an understanding of the fundamental skills of photography including operations and functions of equipments used and also the role of product photography as a tool for recording and documentation for effective design communication. SEMESTER IV Textile Design Techniques The subject aims to develop an understanding of the basic elements and principles for surface design development of textiles and conceptual explorations involving an innovative use of mixed media and techniques to create original and simulated print designs for fashion fabrics. Woven Structure I The subject aims to develop understanding of the behavior, characteristics, properties and surface textures generated by woven construction of fabrics. The course trains students to explore warp and weft of different materials and recognizes the physical and visual potential. Textile Chemical Processing I The subject gives an overview of major segments of the textile industry in order to familiarize students to chemical processing and its role in design and production of textiles. Textile Chemical Processing Practical I The subject gives a practical orientation to the course detailed above through an understanding of pretreatment methods on cotton, wool and silk and understanding the basics of dyeing techniques on cotton material. CAD Print The subject introduces textile design print production software and using specialized CAD software to learn scanning (digitizing), cleaning, repeat setting & film generation to create co-ordinates & color-ways for print design collections. Traditional Indian Textiles II The subject sensitizes students to the textile crafts of India, through an appreciation of it's unfolding through the ages, focusing on painted, printed and woven textiles. Fashion Marketing The subject enables students to draw knowledge from generic marketing and apply the principles and concepts to the fashion industry with specific reference to apparel. It also gives them understanding of marketing - mix and branding, concepts of segmenting, targeting and positioning. Fashion Illustration The subject teaches students fashion illustration & its importance as tool of visual communication. They learn to represent textures, print and proportions through rendering techniques for apparel and home fashions visualization. SEMESTER V Print Design Project The project is developed to enhance the understanding and articulation of the development of coordinates and collections for textile Print design (furnishing, apparel and accessories). It requires 109 For restricted use within NIFT only.

124 application of skills for innovative use of mixed media and techniques for market end use. Advanced Woven Structures Students learn and understand advanced and compound weaves, their usage and characteristics in order to set-up the loom and they understand the usage of different reeds, denting methods, principles of warp length and width calculation for sample weaving. Textile Chemical Processing II The subject introduces students to dyeing and printing of fiber and fabrics using various dyes and pigments and other mechanical and chemical finishing of dyed and printed textiles. Textile Chemical Processing Practical II The subject gives a practical processing aspect by training students for dyeing techniques on protein and synthetic fibers, printing methods & chemical ingredients on woven fabric and finishing of different types of fabrics based on end use. CAD - Dobby & Carpet The subject introduces Textile Design woven production software for carpet & dobby using specialized CAD software. Students create concept samples by using basic weaves to understand the process of converting graph design into handloom and shuttle less looms settings for developing complex weave structures.. Craft Research and Documentation The subject develops the ability to co-relate learning from diagnostic study to development of craft based textile products, to maximize the potential of the specific crafts to achieve better marketability involving formulation of design criteria, conceptualization, actual realization and communication. Fashion Merchandising The subject aims to impart knowledge of merchandising principles and techniques, particularly with reference to apparel industry in order to equip the student with necessary knowledge and skills for merchandising. Pattern Making & Construction Methods (A) Pattern Making The subject develops the understanding of body and flat measurement, sizes of cushion covers, pillows and quilts and Industrial dress form. It includes understanding of industrial pattern making tools, their uses, industrial pattern making process and industry spec-sheet. (B) Garment Construction The subject introduces students to different kinds of seam and seam finishing, necklines, collars, sleeves, plackets, cuff and pockets and skill of operating the machine for garment construction. SEMESTER VI Fabric Styling The subject develops the ability to analyze, interpret and articulate inherent characteristics of a given textile product and textile fabrics in terms of their intended use. Students develop a product line with styled fabrics and present accurate interpretations. Woven Design Project The subject creates an understanding of various textile surfaces that can be achieved by weaving theme and color forecast based process. It also includes understanding of schematic way of design methodology i.e. theme, color story, product, market, cost and materials etc. Fabric Quality Assurance The subject develops an understanding of quality for product development, product evaluation and customer satisfaction. Students learn to integrate the properties of textile materials with end uses and market needs. Surface Techniques II The subject develops the understanding of the different techniques of surface ornamentation viz block printing, fabric manipulation and patch work or value addition. Students develop experimental and innovative swatches keeping in mind the requirement and limitations of the selected techniques and its quality parameters Digital Presentation Techniques The subject aims at developing student portfolios by learning Flash software for presentation & Photoshop software for image correction of scanned work. It also involves compilation of students' best work in form of a consolidated Digital portfolio. Design Colloquium The subject gives an opportunity to students, to research available knowledge on design, fashion, textiles and business responses to a pre-identified problem pertaining to global issues, new technology, trends, changes in life style to evolve a solution/strategy for its solution and articulate it in the form of a written knowledge & presentation. Sustainable Design The subject builds understanding, awareness, and comfort using sustainability criteria and frameworks, the vocabulary of the sustainability industry. It also teaches the processes and principles required to make sustainable change in design business. Appreciation of World Textiles The subject provides an understanding of textiles across the world, familiarizing with regional variations in form, colour, motifs & techniques to enable students to build a visual language / vocabulary. Professional Ethics and Responsibilities The subject develops an understanding of the dynamics of business in the design context along with preparing various types of contracts. For restricted use within NIFT only. 110

125 academic planning & curriculum It involves assimilating knowledge of procedures followed in professional companies particularly with respect to practice, as designers in the industry. SEMESTER VII Advanced Design Project The subject inculcates research in fashion, apparel and home fashion market, to demonstrate ability in interpretation of trends in fashion, color, fabrics and techniques, and develop a collection of swatches, explorations and concepts involving experimental use of different mediums & techniques to create original designs for fabrics for Home or Apparel. Industry Internship The subject imparts knowledge of a fashion/textile industry in terms of organization structure, infrastructure, product range, materials & manufacturing processes, costing, design management, quality control, marketing & distribution and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). Entrepreneurship Management The subject introduces students to the process of start-up, rules, regulations, formalities and procedures involved in setting up new economy enterprises through various routes. CAD - Jacquard The subject aims to understand textile design software for creation and production of jacquard designs, scanning, cleaning, repeat seating & punch card or graph generation. It includes design examination, understanding the process of complicated weave applications and process for conver ting design into handloom or electronic jacquard machines. Department Electives: Visual Merchandising The subject aims to develop the understanding of the usage of elements of design, different media, material, light and sound for an effective display. It also develops awareness about space, appropriate structural fixtures and display elements. Non-loom Techniques The subject aims to develop the understanding of the usage of relevant material for various selected non-loom techniques and their usage in fashion products. Advanced pattern making & construction methods The subject aims to develop basic pattern for menswear, dart manipulation and designing women's dress, construction of shirt with Band collar, patch pocket, yoke, shirt placket, sleeve with cuff and placket and construction of trousers with waist band, Zipper finish, in-seam pockets and welt pockets. Common Electives: Students select two common electives offered by other design departments. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation Project is a 18 weeks client sponsored industry project. The project is to demonstrate the application of various academics inputs and its adaptation in real life industry situation. This leads to developing a client briefed collection of textiles in the area of Garments or Home Fashion with the sponsoring company (b) B. Des (TEXTILE DESIGN) onwards SEMESTER III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Elements of Textile Design The subject aims to develop understanding of the basic elements & principles of design, understanding components of basic design process and to develop conceptual explorations involving an innovative and experimental use of different elements of design. Woven Structure I The subject aims to develop understanding of the term 'Textile' in context of weaving and the fundamentals of warp and weft. It includes the study of the table top loom and development of basic weaving skills with the technical knowledge of variations. Textile Science The subject aims to develop understanding of Textile Industries in India and sources of textile materials, properties of textile materials, with end uses and market needs for apparel and furnishing products. Surface Techniques I The subject aims at developing understanding of the different techniques of surface ornamentation focused on embroidery and resist dyeing techniques. It also provide insight into designing products keeping in mind the requirements and limitations of the selected technique and its quality parameters. Digital Imaging & Editing Techniques The subject initiates students to computer generated textile design and developing skills of drawing textile motifs using digital imaging and editing techniques. It includes understanding digital color theory, textile color theory, the process of separation / films for different styles of printing, handling different repeats for pattern creation and integrating techniques of printing. 111 For restricted use within NIFT only.

126 Traditional Indian Textiles I The subject aims at initiating students to the textile crafts of India through the ages which includes identification of the technique and its socio-economic implication. It traces the evolution of techniques and designs over a period of time focusing mainly on the embroidered and resist dyed textiles. Fashion Studies The subject aims at providing an understanding of business, sociology, language and various components of fashion. It provides a comprehensive understanding of visual aesthetics in fashion, the fashion dynamics vis a vis culture. SEMESTER IV Textile Design Techniques The subject aims to develop an understanding of the basic elements and principles for surface design development of textiles and conceptual explorations involving an innovative use of mixed media and techniques to create original and simulated designs for fashion fabrics. Woven Structure II The subject aims to develop understanding of the behavior, characteristics, properties and surface textures generated by woven construction of fabrics towards the manipulation of surface characteristics of woven fabrics and exploration of weft of different materials and recognizing the physical and visual potential. Textile Chemical Processing I The subject gives an overview of major segments of the textile industry in order to familiarize students to chemical processing and its role in design and production of textiles. Textile Chemical Processing Practical I The subject gives a practical orientation to the course detailed above through an understanding of pretreatment methods on cotton, wool and silk and understanding the basics of dyeing techniques on cotton material. CAD Print The subject introduces textile design print production software and using specialized CAD software learn scanning ( digitizing), cleaning, repeat setting & film generation to create co-ordinates & color-ways of available designs. Traditional Indian Textiles II The subject sensitizes students to the textile crafts of India, through an appreciation of it's unfolding through the ages, focusing on painted, printed and woven textiles. Research methodology The subject sensitizes and provides an overview of qualitative research methodology for effective visual documentation and communication for various Fashion & Textile organization. Students learn the basic principles of research and learn various methods available for collecting and analyzing data Surface techniques II The subject allows the students to develop understanding of the different techniques of surface ornamentation viz patchwork and block printing. Students learn to examine materials and equipment required for a particular technique of value addition. It also provides an insight into designing products keeping in mind the requirements and limitations of the selected technique and its quality parameters SEMESTER V Print Design Project The project is developed to enhance the understanding and articulation of the development of coordinates and collections for textile design (furnishing, apparel and accessories). It requires application of skills for innovative use of mixed media and techniques for a research product, market and use. Advanced Woven Structures The subject is to developed to understand advanced and compound weaves, their usage and characteristics in order to set-up the warp and understand the usage of different reeds, denting methods, the principles of warp length and width calculation for sample weaving. Textile Chemical Processing II The subject introduces students to dyeing and printing of fiber and fabrics using various dyes and pigments and other mechanical and chemical finishing of dyed and printed textiles. Textile Chemical Processing Practical II The subject gives a practical processing aspect to the subject detailed above course through the basics of dyeing techniques on protein and synthetic fibers and understanding printing methods and chemical ingredients on woven fabric and finishing of different types of fabrics based on end use. CAD - Dobby & Carpet The subject introduces Textile Design woven production software for carpet & dobby using specialized CAD software. Students create concept samples by using basic weaves to understand the process of converting graph design into handloom and shuttle less looms. Craft Research and Documentation The subject develops the ability to co-relate learning from diagnostic study to development of craft based textile products in order to maximize the potential of the specific crafts to achieve better marketability involving formulation of design criteria, conceptualization, actual realization and communication. Business in Design The subject enables the students to draw knowledge from generic marketing and apply the principles and concepts to the fashion industry with specific reference to apparel / Home Textiles. It also enables impart knowledge of merchandising principles and technique, particularly with reference to apparel industry. For restricted use within NIFT only. 112

127 academic planning & curriculum Pattern Making & Construction Methods (A) Pattern Making The subject develops the understanding of body and flat measurement, sizes of cushion covers, pillows and quilts and Industrial dress form. It includes understanding of industrial pattern making tools, their uses, industrial pattern making process and industry spec-sheet. (B) Garment Construction The subject introduces students to different kinds of seam and seam finishing, necklines, collars, sleeves, plackets, cuff and pockets and skill of operating the machine for garment construction. SEMESTER VI Fabric Studies & Styling The subject develops the ability to analyze, interpret and articulate inherent characteristics of a given textile product and textile fabrics in terms of their intended use. Students develop a product line with styled fabrics and present showing accurate interpretations. Woven Design Project The subject creates an understanding of various textile surfaces that can be achieved by weaving relevant to a proper theme and color forecast. It also includes understanding of schematic way of design methodology i.e. theme, color story, product, market, cost and materials etc. Fabric Quality Assurance The subject develops an understanding of quality for product development, product evaluation and customer satisfaction. Students learn to integrate the properties of textile materials with end uses and market needs. Surface Design project The subject develops the understanding of the different techniques of surface ornamentation viz block printing, fabric manipulation and patch work or value addition. Students also develop experimental and innovative swatches keeping in mind the requirement and limitations of the selected techniques and its quality parameters. Digital Presentation Techniques The subject aims at learning and application Flash, Director softwares for presentation & Photoshop software for image correction of scanned work. It also involves compilation of students' best work in form of a consolidated Digital portfolio. Design Colloquium The subject gives an opportunity to students to research available knowledge on design, fashion, textiles and business responses to a pre-identified problem pertaining to global issues, new technology, trends, changes in life style to evolve a solution/strategy for its solution and articulate it in the form of a presentation. Sustainable Design The subject builds understanding, awareness, and comfort using sustainability criteria and frameworks, the vocabulary of the sustainability industry, and the processes and principles required to make sustainable change in design business. Appreciation of World Textiles The subject provides an understanding of textiles across the world, familiarizing with regional variations in form, colour, motifs & techniques to enable students to build a visual language / vocabulary. Professional Ethics and Responsibilities The subject develops an understanding the dynamics of business in the design context along with preparing various types of contracts. It involves assimilating knowledge of procedures followed in professional companies particularly with respect to practice as designers in the industry. SEMESTER VII Advanced Design Project The subject inculcates research in fashion, apparel and home fashion market, to demonstrate ability in interpretation of trends in fashion, color, fabrics and techniques, and develop a collection of swatches, explorations and concepts involving experimental use of different mediums & techniques to create original designs for fabrics for Home or Apparel. Industry Internship The subject imparts knowledge of a fashion/textile industry in terms of organization structure, infrastructure, product range, materials & manufacturing processes, costing, design management, quality control, marketing & distribution and Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). Entrepreneurship Management The subject introduces students to the process of start-up, rules, regulations, formalities and procedures involved in setting up new economy enterprises through various routes. CAD - Jacquard The subject aims to understand textile design software for creation and production of jacquard designs, scanning, cleaning, repeat seating & punch card or graph generation. It includes design examination, understanding the process of complicated weave applications and process for conver ting design into handloom or electronic jacquard machines. Department Electives: Visual Merchandising The subject aims to develop the understanding of the usage of elements of design, different media, material, light and sound for an effective display. It also develops awareness about space, appropriate structural fixtures and display elements. 113 For restricted use within NIFT only.

128 Textile Art The course introduces textile art - two-dimensional and threedimensional textile structures. It helps students to explore the concepts, material and techniques used in textile art, comprehend the application of different textile techniques (fibre art and fabric art) in textile art and to orient students to visualize and develop 2D and 3D structures. Advanced pattern making & construction methods The subject aims to develop basic pattern for menswear, dart manipulation and designing women's dress, construction of shirt with Band collar, patch pocket, yoke, shirt placket, sleeve with cuff and placket and construction of trousers with waist band, Zipper finish, in-seam pockets and welt pockets. Textiles for apparel The subject provides an understanding of Textiles for Apparels in terms of organization of the Apparel Industry in India, on the selection of fabrics and classification based on aesthetics and commercial aspects. Floor Covering The subject helps to understand - the term Floor coverings in context of weaving parts, the simple structures of floor coverings & practice the same on the graph paper, the function of various looms used in making the floor coverings and develop basic weaving skills in floor coverings. It also helps students to familiarize with most commonly used techniques in the floor coverings and to use the theoretical information in weaving of the floor covering samples. Common Electives: Students select two common electives offered by other design departments. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project The graduation Project is an 18 weeks client sponsored industry project. The project is to demonstrate the application of various academics inputs and its adaptation in real life industry situation. This leads to developing a collection of textiles in the area of Garments or Home For restricted use within NIFT only. 114

129 academic planning & curriculum 3.6.7(a) B.Des (KNITWEAR DESIGN) SEMESTER III Fashion Art & Illustration The course aims to develop hand drawing skills related to a thorough understanding of human anatomy and movement of the human body. It helps to develop an understanding of drape & fall of garment based on fit, knit weight and texture. Flat Knitting The course aims to develop an understanding of knitting technology. It gives knowledge of hand knitting to machine knitting, knitting elements and design setting elements, abbreviations, knitting symbols, basic knit structures, Jacquard knitting, Intarsia knitting and machine attachments. Basic Pattern Making The course aims to understand Body and Flat measurement for women, industrial pattern making tools, and process to learn pattern production terms and industry Spec-Sheet. It helps students to learn develop patterns of various components of garment and transfer on the fabric. Introduction to Garment Construction The course aims to understand the different type of industrial sewing machines, their parts and operations, basics of sewing, skills related to construction of a garment and assembling the various components into a garment. Photography and Editing Technique The subject aims to understand photography as a technique for documentation and how to operate photography equipment. Emphasis is on digital photography and use of editing softwares to create aesthetic and good quality imagery for design project documentation, presentation and publication. Design Application for Fashion The course aims to understand the application of Elements and Principles of design to Knit fabric and apparel. It seeks to explore the implication of design elements towards aesthetic appeal to the fabric / garment & principles of design in understanding silhouette, drape, feel and visual impact. Basic Textiles The course aims to impart knowledge on the basic steps involved in processing of textile materials (fiber, yarns and fabric), and to integrate the properties of textile materials with end uses and market needs. History of World Costumes The course aims to understand the nuances of ancient world costumes through the ages, helps to examine the range and multiplicity of costume, coiffure and ornaments in various ages based on classes and communities and correlate period costumes in different geographical and socio-cultural contexts. Traditional Indian Textiles The course aims to appreciate traditional textiles of India vis-à-vis their material, form, texture, color and decoration and to develop an understanding of techniques and processes used in textiles of India to appreciate, assimilate and adapt this knowledge for design ideation & inspiration. SEMESTER IV Digital Fashion Illustration The course aims to develop digital fashion illustration, and digital fabric and print designs. It provides understanding of the different CAD tools for digital rendering with different complexities of rendering techniques. Trends and Forecasting The course aims to understand the trends in fashion across product categories, their influencing factors and trend movement to consumer behavior with various forecasting tools and interpret them to different levels of fashion business. Pattern Making for Knits (Women's wear) The course aims to analyze existing garments as well as reproduce the same, to help students understand the concepts in pattern making for women's wear and bifurcated garment and develop patterns for different styles of women's wear from photographs / sketches/ Industry Spec-Sheet. Garment Construction for Knits (Women's wear) The course aims to understand the different types of stitching operations, to learn the skills of different aspects related to construction of a garment. It teaches the assembly of the various components into a garment choice of most appropriate fabric & finishing techniques. Surface Embellishment The course aims to develop understanding of the different techniques of surface ornamentation through exploration of various traditional techniques and fabric manipulation techniques on knitted /woven fabrics keeping in mind the requirements and limitations of different material and techniques. Dyeing and Finishing This course aims to impart knowledge on the importance of chemical processing of textile products, methods of pre-treatment, dyeing and finishing of different textile materials. Design Process The course aims to develop an in-depth understanding of creative process of design, to understand design research, analysis & synthesis to achieve design solutions. It teaches the use of the various tools of creative thinking & visualization to understand design methodology. 115 For restricted use within NIFT only.

130 Hand knitting Techniques The course aims to give an overview of hand needle- based knitting techniques & the usage of loop formation for complex knitting structures. It teaches the application of hand knitting techniques to design products and the ability to work with symbols. Circular Knitting The course aims to understand Knitting Technology and Knitting Machine; teaches the basics of machine knitting operations, terms, abbreviations, symbols and methods of developing various knitted fabrics using different techniques and characteristics of knitting technology. SEMESTER V Technical Specification & Virtual Sampling The course aims at understanding technical drawings, product prototyping and technical presentation of the product using 3-D CAD applications in virtual sampling. Pattern Making for Knits (Men's wear) The course aims at understand men's body structure, flat measurement, to provide knowledge into Men's wear industrial pattern making. It also teaches to draft various styles of men's wear. Garment Construction for Knits (Men's wear) The course aims at construction of different garments with various knitted fabric along with added features for men's wear. It leads the students to interrelate these features to menswear garment creation. Draping for Knits The course aims to the human body proportions and contours, to visualize and create three dimensional patterns directly on the dress form. Students learn to drape and manipulate the fabric for achieving the desired fit and style. Print Design for Knits The course aims to understand development of print suitable for knitted products, integrating application of skills involved in an innovative use of mixed media and techniques for the development of print design. Students develop technical knowledge and concept for conversion of print onto actual fabrics. Knitwear Production & Planning (Flat &Circular) The course aims to understand the requirements and process flow for mass production for knitwear and introduces aspects of production planning, types of production systems and the garment manufacturing process from fabric to finished goods. Product Development in circular knits The course aims to develop creative direction for product design, to understand the client, market and current trends. Students learn the application of creative concept development and product presentation. Computerized Flat Knitting The course teaches basics of a computerized knitting machine as a design tool in order to design fabric and helps students understand methods of developing various fabrics structures using different techniques and fundamentals of knitting machinery and process. Craft Research and Documentation The course aims to sensitize students to uniqueness and limitation of a craft through an orientation to the concept of craft sector/ cluster. Students develop the ability to correlate learning from diagnostic study and secondary data to explore the possibility of developing craft based textile products in the cluster to maximize the potential of the specific craft. SEMESTER VI Portfolio Development The course aims to develop ideas of aesthetic and the technical digital presentation through use of Flash, structuring a collection and getting an outcome of portfolio work in digital and document format. Pattern Making & Garment Construction for Knits (Sportswear) The course aims to categorize sports for designing respective sportswear and to analyze the selection of fabric, silhouette, trims etc for specific sportswear through latest developments of fabric, and various finishes possible in fabric and seams and to design as per specific requirement in the category. Pattern Making & Garment Construction for Knits (Kids wear) The course aims to familiarize students with Kids wear market, with special reference to local and international brands, different categories of Kids wear like comfort, safety, growth allowance, self help features etc. Students learn to design according to the requirement & the latest development in the Kids wear segment. Computerized Pattern Making and Grading for Knits The course aims to develop understanding of concept of pattern making, Grading and Marker making on computers through CAD S/W. It familiarizes the students with common terminology and tools of the identified CAD S/W. Quality Assurance for Knitwear This course aims to the basic quality requirements of knits as per the end use. It introduces techniques and standards used to evaluate the quality of knitted fabrics and garments at different stages of production as an aspect of quality control. Advanced Knitting The course aims to advanced knitting technology, knitting machines and to explain the methods of developing various knitted fabrics and garments using different advanced techniques, machinery and process. Product Development in Flat Knits The course aims to develop the creative direction for flat knit product design and to understand the client, market and trends by using For restricted use within NIFT only. 116

131 academic planning & curriculum various design research tools. Students learn pattern making and garment construction techniques applicable to flat knits and the creative applications of the same for flat knitted apparel design. Fashion Marketing and Merchandising The course aims to equip students towards managing merchandise for retail and export setups and to relate product, range development and merchandise flow as per consumer preferences. Knowledge on costing, pricing and parameters for cost quotations are also emphasized. SEMESTER VII Colloquium on Global Issues in Design The course provides an overview of qualitative research methodology for effective visual documentation and communication, to understand the basic principles of research and learn various methods available for collecting and analyzing data sensitive to the socio-cultural and economic context of craft/ SME production environment in India. Design & Development for women's intimate apparel (knits) The course aims to the female anatomy for lingerie. It introduces the sizing of intimate apparel highlighting issues of comfort, fit and cut of Lingerie. Students are also familiarized with quality parameters & the specialized machinery and equipment for lingerie construction. Entrepreneurship The course aims to build entrepreneurial skills for setting up and running individual manufacturing unit / retail outlets. To make students understand the concept of entrepreneurship as a bundle of skills and abilities to innovate, sustain and develop a brand / organization and also to manage a project from concept to implementation. World Knitwear Industry The course aims to give insight into the Indian as well as global knitwear industry scenario with cost factors, pricing and procedures and policies for knitwear industry, to make students understand and appreciate strategies for global knit retailing, various regulatory and documentary requirements. Advanced Professional Practices This course aims to impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the subject of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. Department Electives: Creative Design & Development The course aims to develop conceptualization of experimental interpretations and explorations of design and to innovate conventional percepts of pattern making by radically differentiating apparel styling to stimulate development of individual and original design from concept to finished garment. Retail Space Design The course aims to develop elements and principles of layout for specific display to strengthen aesthetic visualization. Students appreciate display and exhibition and the basic stages in developing a promotional presentation concept from the initial presentation idea to the final display. Retail Buying The course aims to develop the understanding and application of principles, processes and techniques to buy merchandise for a retail store. Students gain an understanding on effective buying and allocation and management of inventory towards maximizing sales and margins for the store/ brand. Fashion / Product Photography The course aims to develop skill in photography as a creative medium to communicate design concepts and to be able to articulate with the elements of the imagery captured, the mood and their interaction with light, depth, colors, lines and composition of the imagery. Image & Fashion Styling The course aims to develop fashion as a concept, psychology & style. Fashion trends, hair & makeup trends silhouette and personality in context to changing trends in fashion for execution of styling for still & motion imagery are emphasized. Industry Internship The course aims to provide the Knitwear Design students with a professional design experience by familiarizing them with a working knowledge of the functioning of the apparel industry and the relationship between design and production. The students develop practical orientation towards the functioning of the apparel industry. Interning trainees can contribute to the industry in the areas of design, sample development and merchandising. Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered across design streams- differ from center to center SEMESTER VIII Knitwear Design Collection The Design Collection is a culmination of various inputs offered over seven semesters. The ability to blend constantly evolving technology and trends with an individual design aesthetic sets the tone for each collection. The Design Collection is seen as a culmination of knowledge, skills and industry understanding specific to the area of Knitwear design. It is an opportunity for the students to put forward their vision of the product in the format of a well-researched Design Collection. 117 For restricted use within NIFT only.

132 3.6.7(b) B. Des (KNITWEAR DESIGN) onwards SEMESTER III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Fashion Art & Illustration The course aims to develop hand drawing skills related to a through understanding of human anatomy and movement of the human body. It helps to develop an understanding of drape & fall of garment based on fit, knit weight and texture. Flat Knitting The course aims to develop an understanding of knitting technology. It gives knowledge of hand knitting to machine knitting, knitting elements and design setting elements, abbreviations, knitting symbols, basic knit structures, Jacquard knitting, Intarsia knitting and machine attachments. Basic Pattern Making The course aims to understand Body and Flat measurement for women, industrial pattern making tools, and process to learn pattern production terms and industry Spec-Sheet. It helps students to learn develop patterns of various components of garment and transfer on the fabric. Introduction to Garment Construction The course aims to understand the different types of industrial sewing machines, their parts and operations, basics of sewing, skills related to construction of a garment and assembling the various components into a garment. Photography and Editing Technique The subject aims to understand photography as a technique for documentation and how to operate photography equipment. Emphasis is on digital photography and use of editing softwares to create aesthetic and good quality imagery for design project documentation, presentation and publication. Design Application for Fashion The course aims to understand the application of Elements and Principles of design to knit fabric and apparel. It seeks to explore the implication of design elements towards aesthetic appeal to the fabric / garment & principles of design in understanding silhouette, drape, feel and visual impact. Basic Textiles The course aims to impart knowledge on the basic steps involved in processing of textile materials (fiber, yarns and fabric), and to integrate the properties of textile materials with end uses and market needs. History of World Costumes The course aims to understand the nuances of ancient world costumes through the ages, helps to examine the range and multiplicity of costume, coiffure and ornaments in various ages based on classes and communities and correlate period costumes in different geographical and socio-cultural contexts. Traditional Indian Textiles The course aims to appreciate traditional textiles of India vis-à-vis their material, form, texture, color and decoration and to develop an understanding of techniques and processes used in textiles of India to appreciate, assimilate and adapt this knowledge for design ideation & inspiration. SEMESTER IV Digital Fashion Illustration The course aims to develop digital fashion illustration, and digital fabric and print designs. It provides understanding of the different CAD tools for digital rendering with different complexities of rendering techniques. Trends and Forecasting The course aims to understand the trends in fashion across product categories, their influencing factors and trend movement to consumer behavior with various forecasting tools and interpret them to different levels of fashion business. Pattern Making for Knits (Women's wear) The course aims to analyze existing garments as well as reproduce the same, to help students understand the concepts in pattern making for women's wear and bifurcated garment and develop patterns for different styles of women's wear from photographs / sketches/ Industry Spec-Sheet. Garment Construction for Knits (Women's wear) The course aims to understand the different types of stitching operations, to learn the skills of different aspects related to construction of a garment. It teaches the assembly of the various components into a garment choice of most appropriate fabric & finishing techniques. Surface Embellishment The course aims to develop understanding of the different techniques of surface ornamentation through exploration of various traditional techniques and fabric manipulation techniques on knitted /woven fabrics keeping in mind the requirements and limitations of different material and techniques. Dyeing and Finishing This course aims to impart knowledge on the importance of chemical processing of textile products, methods of pre-treatment, dyeing and finishing of different textile materials. Design Process The course aims to develop an in-depth understanding of creative process of design, to understand design research, analysis & For restricted use within NIFT only. 118

133 academic planning & curriculum synthesis to achieve design solutions. It teaches the use of the various tools of creative thinking & visualization to understand design methodology. Hand knitting Techniques The course aims to give an overview of hand needle- based knitting techniques & the usage of loop formation for complex knitting structures. It teaches the application of hand knitting techniques to design products and the ability to work with symbols. Circular Knitting The course aims to understand Knitting Technology and Knitting Machine; teaches the basics of machine knitting operations, terms, abbreviations, symbols and methods of developing various knitted fabrics using different techniques and characteristics of knitting technology. SEMESTER V Technical Specification & Virtual Sampling The course aims at understanding technical drawings, product prototyping and technical presentation of the product using 3-D CAD applications in virtual sampling. Pattern Making for Knits (Men's wear) The course aims at understand men's body structure, flat measurements, to provide knowledge of Men's wear industrial pattern making. It also teaches drafting of various styles of men's wear. Garment Construction for Knits (Men's wear) The course aims at construction of different garments with various knitted fabric along with added features for men's wear. It leads the students to interrelate these features to menswear garment creation. Draping for Knits The course aims to the human body proportions and contours, to visualize and create three dimensional patterns directly on the dress form. Students learn to drape and manipulate the fabric for achieving the desired fit and style. Print Design for Knits The course aims to understand the development of prints suitable for knitted products, integrating application of skills involved in an innovative use of mixed media and techniques for the development of print design. Students develop technical knowledge and concept for conversion of print onto actual fabrics. Knitwear Production & Planning (Flat &Circular) The course aims to understand the requirements and process flow for mass production for knitwear and introduces aspects of production planning, types of production systems and the garment manufacturing process from fabric to finished goods. Product Development in circular knits The course aims to develop creative direction for product design, to understand the client, market and current trends. Students learn the application of creative concept development and product presentation. Computerized Flat Knitting The course teaches basics of a computerized knitting machine as a design tool in order to design fabric and helps students understand methods of developing various fabrics structures using different techniques and fundamentals of knitting machinery and process. Craft Research and Documentation (Held between the 4th & 5th semester) The course aims to sensitize students to the uniqueness of a craft through an orientation to the concept of craft sector/cluster. Students develop the ability to correlate learning from diagnostic study and secondary data to explore the possibility of developing craft based textile products in the cluster so as to maximize the potential of the specific craft. SEMESTER VI Portfolio Development The course aims to develop ideas of aesthetic and the technical digital presentation through use of Flash, structuring a collection and getting an outcome of por tfolio work in digital and document format. Sportswear The course aims to categorize sports for designing respective sportswear and to analyze the selection of fabric, silhouette, trims etc for specific sportswear through latest developments of fabric, and various finishes possible in fabric and seams and to design as per specific requirement in this category. Kidswear The course aims to familiarize students with Kidswear market, with special reference to local and international brands, different categories of Kidswear like comfort, safety, growth allowance, self help features etc. Students learn to design according to the requirement & the latest development in the Kidswear segment. Computerized Pattern Making and Grading for Knits The course aims to develop understanding of concept of pattern making, Grading and Marker making on computers through CAD S/W. It familiarizes the students with common terminology and tools of the identified CAD S/W. Quality Assurance for Knitwear This course aims to the basic quality requirements of knits as per the end use. It introduces techniques and standards used to evaluate the quality of knitted fabrics and garments at different stages of production as an aspect of quality control. Advanced Knitting The course aims at understanding advanced knitting technology, knitting machines and to learn a the methods of developing various knitted fabrics and garments using different advanced techniques, machinery and process. 119 For restricted use within NIFT only.

134 Product Development in Flat Knits The course aims to develop the creative direction for flat knit product design and to understand the client, market and trends by using various design research tools. Students learn pattern making and garment construction techniques applicable to flat knits and the creative applications of the same for flat knitted apparel design. Fashion Marketing and Merchandising The course aims to equip students towards managing merchandise for retail and export setups and to relate product, range development and merchandise flow as per consumer preferences. Knowledge on costing, pricing and parameters for cost quotations are also emphasized. SEMESTER VII Design and Market Research The course provides an overview of qualitative research methodology for effective visual documentation and communication, to understand the basic principles of research and learn various methods available for collecting and analyzing data sensitive to the socio-cultural and economic context of craft/ SME production environment in India. Design & Development for women's intimate apparel (knits) The course aims to the female anatomy for lingerie. It introduces the sizing of intimate apparel highlighting issues of comfort, fit and cut of lingerie. Students are also familiarized with quality parameters & the specialized machinery and equipment for lingerie construction. Entrepreneurship The course aims to build entrepreneurial skills for setting up and running individual manufacturing unit / retail outlets. To make students understand the concept of entrepreneurship as a bundle of skills and abilities to innovate, sustain and develop a brand / organization and also to manage a project from concept to implementation. World Knitwear Industry The course aims to give insight into the Indian as well as global knitwear industry scenario with cost factors, pricing and procedures and policies for knitwear industry, to make students understand and appreciate strategies for global knit retailing, various regulatory and documentary requirements. Advanced Professional Practices This course aims to impart a relatively advanced knowledge of the subject of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. Creative Design & Development (Dept. Elective) The course aims to develop conceptualization of experimental interpretations and explorations of design and to innovate conventional percepts of pattern making by radically differentiating apparel styling to stimulate development of individual and original design from concept to finished garment. Retail Space Design (Dept. Elective) The course aims to develop elements and principles of layout for specific display to strengthen aesthetic visualization. Students appreciate display and exhibition and the basic stages in developing a promotional presentation concept from the initial presentation idea to the final display. Retail Buying (Dept. Elective) The course aims to develop the understanding and application of principles, processes and techniques to buy merchandise for a retail store. Students gain an understanding on effective buying and allocation and management of inventory towards maximizing sales and margins for the store/ brand. Fashion / Product Photography (Dept. Elective) The course aims to develop skill in photography as a creative medium to communicate design concepts and to be able to articulate with the elements of the imagery captured, the mood and their interaction with light, depth, colors, lines and composition of the imagery. Image & Fashion Styling (Dept. Elective) The course aims to develop fashion as a concept, psychology & style. Fashion trends, hair & makeup trends silhouette and personality in context to changing trends in fashion for execution of styling for still & motion imagery are emphasized. Industry Internship (A summer internship between the 6th & 7th semester) The course aims to provide the Knitwear Design students with a professional design experience by familiarizing them with a working knowledge of the functioning of the apparel industry and the relationship between design and production. The students develop practical orientation towards the functioning of the apparel industry. Interning trainees can contribute to the industry in the areas of design, sample development and merchandising. Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered across design streams- differ from center to center SEMESTER VIII Knitwear Design Collection or Graduation Project The Graduation Project (Industry attached real life project) / Design Collection) is a culmination of various inputs offered over seven semesters. The ability to blend constantly evolving technology and trends with an individual design aesthetic sets the tone for each Collection/Graudation Project. It is seen as a culmination of knowledge, skills and industry understanding specific to the area of Knitwear design. It is an opportunity for the students to put forward their vision of the product in the format of a well-researched Design Collection / Graduation Project. For restricted use within NIFT only. 120

135 academic planning & curriculum 3.6.8(a) B. Des (FASHION COMMUNI- CATION) SEMESTER III Graphic Design - Level I The subject initiates understanding of principles & fundamentals of Graphic Design and appropriate application in Visual Communication. Students develop understanding & articulation of aesthetic principles & also develop skill of visualization & communication with production techniques of different media. Visual Merchandising - Level I The course is focused to train students in the area of display and exhibit design. It includes an understanding of space and support material in relation to the product to be displayed. The course is geared towards imparting training specifically in the area of retail design. Photography - Level I The subject develops basic competency in handling photography equipments and exploring components such as composition, interplay of light and shade and understanding grey values. The emphasis is on photography as a communication media. Integrated Term Project - I The subject is designed to collate learning of all courses undertaken in third semester with the intent to understand and exercise the role of a communication designer with acquired skills and knowledge, along with experiences of live projects / assignments and to consolidate it in the form of 'creative' as well as 'practical 'output. Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level I The subject explores visual language of design and creatively presents and represents existing and visualized environments using appropriate representation tools for various modes of Fashion Communication. Design Methodology Understanding and application of various tools that define the main activity of design and development process. It develops the ability to investigate and evaluate a given situation, formulate design criteria, and develop the ability to anticipate strategies and plan design activities within the context of market forces and consumer aspirations. History of Costumes The course is designed to provide a historical understanding of western costume and the development from pre historic to the modern age enabling the student to make relevant connections and offer critical analysis of the textual and visual information. Publication Design The subject focuses on publication design for effective report generation, layouts and documentation of projects with Graphics and Print Media and to create Brochures, Newsletters, Posters, Flyers & Magazines. Introduction to Marketing & Merchandising The subject introduces students to the marketing and merchandising functions of the fashion business to enable students to gain better understanding on markets and marketing concepts. Communication Concepts & Processes - Level I The course aims at broadening the understanding of communication through mass and other modes of communication and to apply effective communication skills in all aspects of Communication Design. History & Philosophy of Design - Level I The subject focuses on contextual development and design through case studies of different cultural contexts from the world and analyzing them in the context of India.It gives students a perspective of design which is both historical as well as contemporary through a study of the evolution of design & design philosophies of East and West. SEMESTER IV Graphic Design - Level II The subject explores the avenues of interaction between ideas, audience and visual design and thus prepares the students to communicate more effectively and to understand the advantages disadvantages of new media and processes. Visual Merchandising-Level II The course is focused to train the students in the art of Display Design for show windows, store display, exhibit design, display graphics and signage systems. Functional and decorative units of display and exhibits are designed and critiqued. Production material and techniques are introduced and reviewed. Photography - Level II The subject introduces students to color photography, studio lighting & portrait lighting. Students understand the behavior of natural and artificial light, reflectors & other light modifiers with an understanding of aesthetics, meaning and manipulation of color in photography. Composition and Portraiture are emphasized. Integrated Term Project - II The aim is to collate learning of all courses undertaken in four th semester with the intent to understand & exercise the role of a communication designer within the fashion industry through the development of Communication Design solutions for a Fashion Design event, Designer's collection or for a fashion, textile or handicraft design brand promotion. 121 For restricted use within NIFT only.

136 Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level II This course explores principles of form & space through construction in generating two dimensional forms & three dimensional spaces. The subject allows a through understanding of the properties and relation of scale in three-dimensional space and to understand material abilities / specifications and represent the same to facilitate fabrication / construction. Introduction to Written Communication The subject reiterates the elements of English grammar and language and encourages exploration of thinking and writing strategies. Students achieve effective communication of ideas through writing & understand the impact of different writing styles. Fashion Basics The course allows the students to develop an understanding of fundamentals of fashion. Further, the course understands market influences via fashion designers, fashion centers and brands and understands the relevance of forecasting in the fashion business. Design Interpretation on AutoCAD The subject gives a working knowledge and skill on AutoCAD in relation to the different drawing & modeling usages in Visual Communication Consumer Behavior in Fashion The course is aimed at developing the sensitivity to society, culture and personality in the consumer behavior. This helps the students in analyzing consumer motivation and decision making process. The course equips students with skills to analyze the complexities of consumer motivation & values and comprehension of the consumer decision making process. Communication Concepts & Processes - Level II The course entails an advanced level understanding of the of the communication process and understanding of the qualitative aspects i.e. media, media content, codes, audience, effects etc. with reference to the Fashion & Lifestyle industry in a variety of settings. History & Philosophy of Design - Level II The course initiates the students into the contextual study of the rise of design in India and the West. The subject allows the students to become aware of the evolution of design and importance of industrial revolution in the field of design enabling them to understand the different Design Movements. SEMESTER V Graphic Design - Level III This course covers the ground rules of printing process and enforces confidence to experiment, explore and understand the advantages & disadvantages of various media and processes. The subject explores the avenues of interaction between printing techniques, post printing finishes & paper formats available. For restricted use within NIFT only. 122 Visual Merchandising - Level III The course in Retail Display Design is focused to train students in the art of display design for a retail store. The course emphasizes on exploring various materials based on cost, wastage, practicality and reusability. The students are equipped to plan a Visual Merchandising Calendar which would include a promotional event. Photography - Level III The course is aimed to understand Product / Architectural / Interiors Photography and to understand the fundamentals of fashion photography through an understanding of the work done by other famous photographers. Nuances of form and its interaction with light & color are emphasized. Integrated Term Project - III The aim is to identify contemporary issues pertinent in the domain of fashion and communication and equip students with tools and techniques for research in the domain of fashion and communication. Craft Cluster Initiative The course introduces students to the concept of Craft Cluster. Students observe the complete existing communication system around the chosen craft form to record (visual documentation) the methods, message and media, which should eventually indicate possible communication systems. The understanding of the craft, the community & socio economic ethos of each craft, regional essence and visual feel of the cluster are emphasized. Fashion Journalism - Level I The course aims to foster analytical commentators who can create original and insightful ideas for print fashion & lifestyle journalism. Students write clear, concise, in-depth and innovative journalism. The course allows students to develop skills in identifying, researching and writing fashion & lifestyle related stories for a range of readership. Textile Appreciation The course provides a comprehensive exposure to the field of textiles vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle fundamentals of textiles along with appreciation of global textiles and understanding the behaviour and performance of textiles. Multimedia & Web Design Students are introduced to multimedia and web based presentations using Flash, bringing the awareness of the various tools used for the purpose of making such presentations. Students develop command over the comprehensive web based and multimedia tools to create animations / presentations & websites. Retail & Brand Management The course initiates the understanding of retailing as an industry and imparts knowledge and skills for retail management. Familiarity with the brand management in the fashion industry and understanding of the retail industry enables students to develop branding strategies in a competitive environment.

137 academic planning & curriculum Introduction to Advertising The course aims to understand the role and scope of advertising vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle industry. Students understand advertisement agency structure and its specialized departments. The course study entails advertisement planning and strategies, concept of advertising and the necessity of adver tising in this competitive scenario, both in fashion & lifestyle industry and retail industry. SEMESTER VI Graphic Design - Level IV The course aims at understanding the basic fundamentals of symbol/ logo/ type design to analyze and understand the sociocultural context of symbols and icons. Students learn to build an identity using the symbol and other appropriate media. Visual Merchandising - Level IV This course deals with advance study of retail environments, the different formats and factors which govern design in each format. It familiarizes students with the concept of Brand Identity and its application in various areas of Visual Merchandising to create sustained recall values for a brand. Photography - Level IV The Course introduces students to fashion photography, making them familiar with the processes of Pre-Production, Production, and Post-Production of fashion Photography. Integrated Term Project - IV The Course entails an opportunity for study in any area of research pertaining to global Communication issues related to ecology, new technology, trends, and changes in life style. The subject encourages students to evolve a self-initiated thinking process, building upon the skill and knowledge base acquired in the previous semester. Event Management The subject enables the students to develop an understanding of various aspects of holding a successful event from planning to execution. Fashion Journalism - Level II The Course entails the study of operations and structure of fashion magazines / newspapers to foster an understanding of publication design and to conceptualize and create a magazine. The subject provides a focused opportunity for effective writing for a select audience. Fashion Styling The subject aims at employing historical and contemporary imagery in developing fashion images that are fresh & innovative and to train students to develop a 'visual eye' and to 'style' a complete Look. Design Interpretation on 3D Max Level - I This course enables students to create 3D design for product prototyping, animations and to create photorealistic images and rendering sequences for 3D animations for multimedia productions, broadcasting and space design. Public Relations The course equips the students with tools and techniques of Public Relations as practiced by the retail, fashion and design industry. The subject lays emphasis on effective brand management. Creative Advertising & Media Planning The course equips the students with the tools and techniques of creating advertisements for different media and allows the students to understand the importance of research before actualizing an advertisement concept. The course also touches upon the basics of adver tising campaign for fashion, lifestyle and retail industry along with understanding the nature of media and its effect on consumers. SEMESTER VII Graphic Design - Level V The course aims to understand the basic fundamentals of Packaging Design. The subject allows the students to analyse and understand the materials & processes in packaging; the structure, function & utility of packaging; use of the graphic elements in packaging. Exhibition & Display Design This course rounds up the knowledge of display design learnt in the previous semesters into a complete experience design. Students integrate the skills in graphics and other communication arts into creating effective communicative environments. The course instills an awareness of various avenues for designing communicative environments such as museums, trade shows etc. Industry Internship (Between VI & VII Semester) Industry Internship is an integral part of Fashion Communication programme and is drawn towards appreciation and working knowledge of the industry. Colloquium Paper Colloquium Paper initiates industry interface through interaction, dialogue and collaboration. It reflects primary & contextual issues and concerns of fashion environment in Visual Merchandising, Graphic Design, Styling & Photography, Fashion Journalism, and other forms of Fashion Promotion. It also illustrates assimilation, articulation, application and innovation in relation to communication tools, techniques & strategies and articulates fresh & innovative perceptions to evolve a design strategy through effective application of communication design. 123 For restricted use within NIFT only.

138 Design Management & Entrepreneurship The course develops an understanding of 'design' and the 'designer' from the management perspective and the importance of Design Strategies. Professional Ethics & Responsibilities The course imparts advanced knowledge of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. Design Interpretation on 3D Max Level - II This course enables the students to create 3D product design for prototype development, photorealistic rendered sequences for 3D animations, multimedia productions, broadcast and the web. Students create virtual space design for specifics such as Visual Merchandising. Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered across UG design streams. Presentation Techniques The subject covers the ground rules of presentation design and enforces confidence to experiment & explore and understand the advantages, disadvantages of new media and processes so as to communicate more effectively, Product Photography The course aims at understanding the lighting fundamentals of product photography in relation to fashion. The subject allows the students to articulate a mood or theme through compositions. The class set is sensitized to the effect of lighting in colour photography. Students learn to work with products in studio and outdoor lighting conditions. Photo Journalism The course emphasizes the fundamentals of photojournalism and work done by photojournalists. Students understand the nuances of Photojournalism and the role of a photojournalist in an organization. Department Elective Prop Design The course develops the understanding of product-prop relationship and the appeal of a creative prop as a communication technique. Signage Design The course aims to understand the importance of Signage Design and analyzes different types of signage design. It helps to understand the diversity and complexity of human ergonomics and its effect on signage design. Traditional Folk Media The subject offers an introduction to the scope & potential of Traditional Folk Forms of India such as Puppetry, Kawar, Ganjeefa cards, Katha etc. in the field of Communication Design. For restricted use within NIFT only. 124 Calligraphy This course offers an introduction to the scope & potential of traditional calligraphy in the field of Communication Design. Light, Sound & Set Design The course aims at developing the understanding of the technicality involved in Sound, Light and Set Design and different kinds of materials and production techniques used in Set Design. It helps to understand principles and qualities of sound & light. Non-Linear Editing The students are exposed to Non-linear tools for making multimedia presentation and special effects on moving graphics and movies. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project This project has a strong industry focus. The successful completion of the programme depends on the students' ability to professionally demonstrate all round competence to a real life Industry project. The 18 week duration project encompasses areas such as Visual Merchandising, Styling, Graphic Design, Fashion Journalism, Photography, Display and Exhibit Design., Advertising and Public Relations and creative lighting specific in fashion and life style industry (b) B. Des (FASHION COMMUNI- CATION) onwards SEMESTER III Summer Project The subject aims to inculcate the ability to study a particular topic and document the information in a visual and /or textual format to form an academically relevant paper. Graphic Design - Level I The subject initiates understanding of principles & fundamentals of Graphic Design and appropriate application in Visual Communication. Students develop understanding & articulation of aesthetic principles & also develop skill of visualization & communication with production techniques of different media. Visual Merchandising - Level I The course is focused to train students in the area of display and exhibit design. It includes an understanding of space and support material in relation to the product to be displayed. The course is geared towards imparting training specifically in the area of retail design. Photography - Level I The subject develops basic competency in handling photography equipments and exploring components such as composition,

139 academic planning & curriculum interplay of light and shade and understanding grey values. The emphasis is on photography as a communication media. Fashion Basics - Level I The course allows the students to develop an understanding of fundamentals of fashion. Further, the course understands market influences via fashion designers, fashion centers and brands. The course is geared towards sensitizing the students with the 'fashion vocabulary'. Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level I The subject explores visual language of design and creatively presents and represents existing and visualized environments using appropriate representation tools for various modes of Fashion Communication. Design Methodology The Course entails the understanding and application of various tools that define the main activity of design and development process. It develops the ability to investigate and evaluate a given situation, formulate design criteria, and develop the ability to anticipate strategies and plan design activities within the context of market forces and consumer aspirations. Costumes Appreciation (Western) The course provides a historical understanding of world costume and its development from prehistoric to the modern age. The emphasis is on allowing the students to make relevant connections and offer critical analysis of textual and visual information in relation to Costumes (Western). Introduction to Marketing & Merchandising The subject introduces students to the marketing and merchandising functions of the fashion business to enable students to gain better understanding on markets and marketing concepts. Communication Concepts & Processes - Level I The course aims at broadening the understanding of communication through mass and other modes of communication and to apply effective communication skills in all aspects of Communication Design. History & Philosophy of Design - Level I The subject focuses on contextual development and design through case studies of different cultural contexts from the world and analyzing them in the context of India.It gives students a perspective of design which is both historical as well as contemporary through a study of the evolution of design & design philosophies of East and West. SEMESTER IV Graphic Design - Level II The course emphasizes the basic fundamentals of Symbol/logo/ logotype design. The subject allows the students to analyse, synthesise and communicate the same through symbols. The subject explores the avenues of interaction between ideas, audience and visual design and thus prepares the students to communicate more effectively and to create an identity using the symbol and other appropriate mediums Visual Merchandising-Level II The course is focused to train the students in the art of Display Design for show windows, store display, exhibit design, display graphics and signage systems. Functional and decorative units of display and exhibits are designed and critiqued. Production material and techniques are introduced and reviewed. Photography - Level II The subject introduces students to color photography, studio lighting & portrait lighting. Students understand the behavior of natural and artificial light, reflectors & other light modifiers with an understanding of aesthetics, meaning and manipulation of color in photography. Composition and Portraiture are emphasized. Fashion Basics - Level II This course fosters an advanced understanding of fundamentals of Fashion. An introduction to 'Fashion Illustration' allows the students to develop skills in developing a free distinctive style of drawing combined with analytical skills of visual assessment. This subject is an enabler in understanding the process & relevance of forecasting in the fashion business. Graphical Representation & Technical Drawing - Level II This course explores principles of form & space through construction in generating two dimensional forms & three dimensional spaces. The subject allows a through understanding of the properties and relation of scale in three-dimensional space and to understand material abilities / specifications and represent the same to facilitate fabrication / construction. Introduction to Written Communication The subject reiterates the elements of English grammar and language and encourages exploration of thinking and writing strategies. Students achieve effective communication of ideas through writing & understand the impact of different writing styles. Costume and Textile Appreciation The course provides a historical understanding of Indian costume and its development over time. The emphasis is on allowing the students to make relevant connections and offer critical analysis of textual and visual information in relation to Costumes (Indian). The subject also introduces the students to the fundamentals of textiles. This course study provides a comprehensive exposure to the field of textiles vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle. Publication Design The subject focuses on publication design for effective report generation, layouts and documentation of projects with Graphics and Print Media and to create Brochures, Newsletters, Posters, Flyers & Magazines. 125 For restricted use within NIFT only.

140 Consumer Behavior in Fashion The course is aimed at developing the sensitivity to society, culture and personality in the consumer behavior. This helps the students in analyzing consumer motivation and decision making process. The course equips students with skills to analyze the complexities of consumer motivation & values and comprehension of the consumer decision making process. Communication Concepts & Processes - Level II The course entails an advanced level understanding of the of the communication process and understanding of the qualitative aspects i.e. media, media content, codes, audience, effects etc. with reference to the Fashion & Lifestyle industry in a variety of settings. History & Philosophy of Design - Level II The course initiates the students into the contextual study of the rise of design in India and the West. The subject allows the students to become aware of the evolution of design and importance of industrial revolution in the field of design enabling them to understand the different Design Movements. Research Methodology This subject comprehends the application & relevance of Research Methodology in the domain of Design Research. The course refers to the rationale and/ or the physical assumptions that underlie a particular study. The emphasis is on the constructive framework that defines procedures, definitions and techniques used as part of a research process. SEMESTER V Graphic Design - Level III This course covers the ground rules of graphic composition- Layout and enforces confidence to experiment, explore and understand the advantages & disadvantages of various media and processes. The subject explores the avenues of interaction between printing techniques, post printing finishes & paper formats available. Visual Merchandising - Level III The course in Retail Display Design is focused to train students in the art of display design for a retail store. The course emphasizes on exploring various materials based on cost, wastage, practicality and reusability. The students are equipped to plan a Visual Merchandising Calendar which would include a promotional event. Photography - Level III The course is aimed to understand Product / Architectural / Interiors Photography and to understand the fundamentals of fashion photography through an understanding of the work done by other famous photographers. Nuances of form and its interaction with light & color are emphasized. Integrated Term Project The aim is to identify contemporary issues pertinent in the domain of fashion and communication and equip students with tools and techniques for research in the domain of fashion and communication. Craft Cluster Initiative The course introduces students to the concept of Craft Cluster. Students observe the complete existing communication system around the chosen craft form to record (visual documentation) the methods, message and media, which should eventually indicate possible communication systems. The understanding of the craft, the community & socio economic ethos of each craft, regional essence and visual feel of the cluster are emphasized. Fashion Journalism - Level I The course aims to foster analytical commentators who can create original and insightful ideas for print fashion & lifestyle journalism. Students write clear, concise, in-depth and innovative journalism. The course allows students to develop skills in identifying, researching and writing fashion & lifestyle related stories for a range of readership. Fashion Styling - Level I The subject aims at employing historical and contemporary imagery in developing fashion images that are fresh & innovative and to train students to develop a 'visual eye' and to 'style' a complete Look. Design Interpretation on AutoCAD The subject gives a working knowledge and skill on AutoCAD in relation to the different drawing & modeling usages in Visual Communication Retail & Brand Management The course initiates the understanding of retailing as an industry and imparts knowledge and skills for retail management. Familiarity with the brand management in the fashion industry and understanding of the retail industry enables students to develop branding strategies in a competitive environment. Introduction to Advertising The course aims to understand the role and scope of advertising vis-à-vis fashion and lifestyle industry. Students understand advertisement agency structure and its specialized departments. The course study entails advertisement planning and strategies, concept of advertising and the necessity of advertising in this competitive scenario, both in fashion & lifestyle industry and retail industry. Systems Thinking This subject provides the students with an understanding of the value of 'Systems Thinking'. The course study introduces a language/ tool for assessing the quality of a design in terms of its effectiveness and efficiency. Further, the course also helps students improve their design processes and focus more effectively on design strategies that meet a purpose. For restricted use within NIFT only. 126

141 academic planning & curriculum SEMESTER VI Graphic Design - Level IV This course covers the ground rules of printing process and enforces confidence to experiment, explore and understand the advantages & disadvantages of various media and processes. The subject explores the avenues of interaction between printing techniques, post printing finishes & paper formats available. Visual Merchandising - Level IV This course deals with advance study of retail environments, the different formats and factors which govern design in each format. It familiarizes students with the concept of Brand Identity and its application in various areas of Visual Merchandising to create sustained recall values for a brand. Photography - Level IV The Course introduces students to fashion photography, making them familiar with the processes of Pre-Production, Production, and Post-Production of fashion Photography. Integrated Term Project The Course entails an opportunity for study in any area of research pertaining to global Communication issues related to ecology, new technology, trends, and changes in life style. The subject encourages students to evolve a self-initiated thinking process, building upon the skill and knowledge base acquired in the previous semester. Fashion Journalism - Level II The Course entails the study of operations and structure of fashion magazines / newspapers to foster an understanding of publication design and to conceptualize and create a magazine. The subject provides a focused opportunity for effective writing for a select audience. Fashion Styling - Level II This course meets an advanced understanding of Fashion Styling. The emphasis is on Editorial Styling. The study entails tracing the best in fashion imagery to develop a fresh distinctive style. Multimedia & Web Design Students are introduced to multimedia and web based presentations using Flash, bringing the awareness of the various tools used for the purpose of making such presentations. Students develop command over the comprehensive web based and multimedia tools to create animations / presentations & websites. Public Relations The course equips the students with tools and techniques of Public Relations as practiced by the retail, fashion and design industry. The subject lays emphasis on effective brand management. Creative Advertising & Media Planning The course equips the students with the tools and techniques of creating advertisements for different media and allows the students to understand the importance of research before actualizing an advertisement concept. The course also touches upon the basics of advertising campaign for fashion, lifestyle and retail industry along with understanding the nature of media and its effect on consumers. Design Strategy This course aims to develop high-level skills of creative thinking, and learning how to clearly communicate strategies for successful brand communication. Further, this subject also helps students improve their design processes and focus more effectively on design strategies that meet a purpose. Industry Internship (Between VI & VII Semester) Industry Internship is an integral part of Fashion Communication programme and is drawn towards appreciation and working knowledge of the industry. SEMESTER VII Graphic Design - Level V The course aims to understand the basic fundamentals of Branding & its applications such as packaging & signage design. The subject allows the students to analyse and understand the the process, function and utility of Branding. The course is an enabler in exploring various applications of Branding & their relation to systems thinking. Exhibition & Display Design This course rounds up the knowledge of display design learnt in the previous semesters into a complete experience design. Students integrate the skills in graphics and other communication arts into creating effective communicative environments. The course instills an awareness of various avenues for designing communicative environments such as museums, trade shows etc. Colloquium Paper Colloquium Paper initiates industry interface through interaction, dialogue and collaboration. It reflects primary & contextual issues and concerns of fashion environment in Visual Merchandising, Graphic Design, Styling & Photography, Fashion Journalism, and other forms of Fashion Promotion. It also illustrates assimilation, articulation, application and innovation in relation to communication tools, techniques & strategies and articulates fresh & innovative perceptions to evolve a design strategy through effective application of communication design. Design Management & Entrepreneurship The course develops an understanding of 'design' and the 'designer' from the management perspective and the importance of Design Strategies. This subject instills an understanding of key design policy issues and principles of design management. Professional Ethics & Responsibilities The course impar ts advanced knowledge of Intellectual Proper ty Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. 127 For restricted use within NIFT only.

142 Design Interpretation on 3D Max Level This course enables the students to create 3D product design for prototype development, photorealistic rendered sequences for 3D animations, multimedia productions, broadcast and the web. Students create virtual space design for specifics such as Visual Merchandising. Common Elective - Student to select one from those offered across UG design streams. Presentation Techniques The subject covers the ground rules of presentation design and enforces confidence to experiment & explore and understand the advantages, disadvantages of new media and processes so as to communicate more effectively, Product Photography The course aims at understanding the lighting fundamentals of product photography in relation to fashion. The subject allows the students to articulate a mood or theme through compositions. The class set is sensitized to the effect of lighting in colour photography. Students learn to work with products in studio and outdoor lighting conditions. Photo Journalism The course emphasizes the fundamentals of photojournalism and work done by photojournalists. Students understand the nuances of Photojournalism and the role of a photojournalist in an organization. Department Elective Fashion Photography This subject enables the students to develop a focused skill set in the domain of fashion photography. The course entails the study of Pre-Production, Production & Post -Production processes. The course study allows the students to articulate a mood or theme through compositions and effects of lighting in relation to Fashion. Type Design The students are introduced to the background of critical lettering and type design principles. The focus is mainly on both the methods and the reasons for making letters that can be used and understood by anyone with flair for lettering. Information Graphics The course study introduces the fundamental concepts of data visualization. The subject provides an understanding of the iterative process of visualization design as a means to adaptively organize, understand, and communicate quantitative information. Through planning and management of complex information systems, students learn to construct engaging interactions that clarify and visualize complex information. Animation This course introduces the students to 'Animation' with a view to appreciate its mechanics and aesthetics. The subject fosters an understanding of the concept of motion in Animation. The students are familiarized with the Pre- Production, Production, Post - Production processes. Experiential Design The course study aims to instill the primary concepts and theories underlying the creative process in products and services. This subject deepens the understanding about experiences and human senses to effectively develop solutions that trigger these sensations. Prop Design The course develops the understanding of product-prop relationship and the appeal of a creative prop as a communication technique. Retail Lighting The course enhances the understanding of the importance of lighting in store environment. The subject allows the students to understand the technical specifications of quantity of light and luminaries used in retail. The course enables the assessment of the effect of lighting on merchandise presentation and consumer response. Fashion Journalism for New Media The course fosters the understanding of the growing importance of writing for 'new media'. The subject aims to build analytical commentators who can create original and insightful ideas for fashion journalism in 'new media'. The students develop skills in identifying, researching and writing fashion & lifestyle related stories for a range of readership in the related domain. Set Design The students are introduced to the technicalities involved in Set Design. The course brings in a detailed understand of the role of an art director to communicate the overall mood of the set. The course also entails the understanding of the application of Set Design in Theatre, Film, TV and Events. Traditional Folk Media The subject offers an introduction to the scope & potential of Traditional Folk Forms of India such as Puppetry, Kawar, Ganjeefa cards, Katha etc. in the field of Communication Design. SEMESTER VIII Graduation Project This project has a strong industry focus. The successful completion of the programme depends on the students' ability to professionally demonstrate all round competence to a real life Industry/ self project. The 18 week duration project encompasses areas such as Visual Merchandising, Styling, Graphic Design, Fashion Journalism, Photography, Display and Exhibit Design., Advertising and Public Relations and creative lighting specific in fashion and life style industry. For restricted use within NIFT only. 128

143 academic planning & curriculum 3.6.9(a) B.F. Tech (APPAREL PRODUC- TION) SEMESTER III Dyeing & Printing The subject aims to develop the concept of dyeing and printing processes, both technical and commercial and understanding of technical and commercial fundamentals dyeing and printing techniques, in order to handle the same during fabric development, sourcing and garmenting stage. Human Resource Management This subject will help the students to value the importance of effective management of human resources in the overall management of the organization in Apparel Industry. And to understand the dynamic nature of human resource leading to continuous shift in the way human resources is managed. MIS The syllabus explains the concepts which are used in information systems to make them more effective. It includes application of MIS to the business and industry, technology in MIS and related cases for understanding. It emphasizes the role of decision support systems in MIS and factors behind the successful implementation of MIS. Garment construction - I The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine handling and operating by construction of different fabric exercises, seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics. Students also do the construction of bodice, shirt placket and are also introduced to the use of different attachment and folders. Pattern Making - I The course focuses on development of good fitting bodice (darted and dart less blocks) and skirt block. The curriculum encompasses understanding of principles of dart manipulation, fullness and circularity to achieve various style lines. It emphasizes understanding the fit control points of the garments- Top & skirt -to achieve desired fit Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - I This subject mainly is aimed at making the students understand the different types of sewing machinery and equipment used in sewing floor for mass production. Students are given hands on experience to understand the sewing machine kinematics, working principles of all the machine and basic adjustments of the machines and are taught about different types of seams and stitches used. VB.net In VB.net course student will learn to create application software using Microsoft Visual Basic as front end and MS Access as backend with System requirement specification (SRS), Database design, relationship diagrams, and the logical flow of the application. Students develop the application software in functional expertise mainly related to textile and apparel supply chain. SEMESTER IV Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Products Course aims to introduce students to cutting room procedures, marker making and spreading modes / methods, handling fabric faults in the cutting room, preparatory processes for sewing, documentation procedures and control, cutting room layout and cutting room organization, cut order planning and its costing. Apparel Standards, Specifications & Quality Control Students understand the importance of quality as a crucial function in an apparel organization. The students learn about the various procedures followed to control quality through testing, setting and following laid down standards as well as developing company specific standards. They acquire knowledge of the various quality procedures followed in well known brands globally and the documentation procedures required to implement quality system in an apparel organization through formats and specifications. Fabric & Garment Finishing The subject aims to understand the finishing processes of fabric and garment used in apparel industry and their effects in relation to productivity, cost, quality & performance and their testing methods. It focuses on evaluating the aesthetic & functional features of various types of finished fabrics and garments. Garment Construction - II In the course, students are introduced to construction techniques for garment components in Tops and Blouses. The course Focuses on construction of Sleeve, Sleeve Plackets, Cuffs, Collars, Grown on Collars and Dress and makes student understand the quality parameters to be kept in mind while assembling the garment and its components Pattern Making - II The syllabus aims at application of the principles of pattern making learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in garment features. Also, principles of contouring and its application to achieve a well fitted body hugging garment are taught as part of the curriculum. Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - II The subject is aimed at making the students understand the mechanism, functionality and application of different types of cyclic Sewing Machines along with the basic adjustment. The subject also includes Kinematics and function of machines used for spreading, cutting, fusing and embroidery. It enable the students to select right technology by looking at the quality requirements, order quantities and other important manufacturing parameters for garment manufacturing unit For restricted use within NIFT only.

144 Web Technologies The course covers basic understanding of WWW, Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), Cascading Style Sheet (CSS), JavaScript, etc. Students are also exposed to the Adobe Dream-weaver software for creation of website. SEMESTER V Production & Operation Management The syllabus equips students with the tools useful for decision making in different production systems and management of resources and optimum utilization of resources of production. It gives students quantitative techniques and tools for forecasting production requirements for better utilization of resources and solutions. Work Study for Apparel Manufacturing The course is an introduction to industrial engineering concept of work study and workplace engineering, It also talks about ergonomics, occupational safety levels, lighting, noise and vibration in apparel industry. In Methods study, students learn about the development of charts - Flow Chart, String Diagram, Left and Right Hand Chart, Multiple Activity Chart and principle of motion economy and work measurement principles of time study, work sampling and pre-determined time study. Apparel Quality Management The subject aims to make students understand the importance of quality and its terminology followed worldwide through the use of the quality management principles and standard procedures. It also equips them with knowledge on international apparel quality management tools and techniques like Lean and Six Sigma followed in apparel manufacturing set -up through self-study based assignments and presentations Fashion Merchandising The course introduces the concept of merchandising and marketing and differentiates between the two in context of fashion and apparel business. The students are introduced to the various functions of merchandising such as planning, buying and selling and the various tools used for effective merchandising techniques. The importance of vendor selection and sourcing criteria with the developments in supply chain are also covered. Pattern Making - III The subject focuses on Men's wear pattern making; and knitted garments pattern making. It familiarized students with the pattern development of bifurcated garments, shirt, casual jacket, hood, tee shirt and legging. Garment Construction - III The subject focuses on skill development in construction of trouser, T-shirt and casual jacket. It aims at giving insight on selecting different kinds of seam finishes, pockets, lining, trims to achieve a high quality product. E- Commerce (DE)* The objective is to understand the e-commerce and its various components for doing business online. The course covers various e-commerce business models like B2B, B2C, etc. The course also introduces students to e-payment systems and security systems, cyber laws, and M-commerce. Advance Presentation Techniques (DE)* The course deals with Adobe Flash software for Text, Graphics, Animation, Audio and Video as media elements. It covers Action Script to make interactive presentations. It also covers sending data in and out from Flash movies and making movies optimized for publishing. Textile Internship (2 weeks) - Between Sem IV & V The Textile Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill (preferably a composite unit), the objectives of the Textile Internship are to enhance the understanding of practical aspects of spun yarn production (Spinning), grey fabric (both woven and knitted) production, dyeing, printing and finishing of fabric, textile testing and the quality parameters for both technical as well as commercial purposes. In addition this internship provides opportunity to the students to understand the Raw material requirements, manmachine planning & allocation and thoroughly observing the day to day activities on the shop floor. Observations are made on the quality control and human and environmental factors related to textile manufacturing units. Cluster Activity (Between sem IV & V) A visit of BFT students is planned at during the third year to industrial clusters with emphasis on apparel and textile industries. This is to expand understanding of the working of the apparel industry in various parts of the country as a part of Academic Activity. SEMESTER VI Maintenance Management The course emphasizes understanding of relation between production, quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall profitability with application of maintenance techniques, and various process of maintenance management while planning a maintenance schedule. Apparel Production Planning & Control The subject aims at introducing students to application of Production Planning & Control in Apparel Industry and the application of Line Balancing, Skill Matrix chart, Overall efficiency, Capacity Planning and other important manufacturing concepts in garment production line. Student will also understand the functions, responsibilities and scope of personnel involved in Production Planning & Control. Entrepreneurship Management The subject aims to prepare students to view entrepreneurship as a desirable and feasible career option. It also imparts knowledge For restricted use within NIFT only. 130

145 academic planning & curriculum about the use of project management, financial knowledge to build the competency required to run the enterprise successfully. Costing of Apparel Products The course gives introduction to cost accounting for firms along with costing methods, elements of costs, classification of costs with examples from apparel industry. The subject also covers the parameters affecting the garment cost like the labor cost, the manufacturing costs, the overheads and their calculations in different scenarios through case study based examples to enable students to cost garments effectively. The subject briefly covers the retail pricing and factors affecting it. Enterprise Resource Planning The objective is to develop an understanding of how an ERP system improves the effectiveness of Information Systems in an organization by providing integration of activities and information. The subject focuses on how an ERP implementation can facilitate information tracking for suppliers, customers, products, orders or order processing etc. Computer Aided Production Planning The course emphasizes on fundamentals of capacity scheduling through commercial software (Fast React). Students understand how different planning parameters like capacity variation, style variation, working hours, etc. are incorporated while computerized planning. Auto CAD The subject gives working knowledge and skill on Auto CAD (2D and 3D) in relation to the different drawing & modelling usages in Apparel Industry. Design and Draft drawing related to apparel industry such as facility design drawing of Plant, Machine & Equipment. Sustainable Production (DE)* The subject deals with introduction to sustainability in design, technology, manufacturing and retail of apparel. It explores the eco-footprint concept, the measures of sustainability and sustainability index based on case study methodology and examples from global and Indian context. Fabric Objective Measurement (DE)* This subject focuses on general features of mechanical behavior of fabric, significance of fabric objective measurement, Kawabata system, FAST system, Geometrical and surface properties measurement, Thermal comfort, moisture vapor transfer properties of fabric. Joint Venture and Acquisition (DE)* Students will learn about Joint Ventures, Merger and Acquisition in an Apparel industry and in Retail sector, types and the legal system in the country in the area of Joint-Venture Concept, types of JVs, Joint-ventures in India, acquisition process, valuing an acquisition target, and alternatives to mergers and acquisitions. Project Management (DE)* The course introduces a strategic, system perspective on project management life cycle. Course deals with project identification, formulation and appraisal. It Includes identification and selection of specifications, number / volume with regard to the requirement of Land & building, Plant & Machineries, etc. It also introduces students about the role of the modern project manager and modern project management tools and techniques. Training & Development of Supervisors (DE)* The Subject aims at training requirement identification for Supervisors in areas of skills such as quality check, line balancing, disciplining poor operators, man machine utilization, enhancing machine and operator performance, and soft skills such as leadership qualities, HR management, and cost control. Improving Efficiency, profitability and cost control using time and method study, line balancing would be taught through practical exercises. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) (DE)* The subject explains CSR and its principles, concept of Stakeholders & the social contract, relation of CSR and Fashion Industry in respect of various buyer, and understanding the Globalization and CSR. Topics include CSR and Leadership, CSR Policy & Compliance Standards. Outbound Activity Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the third year students of B. F. Tech programme. The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building, ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills. The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as residential outbound component. SEMESTER VII Apparel Internship - Between sem VI & VII The Apparel Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill Garment Manufacturing Unit for a period of 14 weeks. The prime objective of the internship is to gain practical exposure and understanding of shop floor through getting involved/active participation in the ongoing projects or assignments. The students are supposed to understand the practical applications of the academic principles, in to industry environment and its relevance to the work. The Apparel internship makes students able to observe the manufacturing process thoroughly covering all the activities right from receiving the order to the final shipment. The hand on experience is gained by closely observing the functions various manufacturing procedures like cutting, sewing, finishing, checking etc. In addition Students are supposed to understand the supporting departments to production like, Sourcing, Product Development, Merchandising, Planning, Industrial Engineering etc. The students may also execute small projects as per the need of organization. 131 For restricted use within NIFT only.

146 Plant Layout The plant layout subject takes the students through the various stages of the facility design. The emphasis is on analyzing the activities of a garment manufacturing unit and conceptualizing the requirements and postion the activities at appropriate (optimum) location. The course also expose the students to building typology, building orientation, material handling system, health & safety issues and other important factors affecting plant layout. Apparel CAD & Grading The subject focuses on understanding applications of computer aided pattern making and principle of grading. Students will be able to use effectively Lectra and Tuka CAD system for creation of Patterns, Stylization, Grading and Marker Making Product Analysis & Development The subject covers development of Specification Sheet for identified garment including fabric details, Dyeing Analysis & machines used, Surface ornamentation Analysis, Prints Analysis, Embroidery Analysis, kind of washing, Development of Pattern, Construction of Prototype for the said garment & determination of CMT. Ergonomics The subject deals with Ergonomics and its applications in office and industrial environment. It includes Anthropometric principles and equipment design, Workplace design, OSHA Regulations, Risk factors - Environmental, Activity and Psychosocial issues Lean Manufacturing The subject Lean Management deals with the improvement in the internal systems, through identifying, reducing or eliminating waste in the process. It introduces students with the lean principles which make the business lean and fit focusing on activities on the actual work place. The subject covers the Lean principles and tools used by the industry to achieve the above lean management objectives. To impart the Lean thinking skills and a habit to see the things from different perspective (VA point of view) is one of the key objectives. SEMESTER VIII Research Methodology This course covers all elements of the business research process including data analysis and interpretation using computer packages and reporting results. It provides a competent knowledge base in scientific thinking and scientific method as a model for research, Competence in interpretation, summarization and presentation of results Graduation Project This is a longitudinal or cross sectional study done by the students in partial fulfillment of their degree of Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production). The purpose of the graduation project is to integrate and apply the learning of the students through fundamental or applied areas in sewn products industry. The students are supposed to participate and contribute to the sponsoring organization in the areas related to garment manufacturing as part of the graduation project or they may opt for academic research which may have direct or indirect applications to the garment industry at present or in future. Note: "* DE" denotes Departmental Elective Subjects 3.6.9(b) B. F. Tech (APPAREL PRODUC- TION) onwards SEMESTER III Summer Project (Between FP Semester II & B. F. Tech Semester III) The Objective of Summer project is to make the student to study a particular topic, gather relevant information and articulate the same in a visual and / or textual format. Students need to Compile and document the information in a concise manner to form an academically relevant paper. Students shall be given the brief for the Summer Project in the 2nd semester of the Foundation Programme. On Completion of the project it has to be submitted to the parent Department. Dyeing & Printing The subject aims to develop the concept of dyeing and printing processes, both technical and commercial and understanding of technical and commercial fundamentals dyeing and printing techniques, in order to handle the same during fabric development, sourcing and garmenting stage. Human Resource Management This subject will help the students to value the importance of effective management of human resources in the overall management of the organization in Apparel Industry. And to understand the dynamic nature of human resource leading to continuous shift in the way human resources is managed. MIS The syllabus explains the concepts which are used in information systems to make them more effective. It includes application of MIS to the business and industry, technology in MIS and related cases for understanding. It emphasizes the role of decision support systems in MIS and factors behind the successful implementation of MIS. Garment construction - I The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine handling and operating by construction of different fabric exercises, seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics. Students also do the construction of bodice, shirt placket and are also introduced to the use of different attachment and folders. For restricted use within NIFT only. 132

147 academic planning & curriculum Pattern Making - I The course focuses on development of good fitting bodice (darted and dart less blocks) and skirt block. The curriculum encompasses understanding of principles of dart manipulation, fullness and circularity to achieve various style lines. It emphasizes understanding the fit control points of the garments- Top & skirt -to achieve desired fit Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - I This subject mainly is aimed at making the students understand the different types of sewing machinery and equipment used in sewing floor for mass production. Students are given hands on experience to understand the sewing machine kinematics, working principles of all the machine and basic adjustments of the machines and are taught about different types of seams and stitches used. VB.net In VB.net course student will learn to create application software using Microsoft Visual Basic as front end and MS Access as backend with System requirement specification (SRS), Database design, relationship diagrams, and the logical flow of the application. Students develop the application software in functional expertise mainly related to textile and apparel supply chain. SEMESTER IV Spreading & Cutting of Apparel Products Course aims to introduce students to cutting room procedures, marker making and spreading modes / methods, handling fabric faults in the cutting room, preparatory processes for sewing, documentation procedures and control, cutting room layout and cutting room organization, cut order planning and its costing. Apparel Standards, Specifications & Quality Control Students understand the importance of quality as a crucial function in an apparel organization. The students learn about the various procedures followed to control quality through testing, setting and following laid down standards as well as developing company specific standards. They acquire knowledge of the various quality procedures followed in well known brands globally and the documentation procedures required to implement quality system in an apparel organization through formats and specifications. Fabric & Garment Finishing The subject aims to understand the finishing processes of fabric and garment used in apparel industry and their effects in relation to productivity, cost, quality & performance and their testing methods. It focuses on evaluating the aesthetic & functional features of various types of finished fabrics and garments. Garment Construction - II In the course, students are introduced to construction techniques for garment components in Tops and Blouses. The course Focuses on construction of Sleeve, Sleeve Plackets, Cuffs, Collars, Grown on Collars and Dress and makes student understand the quality parameters to be kept in mind while assembling the garment and its components Pattern Making - II The syllabus aims at application of the principles of pattern making learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in garment features. Also, principles of contouring and its application to achieve a well fitted body hugging garment are taught as part of the curriculum. Sewn Products Machinery & Equipments - II The subject is aimed at making the students understand the mechanism, functionality and application of different types of cyclic Sewing Machines along with the basic adjustment. The subject also includes Kinematics and function of machines used for spreading, cutting, fusing and embroidery. It enable the students to select right technology by looking at the quality requirements, order quantities and other important manufacturing parameters for garment manufacturing unit.. Web Technologies The course covers basic understanding of WWW, Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), Cascading Style Sheet (CSS), JavaScript, etc. Students are also exposed to the Adobe Dreamweaver software for creation of website. SEMESTER V Production & Operation Management The syllabus equips students with the tools useful for decision making in different production systems and management of resources and optimum utilization of resources of production. It gives students quantitative techniques and tools for forecasting production requirements for better utilization of resources and solutions. Work Study for Apparel Manufacturing The course is an introduction to industrial engineering concept of work study and workplace engineering, It also talks about ergonomics, occupational safety levels, lighting, noise and vibration in apparel industry. In Methods study, students learn about the development of charts - Flow Chart, String Diagram, Left and Right Hand Chart, Multiple Activity Chart and principle of motion economy and work measurement principles of time study, work sampling and pre-determined time study. Apparel Quality Management The subject aims to make students understand the importance of quality and its terminology followed worldwide through the use of the quality management principles and standard procedures. It also equips them with knowledge on international apparel quality management tools and techniques like Lean and Six Sigma followed in apparel manufacturing set -up through self-study based assignments and presentations 133 For restricted use within NIFT only.

148 Fashion Merchandising The course introduces the concept of merchandising and marketing and differentiates between the two in context of fashion and apparel business. The students are introduced to the various functions of merchandising such as planning, buying and selling and the various tools used for effective merchandising techniques. The importance of vendor selection and sourcing criteria with the developments in supply chain are also covered. Pattern Making - III The subject focuses on Men's wear pattern making; and knitted garments pattern making. It familiarized students with the pattern development of bifurcated garments, shirt, casual jacket, hood, tee shirt and legging. Garment Construction - III The subject focuses on skill development in construction of trouser, T-shirt and casual jacket. It aims at giving insight on selecting different kinds of seam finishes, pockets, lining, trims to achieve a high quality product. E- Commerce (DE)* The objective is to understand the e-commerce and its various components for doing business online. The course covers various e-commerce business models like B2B, B2C, etc. The course also introduces students to e-payment systems and security systems, cyber laws, and M-commerce. Advance Presentation Techniques (DE)* The course deals with Adobe Flash software for Text, Graphics, Animation, Audio and Video as media elements. It covers Action Script to make interactive presentations. It also covers sending data in and out from Flash movies and making movies optimized for publishing. Textile Internship (2 weeks) - Between Sem IV & V The Textile Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill (preferably a composite unit), the objectives of the Textile Internship are to enhance the understanding of practical aspects of spun yarn production (Spinning), grey fabric (both woven and knitted) production, dyeing, printing and finishing of fabric, textile testing and the quality parameters for both technical as well as commercial purposes. In addition this internship provides opportunity to the students to understand the Raw material requirements, man-machine planning & allocation and thoroughly observing the day to day activities on the shop floor. Observations are made on the quality control and human and environmental factors related to textile manufacturing units. Cluster Activity (Between sem IV & V) A visit of BFT students is planned at during the third year to industrial clusters with emphasis on apparel and textile industries. This is to expand understanding of the working of the apparel industry in various parts of the country as a part of Academic Activity. SEMESTER VI Maintenance Management The course emphasizes understanding of relation between production, quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall profitability with application of maintenance techniques, and various process of maintenance management while planning a maintenance schedule. Apparel Production Planning & Control The subject aims at introducing students to application of Production Planning & Control in Apparel Industry and the application of Line Balancing, Skill Matrix chart, Overall efficiency, Capacity Planning and other important manufacturing concepts in garment production line. Student will also understand the functions, responsibilities and scope of personnel involved in Production Planning & Control. Entrepreneurship Management The subject aims to prepare students to view entrepreneurship as a desirable and feasible career option. It also imparts knowledge about the use of project management, financial knowledge to build the competency required to run the enterprise successfully. Costing of Apparel Products The course gives introduction to cost accounting for firms along with costing methods, elements of costs, classification of costs with examples from apparel industry. The subject also covers the parameters affecting the garment cost like the labor cost, the manufacturing costs, the overheads and their calculations in different scenarios through case study based examples to enable students to cost garments effectively. The subject briefly covers the retail pricing and factors affecting it. Enterprise Resource Planning The objective is to develop an understanding of how an ERP system improves the effectiveness of Information Systems in an organization by providing integration of activities and information. The subject focuses on how an ERP implementation can facilitate information tracking for suppliers, customers, products, orders or order processing etc. Computer Aided Production Planning The course emphasizes on fundamentals of capacity scheduling through commercial software (Fast React). Students understand how different planning parameters like capacity variation, style variation, working hours, etc. are incorporated while computerized planning. Auto CAD The subject gives working knowledge and skill on AutoCAD (2D and 3D) in relation to the different drawing & modeling usages in Apparel Industry. Design and Draft drawing related to apparel industry such as facility design drawing of Plant, Machine & Equipment. For restricted use within NIFT only. 134

149 academic planning & curriculum Sustainable Production (DE)* The subject deals with introduction to sustainability in design, technology, manufacturing and retail of apparel. It explores the eco-footprint concept, the measures of sustainability and sustainability index based on case study methodology and examples from global and Indian context. Fabric Objective Measurement (DE)* This subject focuses on general features of mechanical behavior of fabric, significance of fabric objective measurement, Kawabata system, FAST system, Geometrical and surface properties measurement, Thermal comfort, moisture vapor transfer properties of fabric. Joint Venture and Acquisition (DE)* Students will learn about Joint Ventures, Merger and Acquisition in an Apparel industry and in Retail sector, types and the legal system in the country in the area of Joint-Venture Concept, types of JVs, Joint-ventures in India, acquisition process, valuing an acquisition target, and alternatives to mergers and acquisitions. Project Management (DE)* The course introduces a strategic, system perspective on project management life cycle. Course deals with project identification, formulation and appraisal. It Includes identification and selection of specifications, number / volume with regard to the requirement of Land & building, Plant & Machineries, etc. It also introduces students about the role of the modern project manager and modern project management tools and techniques. Training & Development of Supervisors (DE)* The Subject aims at training requirement identification for Supervisors in areas of skills such as quality check, line balancing, disciplining poor operators, man machine utilization, enhancing machine and operator performance, and soft skills such as leadership qualities, HR management, and cost control. Improving Efficiency, profitability and cost control using time and method study, line balancing would be taught through practical exercises. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) (DE)* The subject explains CSR and its principles, concept of Stakeholders & the social contract, relation of CSR and Fashion Industry in respect of various buyer, and understanding the Globalization and CSR. Topics include CSR and Leadership, CSR Policy & Compliance Standards. Outbound Activity Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the third year students of B. F. Tech programme. The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building, ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills. The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as residential outbound component. SEMESTER VII Apparel Internship - Between sem VI & VII The Apparel Internship is to be undertaken in a textile Mill Garment Manufacturing Unit for a period of 14 weeks. The prime objective of the internship is to gain practical exposure and understanding of shop floor through getting involved/active participation in the ongoing projects or assignments. The students are supposed to understand the practical applications of the academic principles, in to industry environment and its relevance to the work. The Apparel internship makes students able to observe the manufacturing process thoroughly covering all the activities right from receiving the order to the final shipment. The hand on experience is gained by closely observing the functions various manufacturing procedures like cutting, sewing, finishing, checking etc. In addition Students are supposed to understand the supporting departments to production like, Sourcing, Product Development, Merchandising, Planning, Industrial Engineering etc. The students may also execute small projects as per the need of organization. Plant Layout The plant layout subject takes the students through the various stages of the facility design. The emphasis is on analyzing the activities of a garment manufacturing unit and conceptualizing the requirements and position the activities at appropriate (optimum) location. The course also expose the students to building typology, building orientation, material handling system, health & safety issues and other important factors affecting plant layout. Apparel CAD & Grading The subject focuses on understanding applications of computer aided pattern making and principle of grading. Students will be able to use effectively Lectra and Tuka CAD system for creation of Patterns, Stylization, Grading and Marker Making Product Analysis & Development The subject covers development of Specification Sheet for identified garment including fabric details, Dyeing Analysis & machines used, Surface ornamentation Analysis, Prints Analysis, Embroidery Analysis, kind of washing, Development of Pattern, Construction of Prototype for the said garment & determination of CMT. Ergonomics The subject deals with Ergonomics and its applications in office and industrial environment. It includes Anthropometric principles and equipment design, Workplace design, OSHA Regulations, Risk factors - Environmental, Activity and Psychosocial issues 135 For restricted use within NIFT only.

150 Lean Manufacturing The subject Lean Management deals with the improvement in the internal systems, through identifying, reducing or eliminating waste in the process. It introduces students with the lean principles which make the business lean and fit focusing on activities on the actual work place. The subject covers the Lean principles and tools used by the industry to achieve the above lean management objectives. To impart the Lean thinking skills and a habit to see the things from different perspective (VA point of view) is one of the key objectives. SEMESTER VIII Research Methodology This course covers all elements of the business research process including data analysis and interpretation using computer packages and reporting results. It provides a competent knowledge base in scientific thinking and scientific method as a model for research, Competence in interpretation, summarization and presentation of results Graduation Project This is a longitudinal or cross sectional study done by the students in partial fulfillment of their degree of Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production). The purpose of the graduation project is to integrate and apply the learning of the students through fundamental or applied areas in sewn products industry. The students are supposed to participate and contribute to the sponsoring organization in the areas related to garment manufacturing as part of the graduation project or they may opt for academic research which may have direct or indirect applications to the garment industry at present or in future. Note: "* DE" denotes Departmental Elective Subjects For restricted use within NIFT only. 136

151 academic planning & curriculum (a) SEMESTER I M. F. Tech (MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY) Overview of Global Fashion Industry & Apparel Appreciation The subject focused on comprehensive exposure to the structure and functioning of the Global Fashion Industry. It introduces geographical and regional cultural variations in the Global Apparel and Life style goods industry, and an understanding of student roles as professionals in the Fashion industry. It helps the students to understand the fashion supply chain. Intellectual Property Rights The course covers understanding of Intellectual Property Rights, Trademarks, Industrial Design, Patent, Geographical Indication, Traditional Knowledge, Trade Secrets and Copyrights. The course also includes the IP audit and valuation of intangibles. Fabric Study (woven & knits) The subject covers basic knowledge of textile- fundamental understanding of fiber, yarn and fabric. The correlation of garment and textile with special reference to their technical and aesthetic properties and application, Technical and Smart textiles development process and costing are introduced. Introduction to Manufacturing Process The course introduces students to the basic principles of garment manufacturing process and process variables, various manufacturing systems and advantages and disadvantages of each. Understanding line/section/dept. capacity and impact of varying skill/ absenteeism on it, Planning Man, machine and materials for a given production target are also discussed. Human Resource Management The course is designed to give basic inputs on fundamentals and models of Organizational Behavior through an overview of concepts and scope of human resource management, work motivation approaches and motivation theory, Human Resource Planning, HRD issues and overview of strategic HRM are also discussed to understand the modern day HRM practices and the need to align organizational goal with HR strategy. Apparel Quality Management The course gives an introduction to the role of Quality in an organization with special focus on Apparel Industry and the processes and to correlate and apply quality improvement techniques to different products and processes in apparel. The importance of quality with respect to the changing customer expectations is discussed with relevant examples. Emphasis is laid on the role of standards and testing in achieving quality. Concepts of quality circles, Kaizen, Six sigma and lean are also introduced. Professional Practices The course teaches students the basic principles of communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place. Students focus on ways to enhance ethics in decision making and also develop presentation skills, business writing and effective delivery of presentations. Pattern Appreciation The subject focuses on understanding anthropometry and land mark identification for pattern development. It centers on students understanding the fit control points of the garments- Top & skirt to achieve desired fit Technology for Apparel Production The subject includes an in depth input on the functions and procedures of the cutting room and Sewing room emphasizing elaborately on different processes like Marker making, Spreading and spreading modes, Cut Order Planning, Fusing technology etc. It also emphasizes on different types of sewing and cutting room machines, equipments and work aids that are used for sewing different types of seams and stitches. SEMESTER II Winter Internship - between sem 1 & 2 The winter internship for a period of 2 weeks provides opportunity to the students to observe the activities related to the textile sector. Students are supposed to closely observe the various processes and learning related to the processes of textile manufacturing or allied industries along with the documentation. Dyeing & Printing The subject assists students develop the concept of dyeing, printing and finishing processes, both technical and commercial including Fabric pre-treatment, Classification of Dyeing, Forms of dyeing, Application of various dyes, Methods of Printing, Fabric finishing, Defects in dyeing and printing etc Control of Production Process The subject makes students understand, analyze and plan for mass manufacturing. Students understand input variables and learn to optimize the inputs to get desired output. Students can then apply the principles and techniques in manufacturing environment and develop strategies to manufacture in a cost competitive environment. Apparel Marketing & Merchandizing The course entails introduction to marketing and merchandising in fashion industry including Fashion/Apparel Sourcing Structures, Vendor Selection Criteria, Product Development, Buying Cycle & T&A, Merchandising Costing & Pricing, Communication with Buyers, E -marketing -Methods and Implications in fashion Industry 137 For restricted use within NIFT only.

152 Costing of Apparel Products The subjects includes the concept of cost elements and their distribution in the cost sheet, cost behavior, difference between costing and pricing, material costing, labor costing, manufacturing cost, retail pricing, the methods of costing, the stages of costing and different types of costs Plant Layout & Facility Design The course includes inputs on AutoCAD software focuses on types of layouts, material flow pattern, Understanding structures of industrial shed, services choosing appropriate Material Handling System, Work Station Designing, Health and Safety issues. The programme equips the students to work out ideal location for various activities of production house for optimum usages of resources. Maintenance Engineering (Operations) The subject covers understanding of relation between production, quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall profitability with the applications of maintenance techniques and various process of maintenance management while planning a maintenance schedule. Productivity and Work Study (Operations) This course aims to develop, among students, the understanding of the Importance of work study and its application in apparel manufacturing industry for methods improvement and development of time standards. It introduces to work study as a tool for higher productivity. It includes application of pre determined motion and time systems for the apparel industry, comparing various production based applications- wage standardization, establishing incentive system and the establishment of standard work place. Pattern Engineering (Operations) Curriculum aims at the application of principles of pattern making learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in discussed garment and garment features. It also checks on students understanding the fit control points and defect identifications in sleeve, collar, dress and trouser. Garment Construction (Operations) The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine handling and operating by construction of different fabric exercises, seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics by using efficient technologies, applicable for garment manufacturing. Students also do the construction of components of shirt and trouser and skirt. Students are also taught about different types of seams and stitches used for construction of garments and its importance and functionality. Finance Management (Strategy) The subject aims to understand the concept of finance management and cost accounting, time value of money, financial statements, principles of accounting, understanding of financial statements, working capital management, tax and capital budgeting. Inputs include analysis and making of financial statements, investment decisions and capital budgeting. Retail Management & Technology (Strategy) The subject deals with the wide area of apparel/ fashion retailing at the most fundamental level of Retail Planning, Implementation and Management. Types of retail formats, consumer behavior and customer relationship management, financial strategies, retail pricing and retail resource planning are some of the areas dealt with in the course. International Business (Strategy) The course is an introduction to the world of international trade and the various concepts covered under it, which includes the concept of finance in global context along with the scope of investment under fast changing globalize economy, the Export / Import Policy, duty structure and incentives, etc. Student also understands the Export / Import Policy, Export / Import order processing, operational and elements of trade regulations, duty structure & incentives and the shipment details in the International Business. Logistics & Supply chain Management (Strategy) The course covers the entire gamut of Logistics and Supply Chain with special emphasis on textile/apparel industry and includes distribution systems, Principles of Warehousing and storage, Operational Management, Planning & Managing Inventories in a Supply Chain, Measuring Supply Chain Efficiency, Value Stream mapping in Supply Chain, Strategic Lead Time Management and the role of IT in Supply Chain. Outbound Activity Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the second semester students of M. F. Tech programme. The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building, ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills. The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as residential outbound component. SEMESTER III Entrepreneurship Management and Business Plan Development In the course student understands the process of starting a business, working out the feasibility study of a business plan and it also impart necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur. Students learn the need for self-employment, and Project identification, formulation, appraisal to identify a market with a product / service. The sources of finances including venture capital would be taught. Different government policies and programs pertaining to SME are introduced. Financial Analysis for new venture creation, government / private taxation, duty schemes would be also discussed with case studies. For restricted use within NIFT only. 138

153 academic planning & curriculum Apparel Internship (12 weeks) - Between sem 2 & 3 The objective of the apparel Internship is to gain practical exposure and understand the application of knowledge on real life projects and/or assignments related to garment manufacturing. The internship provides the ideal opportunity to the student to closely observe and understand the shop floor activities. Industry Internship is aimed towards blending class room learning with industry applications. Students learn to appreciate, apply and improve professional practices. While learning by doing they are able to contribute in organizational goal by studying, analyzing and documenting various facts and figures which can be used as base document by an organization for various exploratory projects as well as day to day organizational activities. The student may contribute to the organization in problem solving by undertaking projects based on the requirements of the sponsoring organization. Enterprise Resource Planning The course covers understanding ERP systems vis-à-vis MRP and MRP-II systems, planning, design and implementation of ERP systems. Introduce the students to the rationale for acquiring and implementing ERP systems, selection of ERP software, and integration of processes and transactions in the ERP system. The course sensitizes students with ERP software through software Datatex NOW. Advanced Pattern Making & Construction (Operations) The course focuses on application of principle of Grading and Contouring. It also familiarized the student with understanding of the specification sheet and the t techniques of sample development keeping in mind the quality parameters in relation to patterns and garment construction. It also introduces students the principles of grading and contouring and their application. Ergonomics & Work Place Engineering (Operations). The course mainly focuses on ergonomic principles, applications and factors in workplace and Work place Engineering in Apparel Industry. The course is an introduction to Ergonomics- Anthropometry, biomechanics and physiology. Ergonomic assessment & application- data collection techniques, advanced ergonomics analysis tools, developing and proofing solutions, presenting analysis and recommendation to management, ergonomics within the kaizen process are included. Apparel CAD (Operations) The course provides a general understanding the Concept of Pattern Making, Grading and Marker Making on Computers through CAD S/W and to familiarizes the students with common terminology and tools of CAD S/W for Pattern Making, Grading and marker Making. Apparel Technology Management (Strategy) The course introduces evolution of technology in apparel and textile manufacturing. Parameters influencing in identification, selection and managing different levels of Technology are discussed. Calculation of return on investment (ROI) for selected technology and develop technology index for an organization are an important part of the subject. Computer integrated Manufacturing (Strategy) Course introduces different areas of computer integration (both software and hardware) in apparel manufacturing and helps students understand how computer integration brings benefits in different areas of apparel manufacturing. Web Based Data Management (Strategy) The subject aims to provide complete understanding of Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), Microsoft Access as a database tool with forms and Reports and Structured Query Language. SEMESTER IV Quantitative Techniques & Research Methodology This subject is a combination of two subjects- Quantitative Techniques and Research Methodology. Quantitative Techniques include inputs like Operation Research Techniques in decision making viz. Linear Programming, Transportation, Inventory control, decision theory etc. Research Methodology includes converting management dilemma into research questions, understanding research designs, sampling design, etc leading to the final report writing. Research Project The research project for Master of Fashion Technology students is for weeks primarily focuses on solving real time industry problems by following a logical and scientific approach. At Masters Level the research project is very important and taken very seriously. The students are encouraged to select the areas for research (may be fundamental or applied) and suggest the new insights about the problem related to apparel business. The purpose of the research project is to integrate and apply the learning through fundamental or applied research in the various areas of sewn products industry. The students may carry research work as per the requirements of the sponsoring organization or may go for academic research related to the field. 139 For restricted use within NIFT only.

154 3.6.10(b) SEMESTER I M. F. Tech (MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY) onwards Overview of Global Fashion Industry & Apparel Appreciation The subject focused on comprehensive exposure to the structure and functioning of the Global Fashion Industry. It introduces geographical and regional cultural variations in the Global Apparel and Life style goods industry, and an understanding of student roles as professionals in the Fashion industry. It helps the students to understand the fashion supply chain. Intellectual Property Rights The course covers understanding of Intellectual Property Rights, Trademarks, Industrial Design, Patent, Geographical Indication, Traditional Knowledge, Trade Secrets and Copyrights. The course also includes the IP audit and valuation of intangibles. Fabric Study (woven & knits) The subject covers basic knowledge of textile- fundamental understanding of fiber, yarn and fabric. The correlation of garment and textile with special reference to their technical and aesthetic properties and application, Technical and Smart textiles development process and costing are introduced. Introduction to Manufacturing Process The course introduces students to the basic principles of garment manufacturing process and process variables, various manufacturing systems and advantages and disadvantages of each. Understanding line/section/dept. capacity and impact of varying skill/ absenteeism on it, Planning Man, machine and materials for a given production target are also discussed. Human Resource Management The course is designed to give basic inputs on fundamentals and models of Organizational Behavior through an overview of concepts and scope of human resource management, work motivation approaches and motivation theory, Human Resource Planning, HRD issues and overview of strategic HRM are also discussed to understand the modern day HRM practices and the need to align organizational goal with HR strategy. Apparel Quality Management The course gives an introduction to the role of Quality in an organization with special focus on Apparel Industry and the processes and to correlate and apply quality improvement techniques to different products and processes in apparel. The importance of quality with respect to the changing customer expectations is discussed with relevant examples. Emphasis is laid on the role of standards and testing in achieving quality. Concepts of quality circles, Kaizen, Six sigma and lean are also introduced. Professional Practices The course teaches students the basic principles of communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place. Students focus on ways to enhance ethics in decision making and also develop presentation skills, business writing and effective delivery of presentations. Pattern Appreciation The subject focuses on understanding anthropometry and land mark identification for pattern development. It centers on students understanding the fit control points of the garments- Top & skirt to achieve desired fit Technology for Apparel Production The subject includes an in depth input on the functions and procedures of the cutting room and Sewing room emphasizing elaborately on different processes like Marker making, Spreading and spreading modes, Cut Order Planning, Fusing technology etc. It also emphasizes on different types of sewing and cutting room machines, equipments and work aids that are used for sewing different types of seams and stitches. SEMESTER II Winter Internship - between sem 1 & 2 The winter internship for a period of 2 weeks provides opportunity to the students to observe the activities related to the textile sector. Students are supposed to closely observe the various processes and learning related to the processes of textile manufacturing or allied industries along with the documentation. Dyeing & Printing The subject assists students develop the concept of dyeing, printing and finishing processes, both technical and commercial including Fabric pre-treatment, Classification of Dyeing, Forms of dyeing, Application of various dyes, Methods of Printing, Fabric finishing, Defects in dyeing and printing etc Control of Production Process The subject makes students understand, analyze and plan for mass manufacturing. Students understand input variables and learn to optimize the inputs to get desired output. Students can then apply the principles and techniques in manufacturing environment and develop strategies to manufacture in a cost competitive environment. Apparel Marketing & Merchandising The course entails introduction to marketing and merchandising in fashion industry including Fashion/Apparel Sourcing Structures, Vendor Selection Criteria, Product Development, Buying Cycle & T&A, Merchandising Costing & Pricing, Communication with Buyers, E -marketing -Methods and Implications in fashion Industry For restricted use within NIFT only. 140

155 academic planning & curriculum Costing of Apparel Products The subjects includes the concept of cost elements and their distribution in the cost sheet, cost behavior, difference between costing and pricing, material costing, labor costing, manufacturing cost, retail pricing, the methods of costing, the stages of costing and different types of costs Plant Layout & Facility Design The course includes inputs on AutoCAD software focuses on types of layouts, material flow pattern, Understanding structures of industrial shed, services choosing appropriate Material Handling System, Work Station Designing, Health and Safety issues. The programme equips the students to work out ideal location for various activities of production house for optimum usages of resources. Maintenance Engineering (Operations) The subject covers understanding of relation between production, quality, machine life, failure prevention cost and overall profitability with the applications of maintenance techniques and various process of maintenance management while planning a maintenance schedule. Productivity and Work Study (Operations) This course aims to develop, among students, the understanding of the Importance of work study and its application in apparel manufacturing industry for methods improvement and development of time standards. It introduces to work study as a tool for higher productivity. It includes application of pre determined motion and time systems for the apparel industry, comparing various production based applications- wage standardization, establishing incentive system and the establishment of standard work place. Pattern Engineering (Operations) Curriculum aims at the application of principles of pattern making learnt in previous semester to achieve various style lines in discussed garment and garment features. It also checks on students understanding the fit control points and defect identifications in sleeve, collar, dress and trouser. Garment Construction (Operations) The course focuses on developing a skill in sewing machine handling and operating by construction of different fabric exercises, seams and seam finishes on different types of fabrics by using efficient technologies, applicable for garment manufacturing. Students also do the construction of components of shirt and trouser and skirt. Students are also taught about different types of seams and stitches used for construction of garments and its importance and functionality. Finance Management (Strategy) The subject aims to understand the concept of finance management and cost accounting, time value of money, financial statements, principles of accounting, understanding of financial statements, working capital management, tax and capital budgeting. Inputs include analysis and making of financial statements, investment decisions and capital budgeting. Retail Management & Technology (Strategy) The subject deals with the wide area of apparel/ fashion retailing at the most fundamental level of Retail Planning, Implementation and Management. Types of retail formats, consumer behavior and customer relationship management, financial strategies, retail pricing and retail resource planning are some of the areas dealt with in the course. International Business (Strategy) The course is an introduction to the world of international trade and the various concepts covered under it, which includes the concept of finance in global context along with the scope of investment under fast changing globalize economy, the Export / Import Policy, duty structure and incentives, etc. Student also understands the Export / Import Policy, Export / Import order processing, operational and elements of trade regulations, duty structure & incentives and the shipment details in the International Business. Logistics & Supply chain Management (Strategy) The course covers the entire gamut of Logistics and Supply Chain with special emphasis on textile/apparel industry and includes distribution systems, Principles of Warehousing and storage, Operational Management, Planning & Managing Inventories in a Supply Chain, Measuring Supply Chain Efficiency, Value Stream mapping in Supply Chain, Strategic Lead Time Management and the role of IT in Supply Chain. Outbound Activity Outbound workshop on "Achievement, Motivation" for the second semester students of B. F. Tech programme. The workshop is completely experiential learning. The workshop aims at strengthening the soft skills needed for personal growth and career. It deals in the areas of communication, team building, ethics, positive attitude and motivational skills. The workshop is of 3-4 days and preferably conducted as residential outbound component. SEMESTER III Apparel Internship (12 weeks) - Between sem 2 & 3 The objective of the apparel Internship is to gain practical exposure and understand the application of knowledge on real life projects and/or assignments related to garment manufacturing. The internship provides the ideal opportunity to the student to closely observe and understand the shop floor activities. Industry Internship is aimed towards blending class room learning with industry applications. Students learn to appreciate, apply and improve professional practices. While learning by doing they are able to contribute in organizational goal by studying, analyzing and documenting various facts and figures which can be used as base document by an organization for various exploratory projects as well as day to day organizational activities. The student may 141 For restricted use within NIFT only.

156 contribute to the organization in problem solving by undertaking projects based on the requirements of the sponsoring organization. Entrepreneurship Management and Business Plan Development In the course student understands the process of starting a business, working out the feasibility study of a business plan and it also impart necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur. Students learn the need for self-employment, and Project identification, formulation, appraisal to identify a market with a product / service. The sources of finances including venture capital would be taught. Different government policies and programs pertaining to SME are introduced. Financial Analysis for new venture creation, government / private taxation, duty schemes would be also discussed with case studies. Enterprise Resource Planning The course covers understanding ERP systems vis-à-vis MRP and MRP-II systems, planning, design and implementation of ERP systems. Introduce the students to the rationale for acquiring and implementing ERP systems, selection of ERP software, and integration of processes and transactions in the ERP system. The course sensitizes students with ERP software through software Datatex NOW. Advanced Pattern Making & Construction (Operations) The course focuses on application of principle of Grading and Contouring. It also familiarized the student with understanding of the specification sheet and the t techniques of sample development keeping in mind the quality parameters in relation to patterns and garment construction. It also introduces students the principles of grading and contouring and their application. Ergonomics & Work Place Engineering (Operations) The course mainly focuses on ergonomic principles, applications and factors in workplace and Work place Engineering in Apparel Industry. The course is an introduction to Ergonomics- Anthropometry, biomechanics and physiology. Ergonomic assessment & application- data collection techniques, advanced ergonomics analysis tools, developing and proofing solutions, presenting analysis and recommendation to management, ergonomics within the kaizen process are included. Apparel CAD (Operations) The course provides a general understanding the Concept of Pattern Making, Grading and Marker Making on Computers through CAD S/W and to familiarizes the students with common terminology and tools of CAD S/W for Pattern Making, Grading and marker Making. Apparel Technology Management (Strategy) The course introduces evolution of technology in apparel and textile manufacturing. Parameters influencing in identification, selection and managing different levels of Technology are discussed. Calculation of return on investment (ROI) for selected technology and develop technology index for an organization are an important part of the subject. Computer integrated Manufacturing (Strategy) Course introduces different areas of computer integration (both software and hardware) in apparel manufacturing and helps students understand how computer integration brings benefits in different areas of apparel manufacturing. Web Based Data Management (Strategy) The subject aims to provide complete understanding of Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML), Microsoft Access as a database tool with forms and Reports and Structured Query Language. SEMESTER IV Quantitative Techniques & Research Methodology This subject is a combination of two subjects- Quantitative Techniques and Research Methodology. Quantitative Techniques include inputs like Operation Research Techniques in decision making viz. Linear Programming, Transportation, Inventory control, decision theory etc. Research Methodology includes converting management dilemma into research questions, understanding research designs, sampling design, etc leading to the final report writing. Research Project The research project for Master of Fashion Technology students is for weeks primarily focuses on solving real time industry problems by following a logical and scientific approach. At Masters Level the research project is very important and taken very seriously. The students are encouraged to select the areas for research (may be fundamental or applied) and suggest the new insights about the problem related to apparel business. The purpose of the research project is to integrate and apply the learning through fundamental or applied research in the various areas of sewn products industry. The students may carry research work as per the requirements of the sponsoring organization or may go for academic research related to the field. For restricted use within NIFT only. 142

157 academic planning & curriculum (a) M.F.M. (MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT) SEMESTER I Business Statistics & Economics This course introduces the fundamentals of statistics and economic theory and their applications in the field of fashion industry. This course takes a quantitative approach to business decisions and enhances their quantitative skills. Students learn how to anticipate how other firms and consumers will respond to the decisions they make. Human Resource & Organizational Behaviour This course spells out the basic processes and principles that underline human behavior and how people behave in an organization. It also helps students to understand how to effectively recognize and resolve human issues in organizational settings and will inculcate a learning spirit, constant innovation and concern towards people and environment. Fabric Knowledge for Merchandisers This course prepares the students to critically evaluate different fabric on quality and cost parameter. The students are trained to identify different textile material and appreciate the differences between them. Production & Operations Management This course orients the students with different production systems, and enables them to impart knowledge on the use of tools required for scientific decision making for optimizing utilization of resources for production. It also provides inputs on garment manufacturing technology. Marketing Management This course introduces generic marketing concepts, market and market forces, 4Ps of marketing and ways of handling them. It also deals with brand launch, channel management, segmenting the market and positioning. Merchandising This course aims to provide comprehensive knowledge of basics and principles of merchandising with specific reference to apparel industry. Students gain sufficient knowledge and exposure to start merchandising career in apparel industry. It also details process of Merchandising, and development of range plan. Professional Practices This course aims at imparting the basic principles of - communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place as well as to train them as to how people interact and communicate through various forms of communication. It sensitizes students towards ethics in decision making. Retail Management This course provides an understanding of various retail concepts such as Store Organizations, Store Formats, Retail Mix, Retail Strategy, Retail Profitability, Retail Analytics and Retail Store Operations. It sensitizes students towards ethics in decision making. Overview of Global Fashion Industry This course is conceived to impart inputs on the existing and emerging fashion markets and key growth drivers with respect to the national and global fashion industry. It also addresses the country-specific challenges for the fashion industry. It prepares the students to be able to comprehend and forecast the trends alongwith appropriate trade analysis skills. Research Methodology & Minor Project This course introduces the Research Methodology concepts and enables students carry out research work. Outbound Program (Between Ist Semester & IInd Semester) This workshop is intended to provide 'behavioral training' to complement classroom education The activities include teamwork, planning, communication, stretching limits and recognizing ones potential, lateral thinking, accepting feedback, self exploration, co-ordination, and sensitivity building. SEMESTER II Accounting and Costing for Managers This course introduces concepts such as Ratio Analysis, Standard Costing, Marginal Costing, Cost Sheet, Fund Flow Management, BEP Analysis, CVP Analysis. It also makes students familiar with a Balance Sheet. Brand Management This course develops a clear understanding of fashion Brands and an in-depth understanding of fashion branding strategy covering Brand equity, Brand Identity and Brand Architecture. It explores the mystery of legendary and Luxury Brands. Consumer Behaviour This course acquaints the students with Consumer Behaviour concepts. It also enables students to demonstrate the ability to analyze the complexities of buying behaviour and use the same to formulate successful strategies. Marketing Research & SPSS This course enables the students to understand the various components of MR and to learn how MR can help the managers to make decisions in marketing related areas. It also enables the students to solve marketing problems through research. It familiarizes the students with SPSS software for data feeding, processing, analysis. Export Merchandising This course imparts knowledge and skills of merchandiser in an export house/buying house. It provides knowledge of co- 143 For restricted use within NIFT only.

158 ordination, follow up and facilitation roles of an export merchandiser. It also enhances the communication, co-ordination and interpersonal skills of students. Retail Buying and Category Management This course introduces the concepts of Merchandise Buying and Planning in Retail and details the key roles that a Buyer plays in a Retail Organization. It also details the Buying and Retail Inventory Management process as well as the importance and applications of Category Management. Brand & In-Store Communication This course introduces the principles of Visual Merchandising and highlights the importance of Visual Merchandising in increasing Consumer patronage. It also links the role of communication in building Brand Image. Fashion Forecasting This course imparts knowledge and understanding of interpretation of Fashion Forecast and develops an understanding of application of Fashion Forecast in further development of the product. This course familiarizes the students with various methods of fashion forecasting used in the fashion industry. Students will understand the process of fashion research & forecasting used in the fashion industry. Product Development and Quality Assurance This course provides an understanding of product development process and its importance in fashion industry, quality management, concepts and tools and familiarizes the students on material testing and Inspection procedures. Supply Chain Management This course helps the understanding of how to improve the performance of the firm and its supply chain through coordination among multiple sites, functions, customers and suppliers. It familiarizes students with several supply chain strategies that have been adopted by leading companies and review the experiences of fashion businesses. It helps them to analyze a supply chain and improve learn from its efficiency and response. Minor Project This course is intended to encourage students to carry out research work. Students sharpen their research abilities through this and would know how to find solutions for the research problems and to prepare good reports. Fashion Industry Internship and Training (Between 2nd & 3rd Semester) This is to let the students work with a specific company as internees for their first industry exposure. This helps them understand functions and working procedures of different departments in an organization. SEMESTER III Global Marketing This course provides the knowledge of marketing management in the global perspective. It familiarizes the students with the basic knowledge, conceptual framework and prevailing practices in global marketing and enables the students to use various marketing tools. Strategic Management This course familiarizes students with the concepts and processes of strategic management and enables the students to develop comprehensive strategies for fashion business. The course also discusses the management strategies adopted by leading fashion brands. Entrepreneurship This course enables to identify the entrepreneurial opportunities in apparel, textile and accessories and to evaluate the opportunities. It also enables them to prepare a viable & detailed business plan. Financial Management This course introduces financial management concepts such as time value of money, sources of long-term finance, inventory management techniques, dividends payout, NPV analysis, ABC analysis, asset-based financing, venture capital financing, equity, debt instrument etc. It enables them to understand various financial statements and their analysis. Legal Environment of Business This course is intended to impart knowledge of the operational processes of business between two or more nations and to share the rules and regulations related to export. It details the trade policy, procedures and documentations necessary for export and retail. Customer Relationship Management This course is to familiarize the students with the concept of customer expectations and relationship. It provides an understanding of effective customer interaction and selling skills. Business Technology for Fashion Value Chain This course aims to enable the students to understand breakthroughs in technology and help them gain hands on experience to work on different technology platforms. Interpersonal & Group Process This course is to improve the interpersonal skills of students through appropriate games and exercises. Intellectual Property Rights This course aims to impart a basic understanding on IPR as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry so as to leverage one's IP in business. It introduces concepts such as patents, trademarks, designs, copyright etc. It For restricted use within NIFT only. 144

159 academic planning & curriculum prepares students to be able to recognize the IP which is worth protecting. Fashion Industry Market Survey (Between 3rd Semester & 4th Semester) The subject enables the students to understand the sectoral overview of apparel / textile related industries and to comprehend the backward and forward supply and value chain linkages - the pattern of cluster and business networking, infrastructure and support institutions that help the sector and business associations. It includes the development of marketing plan, product development, resource planning and maximizing opportunities. SEMESTER IV Graduation Research Project The project aims to provide an opportunity to students to apply and relate the concepts and theoretical inputs from various contextual studies offered in Fashion Management programme to the day to day activities of the functional areas of fashion industry and familiarize the practical aspects of the same (b) M.F.M. (MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT) onwards SEMESTER I Business Statistics This course introduces the fundamentals of statistics and their applications in the field of fashion industry. This course takes a quantitative approach to business decisions and enhances the quantitative skills of the students. It also familiarizes the students with SPSS software for data feeding, processing, analysis and interpretation. Organizational Behaviour This course spells out the basic processes and principles that underline how people behave in an organization. It also helps students to understand how to effectively recognize and resolve human issues in organizational settings and will inculcate a learning spirit, constant innovation and concern towards people and environment. Fabric Knowledge for Merchandisers This course prepares the students to critically evaluate different fabric on quality and cost parameter. The students are trained to identify different textile material and appreciate the differences between them. Garment Manufacturing & Quality Assurance This course orients the students with different production systems. It also provides inputs on garment manufacturing technology. This course enables students to understand quality management, concepts and tools and familiarizes them with material testing and Inspection procedures. Fashion Marketing Management This course introduces generic marketing concepts, market and market forces, 4Ps of marketing and ways of handling them. It also deals with brand launch, channel management, segmenting the market and positioning with special reference to the fashion industry. Fashion Merchandising This course aims to provide comprehensive knowledge of basics and principles of merchandising with specific reference to apparel industry. Students gain sufficient knowledge and exposure to start a merchandising career in apparel industry. It also details the process of merchandising and development of range plan. Professional Practices This course aims at impar ting the basic principles of - communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place as well as to train them as to how people interact and communicate through various forms of communication. It sensitizes students towards ethics in decision making. Managerial Economics This course introduces the fundamentals of economic theory and their applications. Students learn to anticipate how other firms and consumers will respond to the decisions they make. Fashion Retail Management This course provides an understanding of various retail concepts such as Store Organizations, Store Formats, Retail Mix, Retail Strategy, Retail Profitability, Retail Analytics and Retail Store Operations. Overview of Global Fashion Industry This course is conceived to impart inputs on the existing and emerging fashion markets and key growth drivers with respect to the national and global fashion industry. It also addresses the country-specific challenges for the fashion industry. It prepares the students to be able to comprehend and forecast the trends alongwith appropriate trade analysis skills. Research Methodology & Minor Project This course introduces the Research Methodology concepts and enables students to carry out research work. Outbound Program (Between Ist Semester & IInd Semester) This workshop is intended to provide 'behavioral training' to complement classroom education The activities include teamwork, planning, communication, stretching limits and recognizing ones potential, lateral thinking, accepting feedback, self exploration, co-ordination, and sensitivity building. 145 For restricted use within NIFT only.

160 SEMESTER II Accounting and Costing for Managers This course introduces concepts such as Ratio Analysis, Standard Costing, Marginal Costing, Cost Sheet, Fund Flow Management, BEP Analysis, CVP Analysis. It also makes students familiar with a Balance Sheet. Fashion Brand Management This course develops a clear understanding of fashion Brands and an in-depth understanding of fashion branding strategy covering Brand equity, Brand Identity and Brand Architecture. It explores the mystery of legendary and Luxury Brands. Consumer Behaviour This course acquaints the students with Consumer Behaviour concepts. It also enables students to demonstrate the ability to analyze the complexities of buying behaviour and use the same to formulate successful strategies. Marketing Research This course enables the students to understand the various components of MR and to learn how MR can help the managers to make decisions in marketing related areas. It also enables the students to solve marketing problems through research. Export Merchandising This course imparts knowledge and skills of merchandiser in an export house/buying house. It provides knowledge of coordination, follow up and facilitation roles of an export merchandiser. It also enhances the communication, co-ordination and interpersonal skills of students. Retail Buying and Category Management This course introduces the concepts of Merchandise Buying and Planning in Retail and details the key roles that a Buyer plays in a Retail Organization. It also details the Buying and Retail Inventory Management process as well as the importance and applications of Category Management. Brand & In-Store Communication This course introduces the principles of Visual Merchandising and highlights the importance of Visual Merchandising in increasing consumer patronage. It also links the role of communication in building Brand Image. Fashion Forecasting and Product Development This course imparts knowledge and understanding of interpretation of Fashion Forecast and develops an understanding of application of Fashion Forecast in further development of the product. This course familiarizes the students with various methods of fashion forecasting used in the fashion industry. Students will understand the process of fashion research & forecasting used in the fashion industry. Operations Research This course enables the students to gain knowledge on the use of tools required for scientific decision making for optimizing utilization of resources. Minor Project This course is intended to encourage students to carry out research work. Students sharpen their research abilities through this and would know how to find solutions for the research problems and to prepare good reports. Fashion Industry Internship and Training (Between 2nd & 3rd Semester) This is to let the students work with a specific company as internees for their first industry exposure. This helps them understand functions and working procedures of different departments in an organization. SEMESTER III Global Marketing This course provides the knowledge of marketing management in the global perspective. It familiarizes the students with the basic knowledge, conceptual framework and prevailing practices in global marketing and enables the students to use various marketing tools. Strategic Management This course familiarizes students with the concepts and processes of strategic management and enables the students to develop comprehensive strategies for fashion business. The course also discusses the management strategies adopted by leading fashion brands. Entrepreneurship This course enables to identify the entrepreneurial opportunities in apparel, textile and accessories and to evaluate the opportunities. It also enables them to prepare a viable & detailed business plan. Financial Management This course introduces financial management concepts such as time value of money, sources of long-term finance, inventory management techniques, dividends payout, NPV analysis, ABC analysis, asset-based financing, venture capital financing, equity, debt instrument etc. It enables them to understand various financial statements and their analysis. Legal Environment of Business This course is intended to impart knowledge of the operational processes of business between two or more nations and to share the rules and regulations related to export. It details the trade policy, procedures and documentations necessary for export and retail. For restricted use within NIFT only. 146

161 academic planning & curriculum Customer Relationship Management This course is to familiarize the students with the concept of customer expectations and relationship. It provides an understanding of effective customer interaction and selling skills. Business Technology for Fashion Value Chain This course aims to enable the students to understand breakthroughs in technology and help them gain hands on experience to work on different technology platforms. Human Resource Management This course spells out the basic processes and principles that underline human behavior and helps the students to understand concepts and issues related to team management. It enables them to develop skills for successfully managing people Intellectual Property Rights This course aims to impart a basic understanding on IPR as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry so as to leverage one's IP in business. It introduces concepts such as patents, trademarks, designs, copyright etc. It prepares students to be able to recognize the IP which is worth protecting. Supply Chain Management This course helps the understanding of how to improve the performance of the firm and its supply chain through coordination among multiple sites, functions, customers and suppliers. It familiarizes students with several supply chain strategies that have been adopted by leading companies and review the experiences of fashion businesses. It helps them to analyze a supply chain and improve its efficiency and response. Fashion Industry Market Survey (Between 3rd Semester & 4th Semester) The subject enables the students to understand the sectoral overview of apparel / textile related industries and to comprehend the backward and forward supply and value chain linkages - the pattern of cluster and business networking, infrastructure and support institutions that help the sector and business associations. It includes the development of marketing plan, product development, resource planning and maximizing opportunities. SEMESTER IV Graduation Research Project The project aims to provide an opportunity to students to apply and relate the concepts and theoretical inputs from various contextual studies offered in Fashion Management programme to the day to day activities of the functional areas of fashion industry and familiarize the practical aspects of the same. 147 For restricted use within NIFT only.

162 3.6.12(a) M. Des (DESIGN SPACE) SEMESTER I Research Methods I The course is designed to prepare the students to use the correct research techniques and language in their projects and dissertation. It will also help students to participate in forums and conferences for presenting their research. Design Thinking This module involves the basic aspects of thinking visually, as a part of visual literacy. Realizing the potential of creativity by being observant and inquisitive about immediate surroundings and being in the state of responding to any aesthetical configuration of the material world is the focus of the course. Digital Design This module will enable the students to visualize the Design Space, Design Products and Props required for Visual Merchandising, 2D & 3D simulations of Space such as Stores, Exhibition and create Walkthroughs. Visual and Design Culture This subject studies the production and consumption of everyday objects to the works of art and design from various cultures in the global context. This course will familiarize students with tools with which to analyze and assess visual and design cultures. Language of Fashion The language of fashion has multiple layers and complexity that defines its meaning in the larger world of design. This course is organized around processes of observing and learning about the interconnectivity and influence of social & cultural trends on fashion through analyzing the practice and writings and their impact in the current context. Professional Practices The subject introduces students the basic principles of communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place to understand how people interact and communicate through various forms of communication IPR This subject imparts the basic understanding of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. The idea is to give an overall exposure to the students so that they not only learn how to protect their own rights but also learn how to respect others' rights. Outbound Workshop This module provides an opportunity for the design students to interact with each other within a setting different to their regular environment. The workshop involves traveling in house/ out of Centre and build on developing team and life skills of the students. SEMESTER II Research Methods II The subject aims to provide knowledge of research methods which will help students to conceptualize their ideas in terms of research questions, methodology, data collection and qualitative or quantitative analysis in conducting design based research. Design Methods Design methodology provides an opportunity to learn design as an activity leading to identifying/creating opportunities and addressing the aspirational value of a product beyond its basic function. Research Proposal The subject enables students to identify a research topic and formulate research proposal in their field. The course imparts knowledge on formulating research questions, designing the research study using different research methods and tools. Project I The project envisages applying principles learnt in previous courses by identifying a design issue / problem and to come out with a background research in order to achieve a design solution. Electives A. Trends Research & Forecasting To understand the concept of trend research that leads to forecasting and its utilization to make future plans and develop new product range. B. Space & Interactive Design This elective outlines scopes and possibilities for provoking rich and satisfying interactions in a space or product. C. Craft Studies- Theory, Design & Practices The subject aspires in realizing the need of looking at the craft sector as an important aspect of design practice and as a functional response to lifestyle needs. D. Costume Studies- Theory, Design & Practice The subject aims to understand and appreciate aesthetics of Costumes and their meanings in living performing arts and ritualistic traditions. E. Creative Fashion The course is designed to introduce creative practices of fashion to the students by exploring the language of material culture through emphasis on material and techniques influencing forms in fashion. For restricted use within NIFT only. 148

163 academic planning & curriculum F. Design for Special Needs The subject introduces the principles of Universal Design to guide a wide range of design discipline including environments, products and communication. G. Ergonomics The subject is concerned with the achievement of optimal relationships between humans and their work environment. H. Functional Textiles The subject aims to orient the students in the field of functional / technical textiles and enable them to use the concepts in design research. SEMESTER III Project II This module will provide students the opportunity to explore, incorporate and execute the design skills and techniques specific to the area of specialization/ sub specialization. Sustainable Systems The purpose of this module is to introduce students the realm of environmental design, stressing the ecological underpinning of design decisions. Sustainable design develops a greater focus on holistic and sustainable approaches to design. Design Innovation The course is developed to create closer links between design and industry, and to widen the horizon of design students, enabling them to make informed references to the dynamics of the design stake holders- to users, the market, new technology, economics, politics, law & the global environment. Entrepreneurship & Business Plan Development The module aims to understand the process of starting a business, working out the feasibility study of a business plan and to impart necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur. Cluster The course helps students understand core competency of a craft/ cluster and the structure and dynamics of a 'Cluster' and related issues. Minor Guided Project The Students are encouraged to develop their capability in applying academic learning to industrial and research purpose and to explore a variety of practical methods and approaches employed in the realization of design solutions/ problem solving or new innovation. SEMESTER IV Final Dissertation The module aims to apply the knowledge and skill acquired during the course work in an identified area in a real life context. It may be culmination of students' personal ideas and investigation towards the realization of an original body of work (b) M. Des (DESIGN SPACE) onwards SEMESTER I Research Methods I The course is designed to prepare the students to use the correct research techniques and language in their projects and dissertation. It will also help students to participate in forums and conferences for presenting their research. Design Thinking This module involves the basic aspects of thinking visually, as a part of visual literacy. Realizing the potential of creativity by being observant and inquisitive about immediate surroundings and being in the state of responding to any aesthetical configuration of the material world is the focus of the course. Digital Design This module will enable the students to visualize the Design Space, Design Products and Props required for Visual Merchandising, 2D & 3D simulations of Space such as Stores, Exhibition and create Walkthroughs. Visual and Design Culture This subject studies the production and consumption of everyday objects to the works of art and design from various cultures in the global context. This course will familiarize students with tools with which to analyze and assess visual and design cultures. Language of Fashion The language of fashion has multiple layers and complexity that defines its meaning in the larger world of design. This course is organized around processes of observing and learning about the interconnectivity and influence of social & cultural trends on fashion through analyzing the practice and writings and their impact in the current context. Professional Practices The subject introduces students the basic principles of communication, ethics and etiquettes for the work place to understand how people interact and communicate through various forms of communication IPR This subject imparts the basic understanding of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) specifically as applied to the area of creative arts, fashion design and textile industry. The idea is to give an overall exposure to the students so that they not only learn how to protect their own rights but also learn how to respect others' rights. 149 For restricted use within NIFT only.

164 Outbound Workshop This module provides an opportunity for the design students to interact with each other within a setting different to their regular environment. The workshop involves traveling in house/ out of Centre and build on developing team and life skills of the students. SEMESTER II Research Methods II The subject aims to provide knowledge of research methods which will help students to conceptualize their ideas in terms of research questions, methodology, data collection and qualitative or quantitative analysis in conducting design based research. Design Methods I Design methodology provides an opportunity to learn design as an activity leading to identifying/creating opportunities and addressing the aspirational value of a product beyond its basic function. Design Methods II Design Methods II looks at multiple perspectives of colleagues, clients, end users, and customers (current and prospective). By taking a "people first" approach, design thinkers can imagine solutions that are inherently desirable and meet explicit or latent needs. This requires considerable research and analysis of the information for innovative ideas. Research Proposal The subject enables students to identify a research topic and formulate research proposal in their field. The course imparts knowledge on formulating research questions, designing the research study using different research methods and tools. Project I (Part A) The project envisages applying principles learnt in previous courses by identifying a design issue / problem and to come out with a background research in order to achieve a design solution. Project I (Part B) The project is in continuation of Project (Part A) and would attempt to formulate the ROL ( Review of Literature) in a academic format. Electives A. Trends Research & Forecasting To understand the concept of trend research that leads to forecasting and its utilization to make future plans and develop new product range. B. Space & Interactive Design This elective outlines scopes and possibilities for provoking rich and satisfying interactions in a space or product. C. Craft Studies- Theory, Design & Practices The subject aspires in realizing the need of looking at the craft sector as an important aspect of design practice and as a functional response to lifestyle needs. D. Costume Studies- Theory, Design & Practice The subject aims to understand and appreciate aesthetics of Costumes and their meanings in living performing arts and ritualistic traditions. E. Fashion and Innovation The course is designed to understand 'Innovation' as a key to creative practices as fashion. The course explores design process and presentation on reflection of through active blend of invention, event and co-authorship in fashion. F. Design for Special Needs The subject introduces the principles of Universal Design to guide a wide range of design discipline including environments, products and communication. G. Ergonomics The subject is concerned with the achievement of optimal relationships between humans and their work environment. H. Functional Textiles The subject aims to orient the students in the field of functional / technical textiles and enable them to use the concepts in design research. SEMESTER III Project II This module will provide students the opportunity to explore, incorporate and execute the design skills and techniques specific to the area of specialization/ sub specialization. Sustainable Systems The purpose of this module is to introduce students the realm of environmental design, stressing the ecological underpinning of design decisions. Sustainable design develops a greater focus on holistic and sustainable approaches to design. Entrepreneurship & Business Plan Development The module aims to understand the process of starting a business, working out the feasibility study of a business plan and to impart necessary competencies for starting as entrepreneur. Craft Cluster Study (Theory) The course helps students to understand core competency of a craft/ cluster and the structure and dynamics of a 'Cluster' and related issues. Craft Cluster Study (Field) Field study in the identified cluster provides in-experience learning to apply the concepts learnt in the previous course. For restricted use within NIFT only. 150

165 academic planning & curriculum Minor Guided Project The Students are encouraged to develop their capability in applying academic learning to industrial and research purpose and to explore a variety of practical methods and approaches employed in the realization of design solutions/ problem solving or new innovation. Industry Internship The 8 week industry internship programme is designed to create a platform for Master's student to gain knowledge through real life experience in their various areas while keeping their educational backgrounds in view. Direct interaction with practioner's in the field would enable the students to synthesize class room learning's with field practices. SEMESTER IV Final Dissertation The module aims to apply the knowledge and skill acquired during the course work in an identified area in a real life context. It may be culmination of students' personal ideas and investigation towards the realization of an original body of work. 151 For restricted use within NIFT only.

166 3.7 Procedure, Time Frame and Committees for Curriculum Review The curriculum as ratified by AAC of the Board held on 22nd February 2011 will be the authenticated curriculum to be used as the basis for fur ther curriculum review. This curriculum duly signed and stamped will be in the personal custody of Dean (A). After the completion of first batch of restructured curriculum a curriculum review should be done in all departments as a regular process. After completion of 4 years, the complete curriculum should be reviewed. In , an intensive peer and industry review of the curriculum was conducted. An extensive exercise was undertaken in which two day workshops were organized by each department in which peer institutes, industry members, NIFT alumni and department faculty participated. A similar exercise shall be conducted every four years and the focus shall be on incorporating the envisaged dynamic needs of the industry and future trends For any corrective action a review should be done every 2 years and in case of an urgent requirement the exigency review plan may be implemented. i) Complete curriculum review - Frequency : 4 years Procedure : CP along with all faculty members of department will review the curriculum in a Department convention. Reviews should be done with Industry and Alumni. The proposed changes should be sent to SIAC- AMS (Dean-A, Head AA & all CPs) for further review. The SIAC-AMS will recommend the changes to AAC of BOG for ratification. After the ratification the curriculum must be documented and circulated by Dean A. ii) Curriculum Review For Corrective Action (for particular subject) : Frequency: Every 2 Years Procedure: CP along with CCs and Subject faculty (as suggested by CP) shall review and send the recommendations to SIAC-AMS (Dean A, Head AA & all CPs), which should co-opt two Professors of departments. This committee shall review the changes and further recommend to AAC of BOG for approval. After the approval the changes shall be documented and circulated by Dean A. iii) In case of Exigency Frequency: Requirement based Procedure: In case of some urgent changes a committee comprising CP, CCs & 2 Professors shall review and recommend the changes to SIAC-AMS (Dean-A, Head AA & all CPs). The recommendations will be reviewed and sent to AAC of BOG for ratification. After the ratification the changes shall be documented and circulated by Dean A. Any review in the curriculum may be done as per the prescribed guidelines for curriculum development. 3.8 Procedure and Committee for Change in Nomenclature of Department / Discipline / Specialization A change in nomenclature of Department / Discipline / Specialization should be proposed by the concerned CP in consultation with the CCs. It should be proposed to SIAC-AMS which would then review and recommend to Competent Authority for final approval. Introduction, phasing out or termination of new programme at any centre will be with the approval of Senate. 3.9 Modalities for Co-Curricular Academic Activities During the course of studies at NIFT, students are required undergo Industry internship, Field visits, Craft survey and document their observations and learning. Graduation Project is taken up in the final semester. These are an integral part of the curriculum and mandatory for students Internship Modalities PURPOSE: The industry internship programme is an introduction to the industry to give students an appreciation and working knowledge of the industry. It blends their classroom knowledge with industry application. DURATION: 6-12 Weeks TIMING: Under Graduates: Between 6th & 7th semester Post Graduates: Between 2nd and 3rd semester PLACE: Within India Outside India INTERNSHIP ORGANIZATION: It will be facilitated by respective department Chairpersons in co-ordination with centre co-ordinators. Procedure i) In March every year, a meeting of semester VI - UG / semester II - PG students, who will undertake summer internship that year will be called in various centers, where For restricted use within NIFT only. 152

167 academic planning & curriculum they will be briefed about the modus operandi of summer internship and the expectations of industry based on the experience of previous years. ii) All programmes undertaking Summer Internship will do so through the respective departments. iii) Internship Duration & Schedule - The programmes mentioned above under take internship for a period of 8 weeks. iv) RICs in consultation with the CCs of the depar tments in their centre would up-date the data bases, contact companies, send brochures and follow ups, collect CVs of students, and coordinate v) The specific student allocation to the company would be done by the CC. vi) Stipend - Companies would be advised to offer per month stipend to the students. Stipend in internship letter for UG programmes and PG Programmes would be `3,500 /- per month. vii) Internship Interviews- Some companies like to conduct interviews of students before selecting them for internship. Interviews would have to be conducted at specific NIFT centers. RIC in consultation with CC would co- ordinate such activities. viii) The Internship Brochure would have: - Brief about the programmes - Subjects Areas - Internship Guidelines for each department - Internship Deliverables for each department - Procedure for Companies - Internship Announcement Form (Annexure 3A) - Feedback Form - Details of first four points as detailed above would be provided by the CPs ix) Schedule of Follow up with Companies - First intimation to companies (along with IAF) - Printed Brochure - Mailing of Brochure - Last date of receipt of completed IAF - Follow up with Companies Brief to Students General Brief i) Before the student proceeds for internship, they are advised to receive the copy of the letter for the internship (addressed to the industry). ii) Every student, before leaving for conduction of the survey, shall acquaint himself/herself with the places and the status of the fashion industry units where he/she is visiting by reading published material available, contacting trade information centres/libraries etc. iii) After joining the industry, the students are advised to send a "Joining Report", with attestation of the contact person/ HRD Manager/MD of the industry. iv) After completing the internship the students are advised to collect a "Relieving letter" from the internship industry. v) The students are expected to report to factory or office on all working days as decided by organization in charge from time to time. The internees are advised to strictly follow the company rules and regulations as per the following parameters. - Punctuality regarding reporting - Photography in the Factory/Office premises - Collection of swatches, trims and other merchandise which might be required for their presentation at the Institute. - Collection of different organizational formats - Using infrastructural facilities vi) The internees are also required to perform duties as assigned by the organization in charge from time to time. vii) For industry internship to be undertaken by students, the students are required to submit "No Objection Certificate" from their parents. viii) During the internship, if the student has any problem, they should contact their internship coordinator/departmental ix) CC for assistance. The design students who are required to bring the garment collection (prepared during internship) for internship and afterwards, a "No Dues" certificate from the industry need to be submitted to the department. Otherwise the internship marks from the student will be withheld. x) All students should report back to their respective institute centre on the reopening day of the institute as specified in the Academic Plan. Department Brief A clear brief should be given to students by each department incorporating the objectives. The guideline of methodology & outcomes should be provided. It has been documented in the curriculum. Students Travel, Boarding And Lodging The students may have to bear the cost relating to travel, boarding and lodging. NIFT will help in getting concessional air/train tickets on request. Report i) Students should prepare a repor t (on the basis of instructions issued by the department) and presentation material. They should submit the report (along with swatch file) few days in advance to the internship presentation. The presentation can be done with the help of OHP/LCD projector. ii) The students shall append full particulars of the persons/ place they contact during the visit. iii) The report & swatch file submitted during the internship presentation will become par t of department resource material. Students are advised to prepare duplicate copy for themselves, before submission. 153 For restricted use within NIFT only.

168 iv) The internship report prepared by students will be kept confidential for academic and research purpose and will not be displayed in Resource Centre. Evaluation The internship work of the student will be evaluated (individually for each student) by a panel of jury members comprising of internal faculty and industry members. The evaluation criterion alongwith the detailed break up marks for every department has been specified in the curriculum and should be uniform across all centres. Industry internship is an independent subject and the grade obtained for the same will be added to the subsequent semester. Therefore, any student who successfully clears 'industry internship' would not have to repeat the subject, irrespective of whether he/she passes or fails the subsequent semester Modalities of Cluster Visit Calendar for Student visit to the cluster: SNo Name of Semester UG/PG Duration the of the Discipline visit 1 TD Between semester UG 2 weeks IV & VI 2 KD Between semester UG 2 weeks IV & VI 3 FD Between semester UG 2 weeks IV & VI 4 LD Between semester UG 2 weeks IV & VI 5 F&LA Semester V UG 2 weeks 6 FC Between semester UG 1 week IV & V 7 DFT V UG 1 week 8 FMS III PG 1 week 9 M.Des Between semester PG 2 weeks (Design II & III Space) Norms for visit to various clusters to be visited by students The norms for students visiting the respective cluster have been finalized as: i) Travel of all the students is compulsory to the selected cluster. ii) Duration - as mentioned above iii) Venue/ Place - identified cluster iv) Students to be formed into groups of 5-6 students to visit a cluster. Each group to be assigned a group leader for ease in communication. v) DSA as per the norms, to be given to the students for food. vi) Accommodation to be organized at government guest houses in the cluster by NIFT. vii) Concessional train fare to be provided by NIFT. viii) ix) Local transport to be paid by NIFT. Upto ` 5,000/- to be paid for the document prepared by each student group. x) To invite eminent persons for Lectures for pre-visit orientation. (1500x5) xi) Graphic Design input for presentation skills (1500 x 5) xii) Faculty taking the course to accompany the students to the cluster, in phase wise manner to guide and supervise the students. Faculty to visit the cluster twice during the students stay; once to accompany the students in the beginning and once again during the students field stay. Two or three faculty from the department may get involved with the subject. Brief for the craft cluster project I) Each department to develop a brief in consultation with CICs, keeping in view the deliverables of the project. II) A clear and specific brief to be prepared with objectives of the cluster study, performance criteria, list of deliverables and evaluation criteria. The brief to be made keeping in view the competency of the stream. Following list is provided for reference. i) DESIGN Design innovation Design management ii) Design intelligence MANAGEMENT Supply chain management Brand management Retail entrepreneurships Organizational development Systems design & development III) TECHNOLOGY Process innovation Production planning Research based improvisation Quality management Documentation and presentation i) Students to submit one copy of good quality written document giving details of the cluster, craft, technique, evolution of the craft and artisan profile. ii) iii) In case of product development activity, the document to provide details of the process, prototyping and details of raw material procurement. Details of organizations and associations contacted or networked during the cluster visit to be provided in the document. For restricted use within NIFT only. 154

169 academic planning & curriculum iv) Students to make presentation to a panel consisting of two external Jury members, CIC and two faculty members from other departments. v) CICs to compile and send the following to the Cluster Unit at Head Office from their respective centers. Soft copy of documents from all departments Soft copy of 30 good quality photographs (at least 300 dpi) with captions showing the craft, process and artisan working. 200 words write up on each craft studied Graduation Project The Graduation Project is weeks client sponsored industry project. The project is to demonstrate the application of various academic inputs and its adaptation in real life industry situation. It may be taken up as a Graduation Project, Dissertation, Design Collection or a Research Project. The details and modalities involved have been documented in the respective course curriculum. The modalities involved for assessment may be referred to in Chapter 6 of this Manual. The Graduation Project fee (F&LA & TD Departments) from the sponsoring industry/ company will not be charged. Now, the Departments may instead charge a Registration fee of `2,000/- from sponsoring industry/company to ensure their commitment to the project. The revenue generated will be credited to DDF for the concerned Department. Dissertation (M.Des) - The module aims to apply the knowledge and skill acquired during the course work in an identified area in a real life context. It may be culmination of student's personal ideas and investigation towards the realization of an original body of work Academic Calendar Academic Calendar is the calendar for academic activities in the academic year to be uniformly followed by all departments across centres. Procedure of Formulation The academic calendar will be proposed by SIAC-AMS (Dean-A, Head-AA and CPs). After the approval it will be issued by Dean (A) to all departments across centres. It will be formulated and circulated at least two months prior to start of Academic year. Format of the academic calendar has been placed at Annexure 3 - B. Compliance of Academic calendar The academic calendar has to be strictly complied with. For any non - compliance or deviation prior approval should be taken from Competent Authority. 155 For restricted use within NIFT only.

170

171 faculty matters Chapter 4 This section deals with all policies which affect faculty of the institute in a direct or indirect manner. In this section: 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities of Faculty 4.2 Norms for Faculty and Recruitments 4.3 Faculty Affiliations and Workloads 4.4 Policies pertaining to faculty engagement NIFT Guest Faculty Policy Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy Visiting Fellows Policy Honorarium Norms for Anchors and Trainers of Faculty Orientation, Training and Development Inter Center Teaching Eminent Exper t as Jury Member 4.5 Development and training opportunities Faculty Orientation, Training and Development (FOTD) Cell International & National Fairs/conferences Study and Sabbatical Leaves Norms Faculty Seminar Project Consultancy Auditing by Faculty Training of Trainers Faculty Internship 4.6 Faculty Profiling vis a vis other Institute / Organization 157 For restricted use within NIFT only.

172 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities of Faculty Faculty is the backbone of an academic and professional organization. Their role and responsibility should be focused on excellence of content, pedagogy, deliverance and linkages with Industry and other professional institutes. The defined roles and responsibility are: Academic Research & Consultancy Academic Administration Extension Class Room Instruction Research & Development Academic and Administrative Extension Services Activities & Research Management of the Institution Guidance Laboratory instruction Industry sponsored projects Policy Planning, Monitoring & Interaction with industry evaluation and promotional and society activities both at Departmental and institutional level Curriculum Development Providing Consultancy and Design and Development of Participation in Testing Services new Programmes Community Services Developing Learning Promotion of Industry institution Preparing project proposals for Providing Non R&D Resource Material & interaction and R&D funding in areas of R&D work, support and consultancy Laboratory Development Laboratory Development, services to industry and Modernization, Expansion etc. other User agencies Student Assessment & Administration both at Providing non-formal Evaluation including Departmental & Institutional modes of education for examination work of Institute level the benefit of the community Par ticipation in Development, Administration Promotion of co-curricular & Extra and management of institutional entrepreneurship and curricular activities facilities job creation Student Guidance, Counseling Monitoring and Evaluation for Dissemination of & helping in development of Academic and research activities knowledge personal, ethical, moral and overall character Continuing Education Participation in policy planning at Providing technical Activities the Regional/ National level support in areas of social for development of technical relevance education Keeping abreast of new Plan and implement staff knowledge & skills, help development activities generate new knowledge and disseminate such knowledge through books, publications etc. Self development through upgrading qualification, experience & professional activities Maintain accountability Conduct Performance Appraisal Any other relevant work assigned by the Head of the Institution. For restricted use within NIFT only. 158

173 faculty matters The Directors should ensure at the end of every week that the material taught by all the faculty during the week has been made available to the Resource Centre The faculty should be present in the class/ workshop/ lab throughout the period. He / She is supposed to teach/ guide the students and quality & control should be exercised in a proper manner. Log Book: To prevent the students from getting the assignments outsourced and to obviate faculty to point out at the time of evaluation that the project has not been prepared by the particular student, the activity preformed in the lab / workshop has to be logged. The log book has to be maintained for the skill based activity and not mental activity which cannot be logged. All the Directors should ensure that the log book system is strictly followed across all the Centres. The system is detailed in Chapter-6 of this manual. 4.2 Norms for Faculty & Recruitment i) The norms for student, faculty ratio shall be 12:1 in UG and PG Programmes. ii) The ratio between regular and contract faculty shall be pegged at 1:1. iii) In addition to the full time faculty, 10% of direct teaching hours shall be available for the Guest Faculty along with 2 Adjunct Professors and Visiting Fellows under the respective policies across all programmes. iv) The faculty cadre will be pegged at 1:2:4 between Sr. Professors / Professors: Associate Professors and Assistant Professors (rounded off to the nearest integer) with the teaching hours as : Professors 7.5 hours/week Associate Professors 12 hours /week Assistant Professors (Regular 15 hours/week & Contract) Establishment department will deal with the faculty recruitments. The norms and the group competencies have been laid out in Establishment Manual. 4.3 Faculty Affiliations and Workloads AFFILIATIONS The department of the faculty will be based on their approved current primary affiliations. Any proposal or request for the change in department should be reviewed in SIAC-AMS based on the individual s qualifications, work experience, earlier affiliation at NIFT, trainings etc. with reference to equitable availability of senior, junior faculty across various departments. The recommendations shall be sent to Competent Authority for approval. TEACHING WORKLOADS Norms for Workload Calculations i) Workloads are based on number of hours of direct interaction with students. It will not include hours for mentoring students, Jury Evaluation, indirect teaching, CE Programmes etc. ii) Workloads shall be aggregated of hours in two semesters in the academic year. No carryover of the hours will be done for the next academic year. iii) CE Programme shall be conducted over and above the normal workload of faculty members. iv) The workload of the faculty, who join after a long leave in mid semester, shall be calculated on pro-rata basis. Each semester consists of 16 weeks and all academic activities including examinations, except re-examinations should be completed within the stipulated period of 16 weeks. Teaching workload shall be calculated as follows: Direct Teaching: i) The full academic load of the department for UG/PG/PhD programmes has to be shared by its faculty irrespective of the number of professors / associate or assistant professors that it might comprise of. The faculty cadre will be pegged at 1:2:4 between Sr. Professors / Professors: Associate Professors and Assistant Professors (rounded off to the nearest integer) with the direct teaching hours as 7.5 hours/ week for Professors, 12 hours/week for Associate Professors and 15 hours/week for Assistant Professors (Regular and Contract). ii) The indicated load of 7.5 hours for Professors, 12 hours for Associate Professors and 15 hours for Assistant Professors is only to be taken as guideline and cannot became a limiting factor. iii) In case a faculty is not able to fulfill his teaching hours in his parent Department and Centre then he should complete them by teaching in other department(s) in the centre or through Inter Centre Teaching for which no remuneration (other than iv) TA /DA) will be paid. For Ph D programme the subjects with direct teaching shall be Research Methods, Statistical Analysis and Research Paradigms v) The provision of Co-teaching will be subject to the following conditions: Class sizes being larger than 35 Both faculty should have competency in the area being taught in the class Both faculty being present during the entire duration of the class 159 For restricted use within NIFT only.

174 All assignment evaluations must be done jointly by both faculty Co-teaching may be allowed only for Process Based subjects. The benefit of co-teaching will be given only on specific case to case basis with the prior approval of the Centre Director. Indirect Teaching: i) Indirect teaching by faculty would be considered for the following: Final semester Graduation Project / Research Project / Design Collection / Dissertation. ITP/ Colloquium paper/ Minor Project. Craft Cluster Initiative PhD Guidance. ii) Graduation project / Design collection / Ph D Consultation: All faculty in the department will guide minimum number of projects equivalent to the number of students divided by the sanctioned faculty strength. A maximum teaching workload of 6 hrs/ week can be allocated to a faculty for guiding projects. Per guided project workload will be 1.5 hrs per week. iii) Associate Professors, Professors and Senior Professors will be required to undertake a minimum workload of 42 hours of Indirect teaching in a year, in addition to their specified direct teaching load. The policy for calculation of teaching load will be adopted from session Guest Faculty: In addition to full time faculty, a maximum of 10% of direct teaching hours shall be available for the Guest Faculty along with two (2) Adjunct Professors and Visiting Fellows under respective policies across all programmes. PROCEDURE: Faculty shall give their workloads in their departments and in other departments for the semester to the Centre Coordinator of the department, based on which the academic plan will be prepared for the department by the respective centre coordinator and forwarded through the Centre Director and Chairperson to Dean (A) at Annexure 4 - A. In order to rationalize the workload, optimize resource utilization and minimize the requirement of guest faculty, it is important to clarify that the minimum direct teaching hours in respect of each level of faculty have to be adhered to along with other responsibilities. However, the minimum limit will not become a limiting factor for a Centre. The time table may be drawn up by the Centre Coordinators with the approval of Centre Directors taking into consideration the above norms. RESPONSIBILITY: All Chairpersons shall assess the workload of each faculty in their department across all centres prior to the commencement of the semester and forward it to Dean (A) who will then put the same up to DG-NIFT. 4.4 Policies Pertaining to Faculty Engagement NIFT Guest Faculty Policy The rules and regulations framed under the policy shall apply to the guest faculty for regular UG / PG Programmes offered at all Centers of National Institute of Fashion Technology. The Centre must depend on their existing faculty. If the faculty of a Centre is not capable of teaching any subject, priority should be given to the faculty from other Centres. Where the faculty from other Centre is also not available, guest faculty is being invited for taking lectures. Wherever external faculty is being invited for taking lectures, audit of the lecture should be conducted by the internal faculty. For the payment and the engagement norms refer to the policy at Annexure 4 - B Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy Adjunct Professors are being engaged to provide industry linkages to departments and have industry members with a long-term association and a common vision as of NIFT. Adjunct Professors shall be offered to experienced industry person working within India. For the payment and the engagement norms refer to the policy at Annexure 4 - C Visiting Fellows Policy In order to keep pace with the dynamic environment which is rapidly changing, the present milieu demands that the international fashion industry trends need to be adopted and assimilated within the Indian environment. Owing to the fact that process of globalization is rapidly happening, exchanges of teaching pedagogy, concepts, and professional ideas are necessitated. Thus, there has been an introduction of overseas international visiting fellows, who can provide the necessary international flavor and impetus to the initiative taken by NIFT. In connection with the above, NIFT has initiated a process to welcome international faculty exper ts to work / associate with NIFT as visiting fellows. The visiting faculty may be involved in executing new Programmes, projects and / or holding workshops. The specific form for inviting National and International faculty For restricted use within NIFT only. 160

175 faculty matters exper ts has designed and furnished to various fashion education institutes and is also hosted on the NIFT website. For the engagement and honorarium norms refer to the Policy for international fellows at Annexure 10 - J Honorarium Norms for Anchors and Trainers of Faculty Orientation, Training and Development The rules and regulations framed under this policy shall apply to the engagement and honorarium to trainers and anchors of faculty orientation, training and development programme organized by FOTD, NIFT. The rules are applicable to both external and internal experts of NIFT. For Internal Faculty this shall be in addition to their regular teaching workload. The policy of honorarium norms for anchors, trainers of faculty orientation is placed at Annexure 4-D Inter Centre Teaching In view of the fact that some NIFT centers are facing a situation where there is a lack of faculty in the specialized areas, it has been suggested that they should also identify faculty for inter centre teaching in specialized areas from other NIFT centres. It should be certified by Centre Coordinator and countersigned by Chairperson that no other faculty member is available in the centre nor there is a subject exper t available in the city for the same. The requirement should be sent through LASC to Dean (A) prior to commencement of the semester. The Chairpersons should identify a panel of subject experts within NIFT in these areas. Based on these requirement plan and the identified subject experts, a plan for inter centre teaching shall be put up to DG-NIFT for approval. If the faculty has already completed the requisite hours in their centre, then they should be given honorarium as per the revised CE-Programme payment norms. Apart from this the boarding, lodging and airfare (to and fro) should be borne by the host centre Eminent Experts as Jury Members The eminent experts shall be either NIFT alumni with more than 10 years experience or professors from institutes of eminence like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT (in the scale of senior lecturer and above) or Industry professionals of the level of CEO and second line managers or National Awardee craftsman/weaver /Artisans with rich experience in related fields. The honorarium paid to eminent experts shall be `.1500 for a minimum duration of 3hrs for inviting as jury members, course curriculum development, viva-voce, Evaluation Process etc. The eminent experts should be invited as per above criterion and with the approval of Centre Director. 4.5 Development and Training Opportunities Faculty Orientation Training & Development (FOTD) Cell The objective of Training policy is to formulate a strategy to develop the existing human resources by providing avenues for personal growth and aligning them towards the achievement of organizational objectives. The present dynamic and competitive environment and the dynamics of rapidly evolving fashion business education demands academic and professional standards par excellence comparable with the best in the world. In order to stay ahead, the requisite competencies need to be constantly developed and upgraded through an institutionalized mechanism and process. Training constitutes a critical element of Human Resource Development which not only facilitates the personal/institutional growth and empowerment of academic and administrative personnel by providing inter and intra departmental network and linkages amongst NIFT's various Departments and Centres but also instills a feeling of shared vision and goals within the NIFT family. A training policy has been formulated in this reference at Annexure 4 - E International & National Fairs/Conferences A process has been streamlined to facilitate Faculty members / Officers for attending various National /International Fairs, Seminars, Conferences, Exhibitions etc. In this context a comprehensive list of Fairs, Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions both national and international have been prepared in consultation with respective Chairpersons and forwarded to centres for information and reference of all concerned. This list will be reviewed annually and changes if any will be notified. Visits to these Fairs, Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions will be funded through the Department Development Fund (DDF). The proposal in the prescribed performa clearly indicating the DDF available at the Centre for that department and the contribution of the concerned faculty will be reviewed by the LASC. The list of nominees from the centre as approved by LASC should be prepared along with the financial implication. The same shall be forwarded to the SIAC-AMS for recommendation to DG- NIFT. (Visits to Fairs, Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions outside the enclosed list will require prior approval of H.O.) The Centres are requested to forward the calendar of visits to Fairs, Seminars, Conferences and Exhibitions for the forthcoming year by the faculty of the Centre to the Dean (Academics) for placing before the SIAC-AMS in the Head Office. 161 For restricted use within NIFT only.

176 Process for selection and approval of research papers for presentations in Conferences The following guidelines will be followed for selection and approval of research papers for presentations in International Conferences. i) Identification of Conferences: Under NIFT Research unit an exercise is currently being undertaken to identify conferences wherein NIFT would encourage its faculty members to present papers (the consolidated list of the same will be released after approval of competent authority later) ii) Acceptance of the research paper of faculty in those conferences: Once paper of a faculty is short listed by the appropriate forum/conference, such information is sent to office of Head Research. iii) Evaluation of the research paper at NIFT: Head Research will constitute a committee to review and adjudge the suitability of such papers and would send out recommendations to DG NIFT office for approval. iv) Final Approval for research paper presentation: DG NIFT will finally approve selected papers and accordingly approve the request for travel etc. for paper presentation. In order to maintain NIFT's position of eminence in the international market a need has been felt to regularly interact and participate in International Seminar, Conference and to present NIFT's papers in the recognized International Journals. Thus in order to encourage faculty members to take both pure and applied research in the areas of Design, Technology, Management and other emergency areas relevant to the Fashion Industry and to position NIFT as an Institute of Higher learning and Research, the Finance Committee in its meeting held on 28th March, 2008 and the BOG in its 4th Meeting held on 2nd April, 2008 have approved the incentives to the members on publication of their paper in the journals of National / International meets recognized by NIFT. The cost of visit to the conference will also be borne by NIFT in addition to the following incentives: Selection for Class-A Journals - ` 10,000 plus certificate of merit plus entry in service book. Selection for Class-B Journals - ` 5,000 plus cer tificate of merit plus entry in service book. Selection for Class-C Journals - Certificate of merit and entry in the service book Study and Sabbatical Leave Norms The norms for Study and Sabbatical Leave are placed as a policy (Annexure 4 - F) Faculty Seminar Faculty Seminars have been introduced to provide faculty an opportunity to share and enhance knowledge in multidisciplinary areas. Under this all faculty shall be required to: i. Conduct a seminar once in a calendar year. ii. The topic shall be identified by the concerned faculty. iii. The topic shall be sent to Registrar prior to the calendar year. iv. Registrar to ensure the conduct of the seminar. v. Seminar to be attended by all faculty in the centre. The schedule will be prepared by the centre Registrar in coordination with the faculty members prior to start of the calendar year. The schedule to be approved by the Director. Two seminars shall be conducted every week during the zero hour. Seminar shall be conducted by each faculty at least once in a year. The duration of the seminar will be minutes. Each faculty shall conduct a seminar during the Zero Hour in their respective centre. This will be a regular process across all centers and will be mandatory for all faculty members Project Consultancy Consultancy at NIFT is viewed as a dynamic learning opportunity for the faculty to strengthen teaching and reach activities. The consultancy projects provide an opportunity for the faculty to interact with and exchange their views with the practitioners of the profession and contributes to solving practical problems while gaining the much needed empirical experience for increasing the efficacy of teaching and research. Keeping this object in view, the faculty members are encouraged to undertake Consultancy Projects for clients from Private and Public Sectors including Government, Semi Govt., UN and other international organizations, NGOs and self help groups to enable them acquire experience and expertise in handling wide range of assignments. All the norms and procedures relating to the same have been framed as a policy for Project Consultancy which can be referred in the Accounts Manual Auditing by Faculty i. NIFT organizes subject-specific programmes for 'Training of Trainers' both for Theory and Process based subjects regularly during summer and winter vacations. It is a requirement for faculty undergoing the programmes to teach the subject(s) in the next semester whenever offered. ii. Furthermore, when faculty travel to other new NIFT Centres for Inter-centre Teaching, the concerned faculty of the host Centre should audit the classes so that gradual selfsufficiency could be developed and that the subjects can be taught at each Centre by the in-house faculty in future. iii. The specific issue of faculty auditing classes would be based on the logistics of expert/ experienced faculty availability, the requirement of competency development by the faculty/ department/ Centre concerned and the current teaching / administrative load of the auditing faculty. iv. The issue of indicated load for Professors, Associate Professors and Assistant Professors are 7.5, 12 and 15 hours respectively, is now considered as a guideline and is not a For restricted use within NIFT only. 162

177 faculty matters limiting factor. There is no provision of 'teaching waiver' in NIFT at this time. v. It would naturally follow that the issue of either listing or signature of Auditing faculty on the timetable would not be justified Training of Trainers Training of Trainers constitutes a critical element of Human Resource Development which provides a platform for faculty members to upgrade their knowledge, skills, pedagogy and to broad base their competencies. Training of Trainers was initiated in 2008 to address the training needs of NIFT faculty. A comprehensive policy covering the entire gamut of activities regarding the same has been prepared in 2011 and placed at Annexure 4 - G Faculty Internship In order to provide sufficient opportunities to the members of academic community within NIFT, it is mandatory for each faculty member to undergo an internship in the relevant industry/ areas so that they may update themselves and be able to disseminate the same to the students. The guidelines for Faculty Internship are placed at Annexure 4 - H. 4.6 Faculty Profiling vis-a-vis other Institution/ Organizations Faculty as External Examiners outside NIFT: A number of institutes across the country affiliated to various Boards and Universities have started courses in the field of Fashion Design, Apparel Design, Technology and related areas. In this regard, "As a general policy, NIFT faculty may accept invitations as external examiners only to CBSE / Boards, Government Polytechnics, ITI and others with whom NIFT has MOUs". Nomination of Faculty Members and Officials of NIFT in various Boards of Institutes / Universities At the present stage of curriculum development in NIFT and the need for maintaining sanctity of the whole process, it is not considered in the larger interest of the Institution, to agree to such nominations. In view of the above, all the Directors of NIFT Centres are directed that no faculty / officials will be permitted to be nominated on the Board of Studies of any Institute / University. The Directors should also seek the information from all faculty / officers whether they are already a part of any such bodies / boards in any capacity and advise them that they must withdraw their names from such bodies under intimation to Head Office. A prior written approval of the DG- NIFT must be taken before nominating any faculty / officials in such bodies. 163 For restricted use within NIFT only.

178

179 student matters Chapter 5 This section deals with all issues concerning students and student development across centers of NIFT. These matters are also referred to in the Student Rule Book, which is available to every student of NIFT. In this section: 5.1 Fees Related Issues 5.2 Identity Card Related Issues 5.3 Personal Records Related Issues 5.4 Discipline and Conduct Issues 5.5 Disciplinary Procedure & Penalties Disciplinary Procedure Guidelines Penalties Appeal Procedure 5.6 Student Extra Curricular Activities 5.7 Student Related Committees Hostel Committee Campus Committee Examination Committee Student Discipline Committee 5.8 Policies Related to Student Affairs Student Attendance Policy Duration of Course Leave of Absence NIFT Means - Cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme Inter Center Transfer Policy Inter Discipline Transfer Policy 5.9 Policies Related to Student Development Programmes Student Assistantship Programme (SAP) Student Extension Activities 5.10 Student Support Services Student Accommodation Class Representatives (CR) Lab working Mentoring Medical Facilities Placement 5.11 Special Services Fee Waiver Policy Education loan Facilities for the Student Repeating the Semester Monetary Incentive for Contribution to Sponsorships Issuance of Migration and Provisional Certificate 5.12 Student Awards 165 For restricted use within NIFT only.

180 5.1 Fees Related Issues i) The semester fee structure as applicable for the students of the concerned programme will be charged from the students. Any revision in the fee structure would be notified separately from time to time. ii) The fee structure for students in general or reserved categories (For regular programmes) is as follows: iii) iv) Tuition fee - Per semester, Non-refundable Security Deposit - Once at time of admission, par t refundable - part as Alumni Association fees Library Fee - Annual, Non-refundable Mediclaim & Student - Annual, Non-refundable Development Fee The fee for students in NRI/ NRI sponsored category (For regular programmes) is taken annually (for two semesters). The structure is as follows: Tuition fee - Non-refundable Library Fee - Non-refundable Mediclaim & Student - Non-refundable Development Fee The above detailed amount would be specified by Academic Affairs - HO before the beginning of the academic year. The amounts applicable to new students would be detailed in the NIFT Admission Prospectus. v) There may be other components to the semester fee which are likely to differ from center to center. Charging of any other fee component from students would require prior approval from DG - NIFT through Head (AA) and Dir (F&A). vi) vii) viii) The fee is to be paid in full by the last date as specified in the Academic Calendar of the particular year. The students shall not be allowed to join the course if fee is not paid by the due date with fine. Any delay in payment of fees beyond the dates specified in the Academic Calendar would result in the name of the student being struck off the rolls of the institute. The late fee is to be paid in full with fine within 15 days from the last date of payment of fee as specified in the Academic Calendar. Semester fees once deposited shall not be refunded. ix) The Security Deposit deposited at the time of admission is refundable to students on completion of the course or from the date he/she ceases to be a student of NIFT. This is done on production of prescribed 'No Dues Certificate' from concerned Departments/Library and Resource Centre/ Academic Branch / Computer Labs / Hostel (if applicable) etc. No request for refund would be entertained after six months from the date of completion of the course or the student leaving the institute. x) In case of NRI/Foreign National/NRI sponsored category students, the security deposit which is refundable in case of withdrawal from course at time of admission will be ` 30,000. xi) The norms for fee for students in diploma or CE programs would differ from those in regular programmes. Those would be available in the central policy on the programmes and in the specific programme brochures and prospectus. xii) Students who leave NIFT mid course or who are asked to leave NIFT for whatever reasons will not be entitled to refund of fees, except the amount of the refundable security deposit. xiii) In cases whether it is leave of absence (Ref: 5.8.3) or detention on account of failure/attendance, the student shall keep his/her registration LIVE by paying re-registration fee of `5,000. for each absenting semester over and above the fee of the joining semester. xiv) After striking off of the name of the student from the NIFT rolls due to non payment of fee with or without fine, if the student still wants to continue studies in NIFT, the student would have to pay a re-registration fee of ` 5,000. over and above the semester fee within the next fifteen calendar days after the notified last day for depositing fee with fine. The student will be allowed back into class only after receipt of full fee. It will be the sole responsibility of the student concerned to achieve the minimum required attendance by the end of the semester as per the NIFT policy. No attendance relaxation will be given in this regard. xv) If a student appears in re-examination/re-jury or gets withheld result: The student shall pay the fees for the next semester once he/she clears the re-examination/re-jury. The students declared pass, shall pay the fees within one week of declaration of the re-exam/re-jury result without fine. In this case the date of declaration of result will be considered the first day for depositing the fee. Afterwards, the semester fee is to be paid with ` 100 per day within next 7 days after the last date of payment of fee without fine. On non payment of the fees, after this two week duration, the name of the student would be struck off from the rolls of the institute without any further notice. xvi) Adjustment of fees for the students availing Leave of Absence: As per NIFT policy, a student may be granted Leave of Absence/ lien for a maximum period of one year on the basis of medical/ extenuating circumstances beyond the specified period of study at NIFT with the prior approval of the Competent Authority. In such case, the fee paid by the student shall be adjusted when a student rejoins the course next year in the same semester. However re-registration charges for each absenting semester shall be paid by the student as per the NIFT policy. Similarly in case of NRI students, the fees is paid on a yearly basis, if the student avails Leave of Absence, the fees shall be adjusted for the subsequent semesters. If a student avails Leave of Absence after completion of first semester, one semester fee shall be adjusted when a student rejoins the course next year in the For restricted use within NIFT only. 166

181 student matters xvii) same semester. However, re-registration charges for each absenting semester shall be paid by the student as per the NIFT policy. In case of students who are suspended due to misconduct, the semester fees shall not be adjusted when a student rejoin the course next year in the same semester xviii) All deposits/payment of fees shall be made by demand draft in favour of National Institute of Fashion Technology payable at the allocated Centre or in cash through NIFT Challan to the authorized bank of respective NIFT Centres. xix) xx) Academic fee structure for NRI 'repeating students' who have completed one semester of the academic year - If the student has to repeat one semester, the fee for that semester only would be charged, instead of the fee for both the semesters i.e., the full year. However, no fee would be refunded if the NRI student withdraws his/ her candidature after fulfilling all the admission formalities, as the candidate has blocked one NRI seat that cannot be offered to any other candidate. The NRI students repeating the semester will be required to pay the re-registration fee of ` 5,000 per absenting semester as well as non-refundable annual charges towards library, student development and Medi-claim fee over and above the mentioned amount. 5.2 Identity Card Related Issues Identity Cards will be issued on Registration to students to be used for entry to the institute. These cards would carry the following information on the face: Name of Student Registration Number- Generated centrally ** Permanent Address Validity of the card Photograph of the student ** On registration the student will be issued a permanent registration number which will be maintained through the period of study at NIFT. This number will have to be quoted in all correspondence in NIFT. From the year 2006, the student identity card (I-Card) has been converted to a smart card. The card may carry all or most of the following information within the software: First Name of Student Middle Name of Student Last Name of Student Date of Birth Sex Mailing Address -Present address Permanent Address PIN Code Date of Admission Contact Number Mobile Address Qualification Blood Group ID Mark Father / Husband Name Institute Address- center address Institute Phone Course Type - PG/UG Course Roll Number Registration No The Identity Card should be presented on demand and carried by the students at all times. Loss or damage of the Identity Card is to be reported immediately to the Center Registrar. Replacement of Card will be made on written request and on payment of ` 250/- The Identity Card must be surrendered on completion of the course along with 'No Dues Cer tificate'. 5.3 Personal Records Related Issues Every student would have a personal file in the NIFT center where he/she is studying. This file would be maintained in the Academic Affairs department of the center. A copy of the same should be available in the specific department to which the student belongs. The personal file should contain the following documents: Personal Data form filled at the time of the admission Medical history and fitness certificate All undertakings submitted by the student - the beginning of each semester, examinations, re exams, transfers etc Copy of any warning letters/ memos issued to the student/ student guardian by the department/ institute Copy of all grade sheets (semester) issued to the student The personal file should be transferred in case the student is permanently transferred to another depar tment/ center. 5.4 Discipline and Conduct issues The conduct rules for students of NIFT are detailed in the Student Rule Book. Students are expected to maintain a high order of discipline in and out of the Institute. Reports of complaints on behavioral lapses or indiscipline from faculty, staff or from the public would be viewed seriously. As a responsible representative of the premier National Institute, students are expected to set an example through poise, politeness, community feeling and integrity in and outside the Institute. Students are required to give an undertaking at the time of joining the Institute as well as the beginning of each Academic Session to abstain from smoking, consumption of alcohol, drugs and indulging 167 For restricted use within NIFT only.

182 in any other undesirable activity. The format of the same is available in the Student Rule Book. Definition of Misconduct The essence of misconduct under this code is improper interference - in the broadest sense - with the proper functioning or activities of NIFT, or those who work or study in NIFT, or action which otherwise damages the image of NIFT. The examples of areas and instances of misconduct (not as an exhaustive list) have been placed in the Student Rule Book. 5.5 Disciplinary Procedures and Penalties Any student found indulging in any activities violating the conduct rules of NIFT will invite disciplinary action Disciplinary Procedure Guidelines i) The faculty members, officers reporting the misconduct shall report it to the Centre Co-ordinator of the discipline / department and /or Registrar. An enquiry shall be conducted by the concerned Committee (Campus/ Hostel/ Examination- Ref Clause 5.7). ii) If the committee feels that detailed investigations need to be carried out they can appoint an enquiry officer at their discretion. iii) The SDAC shall ensure record of the minutes of the Enquiry. The Committee shall place its recommendations along with the list of evidence/ witnesses and also nature of penalty to the LASC for awarding appropriate punishment. iv) In case of minor disciplinary violation, the penalty may be approved by the LASC and the punishment may be carried out by the Centre Director. However, the same may be ratified in the SIAC - Student Affairs (HO). In case of any appeal against the penalty/ decision of SIAC - SA, the same may be forwarded to Head AA and the decision of Director General shall be final. v) In case of major disciplinary violation, the Committee shall send its recommendations to the SIAC - SA (HO) for final ratification and approval of punishment to be awarded. vi) The Director of NIFT Centre will be responsible for implementing the punishment imposed. Record of the penalties imposed shall be placed on the student's record Penalties For Minor Disciplinary Violation: Where the violation is considered minor by the Competent Authority, the following penalties may be imposed at the discretion of the Competent Authority for the minor disciplinary violations: i) A fine of upto ` 5,000 for each violation/offence and/or ii) A requirement that the student pays the cost of any damage in relation to any property lost or damaged or any expenditure incurred on medical expenses in case of a scuffle. The expenditure may have been incurred by NIFT/third party or subsidiary organization and will have to be paid by the violator/s to NIFT for the violation. The same shall be deposited by the student within five days of the notification by the Director/Registrar NIFT Centre and/or iii) Warning/Censure: A warning to be issued to the student for first offence may not be placed in the student's record. However, in case of a repeat offence the censure may be placed on the student's record and may invite action under major penalties. For Major Disciplinary Violation: Where the violation is considered to be major by the Competent Authority the following penalties may be imposed for the major disciplinary violations: i) Suspension/debarment from the Institute where the student will be declared 'persona-non-grata' and will be debarred from entering the premises, facilities and from attending the classes. ii) iii) Permanent expulsion from the institute. Any other course of action which may be reasonable in the circumstances. For Ragging: Ragging has been defined as "Display of noisy, disorderly conduct doing any act which causes or is likely to cause physical or psychological harm or raise apprehension or fear or shame or embarrassment to a student in any educational institute". Ragging will be treated as a major disciplinary violation and the offenders (direct or indirect) will be treated as per guidelines laid by the Supreme Court in its ruling on the subject. Any complaints on this issue are to be made to the SDAC of the respective center for further action. The case should be discussed in the Campus committee meeting and recommendations sent to Head-AA through the LASC. The final decision would be taken by DG-NIFT. For Cheating in any Examination: i) Any student found cheating at the time of examination, will not be permitted to complete the paper/exam. Pending the result of the enquiry, he/she may be permitted to take remaining exams with an undertaking. ii) In case students are found carrying outside material, they will be debarred from giving the exams and will have to repeat the entire semester. ii) In case students are found copying from their classmates, their answer booklets will be treated as Cancelled and he/ she will have to appear in re-exam Appeal Procedure Appeal against any penalty imposed by the Competent Authority may be made to the Director General, through Head AA only if any new and relevant information needs to be considered which was For restricted use within NIFT only. 168

183 student matters not available at the time of the proceeding. An undertaking would be given by the student at the time of appealing that the decision of DG NIFT would be acceptable to him/her as binding. 5.6 Student Extra Curricular Activities Student development programme at all NIFT centers is initiated to encourage NIFT students to participate in physical, academic & artistic pursuit to make their education at NIFT campus more holistic and complete. Par ticipation in these activities would complement and facilitate their academic studies while providing ways to socialize, relax, have fun and be revitalized, to face the day to day challenges. Under Student Development Activity, each center should conduct an extensive schedule of events organized by the NIFT students for NIFT students. These are coordinated by a nominated faculty member - Student Development Activity Coordinator (SDAC). The activities of the clubs include inter-department and inter-college competitions, social events, seminars, guest lectures, film nights and others. Students can participate in wide range of activities through four SDA-CLUBS namely, CULTURAL CLUB LITERARY CLUB SPORTS, ADVENTURE & PHOTOGRAPHY CLUB ENVIRONMENT & SOCIAL SERVICE CLUB Students shall exercise their options of choosing various clubs at the time of the orientation programme. The clubs are headed by faculty/officer in charge, who will be nominated by the Center Director. The faculty head would nominate students as the office bearers of the specific clubs. The clubs would function in the activity hour (Zero hour- Wednesday 4.00 p.m. onwards). The final activities of the clubs would be highlighted during "Fashion Spectrum", an annual event of the institute. Fashion Spectrum would be held every year across centers during the time frame as dictated by the Academic Calendar. The event would bring together the curricular with the extra curricular activities of various programmes through selected events. Events may also be organized to bring together students from other educational institutes of the region in a competitive or non competitive mode. With a view to provide a well-rounded development to its students, an inter-center cultural & sports event - Converge will be organized annually at any one NIFT center. Preliminary selections at every NIFT center will ensure that the best of each center compete with one another in this event. The event will provide a platform for peer learning & knowledge sharing. This annual event will also allow the students to witness & imbibe the best practices from across centers. 5.7 Student Related Committees Hostel Committee Hostel Committee for girls hostels comprising of two female faculty members, center SDAC and one female administrative staff. The functions of the Committee will be:- i) The Committee should conduct surprise checks randomly and shall submit a compliance repor t to the Centre Director for onward submission to headquarters. ii) The Committee should observe any actions on the part of the students which can be construed as misbehavior or iii) misconduct which disturbs the decorum of the hostels. The committee should ensure that NIFT resident students are not allowed to consume any toxic material on the premises including usage of drugs or cigarette smoking which is banned. iv) The Committee should oversee that there are single entry / exit points at hostel. v) The Centre Directors should issue warning letters to the students, if they come late after the stipulated entry time of PM without a proper justification. The second violation of the same shall be treated as a major penalty and apart from informing the parents of the students, disciplinary action must be initiated including expulsion from the hostel. vi) vii) Any unauthorized absence for the night will amount to an act of indiscipline and a letter must be sent to the parents including the copies of all the earlier nightout forms for information. The Centre Directors are also advised to appoint full-time hostel wardens. The Warden should submit weekly report to the Director about the activities of students Campus Committee The Committee comprising of Registrar, SDAC, two male and two female faculty members is constituted to maintain high discipline standard. i) The Committee should conduct surprise checks randomly and shall submit report to the Centre Director for onward submission to headquarters. ii) The Committee should observe any actions on the part of the students which can be construed as misbehavior or misconduct which disturbs the decorum of the campus. iii) The Committee shall observe breach of NIFTs equal opportunity policy or any action likely to cause injury or impair safety on NIFT premises including breaches of subsidiary quotes. 169 For restricted use within NIFT only.

184 5.7.3 Examination Committee Examination Committee for investigation into all cases of academic irregularities. The committee should comprise of Center Director/ Registrar, SDAC, COE, CC of concerned department and one faculty from another department. A possible list of academic irregularities is given in the Student Rule book Student Discipline Committee Student Discipline Committee to involve student representatives in matter of discipline and student development. The committee would comprise of all CRs and all faculty student club incharge with the SDAC as convener. 5.8 Policies related to Student Affairs Student Attendance Policy The faculty needs to communicate the importance of punctuality in attending classes, which must therefore be maintained by the students. Attendance shall be taken by the faculty members at the beginning of each class and recorded accordingly. The attendance record is to be maintained by the department assistant and faculty member shall provide the attendance sheet duly recorded after every class to the same. Absenting student should be informed from time to time about irregularity in attendance and any disciplinary action in this context must be displayed on the student notice board and on the website. The detailed policy for Student Attendance is placed at Annexure 5- A Duration of Course A student can take a maximum of 06 years for completion of a UG Programme and 04 years for PG Programme from the date of registration. Any student found failing in a semester for the third time should be asked to withdraw from the programme. The period mentioned above includes any period of Leave of Absence availed by the student Leave of Absence A student may be granted leave of absence/lien for a maximum period of one year on the basis of medical/extenuating circumstances beyond the specified period of study at NIFT. The student must seek prior approval of the competent authority for such leave. The request of the student with the recommendations of the LASC would be forwarded to Head AA. The final approval will be granted by DG NIFT. In both the cases whether it is leave of absence or detention on account of failure/attendance, the student shall keep his/her registration LIVE by paying re-registration fee of ` 5,000/- for each absenting semester NIFT Means-Cum-Merit Financial Assistance Scheme NIFT has a Means-Cum-Merit Financial Assistance Scheme scholarship policy for students from financially weak backgrounds. The detailed policy is placed at Annexure 5-B. Other than the Scholarship Means-Cum-Merit Financial Assistance Scheme, there may be other scholarships for students which are sponsored by industry, alumni etc. which may differ from center to center. The details of such scholarships would be circulated to the students from time to time Inter Center Transfer Policy The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of students from one NIFT Center to another only for a semester after which the students will have to return to the parent Centre. However, extension for more than one semester could be granted only in the rarest of rare cases. Under no circumstances shall such temporary transfers be allowed for more than two semesters. The detailed Policy is placed at Annexure 5- C Inter Discipline Transfer Policy The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of students from one discipline to another on permanent basis. Requests for Inter-discipline transfers can be made only after declaration of results at the end of the second semester and before the commencement of the third semester. The detailed Policy is placed at Annexure 5 - D 5.9 Policies Related to Student Development Programmes Student Assistantship Programme (SAP) National Institute of Fashion Technology offers a variety of parttime employment opportunities to its students and recognizes that student employment is a valuable form of financial assistance as well as a practical learning experience. Student employment experience will be a positive one if they abide by the rules and regulations of NIFT. Student Assistantship Programme of NIFT is designed to aid students who have demonstrated financial need. SDAC of each NIFT centre invites applications from students to engage them in Resource Centre, laboratory, CE programmes and workshops. For restricted use within NIFT only. 170

185 student matters SDAC along with the employer department determines the student's eligibility for the programme. SDAC under SAP offers two programmes: Campus Job programme & Off-campus opportunities. The detailed policy is placed at Annexure 5 - E Student Extension Activities This policy is framed particularly to translate NIFT vision of "Concern for Social and human value" into a workable proposition by increasing interaction among the student community and nongovernment organizations for mutual interests and development. The Student Voluntary Group (SVG) Project is intended to give the student an opportunity to develop and demonstrate powers of initiative and independent thought. It provides for a unique test of a student's ability to solve realistic practical problems, and to communicate the results in written, oral & practical form. At the early stages of SVG, the students of NIFT would be collaborating with NGOs for taking up projects. This would ensure that the students of NIFT are not unduly stretched to provide deliveries that cater to the high expectation level of the various business enterprises and entrepreneurs, without having gained sufficient experience and expertise in handling such a situation. However, as the processes at SVG are streamlined, the students of NIFT would be encouraged to take up projects with various NGOs and business enterprises. This would finally ensure an environment conducive for proactive interaction between students of NIFT and the various business enterprises, entrepreneurs NGOs and Companies. The detailed policy for the same is placed at Annexure 5- F 5.10 Student Support Services Student Accommodation National Institute of Fashion Technology maintains hostels for girls at almost all centers. Norms to be followed for the hostel are placed at Annexure 5- G The fee structure for the hostel may differ from center to center. The same would be notified separately. Fees once paid will not be refunded except for the amount paid as refundable security. Two months prior notice has to be given before vacating the hostel, failing which two months hostel and bus fee will be charged. A formal application may be submitted to the hostel warden alongwith a "No Dues Form" duly signed by the respective authority. The depositor's copy of the original challan has to be produced for their refund Class Representatives (CR) Each class of every specialization will have two representatives (CR). The CR for FP batches would be nominated by the CC. CR of other courses/ semesters would be elected/ nominated by the members of the class. The CR would be elected for a period of one year. However the CC of the discipline would have the authority to ask the class to change the CR based on the efficiency and working of the student. The CR would be responsible for issues pertaining to the class like discipline, communication between the class and faculty etc. All communication for the students of the class would be sent to the CR and it would be his/her responsibility to ensure the communication of the same to the entire class. The CR would be answerable to the CC/ Co-CC of the department Lab Working The laboratories of the institute are open to all students of the concerned department. The rules as prescribed for specific labs (Computer/ IT/ Garment construction/ weaving etc.) should be displayed visibly for the students and assistants in the labs should ensure compliance to the rules. Late working in the labs may be allowed only till 10 :00 pm after approval from center Director in special circumstances. The facilities will be kept open subject to constant monitoring by faculty or staff (technical) of the depar tment Mentoring For the Student Mentoring System, the following guidelines should be referred to: i) The main objective of putting faculty mentor system is to create a mechanism whereby the students are able to discuss their problems with the mentors at a mutually convenient time. Mentoring system helps students in getting over minor problems which if not dealt with at a proper time may lead to serious problems in the future. ii) Centre coordinator of each department will prepare the mentor list at the beginning of each academic year and forward to SDAC, Centre Director, CP and Head (AA). Each faculty would be mentor to at least 5-6 students of a batch. iii) In case the faculty mentor feels the need, the student may be advised to visit the psychologist counselor available on the NIFT campus. iv) Faculty mentors would maintain a record of meetings held with individual mentees. v) Every student should have a mentor and the Mentors should meet at fixed time with the student frequently. vi) Mentors should be familiar with the students, therefore they could be from the department they belong to or other department they teach in. 171 For restricted use within NIFT only.

186 vii) viii) ix) A suggestions box should be placed outside the canteen. The student coordinator would open up once in a week and submit the list of issues to the Directors. In each LASC, every coordinator should make a presentation regarding the issues from their side. Mentors & SDAC should work in close coordination to resolve the issues. x) During mentoring attempt should be made to interact with maximum number of students and particularly so on social aspects so as to give them a wider perspective and guide them towards a mature and more balanced approach to life. xi) xii) Mentoring of the students will be done by Senior Level Faculty only. There should be 4 formal sessions of Mentoring in each week. Time table in this regard should be worked out keeping the last hour from 4:30 p.m. - 5:30 p.m. as mentoring session for four days in a week. This will also increase the interaction of faculty and students. Faculty Mentors would maintain a record of meetings held with individual mentees and record of attendance shall be submitted to the Centre Directors. ` 100/- per hour of mentoring session for snacks and tea/ coffee will be given to the Mentors and this will be in addition to the hospitality amount of ` 400/- per month. Further record of meetings held with individual mentees shall be submitted by the Mentor at the time of taking reimbursement of ` 100/- per hour. GUIDE TO MENTORING STUDENTS "Mentoring is a one-to-one relationship based on encouragement, constructive comments, openness, mutual trust, respect, and a willingness to learn and share." Guide to mentoring students is placed at Annexure 5- H Medical Facilities All centers are required to provide medical facilities to the students, faculty and staff by way of a medical doctor and a psychological counselor on Campus. Students should be encouraged to avail the facility. Students may be referred to the counselor by the faculty mentor and/or the CC of the department for specific problems. In case of chronic illness, students should be advised to brief the CC and at least 2 students (in class and in hostel/ accommodation) on possible symptoms and immediate assistance to be given. In case the student has to be hospitalized, the SDAC should contact the local guardian/ parent at the earliest to apprise them of the situation Placement NIFT has a centralized Placement policy for Campus placement across centres. Industry Unit at Head Office decides the schedule of campus placement as per the academic calendar. The details are placed at Annexure 5- I Special Services for students Fee Waiver Policy NIFT semester fee waiver shall be provided to students who go on paid seats in institutes with whom NIFT has reciprocal arrangement. This will ensure that the students pay fee at either NIFT or at the foreign university Education Loan Students of NIFT can avail of education loan. NIFT however will not bear any financial responsibility for repayment of the loan. The center Director/ Registrar would issue a letter to the student for availing of this facility. The format for the same is at Annexure 5 - J. The amount to be entered in the letter as monthly expenditure would differ from programme to programme and would be provided at the beginning of each academic year by AA-HO Facilities for the Student Repeating the Semester The following facilities of the Institute have been identified that may be used by students during their detention (LOA/ Repeat) period across the centres: Use of NIFT Library and Resource Centre Consultation & advise of faculty by prior appointment The students can approach SDAC for their involvement in student related activities e.g. student club etc. The student can get recommendation letter for industry visit, field study etc. from NIFT Engagement of students in Resource Centre under student assistantship programme for which they receive a stipend. In case the student has done well in certain subjects but has failed to clear the semester, he/she would be given a waiver on subjects where he/she has secured a grade of B or above when the student repeats the semester. i.e. the grade secured by the student will be kept intact and the student would not need to either attend classes or appear for examination for that subject Monetary Incentive for Contribution to Sponsorships Whenever sponsorship is required for any NIFT activity (academic/ co-curricular/ extra curricular), students shall be encouraged to raise the same by giving the concerned student/s 10% of the money raised which will interalia cover their incidental expenses. SDAC at each center will certify the student contribution for release of the 10% amount. For restricted use within NIFT only. 172

187 student matters Issuance of Migration and Provisional Certificate Migration and / or Provisional Certificate may be issued to NIFT students. The formats for applying and issuing the same is placed at Annexure 5-K Student Awards NIFT honours students in three categories of Awards which are conferred during the Convocation: Best Academic Performance Award in each Discipline for each centre of NIFT. Academic excellence with community service performance: one student in each Centre. (related to Student Development Activities). Best all round performance: one student in each Centre. (Academic performance plus student development activities). All three awards will carry a certification having related citation on a designed certificate and a Gold Medal. NIFT Awards will be presented during Graduation events (Exhibition/ fashion show/ National Apparel Summit/ Technotalk etc. ) NIFT institutes awards in various categories for respective disciplines. Awards shall be decided by the external Jury and given to the student getting highest marks in the corresponding categories of evaluation criteria. The precondition for giving an award in any category is that at least 25% of the class par ticipates in that category. Awards presented at Fashion Spectrum Every year, the 'Best All Round Performance' of students of batches other than the graduating batch will be awarded at the Fashion Spectrum in the respective centers. The award will consist of a certificate and ` 5, 000. The nomination procedure for all awards is detailed in Chapter 7 of this Manual. There may be other awards for students which are sponsored by industry, alumni etc. These may differ from center to center. The details of such awards would be circulated to the students from time to time. 173 For restricted use within NIFT only.

188

189 examination and evaluation Chapter 6 This section deals with all issues concerning examination and evaluation of the students in NIFT. The details of the courses and subject evaluation matrices are placed as part of the detailed course curriculum of the particular discipline In this section: 6.1 Eligibility Criteria for appearing in Examination Admit Card Logbook 6.2 Process and Procedure of Evaluation and Conduct of Examination Evaluation Methods Evaluation Matrix Procedure for submission of assignment Examination Regulations for candidates Common Examination 6.3 Awards of Grades and calculation of SGPA/CGPA Calculation of total grade points 6.4 Results and Feedback 6.5 Procedure for Declaration of results 6.6 Moderation Policy Role of Moderation Committee 6.7 Re-Examination Policy 6.8 Evaluation of Internship 6.9 Record of Exam Papers 6.10 Post result sequence of events 6.11 Re-Evaluation and Appeal procedure 6.12 Promotion Policy 175 For restricted use within NIFT only.

190 6.1 Eligibility Criteria for Appearing in Examinations Performance evaluation of the students' work is based on demonstration of all round capabilities and application across all criteria laid down for specific subject evaluation and overall performance in the end semester examination/ evaluation by jury system. The emphasis is on students' capabilities in applying acquired learning in a multi - dimensional manner, to demonstrate an overall growth and maturity of application across all subject inputs. This is an all - important parameter in subjects and semester evaluation. There will be an end semester evaluation for all subjects for all programmes across all NIFT Centres. Students fulfilling the following criteria will be allowed to appear in the examinations: Paid all the fees and dues to the Institute He/She has minimum prescribed attendance in a semester in all subjects Admit Card In order to verify the eligibility of a student for the end semester examination, the concept of an admit card has been introduced with the following norms: Each student shall fill the application form for issue of the Admit Card and submit to their respective CC Students will be issued the admit card 2-3 days prior to commencement of the end semester exams. The date of issue of the admit card to all students will be notified by the COE. It is then the students' responsibility to collect their admit cards from the department. No student without the admit card will be allowed to sit for the examination. The student who do not receive the admit card before the beginning of the end semester exam, should contact the respective CC. The eligibility of the student vis-a-vis attendance, submission of prior work, etc will be verified before issuing the admit card. The admit card shall be issued by the centre COE and the department CC jointly. Procedure for issuing of Admit Card It shall be the joint responsibility of the COE and the department CC to issue admit card to the students of their respective department. It shall be the responsibility of COE to notify the date of issue of admit cards to all students. It is then the students responsibility to collect their admit card from the CC. It should be clear to students and faculty concerned that the final evaluation would not be accepted/ undertaken in case the student does not have the admit card. The student who does not receive the admit card on time, should contact the respective CC. It is the responsibility of the COE to verify the eligibility of the student (payment of fees, attendance etc.) for the evaluation before issuing the admit card. Penalty for issue of duplicate admit card is `100/ Log Book A log book has to be maintained for all process based subjects, for the usage of labs, workshops, design studios etc. The log book will be issued by COE at centre at the beginning of semester. Students must carry the log book with them whenever they meet the mentor and/or use the labs/workshops for their project/class work. It shall be the duty of the Mentor/Lab Asst. to make clear and speaking notes on the log books about the purpose of visit, duration, status of the project(both at the beginning of the visit and end), instructions given to the students for compliance and any other remarks pertaining to the project. Students should not in any case be asked to write the log books. The log book shall be submitted to the COE before the end of the semester by the announced date for evaluation. Failure to maintain a regular log of activity or an unsatisfactory log book shall be presumed to indicate that the student has defaulted in preparation of the project and may result in the student being debarred from appearance before the jury for project evaluation. The log book will be referred to review the number of hours the facilities are being availed by the students apart from scheduled class hours and in assessing the quality time spent by the students towards completion of the project. The log book is a mandatory component document for the final submission/evaluation. Penalty for issue of duplicate log book is `250. The format of the log book may be referred (Annexure 6 A) 6.2 Process and Procedure of Evaluation and Conduct of Examination Evaluation Methods (Types of Tools and Instruments for Evaluation) Following are the various evaluation methods and instruments suggested for usage by faculty members for evaluating students of different disciplines. However, the specific evaluation methodology used for a particular course shall be specified in the course outline/ Evaluation Matrix of individual courses. For restricted use within NIFT only. 176

191 examination and evaluation I. Jury Based Evaluation Graduation Project Jury/ Research Project Jury Design Collection Jury Dissertation Jury Process Based Subject Jury Industry Internship Jury Industry Survey Jury Craft Cluster Jury II. Written Examinations Containing one or more of the following i) Objective Type ii) Short / Essay Type iii) Numerical Problems iv) Practical Examination I. Jury Based Evaluation Evaluation Weightage Graduation Project/ Research Project i) Internal Guide/Mentor : 20% ii) Internal Jury : 20% iii) Industry feedback : 20% iv) External jury : 40% Design Collection/ Dissertation Jury i) Internal Guide/Mentor : 20% ii) Internal Jury : 40% iii) External jury : 40% Process Based Subject Jury i) Continuous evaluation : 40% ii) Mid Term evaluation : 20% iii) End Term Jury : 40% Industry Internship i) Mentor : 20% ii) Industry feedback : 30% iii) External Jury : 50% Craft cluster Jury i) Mentor : 20% ii) CIC or Department representative : 30% iii) External Jury : 50% Fashion Industry Market Survey (FIMS) i) Mentor : 20% ii) CIC or Department representative : 30% iii) External Jury : 50% Jury Composition Jury Composition of Graduation Project/ Research Project/ Design Collection/ Dissertation Internal jury i) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department. ii) The guide/mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/her mentee(s). 177 External Jury i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized - institutions/industry of excellence in the related fields. ii) iii) 1-2 faculty from same discipline from different centres. The guide/mentor will not be present during the presentation of his/her mentee(s). All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of evaluation. Jury for Process Based Subjects i) 2-3 faculty experts from other departments of the same centre and/or industry expert. ii) 1-2 faculty members from within the concerned department who is/are not teaching that particular subject for that particular batch. iii) The subject anchor faculty shall not be a part of the jury and will not be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/her student/class. Jury for Industry Internship, Industry Survey and Craft Cluster i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institutions/industry of excellence of related field. ii) 1-2 faculty of other departments of the same centre. iii) The subject anchor faculty shall not be part of jury and will not present even as an observer during the presentation of his/her student/class. Note: Log book shall be placed officially before the internal jury and kept on record with the COE thereafter till the final results are declared and finalized. The jury composition for all process based subjects shall have to be pre-approved by DG-NIFT as per the following routing. CCs CPs Dean(A) DG-NIFT for approval However, Centre Directors should be kept informed by the Centre Coordinators General Guidelines for Conduct of the Jury All jury members would be oriented towards events of that particular semester in the discipline prior to the jury proceedings. All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentially for each student. All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of evaluation by COE Centre. All comments and marks given by various jury members would be compiled and formally documented by COE Centre In case of a student, receiving a FAIL grade, detailed comments & explanation would be compiled. For restricted use within NIFT only.

192 The mentor/ guide will evaluate separately on 20% weightage of marks before the jury commences. These marks will not be shown/indicated to the members of the jury. In case a student gets FOLLOW UP assignments, all details of the jury comments would be compiled. In addition, the recommended task/ assignments to be done as follow up by a student would be mentioned along with date of completion and evaluation. An undertaking (format Annexure 6 B) would have to be taken from the student that in case of not being able to meet with the deadline and the minimum level of competence required, the student will be declared FAIL and would have to repeat the semester. In case of juries which have external constituents, the department CP will prepare the master plan of faculty movements across centres at least one month in advance. This shall be done in consultation with CCs at different centres. The mentor in subjects which are individually guided will not be a part of the jury evaluation process. The process of selection and nomination of jury for the End Term as well as the Re Examinations should be objective and transparent and not only inspiring the confidence of students but upholding the best traditions of academic institutions. The members on Term End Examination Jury and Re Examination Jury should always be same to eliminate scope of any bias. The specific jury norms for individual departments have been placed at Annexure 6 C to K. II. WRITTEN EXAMINATION This is a written evaluation format with a non interactive session of specified time period to evaluate comprehension of theoretical concepts, ability to apply concepts and integration of the subject knowledge with other areas. The paper would normally consist of instruments like objective type, short answers/ essay type questions and/or numerical. The faculty concerned would decide the combination of type of question to be given except in the case of CEB where the decision would be that of the designated paper setter Type of Questions Objective type - Fill in the blanks, Multiple choice, Match the answers etc. Short answer questions - framed to test conceptual clarity of student through brief concise answers in a word limit of words. Essay type questions - framed to check the clarity with impetus on application, analytical ability, organization and logical structure of the concept with answers in the word limit of 1000 words. Numerical Implementation Examination must be done after the completion of the specific course/ subject. All criteria towards evaluation of performance must be clearly articulated and communicated to the students at the commencement of the course and at the time of the examination. The examination must be done within a stipulated time and date, as appropriate and must be conducted for all students at the same time. All marks given by the faculty must be compiled and formally documented Evaluation Matrix NIFT has a multiple evaluation system, which includes written examinations, presentations, practical - skill based examination, Common examination for all the Centres, etc. The details of the Evaluation Matrix would be available with the department Centre coordinator and would be communicated to the students by the faculty handling the subject. The weightage for Theory based subjects shall be 40:20:40 for internal, mid term and end term respectively. The weightage for process based subjects shall be 60:40 for internal and end-term respectively. Format for detailed Evaluation Matrix may be referred at Annexure 6-L Procedure for submission of assignments The schedule of submission of assignments by the students shall be displayed on the notice board by COE- Cell at centres. It will be circulated through the concerned faculty and also posted on the website. The COE Cell shall maintain a register to monitor submission of assignments. The assignments will be collected from various departments as per the schedule. The student will submit the assignment to the COE- Cell. They would be issued a receipt indicating the time and date of submission of assignments. Details of assignments shall be entered in the register being maintained by COE- Cell in every centre at the time of receipt. Format of the same is placed at Annexure 6 - M. All assignments received by specified date and time shall be listed and forwarded in a sealed cover by the COE immediately after the expiry of said date to the faculty concerned for evaluation. The faculty will be required to acknowledge the receipt of the assignment and the receipt obtained from the faculty concerned will be kept by the COE. All assignments submitted late i.e. after the due date and time, shall be kept separately by the COE and may be evaluated only after a specific decision in this regard is taken by an Empowered Committee at the centre level consisting of COE, CC of concerned For restricted use within NIFT only. 178

193 examination and evaluation department and one nominated faculty (outside the department concerned). This committee shall take in-to account reasons if any, for late submission and may specify following benchmarks i) to accept the assignment ii) to reject the assignment iii) to accept the assignment with penalty of marks Students may obtain receipts for the submission of their work. The committee shall record clear and cogent reasons for their decision. If the reasons for late submission are considered inadequate/ inappropriate such assignments shall not be evaluated and the student concerned will be informed accordingly and awarded 'ZERO' marks. The committee's decisions are final and binding for the student. The evaluation of assignments will be done by the faculty concerned and the certified copy of marksheet alongwith the assignments shall be handed over to the COE-Cell normally within seven working days from the receipt of assignments for the evaluation. The marks received from the faculty will be cross checked and verified by at least two officials of the COE-Cell and entered in the register. The marksheet submitted by faculty shall be docketed in the COE-Cell. The COE-Cell after receipt of the marksheet, shall display the copy of the same on the notice board marked for the purpose Examination Regulations for Candidates i) Candidates should familiarize themselves with the venues for their particular examinations prior to the examination day and gather outside the room at least 20 minutes prior to the start of the exam. Candidates are required to present their Admit Card at each examination. Students coming late are not permitted in the Examination Hall after completion of first 30 minutes. No student can leave the examination hall before the expiry of 30 min from the commencement of the exam. ii) Candidates are advised not to take bags or books, mobiles to the examination room but if they are taken, they should be left in the area of the room designated by the invigilator away from the candidate's desk. iii) Candidates should only have their admit card, the basic writing implements required for the examinations together with the examinations stationery specified in the rubric of the question paper on their desk. Containers, such as pencil cases, should be removed from the desk. iv) The use of dictionaries is prohibited in examinations with the exception of non-electronic translation dictionaries for students whose first language is not English. In such a case, written approval should be obtained from the course leader and be taken to each exam. The books will be randomly checked in the exam room. v) Calculators that are not pre-programmed may be used if an examination permits it. Calculators that incorporate an alphabetic input are not to be used. vi) vii) viii) ix) A candidate must not, on any pretext whatsoever, speak to, or have any communication with, another candidate once the examination is underway. Any candidate wanting to ask a question should attract the attention of the invigilator by raising a hand. The invigilator cannot offer an opinion as to the meaning of any question. Where reading time is allowed for an examination, the commencement and completion of this period will be announced by the invigilator. Candidates will not be allowed to write during this period. All rough work must be done in the answer booklet and crossed out (extra paper for rough work may not used or issued). Candidates' work will be collected by an invigilator at the close of the examination, or earlier if the candidate has finished. Candidates should remain in their seats until their scripts have been collected. x) If, during the examination, a candidate is discovered in breach of any of these rules or in the use of any unfair means, the facts will be reported to the CC, COE who will be responsible for deciding on the action to be taken. xi) It is the responsibility of candidates to ensure that any loose or separate sheet are securely fixed within the answer booklet after the examination using the tags provided. Drawings maybe folded as neatly as possible to fit within the answer booklet. Any action by a candidate contrary to the letter or spirit of these regulations, whether discovered during the examination or afterwards, may disqualify the candidate Common Examinations Common exam is conducted to maintain the brand equity of NIFT and achieve benchmarking across the centres. Common evaluation / examination will be conducted for courses and the results of the common exam including the semester results should be announced before the commencement of the new semester. i) The evaluation of the common examination shall be carried out at NIFT headquarter/other Centres on rotation basis.. ii) The COE at each centre shall be responsible for fair and proper conduct of common examinations, maintaining confidentiality and reporting any irregularity to Academic affairs. However in case of any clarifications towards question papers, the discipline CC shall be responsible for co-ordinating with COE, H.O through COE, center for required action. iii) In case of CEB, the attempt shall be made to have maximum number of subjects covered under CEB. All theory subjects will be covered by the CEB. iv) The COE in coordination with the CP's and Dean (A) would identify and categorize subjects to fall within the purview of 179 For restricted use within NIFT only.

194 CEB and, those for which Question Paper would be common but evaluation would be coordinated locally at NIFT Centre level. v) COE Head Office may constitute a Committee for surprise checks during CEB Examinations. Guidelines for Invigilators i) The invigilation will be carried out by the Faculty / Staff (RA) of the discipline / department other than the one for which the exam is being carried out. The faculty teaching the paper should be available when the sealed question paper is opened but should not be the invigilator. ii) The invigilator shall not allow any text books, bags, cell phones, palm tops etc. unless specifically allowed in the instructions of the Question Paper. iii) The invigilator shall ensure that students are seated 10 minutes before the start of the exam. iv) The invigilator shall ensure that there is no indication of the identity of the student or the centre in the answer sheet except on the top sheet of the main booklet on the perforated section. The invigilator shall sign in full on the perforated section and only initial on the supplementary sheets. v) The invigilator will check the student admit card for verification of the identification and eligibility to sit for the paper. vi) The attendance of the students should be taken on the prescribed format along with details of the main copy number and serial numbers of the supplementary sheets. This sheet is to be sealed along with the answer sheets to be dispatched to COE-cell at HO. vii) The invigilator shall make sure the entering and leaving of students from the examination hall should be done as quickly as possible so as to minimize the disturbance. A student is not to be allowed out of the examination hall during the exam except in case of an emergency. viii) The invigilator shall ensure that cheating, copying and communicating with others shall be stopped and/or reported to the COE. ix) In the case of copying, the invigilator must ensure collection of the written evidence or his / her own witness to be recorded in writing. x) The invigilator shall have the power to remove a student from the examination hall in case disturbance to others is observed. xi) The invigilator should refrain from answering any doubts pertaining to questions or expected level/direction of answering. Guidelines for Appointment of Paper Setters i) A panel would be constituted for finalisation of the question paper format, which would comprise of faculty teaching that particular subject. ii) iii) iv) The selection of the panel shall be done by CP in coordination with COE (HO). The paper setter could be one of the panel members recommended by CP with knowledge of the subject but not teaching in that subject. However, in case of non availability of faculty with requisite expertise, the faculty teaching in the semester may also be involved in question paper setting with the approval of COE- HO. Guidelines for Paper Setters (Theory subjects) i) The paper setter will ensure necessary maintenance of confidentiality with respect to the question Paper. ii) The paper setter must submit two sets of final question papers clearly specifying course, subject name, subject code, maximum marks, maximum time limit and other instructions carefully. The key to these question papers may also be provided to facilitate even evaluation. iii) Proper care must be taken to make question papers as lucid and clear as possible, addressing all expected queries of students. iv) The question paper may include objective type, short answers for essay type questions and numerical etc. However, in case of essay type and short answers type papers the word limit may be clearly prescribed as follows Short answers words Essay type - maximum 1000 words v) The questions must be designed to assess conceptual and analytical understanding as well as application of the concept. vi) The paper setters may submit an indicative brief describing the expectations from the students vii) The paper setters will ensure representation of all units of the ratified curriculum for the subject, in the question paper. viii) While setting question papers for the re-examinations the guidelines with respect to the same need to be adhered to. ix) The re-exam will weigh as much as the exam it replaces The details regarding the structure of the examination etc. may be forwarded to the Office of the Controller of Examinations well in advance. Guidelines for Evaluation i) Evaluation of all theory papers of CEB will be carried out in NIFT, HO/ designated Centre under the supervision/ management of the COE dept. HO. The said department would be the custodian of the answer sheets. ii) Evaluation will be carried out in designated areas with no answer sheets leaving that area. iii) Names of evaluators would be decided by the CP in advance. A list of backup names would also be given in case of an evaluator being unavailable for the evaluation process. For restricted use within NIFT only. 180

195 examination and evaluation iv) Evaluators should ensure that guidelines related to word limit are adhered to. v) No paper would be evaluated by less than two faculty members. vi) However in case of re-examinations and in cases where the bundle size is less than 50 answer sheets, the same may be evaluated by one faculty member with the approval of COE- HO. vii) Result sheets of the exam should be signed by all evaluating faculty (on every page). 6.3 Award of Grades and Calculation of SGPA/CGPA The students will be awarded grades, which will be converted into Grade point as per the conversion given below. Any marks awarded to students shall be converted to Grade Points Grades Grade Points Description A Excellent A Very Good B Good B Fair C Satisfactory C Average D Low Pass F < 4.0 Fail To pass in a core subject, a student needs a grade of 'C-' and in a non core subject a grade of 'D' is required Calculation of Total Grade Points earned by student in a semester Semester Grade Point Average: Based on the grades obtained in all courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows: The number of credits for each course is multiplied by the Grade Point obtained by the student in a particular course and the sum of all the products are added. The sum is then divided by the total number of credits registered by the student. This is SGPA = (No. of Credits x Grade Point) No. of Credits The SGPA thus calculated for a semester based on the above formula is the semester SGPA. The grade Points earned in Semester = Summation of Grade Points earned in all subjects in the semester by a student. SGPA to be mentioned upto two (2) decimal points without rounding off. Cumulative Grade Point Average C.G.P.A.= Where C j m Σ C i x p i j=1 m Σ C j j=1 = Number of credits of the jth course, upto the semester for which CGPA is to be calculated. P j = Grade point earned in jth course. A grade lower than D (i.e. grade point < 4) in a course shall not be taken into account. j = 1, m; represent the number of courses in which a student was registered and obtained a grade not lower than 'D' upto the semester for which CGPA is to be calculated. CGPA to be mentioned upto one (1) decimal point with rounding off. In case where one subject is being taught by more than one faculty member in a semester, the relative grading process shall be applied for the individual batch taught by each faculty, rather than the Centre as a whole. In case of subjects evaluated through CEB, the relative grading system will be applied for all students across the centers that have appeared for the given exam. There are lower caps in the relative grading system which define pass core as 50% marks and pass non core as 40% marks 6.4 Results and Feedback The faculty shall provide the feedback to the students from time to time and specifically on basis of any assignment or practical task given to them. The individual grade sheets/ evaluation sheets for the students need to be prepared and signed by the COE Centre and centre Director. 6.5 Procedure for Declaration of Result The result of process based non CEB subjects will be done on the basis of the specialized grading software provided by COE- HO at individual center level and subsequently forwarded to COE- HO The result of the CEB subjects and the consolidated semester result will be prepared by COE- HO Cell 181 For restricted use within NIFT only.

196 The compiled results shall be placed before Senate for approval by COE, Head Office. The COE Centre shall announce the results by displaying it on the Notice Board No Marks to be announced. Only GRADES to be announced. Answer sheets can be shown to students. However, students can ask to see only their own answer book (NOT OTHERS). This will ensure transparency and openness in the system which is alaudable goal by any standard. For purposes of logistics, this may be done only for students wanting to see these books. Re-exam shall be conducted one week before opening of semester. Details regarding Examination Schedule, Results - Main and Re - Examination, Students' Attendance status etc., will be uploaded on the NIFT website after ratification of the Senate. 6.6 Moderation Policy Moderation can be done only in case of students, who score a SGPA minimum of 4.5. i) The moderation will be effected in case of students scoring below grade C - in Core subjects and D in elective / non - core subjects, for deserving cases only. ii) iii) The moderation will be up gradation of grades. Moderation can be applied only to a maximum of 2 subjects and only in the case where the student can pass in all subjects by receiving the moderation. iv) In case of core courses, D grade may be upgraded to C- grade. v) In case of electives / Non - Core F grade may be upgraded to D grade. vi) vii) viii) ix) In case of combination of Core & Elective/Non core cases, first the Core courses will be considered for upgrade & then the Electives/Non core. During moderation, the up gradation of grades shall be first done for those subjects where the difference between the marks scored and the marks required to pass is minimum. Moderation is not a student's right i. e. Moderation Committee may decide not to moderate Moderation can be done only once i. e. either before or after the re-examination Role of the Moderation Committee: Moderation committee will look into each case coming under the ambit of moderation on following parameters: First Case: where lowest passing marks are >50(Core) & <40(Non-Core) the grace marks i.e. 4.5 will be applied in the actual marking obtained by the student for that subject. Second Case: where lowest passing grade is <50(core) & <40 (Non-Core) the grace marks i.e. 4.5 shall be applied on the lowest benchmark established for getting a passing grade in the subject. 6.7 Re-Examination Policy i) A fee of `1,000 per subject will be applicable for reexamination. ii) The re-exam would be held for weightage equal to the end semester component only. iii) The opportunity of re-examination would be given for a maximum of 50% of the total number of subjects for the current semester. If a student fails in more than 50% of the subjects, then he/she will have to repeat the semester. In case of odd number of subjects, 50% will be calculated by rounding off to the next integer. iv) Re-examination of theory based subjects shall be held after declaration of results, prior to the commencement of the subsequent semester. v) In the case of students failing Process based (PB) subjects, the course work would be redone for 25% of the allocated time duration for the concerned subject(s). vi) Re-examination of process based subjects shall be held at the end of one month after declaration of results. Students awaiting re-examination(s) will be allowed to attend classes provisionally pending declaration of results. These students will give an undertaking stating that if declared 'Fail' in reexamination, he/she will abide by the decision of NIFT and repeat the semester as per NIFT Rules. For students who are declared 'Pass' the attendance shall be calculated from the day of commencement of the subsequent semester. vii) If a student passes the re-examination of a subject (with reference to main exam cutoff marks), a 'PASS' will be given against the subject grade irrespective of marks obtained in the re-exam (above passing marks) and a grade point of '4' will be given against the grade 'PASS' for further calculation. The grade 'PASS' will be indicated by a letter 'P' on the grade sheet. In the eventuality that a student fails after a reexamination there shall be no further re-exam and the student should repeat the semester. Mark sheets of students should clearly reflect the 'F' grade as well as subsequent 'P' grade in all cases. viii) The composition of re-examination jury for process based subjects shall be same as the final examination jury. The jury will consist of 3-5 members as follows: 2-3 faculty experts from other department of the same center and/or industry expert. For restricted use within NIFT only. 182

197 examination and evaluation 1-2 faculty members from with in the concerned department who is/are not teaching that particular subject for that particular batch. The subject anchor faculty shall not be a part of the jury and will not be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/her student/class. ix) As per the current curriculum, industry internship both at UG and PG levels, is a subject of 8 weeks duration that take place between two semesters, during the summer break. However, industry internship is an independent subject. Therefore, any student who successfully clears industry internship would not have to repeat the subject, irrespective of whether he/she passes or fails the subsequent semester. x) In the final semester, students are required to undertake Graduation Project/research Project/ Design Collection/ Dissertation. In case the work is not found satisfactory by the Internal Jury or External Jury, student(s) will have to repeat the same with the next batch. xi) In the case of subject(s) failing to pass Industry Internship, Craft Cluster and final semester Graduation Project/Research Project/Design Collection, the entire process shall be repeated in its entirety and evaluated as per approved evaluation criteria out of 100 marks, as per the curriculum. xii) The result and the re-exam schedule would be uploaded on the NIFT official website and it is the responsibility of the centres to inform all students about the re-examination schedule. xiii) xiv) xv) Students failing in even one subject after the re-exam are required to repeat the semester, as and when offered with the subsequent batch. In case of a student missing a process based subject jury due to absence on account of medical or other relevant reasons, the information of student not being able to appear should reach the respective department before or on the date of jury. This information shall be supported with relevant documents. The work of the student should be submitted to the Department, with the supported relevant document and shall be sealed and stored by the department, for evaluation at a later stage, if permitted for jury by DG-NIFT. In case, student does not submit his/her work with these documents he/she forfeits his /her chance of being considered for jury at later stage. Such cases shall discussed in respective centre LASC and recommendations of LASC and centre Director shall be submitted to DG-NIFT for consideration The student would be eligible for re-exam having extreme extenuating circumstances subject to minimum of 75 % overall attendance but have less than 65% attendance in upto two subjects in the semester and has satisfactorily completed the shortage of attendance through an extra assignment during the break. xvi) The centre should be informed well in advance about the inability of a student to attend an examination / reexamination. xvii) The student would be allowed to appear for the re-examination in the nearest NIFT Centre subject to receipt of a request regarding the same through the concerned Centre Director. xviii) The maximum grade a student can obtain in a re-examination would be P xix) xx) The original jury composition would be valid for re-jury of process based subjects as well, except for the juries already approved on a case to case basis. Also, if due to nonavailability of some jury members, a new jury composition is proposed, then the approval of DG-NIFT should be sought for the same. The financial implication for the re-exam would be borne by the Head Office and then allocated to various centres 6.8 Evaluation of Internship In case of student not completing his/her internship on account of medical or other relevant reason or failing in internship evaluation, the student will not fail the semester and will instead carry Internship to next semester. Student will have to undertake the internship again at a convenient time in the following semester breaks. If however, the duration of break is not sufficient for undertaking the complete duration of internship again, the student will have to do so after completion of his/her last semester and then re-appear for evaluation. In this case, the programme duration for him/her will be extended by the duration of internship. The student will not be considered pass and will not be allowed in convocation till he/she completes his/her internship/s. However, any student who successfully clears Industry Internship would not have to repeat the subject, irrespective of whether, he/ she passes or fails the subsequent semester/s. The grades obtained in Industry Internship are to be added to the Subsequent semesters as Industry Internship is an Independent Subject. 6.9 Record of Exam Papers The evaluated answer sheets of the Common Exam Board (CEB) and Non-CEB will be retained for the purpose of record for a period of one semester at HO and in respective centres respectively. Subsequently, these may be destroyed. 183 For restricted use within NIFT only.

198 6.10 The post result sequence of events would be as follows: i) Announcement of Result (on approval of Senate) ii) Counseling Session for students who have failed the semester or performed badly within two days of declaration of result. iii) Students' request for re-assessment within five days of declaration of result iv) Process of re-evaluation within one week of receipt of request v) Result of re-examination within one week of holding the exam 6.11 Re-Evaluation and Appeal Procedure i) Students may apply for re-evaluation only for written examinations on the prescribed Performa through the Centre Director (Performa at Annexure-II of Student Rule Book). ii) The evaluation will be restricted to ensuring that all answers are checked and the marks are correctly totalled. iii) A fee of ` 100 per subject shall be charged from the student for re-evaluation. Appeal Procedure Student who fail in a semester or perform badly would be counselled in the presence of all faculty members of the department so as to resolve individual issues of students. Only in cases where the student / parent is not satisfied with the response of the faculty, can an appeal be filed to DG, NIFT through the Centre Director. The Director is required to attach his justifications/comments on each point raised in the representation by the student before forwarding the same to DG 6.12 Promotion Policy i) It is mandatory for a student to undertake all the core courses in discipline and foundation programme courses. ii) A student must acquire a minimum of credits in a semester, which would be specified under each programme except in the final semester of the UG/PG programmes. iii) In the case of UG/PG programmes, a student must acquire a minimum of 18 credit points in the final semester. iv) The minimum number of credits to be earned would include credits for all Core, non-core and Elective courses. v) In elective courses a pass would be given with a minimum level Grade Point of D/P. vi) It is mandatory to pass all the Core & Non-core subjects with 'C-Minus, D and 'P' grade respectively for promotion to next semester. For restricted use within NIFT only. 184

199 degree and other distinctions Chapter 7 This section deals with all issues concerning conferring of degree, grade sheets to students/graduates of regular programmes of NIFT. The section would also detail the procedure for awards (merit and others) given by NIFT. In this section: 7.1 Grade Sheets 7.2 Conferring of Degree Requisites Procedure of Conferring Issue of Duplicate Degree, Diploma, Grade Sheets, and other Distinctions 7.3 NIFT Convocation 7.4 Merit Awards 7.5 Graduation Awards 7.6 Other Awards (Presented During Convocation) 185 For restricted use within NIFT only.

200 7.1 Grade Sheets Grade sheets would be issued to the student at the end of each semester and the end of the program. The formats of the same are placed at Annexure 7-A. Procedure for issue of Grade Sheets The compilation of results etc would be coordinated by the Evaluations Unit/ Academic Affairs Department at NIFT Centres. The students' semester and final Grade Sheets for regular programmes would be issued by the NIFT Centres in the formats prescribed by the Office of Head (AA) at Head office. Signatories The Controller of Examinations (COE) and the Director of the NIFT Centre will be the official signatories for the Semester grade sheets for regular programmes. The grade sheet would be prepared and checked by the COE cell at center level. The grades would be verified by the center coordinator (CC) of the respective departments. 7.2 Conferring of Degree Requisites I) To be eligible for the award of the Degree, the student must have successfully cleared/ completed all requirements of the course, credits, attendance requirements, should have paid all required fee etc. II) The student should have submitted the No Dues Certificate, duly signed by all signatories in the prescribed format. III) No disciplinary case should be pending against the student before being eligible for award of the Degree. IV) A student can take a maximum of 06 years for completion of a UG Degree programme and 04 years for PG Degree programme from the date of registration. V) The students admitted to the Institute in the year 2003 or later to the various disciplines of restructured 4-year Under Graduate programmes in Design and Technology and students admitted in the year 2005 or later to the restructured 2 year Post Graduate programmes in Management, Technology and Design shall be eligible to receive the Under Graduate and Post Graduate Degree. VI) In case of students who have availed of the Twinning programme the following procedure needs to be followed before being eligible for the award of the Degree. i. There may a difference in the number of credits in the universities abroad; an equivalence should be provided for the credits and the relative grading of ii. iii. iv. the students going or coming for twinning or exchange programmes The Standing Committee for twinning will provide the equivalence based on the mark sheet or the report of the student from outside university A presentation will be conducted at the Centre Level for all students who went for twinning or Exchange programs. The presentation would be made to a panel consisting of all CCs and Centre RIC and coordinated by Centre IL. In case of an overlap of time between the twinning/ Exchange programme and the craft visit/ industry internship equivalence will be given according to the number of days by the Standing Committee Procedure of conferring The Provisional Degree Certificate will be issued by the NIFT Centres to the candidates who have successfully completed the course. The Director of the NIFT Centre would be the Official Signatory for the Provisional Degree Certificate. The information of successful graduates from different programmes will be forwarded to Head Office from all NIFT Centres. On the basis of the information received from the NIFT Centres, Head Office will get the degree Certificate calligraphed. The Registrar and Director General, NIFT would be Official Signatories for the Degree Certificates. The preparation of Degree Certificates would be coordinated by the Controller of Examinations and Assistant Controller of Examinations in consultation with Head (AA). The activity of conferring of Degree to the successful Graduates is coordinated at the Head Office level for all Centres. The activity of Conferring of Degree would be done through the Annual NIFT Convocation. In case of Graduates who are unable to attend the Convocation, the parents may collect on behalf of their ward subject to production of authorization letter from the graduate and satisfying other formalities laid down by NIFT Issue of Duplicate Degree/Diploma, Grade Sheets and Other Distinctions Duplicate Degree/Diploma certificate would be issued only to graduates whose original degree/diploma have been reported lost/missing and on production of the following proof of the same. i. Copy of FIR filed in the police station under whose jurisdiction area the original document was reported lost. ii. Copy of advertisement in the Newspaper announcing the loss of the document. For restricted use within NIFT only. 186

201 degree and other distinctions iii. Affidavit in original duly attested by Notary Public etc. iv. Requisite fee for issue of the duplicate document. Extra copies of Grade sheets and other distinctions would be issued on request after payment of requisite fee by the Student/ Graduate. 7.3 NIFT Convocation The Annual Convocation of NIFT is held preferably within 6 to 8 months of completion of the programme. The Graduates are well informed about the conduct of Convocation by way of letters, advertisement, information on website, by the respective NIFT Centres and by word of mouth. The Graduates are sent a set of instructions regarding registration schedule, dress code, seat plan etc. 7.4 Merit Awards Best Academic Performance (Presented during Convocation) Award in each Discipline for each centre of NIFT carries a citation, a gold medal, and `5,000. The award will be decided on the basis of the highest CGPA in the batch. In case the student has appeared for any re-exam during the course of study, he/she will become ineligible for this award. 7.5 Graduation Awards Awards at the graduation event of each Specialization (Exhibition/ Fashion Show/ National Apparel Summit/ Techno Talk etc) NIFT institutes awards in various categories for respective disciplines. Awards shall be decided by the external Jury and given to the student getting highest marks in the corresponding categories of evaluation criteria. The details for various disciplines are as follows: Fashion Design Best Design Collection Most Creative and Innovative Design Collection Best Use of Traditional Skills in Contemporary Styling Leather Design Best Graduation Project - I Best Graduation Project - II Most Innovative use of material Knitwear Design Best Graduating Project Second Best Graduating Project Most Creative Collection Textile Design Best Graduating Project Award - I Best Graduating Project Award - II Most Creative Collection Award Fashion Communication Best Graduation Project Award-I Best Graduation Project Award-II Most Innovative Communication Design Fashion and Lifestyle Accessories Best Graduation Project Most Commercially Viable Design Intervention Most Exemplary Application of Design Methodology Bachelor of Fashion Technology Best Graduation Project Most Innovative Project Most Commercially viable Project Master of Fashion Technology Best Research Project Most Innovative Project Most Commercially viable Project Fashion Management Studies Best Post Graduation Project (Marketing) Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Merchandising) Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Management Practices) Design Space Best Design Innovation Project Best Design Research Project Criteria/Modality for deciding the above referred awards: FASHION DESIGN Best Design Collection Criteria: Highest cumulative score as the best example of the design process from concept to final collection Most Creative & Innovative Design Collection Criteria: Most innovative details and re-definition of existing design parameters. Best use of Traditional skills in Contemporary Styling Criteria: Most contemporary usage of tradition in fabric / surface development. LEATHER DESIGN Best Graduation Project - I To be awarded to the highest overall scoring student in Graduation Project as sum total. Best Graduation Project - II To be awarded to the 2nd highest overall scoring student in Graduation Project as sum total. 187 For restricted use within NIFT only.

202 Most Innovative use of material To be awarded to the student with highest ranking under the Criteria of Design Exploration in the Internal as well as External jury evaluation KNITWEAR DESIGN Best Graduating Project Highest Cumulative Marks in Graduating Project Second best Graduating Project Second highest cumulative marks in Graduating Project Most Creative Collection Research (Fashion Trends Colours, Market, Fabric and Silhouette Conceptualization Fabric innovation Product realization (Pattern Making, Construction and Finish) Accessorization TEXTILE DESIGN Best Graduating Project Award - I Awarded to the top two students scoring the maximum marks in their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback Marks assessment Best Graduating Project Award - II Awarded to the top two students scoring the maximum marks in their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback Marks assessment Most Creative Collection Award Awarded to the student who scores the highest marks in Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback Marks using a criteria comprising the following: Innovative use of material, form, color and layout Innovative product development Quality and finish Creative Presentation Creativity in making a coordinated collection FASHION COMMUNICATION Best Graduation Project Award I Highest Marks in "Internal Jury + Mentor Marks + Industry Feedback + External Jury" of the Graduation Project. Best Graduation Project Award II 2nd Highest Marks in "Internal Jury + Mentor Marks + Industry Feedback + External Jury" of the Graduation Project. Most Innovative Communication Design Internal Guide / Mentor marks Realization of Project Brief Internal Jury Interpretation of Project Brief (Research & Analysis) Project Realization External Jury Interpretation of Project Brief (Research & Analysis) Project Realization FASHION AND LIFESTYLE ACCESSORIES Best Graduation Project Overall Highest Marks in Graduation Project (as per guideline for Graduation Project Evaluation) Most Commercially Viable Design Intervention Definition of Design Parameters & Opportunities Market/Consumer Opportunity and Analysis Understanding & Implementation of Design Brief Project Management Most Exemplary Application of Design Methodology Extent & Quality of Conceptual Exploration Design Synthesis Innovation and Relevance Definition of Design Parameters & Opportunities BACHELOR OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Best Graduation Project Awarded to the top student/s scoring the maximum marks in their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback Marks assessment Most Innovative Project Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal & External Jury in the following criteria: Innovation Implementation Relevance of the industry Project Approach Most Commercially viable Project Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal & External Jury in the following criteria: Relevance to industry (critical issues) Overall impact of the project (Competitiveness & Sustainability) Analysis & Conclusion (Return on Investment) Implementation MASTER OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Best Research Project Awarded to the top student/s scoring the maximum marks in their Mentor, Internal Jury, External Jury and Industry feedback Marks assessment For restricted use within NIFT only. 188

203 degree and other distinctions Most Innovative Project Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal & External Jury in the following criteria: Innovation Implementation Relevance of the industry Project Approach Most Commercially viable Project Awarded to the student/s scoring the highest in their Internal & External Jury in the following criteria: Relevance to industry (critical issues) Overall impact of the project (Competitiveness & Sustainability) Analysis & Conclusion (Return on Investment) Implementation FASHION MANAGEMENT STUDIES Best Post Graduation Project (Marketing) To be awarded to student who scores maximum marks in Graduation Project (Marketing Category) as sum total. Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Merchandising) To be awarded to student who scores maximum marks in Graduation Project (Fashion Merchandising Category) as sum total. Best Post Graduation Project (Fashion Management Practices) To be awarded to student who scores maximum marks in Graduation Project (Fashion Management Practices Category) as sum total. DESIGN SPACE Best Design Innovation Project Original thought process Exploration of idea Creative Outcome Project Planning Presentation Best Design Research Project Selection of Research Theme/subject Research Questions and Findings. Context & Relevance of the Research Outcome Project Planning Presentation 7.6 Other Awards (Presented during Convocation) Academic Excellence with Community Service performance One student in each Centre - carries a citation, a gold medal and `11,000/-. The award will be decided in the LASC on the basis of nomination. The student can nominate him/herself for the award or the names may be proposed by members of the peer group/ faculty/sdac. Best All Round Performance One student in each Centre - carries a citation, a gold medal and `11,000. The award would be decided by the LASC taking into account the academic performance of the student along with his/her contribution in student development activities. For consideration in this category, the student can nominate himself/ herself or the name can be proposed by member of the peer group/ faculty/ SDAC. Modalities for the selection of award winners to be awarded during the Convocation For Best Academic Performance - COE (Centre) to take recommendations to the LASC for ratification. The recommendations would be based on CGPA of all the semesters of study. The final result of the LASC (one per specialization per center) with the minutes of the meeting should be forwarded to the Academic Affairs department (HO) through the center Director. For the awards 'Academic Excellence with Community Service' and 'Best All Round performance' - These awards would be based on self nominations of the students. The nominations would be perused at the respective center by the LASC with the center SDAC. The final recommendations with the minutes of the meeting should be forwarded to the Academic Affairs department (HO) through center SDAC. Procedure and Format for Application for Self Nominated Awards: i. All NIFT regular students of the particular graduating batch are eligible for the awards. ii. The application for the award should be addressed to the center SDAC and submitted through the department CC. iii. The CC will duly certify the application before forwarding the same. iv. The student should submit a two page CV and an essay of 200 words on why she/he should be considered for the award. v. The applications should be examined in the LASC which will include the SDAC. vi. The LASC would forward its recommendations to AA department HO. The panel of names should be sent with the recommended personal citations. vii. The AAC, NIFT shall take the final decision on the student to be awarded for the particular year. 189 For restricted use within NIFT only.

204

205 diploma programmes CHAPTER 8 This section deals with all norms and policies related to diploma programmes offered by NIFT. In this Section: 8.1 Programme Duration 8.2 Admission Procedure 8.3 Academic Calendar 8.4 Academic Input 8.5 Teaching Methodology 8.6 Evaluation Criteria 8.7 Course Curriculum 8.8 Discipline And Conduct Rules 8.9 Policy and Guidelines for Fas.E Programme Background Structure Admission Budget Mode of Dissemination of Knowledge Accounting System Feedback Evaluation Criteria Moderation Attendance Discontinuation/Non-appearance Internship Award Pending Cases 191 For restricted use within NIFT only.

206 Introduction Programmes to be offered under the purview of this are full time programs which are for a year or more but less than 2 years. I) Industry oriented programme The Industry oriented programme will be designed to train middle and senior level executives, second generation entrepreneurs and young professionals to excel in understanding and integrating the areas of design, technology and management for effective business development. II) Training of trainers Training of Trainers programme will be designed to train trainers from various institutes to excel in the areas of design, technology and management for effective dissemination of information and knowledge. III) Post Graduate Diploma programmes are offered at the regular and specialty centre of NIFT. These are: i. PG Diploma in Fashion Entrepreneurship (Fas.E) ii. PG Diploma in Gemmology and Fashion Jewellery iii. PG Diploma in Home Textiles iv. PG Diploma in Knitwear Technology 8.1 Programme Duration The diploma programme may be of duration of 12 months or more upto a maximum of 18 months. 8.2 Admission Procedure Eligibility Criteria For Industry Programme i. A three years Bachelor s Degree or equivalent in any discipline recognized by the Association of Indian Universities. For foreign Bachelor s Degree, not recognized by the Association of Indian Universities, proper certification by a National Body constituted in the country concerned for granting equivalence will have to be produced. or Three year Undergraduate Diploma from NIFT only. ii. The candidates have to be sponsored by the Industry. For other PG Diploma programmes Degree in any discipline from any recognized Institute/University or two (2) year Diploma with 1 year work experience in a relevant field. For Training of Trainers The candidates have to be sponsored by an academic institution. HOW TO APPLY Prospectus and admission forms can be obtained from the Admission Department, NIFT Campus, New Delhi as per the NIFT policy from time to time. ADMISSION TEST The admission test will include a written test followed by group discussion and personal interview. A Psychometric Test may also be conducted for select categories of programmes. Details about the admission procedure will be printed in the prospectus and uploaded on the NIFT website. These details will also be available in the NIFT brochure for Diploma Programmes. This will be approved by the SIAC and DG-NIFT. The basic components will be as follows- General Ability Test: This test will comprise of various subtests as given below: i. Quantitative Ability ii. Communication Ability iii. Analytical Ability iv. General Knowledge and Current Affairs v. Case Study Group Discussion: It would entail a discussion comprising of approximately 15 to 20 minutes of discussion on a topic given, on which a panel of experts will assess the candidates on the following parameters: i. Conceptual clarity ii. Knowledge of the topic assigned iii. Interpersonal skills iv. Ability to generate new ideas v. Problem solving approach vi. Leadership qualities vii. Effective communication Personal Interview: A candidate is judged on the various parameters as listed below: i. Overall Personal Achievements in academics and cocurricular activities. ii. Communication skills iii. General Awareness and Aptitude iv. Overall personality traits. v. Industry background. The weightage assigned to each test in the final merit list of the entrance examination is as under Written test 50% weightage GD/ Interview 50% weightage FEE The institute will deicide on the fee to be charged from the students after obtaining approval of the SIAC and DG-NIFT. It would be published in the brochure. For restricted use within NIFT only. 192

207 diploma programmes The cost of International visit/internship (if any) shall be borne by the student directly. REGISTRATION After paying the fee, the student will be registered under NIFT. 8.3 Academic Calendar Academic calendar will be prepared at the beginning of the Academic year and in compliance with the regular programs of NIFT including the following events: i. Orientation, Registration ii. Payment of semester fee iii. Commencement of classes iv. Examinations v. Re-Examination vi. Declaration of result vii. Internship, Field visits viii. Vacations, Mid Semester Recesses 8.4 Academic Input Faculty will constitute of Senior internal faculty members. Students will enhance their talents by working with foreign/external faculty and experts on various real life projects, thereby gaining invaluable knowledge, experience and awareness about the latest global trends. The courses will also draw upon the experience and knowledge of the Industry experts through consistent interactions and guest lectures. Alumni, who are working with the industry in key decision making positions and are instrumental in shaping the future of fashion business, will be actively involved in student guidance. 8.5 Teaching Methodology Programmes will be broken up into 2-3 Semesters followed with breaks in between. Each semester will constitute of hours of teaching equivalent to credit points. The allocation of credit points is as per regular Post Graduate programmes of NIFT. 8.6 Evaluation Criteria The evaluation scheme focuses at an entire gamut of learning and corresponding evaluation tools like task-based assignments, interactive industry projects, internships, research survey and written examinations throughout the year. Various juries like end semester, graduation project, design collection and viva voce etc., comprising of academicians and industry professionals, judge students work and provide qualitative evaluation and feed back in terms of overall growth and performance. Continuous assessment and end term examinations will be conducted to judge the performance of the students. In the third/final semester in addition to other papers, students would be required to undertake research activities in different areas of design, technology and management under the guidance of faculty. Such research may also be carried out in the industry, research centres, institutes - nationally and internationally. 8.7 Course Curriculum The course curriculum for Post Graduate Diploma Programmes will be prepared after a series of discussions with the internal & external faculty members, industry members and experts. The course curriculum will be in the custody of Dean (A)/Head-CE&DP. Curriculum related changes shall be verified by the SIAC and approved by DG-NIFT. INTERNSHIP An essential component of the programme for necessary exposure in Apparel Industry for 2-6 weeks. Student may also be exposed to leading international organizations. The financial arrangement and logistics for the same shall be as per the same policy of the institute recommended by SIAC and approved by DG-NIFT. Students are required to pass all exams in all semesters. The students will be awarded a Diploma and grade sheets on successful completion of the programme. 8.8 Discipline And Conduct Rules The same rules will apply as for the students of regular Post Graduate Programmes of NIFT. 8.9 Policy and Guidelines for Fas.E Programme Background NIFT vide the Board agenda no.6011 and AAC agenda item no 2008 had approved to initiate the design and development of a special 12 months PG full time programme entitled Enterprise Management for Fashion Business (EMFB). The modalities for designing /commencement of the programme were worked out by a core team of NIFT faculty constituted by Ms. Gauri Kumar, IAS, the then DG NIFT and in consultation with industry members/ Associations. The same was approved by BPFC and BOG held in March The AAC also approved the programme resulting in the commencement of the EMFB programme from August The title of the programme EMFB was changed as Fashion Entrepreneurship (Fas.E) in 2008 vide decision taken in SIAC-AMS dated For restricted use within NIFT only.

208 8.9.2 Structure Academic Structure The programme is of 12 months duration organized into two semesters. This programme will have 6 hours of inputs daily. This course curriculum shall include the subjects in the areas of management, technology, design and legal aspects dealing with business in the proportions i.e. 60%, 15%, 15%, 10% respectively. Emphasis of the course would also include international trade. Fas.E Programme Matrix is as given below: Semester I Fashion Entrepreneurship SME Management- Principles and Practices Fashion Marketing & Merchandising Organization Behaviour & HRM Garment Manufacturing Technology Information Technology for Fashion Entrepreneurs Introduction to Fashion & Fashion Business Environment Marketing Research Textile Science Retail Management PROGRAM MATRIX National Internship 8 Weeks Semester II Fashion Forecasting Management Accounting for Entrepreneurs Project Management for Fashion Entrepreneurs Communication & Negotiation Skills Elements of Design Business Economics & Statistics Quality Management Enterprise Financing Business Laws & Tax Laws for Entrepreneurs Business Plan After the 1 st semester the students will be doing an internship in industry for academic exposure. Time to time industry visit will be conducted for the Industry Interaction. Industry specialists and similar experts will be called for workshop on contemporary issues related to the fashion business industry. Administrative Structure Fashion Entrepreneurship programme is a programme managed by CE & Diploma Programmes Unit. The unit will be headed by an academician at the Professor Level and the Unit In-charge will be a faculty at the level of Associate/Assistant Professor from the management/design/technology background. Line of Authority Unit Head Unit In-charge Senior Assistant Attendant Guidelines for Unit In-charge i. The in-charge while submitting the proposal to announce the programme shall identify and establish the need for conducting the programme. ii. The in-charge shall identify the experts, indicate core competence and develop required body of knowledge to efficiently execute the Fas.E programme. iii. The in-charge is expected to constantly monitor the external environment before the commencement of the programme and indicate if any other institute is running similar programmes and update the management on the same. iv. The in-charge shall submit the budget. v. The in-charge shall maintain income-expenditure details and submit the finalized accounts vi. The in-charge shall submit the finalization certificate along with the achievement reports vii. In case of arrangement or partnership with any organization and funds being received, the in-charge shall take the responsibility of sending a utilization certificate. viii. In-charge shall be responsible for running of CE & Diploma Programmes Unit under the supervision of Unit Head Admission Commencement of New Batch: Proposal shall be submitted by the Incharge to the Standing Committee in triplicate along with all supporting documents and details of proposed budget. The programme will be announced every year as per the schedule given below: ADMISSION CALENDAR Issue of Application Form/ : 2 nd week of June Advertisement Last Date of Submission of : 3 rd week of July Application Form Entrance Examination/ : 4 th week of July Personal Interview Announcement of Final Results : 1 st week of August Commencement of Programme : 3 rd week of August For restricted use within NIFT only. 194

209 diploma programmes Student s Eligibility A three years Bachelor s Degree or equivalent in any discipline recognized by the Association of Indian Universities. For Foreign Bachelor s Degree, not recognized by the Association of Indian Universities, proper certification by a National Body constituted in the country concerned for granting equivalence will have to be produced; or A three year undergraduate Diploma from NIFT only. Selection Process All the eligible candidates will have to appear for a written examination/personal interview at NIFT New Delhi. The written exam/interview shall be conducted to test the knowledge, skill and aptitude of the candidates for the programme. The written examination need to be conducted only in such cases when the number of applicants is three fold the number of seats or above. The proposed panel for selection process of candidates includes Director (Admissions) but the final panel will be decided by DG (NIFT). Guidelines regarding the Fee The semester fee structure as applicable for the students of the Fas.E programe will be charged from students. Any revision in the fee structure would be notified separately from time to time. Fee The total fee for the programme is `2,50,000 payable in 2 installments at the beginning of the 1 st and 2 nd semester as per the details given below: 1 st installment to be paid before the commencement of the programme The details would be as follows for 1 st semester: Tuition fee : ` 1,25,000 (Non -refundable) Security deposit : ` 5,000 (Refundable) Library fee : ` 2,500 (Non -refundable) Insurance Premium: ` 500 (One time, Non-refundable) 2 nd installment to be paid before the commencement of the programme Tuition fee : `1,25,000 (Non -refundable) Late fee The students shall not be allowed to join the programme if fee is not paid by the due date. Any delay in payment of fees beyond the dates specified without official permission will attract a late fee of `100 per day which will be charged from the students. Re-Examination Fee Fee for Re-exam should be charged at `1,000 per subject. Payment of Re-exam fee is necessary for sitting in the examination unless specific permission is sought for waiver of Re-Exam fee. Refund to the students who opt to discontinue Fas.E programme In case the withdrawal takes place before the commencement of the programme, full fee will be refunded. In case the student withdraws within 30 days of the commencement of the programme, 50% of the tuition fee and the refundable security deposit will be returned to the student. In case the withdrawal takes place after 30 days, only the refundable security deposit will be returned. All the other fees including the tuition fee will be deemed to have been forfeited in such a case. The amount deducted from the refund made to the student, should be added to the total revenue generated by the programme Budget Budget should have the following components: Expenditure Components Infrastructure Printing Release of Advertisement and Admission Test Lecture fee Coordination fee Course Review Fee (after 2 yrs) Consumable (Office & Computer Stationary, Lab & Classroom material) Industry/Field visit Seminar/Workshop/Presentation/Display Support staff Hospitality Miscellaneous Total Expenditure Total Revenue Net Profit Mode of Dissemination of Knowledge Workshops Round tables Case study Role-play Guidelines for Engagement of Guest Faculty: The eminent faculty from Management, Technology and Design discipline may be hired on the basis of the following criteria Junior Faculty : Junior Faculty with the relevant qualification must have min. 5 years experience of Industry/Academia 195 For restricted use within NIFT only.

210 Senior Faculty: Senior Faculty with the relevant qualification must have min. 12 years experience of Industry/Academia The Guest Faculty Payment Norms The External Faculty taking the classes in Fas.E Programme are required to fill an undertaking for taking responsibility for the conduct of classes (Annexure 8-A ) External Faculty Payment Norms for a session of 60 minutes for External Guest Faculty are as following: Junior Faculty ` ` 350 Conveyance Senior Faculty ` ` 350 Conveyance Internal Faculty: The Internal Faculty of NIFT to be paid for classes of Fashion Entrepreneurship as per the session of 60 minutes. The Internal Faculty taking the classes in Fas.E Programme are required to fill an undertaking for taking responsibility for the conduct of classes which shall state that there is no clash with regular teaching workload for Internal faculty members as well as they fulfill their mandatory teaching hours (Annexure 8 - B) The payment norms are: Professor ` 500 Associate Professor ` 400 Assistant Professor ` 300 Expert: The eminent expert having 15 years experience in the relevant field may be invited for a jury member and for conducting workshops. The honorarium paid to eminent expert shall be ` 2500/-for the duration of a day. Claim form for Internal Faculty, Guest Faculty and Expert payment (Annexure 8 - C) Faculty payment claim form: The faculty engaged in the program for teaching shall have to fill the Faculty payment claim form which is given in (Annexure 8-C) Accounting System All cheques should be made in favour of NIFT, Delhi. The assigned staff form Account section shall keep an account of all receipts and disbursements. The coordinator shall also keep an account of programme for his/her records in the register for the same. The Coordinator with the help of the assigned staff from Accounts section shall carefully reconcile the expenditure in relation to the proposed budget The Coordinator should submit the full account of the Fas.E budget and expenditure on completion of the project The accounts of Fas.E shall be finally closed at the end of the six months after the date of completion of the programme Feedback After fourth session of the semester a subject wise feed back must be taken, from students and second feedback must be taken after 10 th session to assess the change. Third feed back may be taken at end of the semester and a consolidated statement may be prepared Evaluation Criteria The system of evaluation for Fas.E programme should be as follows: Internal Assessment Final Assessment Total Theory 40% 60% 100% Practical 40% 60% 100% The minimum passing percentage should be 40% in individual subjects in the internal as well as final assessment. Internals comprise of presentation and assignments with breakup of 20 marks for presentation and 20 marks for assignment. Submission of assignment is mandatory for attending the final assessment. In case no marks are scored if a student misses the presentation or assignment he will be required to re-submit the same as per the dates given by unit. The Fas.E unit may follow the pass percentage method instead of grading system Moderation Moderation can be given for maximum of three subjects. The maximum grace marks available for moderation is 1% of the total marks in that semester. In case a student fails in the semester he will have to seek admission again next year by paying the complete fee for the semester. If a student wishes to complete the programme after the discontinuation of programme he will be allowed to do it for a period of 1 year after the discontinuation of programme provided he submit all pending assignments and appear for re-exams after paying the requisite fee for re-exam Attendance The attendance record is to be maintained by the unit for individual subjects. Minimum 65% attendance in each subject and 75% attendance in total is required to appear in the exam. In case of shortage of attendance the written clarification may be submitted by the students. If found satisfactory the student will be allowed to appear for re-exam. For restricted use within NIFT only. 196

211 diploma programmes Discontinuation/ Non appearance A student may be granted leave of absence / lien for a maximum period of 12 months. The student must seek prior approval of the competent authority for such leave. In such case whether it is leave of absence or detention on account of failure/ attendance, the student shall keep his/her registration live by paying re-registration fee of `10,000 for each absenting semester. In any case the programme needs to be completed within the next 12 months Internship Every Fashion Entrepreneurship student must submit a proposal to undertake a National Internship project after the first semester of the programme. Allocation of company: The Company will be allocated to the student by the Fas.E unit after getting three areas of their choice regarding his/her internship. Things to do: The students will have to report to their allotted mentors from the department on a weekly basis for showing the progress of their internship. Those studying out of Delhi will have to update their mentors via- or phone. Those students have to make an internship report which should be presented to the internal and external jury after completion of the internship period Award After completing the course, the students will be awarded with the Post Graduate Diploma in Fashion Entrepreneurship Pending Cases If a student misses complete semester and also misses the mid term, end term exams and re-exams then the student will be required to submit the assignment for the subject as well as to appear for re-exam in order to clear the semester for the programme which has been discontinued. If a student misses a few exams in the 2 nd semester then the student will be required to submit the assignment for the subject as well as to give re-re-exam after taking special permission and paying fee for re-re-exam. 197 For restricted use within NIFT only.

212

213 CE programmes Chapter 9 This section details all norms and policies related to short term certificate courses offered by NIFT. In this Section: 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Admissions 9.3 Fee and Registration 9.4 Eligibility 9.5 Selection procedure 9.6 Timing 9.7 Nomenclature and curriculum 9.8 Academic Calendar 9.9 Examination and Evaluation 9.10 Faculty 9.11 Award of Certificate /Grade Sheet 9.12 Discipline and Conduct Rules 9.13 NIFT Continuing Education Programme Policy 9.14 Policy for Short Duration Summer Programmes 199 For restricted use within NIFT only.

214 9.1 Introduction NIFT initiated the Continuing Education programme to cater to the industries need to further education in areas specific to their professional competence. Each year all NIFT centres and sub centres announce short term evening courses focusing on areas relevant to the Fashion, Textile, Accessories, and Fashion Marketing & Apparel Production Industries. These courses vary in duration (from 3 months to 1 year), curriculum and batch size from centre to centre. Short term sponsored courses are also included in the Continuing Education programme. The courses are offered by the departments of each center and approved by the LASC at the center level and forwarded to the Chairpersons at the HO. The proposals are brought to the SIAC for Final approval. Any approval/amendment to the policy should be routed through SIAC-CE which monitors CE programmes, to maintain uniformity across the centers & the programmes. 9.2 Admissions Admissions for the Continuing education programmes are announced each year on the NIFT website ( and through centralized advertisements. In some cases local advertisements are also released with prior approval of DG- NIFT. A brochure/prospectus describing the programmes offered at the centers, with details of each course is published for the information of the candidates. 9.3 Fee & Registration The fee for each course would be decided by the SIAC-CE and will be notified in the CE prospectus for the information of the candidates. The last date of payment of fees will be approved by the LASC and notified at the centre. The income raised by the sale of prospectus will go to the Centre's CE income account. The apportioned printing cost of the prospectus for that centre shall be debited from the account against the number of copies issued. The registration fee received per course will be included in the total revenue generated by each course for the purpose of fee calculation 9.4 Eligibility Different courses announced in the CE Programmes may have different eligibility criteria according to the requirement of the course. While some courses would be offered to candidates from 10+2 /graduate background, the others may require requisite work experience in a specific field. Details of eligibility would be announced in the prospectus. 9.5 Selection procedure The selection of Candidates for the CE programme will be based on a written exam/ personal interview / presentation of past work /viva or as decided by SIAC. Details of the above, for the information of the candidates will be announced through NIFT website and centralized advertisements. 9.6 Timing CE courses will be conducted during the evenings or weekends. In certain cases CE programmes may be offered in the daytime on the recommendation of the SIAC and prior approval of the DG- NIFT. The CE courses will run 3 days/5 days per week. Each day would have a 3 hours session as per the content of the curriculum. 9.7 Nomenclature and curriculum The nomenclature and course curriculum will be designed to suit the needs of the industry and should not coincide with the regular programme offered by NIFT. The Internal Advisory Committee of the CE Programmes will approve the nomenclature and the course curriculum. 9.8 Academic Calendar Academic calendar will be prepared at the beginning of the Academic year and in compliance with the regular programs of NIFT including the following events: i. Orientation, Registration ii. Payment of semester fee iii. Commencement of classes iv. Examinations v. Re-Examination vi. Declaration of result vii. Internship, Field visits viii. Vacations, Mid Semester Recesses For restricted use within NIFT only. 200

215 CE programmes 9.9 Examination and Evaluation For the Short term CE programmes, 3 months or lesser, the examination or evaluation may be conducted at the end of the programme. However for courses which are longer, mid term and continuous evaluations may be included in the form of assignments/presentation/viva. The final evaluation/performance will be judged taking into account continuous performance as well as final exam grades which will be issued as per the format of the CE Programmes. The system of evaluation for CE programme should be drawn on the evaluation format and policy of the regular programmes. It should be as follows: Internal Final Total Theory 40% 60% 100% Practical 60% 40% 100% The minimum passing marks will be 50% in individual subjects in the overall. On failure to attend or clear the final exam/evaluation, the student may be given a second chance by way of a re-exam on payment of a fee, which he/she would need to clear satisfactorily for receiving the certificate. No marks sheet will be issued for any CE Programme. Only a certificate of successful completion shall be issued if the candidate has satisfactorily completed the course. In case of courses where evaluation is desired, a standard format to be followed for such programmes. However, even in these cases the mark sheet shall not be issued and this evaluation will be only to ascertain "successful completion" Faculty Regular NIFT faculty will be involved in the CE programmes as per norms. External guest faculty may also be invited from the Industry and other institutions as per policy. The engagement of faculty for the CE Programme will be recommended by the Coordinator and approved by the LASC. All CE Programmes of one year duration will only be approved when it is proposed by a Coordinator and a Co-Coordinator. Programmes should be offered on the basis of availability of faculty for the course. Programmes with common competency like Pattern Making /Garment Construction, Fashion Illustration, Surface Design etc. can be offered by multiple departments Award of Certificate /Grade Sheet Individual performance of the students will be graded on the basis of midterm / final evaluation in the form of grades as per the format. NIFT will offer a certificate on successful completion of the course Discipline & Conduct Rules Students undertaking the CE Programmes are expected to maintain discipline while on campus or in the NIFT Hostel. Attendance: 75% attendance is mandatory for each subject. Relaxation in Attendance could be allowed for medical or any other important reason, only after recommendation by the LASC NIFT Continuing Education Programmes Policy Short Title and Commencement: This Policy shall be called the NIFT Continuing Education Programmes Policy and shall come into effect from 1st July 2006 and will be reviewed after two years. The Policy will not cover any of the CE Programs conducted prior to academic sessions Definition: This policy shall govern all Programmes other than the Regular Programmes offered by NIFT whether they are in part time/short duration/ weekends/ distance learning mode formats, for imparting knowledge and upgrading skills to professionals in the Fashion Industry and those aspiring to join Fashion Business. The candidates for these programmes may be sponsored by the Industry or may be self sponsored. Eligibility: Educational qualifications would be prescribed for specific programmes; preference would however be given for relevant work experience in the Industry. For NIFT Faculty and Staff members pursuing CE programmes: The faculty/staff member, who desires to attend a CE programme at NIFT to upgrade their skills, may be considered on merit of each case, subject to other merit exigencies & the provisions of the CE policy provided the Faculty & Staff fulfill the eligibility for admission & pay 25% of the prescribed fee for the programme. These students may be considered at par with the other students & awarded the certificate on completion of the prescribed attendance, course work & pass the examination with required grades. The faculty or staff member pursuing the CE Programme 201 For restricted use within NIFT only.

216 must ensure that it should not interfere with their academic schedule of the faculty or staff member. Duration: The duration of these Programmes may vary from one week comprising 5 contact days to one year and shall be conducted outside the normal working hours of the Institute. In case the programme is conducted during the working hours-prior approval of DG-NIFT would be taken after giving proper justification. Duration of any CE Programme shall not exceed 160 to 175 working days/32 weeks /16 weeks per semester for one year programme. Fee Structure: The fee structure for CE Programmes shall be as follows: Duration For Indian students For NRI & Foreign students Fee in Rupees Fee in Rupees Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum One Month Three Months Six Months One Year (2 Academic Semesters) In addition to the above, all Academic Departments are free to submit proposals for subject specific short term programme in the prescribed format through Centre Director to the SIAC for CE Programmes. The fee for such short term programmes may be decided keeping in view inputs required for such programmes and other local factors. The SIAC-CE Programmes may recommend bulk discount to Industry for multiple registrations for short term programmes. Higher fee could be prescribed for specialised programmes where the investment in terms of infrastructure support required are high. The fee structure could be revised upwards based on the recommendations of the SIAC-CE Programmes from time to time. The Committee may also recommend special rates of fee for the Government sponsored programmes. The Programmes conducted as a part of the undertaking given before proceeding on trips abroad shall also fall in this category. Refund to the students who opt to discontinue CE Programme: Provided the seat is filled and full fee is received from the next candidate, the request of refund by the student who opt to discontinue CE Programme should be considered within 20% of the total number of sessions of the course, and it should as follows: a) If a student opts to discontinue no refund CE Programme after the completion of the initial 20% sessions b) If a student opts to discontinue 30% cut CE Programme within the completion of the initial 10% - 20% - session c) If a student opts to discontinue 25% cut CE Programme within the completion of the initial 10% sessions The amount deducted from the refund made to the student, should be added to the total revenue generated by the course, as the functioning of the programme is based on the total revenue generated. Number of Participants: The optimum number of participants in a programme shall be 40. The programmes with less than optimum number of candidates may require assessment on financial viability before starting the programmes. However the programmes will have to be scrapped if the strength of a batch falls short of 15. Programmes with even lesser number of students can be there, provided they are financially viable and prior approval of Centre Director has been obtained. Infrastructure: NIFT infrastructure and equipment can be made available free of cost for conducting of these programmes unless there are administrative constraints. Proposals for conduct of CE Programmes: Proposals for conduct of Programmes may be given by a faculty member in the prescribed format (Annexure 9 - A) giving all relevant details along with the synopsis of the Course Developed for the programme, the budget, the schedule and the name/s of person responsible for coordinating the programme. Proposals from faculty members for conduct of CE Programme as per the undertaking shall also be given in the same format. Proposals are to be routed through the Centre Coordinator and the Director of NIFT Centre to the Dean (A) after satisfying themselves regarding the viability of the proposed programme and availability of administrative and logistic support without jeopardizing the interests of the regular programmes. The Dean (A) shall forward the proposal to the Chairperson who would examine the proposed programme keeping in mind the overall philosophy and focus of the Department, originality of the concept and content and give their recommendations on the proposed programme to the Dean (A) who would place the same For restricted use within NIFT only. 202

217 CE programmes before the Standing Internal Advisory Committee for CE Programmes. Wherever a programme is conducted in more than one Centre, the same shall be centrally coordinated by the CE Department which shall include common admission test procedure, common curriculum, common inputs and certificate formats. Work load: The CE Programme shall be conducted over and above the normal workload of faculty members and the staff associated with it who shall be suitably compensated in accordance with this policy. No separate Faculty or Staff shall be engaged for conduct of CE programmes on full time/part time basis other than Guest Faculty. It shall be ensured that as far as possible, the staff handling the Project/ CE programmes are rotated periodically. Cost structure: Each proposal for conduct of CE Program shall be treated as a separate Cost/Profit unit for the purpose of Budgeting and any common expenses between two or more CE programs/centres shall be proportionately allocated. The expenses towards conduct of CE Programmes shall be incurred under following heads: i) Advertisement/Mailers ii) Printing of Brochure/Application forms etc. iii) Lecture/Demonstration Fee iv) Course Coordination Fee v) Course Material/folders/stationary etc. vi) Field trips/visits etc. vii) Refreshments and Hospitality viii) Course support material like swatches/slides etc. ix) Teaching aids (Books, Magazines, and Periodicals etc.) x) Miscellaneous payments/contingencies etc. The direct expenses shall be restricted to 15% of the total revenue generated from the programme and expenses more than 15% will be required to be approved on case to case basis. The expenses under each head have to be allocated and approved by the competent authority at the time of proposal submission along with assigning of clear duties and responsibilities for the same. However, the surplus from one head may be utilized to meet the additional requirements in another head. In addition to the above an additional 4% of total revenue for Course Marketing Fee, 5% of total revenue for Course Development Fee and 2% of total revenue for Course Documentation Fee would be paid when the programme is offered for the first time subject to the conditions prescribed in subsequent paragraphs. Remuneration for the interview panel involved in the selection process for CE Programme The panel members, internal faculty & external members who are involved in the selection process for CE Programme may be paid remuneration from miscellaneous component of 15% expenditure of the total revenue. If the cheque is returned by some external member it should be utilized in the DDF or student welfare fund. Course Marketing Fees: An amount equal to 4% of the total revenue would be paid as course marketing fee for new programmes subject to availability of at least 20 candidates for the programme. This would be shared between course co-coordinators and officials involved in marketing of CE programmes before the same is launched to ensure ownership and better marketing. The payment would be made with the prior approval of HO - NIFT indicating names and contributions (Annexure 9 - B). Course Development Fee: The Course Development Fee equal to 5% of total revenue would be payable on the first occasion when the Programme is offered. The course developed should be original in its content and structure and any information contrary to this would be viewed seriously. The courses developed for CE Programmes in compliance of the undertaking would not be covered for payment of Course Development fee (refer 6.0). If the same course is being offered at different Centres, then only the originating Centre's Coordinator would be eligible for the same. Course Documentation fee would however be paid at every centre when the programme is offered for the first time. Course Documentation Fee: The ceiling of documentation fee shall be 2% of the revenue collected for the programmes conducted for the first time. Course Documentation fee shall include documentation of teaching materials, references, visuals, samples, field visit, assignments, projects, feedback formats, etc. The Course Coordinator shall take up the documentation on each subsequent occasion without any extra payment. The Course Development & Documentation Fee shall be calculated on the basis of revenue collected for one batch only. No extra payment shall be made in case the numbers of batches are more than one of the same programme. The payment of Course Development and Documentation Fee shall be made only after approval of the content in terms of originality, appropriateness and relevance of developed and documented course materials from SIAC-CE Programmes. The payment would be made only after the completion of the programme and with prior approval of NIFT HO. 203 For restricted use within NIFT only.

218 Course Coordination Fee: The Course Coordination Fee shall be worked out on the basis of duration of the Programme, number of participants and the total revenue generated from the programme and has to be met out of the fund allocated for meeting the expenses towards the CE Programme. The Coordination fee shall be paid as under: Duration Coordination Fee (`) - One month 10,000 - Three months 20,000 - Six months 40,000 - One year (02 Academic 75,000 Semesters) The coordination fee shall be calculated and paid based on a batch size of 30 candidates and would be shared between the faculty members coordinating the Programme. If the number of candidates in a batch is less than or more than 30, the coordination fee shall be proportionately computed. The coordination of a CE Programme shall be by rotation as may be decided by the faculty members of a department mutually. However, as a special incentive for one year (2 academic semesters) to popularize the CE programme a special coordination fee of `1,50,000 would be provided in case the programme attracts at least 40 candidates in any year. However, such an incentive cannot be made available if two batches or the same programme being run already are being merged. The Course Development Fee, Course Coordination and Documentation Fee and Administrative Charges shall be received in the prescribed format after completion of the programme with all-necessary documents and certificates. Lecture demonstration fee and Guest Faculty payments shall be released periodically on certification by the Course Coordinator. A separate amount shall be allocated for payment of remuneration to those support officers / staff who have been assigned specific responsibility for rendering support services for successful conduct of CE Programmes. Such amount shall not exceed 50% of the Co-ordination fee proposed for the Programme subject to a maximum of ` 37,500. Payment of Lecture Fee to Guest and Regular Faculty: The Guest Faculty shall be paid Lecture fee between ` 800 to `1200 per session of three hours on the basis of their seniority. All cases where the Guest Faculty are proposed to be paid more than the prescribed minimum payments should be submitted to the CE Programmes Advisory Committee along with full justification for approval. The category of external guest faculty for the purpose of payment would be determined as in the case of regular programmes. The rates based on the experience would be as follows: Level Teaching/ Lecture Conveyance Total Industry Fee (`) (`) (`) Experience (years) Junior Middle Senior The regular/contract faculty of NIFT taking classes in the CE Programmes shall be paid for every session of 3 hours at the following rates: Level Lecture Conveyance Amount Fee (`) (`) (`) Assistant Professor Associate Professor Professor The above rates shall be payable only after the faculty members have completed their normal minimum teaching workload as per approved norms. In case faculty is not completing teaching workload and taking CE classes to complete the mandatory teaching hour, the faculty may be reimbursed ` 350 (rupees three hundred fifty only) as conveyance per class. The conveyance may be reimbursed to the regular/contract faculty on the basis of self certification. Research Assistants may teach in CE Programme and shall be paid as per the slab of Assistant Professor subject to approval of SIAC. Approval may be given on individual case based on qualifications & experience etc. RA's would be allowed to only co-teach with subject coordinators Standing Internal Advisory Committee for CE Programmes: The Standing Internal Advisory Committee for the CE programmes would be constituted by the HO. The Advisory Committee shall examine the proposals for the CE Programmes, monitor the conduct of programmes on regular basis and review every quarter, optimum utilization of infrastructure and maintenance of quality and standards of the programmes and at the same time ensure that the faculty have adequate time for conduct of CE Programmes without compromising on the quality and standards and diverting their emphasis from the regular programmes. The Committee shall also approve the contents of the Certificates to be issued for each programme and standardize all formats of certificates including the certificate of attendance. All proposals for conduct of CE programmes of 06 months to 01 year duration will have to be approved by this Committee. No For restricted use within NIFT only. 204

219 CE programmes CE programmes to be conducted without approval of the Advisory Committee. The programmes of shorter duration may be conducted locally after approval from LASC of the respective centre. The Local Level Advisory Committee for CE programmes shall comprise of the members of Local Academic Standards Committee, which shall monitor the day to day conduct of the CE programmes at the Centre. Revenue Sharing: The revenue generated through the CE Programmes shall be allocated in the following manner. a) Direct Expenses: 15% (20% in Special cases) b) Course Marketing Fee 4% (Only for the first time) c) Course Development Fee 5% (Only for the first time) d) Course Documentation Fee 2% (Only for the first time) e) Department Development Fund: (i) Up gradation of Infrastructure 10% of the Department (ii) Other Departmental Expenses 25% Any saving in the direct expenses would be transferred to the DDF of the concerned department. Role and responsibility for Course Development: The Course Development envisages idea generation for the course, development of structure, content and other mechanics including pedagogy. The faculty developing the course would be expected to give an undertaking that the course has been developed as an original work and is not a reproduction of any existing course for payment of Course Development Fee. Role and responsibility for Course Co-ordination & Documentation: The Coordinator/s shall be responsible for organizing the course effectively, ensuring high quality of teaching inputs to students, coordinate with faculty, preparation of course materials, organizing field visits, evaluation, controlling budget heads and enhancing effectiveness of the programme. The person assigned the responsibility of Course Documentation is expected to audit all the classes and prepare a comprehensive document of the entire course including assignments, projects and other academic activities for reference and review. A copy of the document should be enclosed with the claim for payment of Course Documentation Fee. 205 The Coordination Fee may be shared by more than one coordinator on proportionate basis of quantum of work. No Course Development / Documentation Fee shall be admissible to faculty conducting CE Programme as a part of their undertaking given before proceeding on trips abroad. However the coordination fee shall be admissible as per norms. Feedback: At the end of the CE Programme, the Course Coordinator shall administer the Feedback form to the students and submit the report with summary findings along with his claim for payment of Coordination Fee (Annexure-9C). The Inspection and Audit Wing may annually review the records of NIFT Centres for implementation of the CE Policy. Power to relax: No provision of the Continuing Education Policy can be relaxed without the explicit approval of the Board of NIFT Policy for Short Duration Summer Programmes The shorter duration programmes may be launched during the summer vacation for a period of maximum two months in order to upgrade the existing knowledge of working people or school children or housewives as per the requirement of participants. Admission Admission for shor ter duration Summer Programmes to be launched in summer vacation (June-July) may be announced every year in the month of March-May and information may be communicated to the target massed by way of mailers and also put on the NIFT website. Fee and Registration Fee structure will be as below: Duration Fee in Rupees Minimum Maximum Less than one month One Month Two Month Nomenclature and Curriculum The nomenclature and course curriculum will be designed to suit the needs of the industry/target masses and it should not coincide with the regular programmes offered by NIFT. For restricted use within NIFT only.

220 Eligibility Different courses may have different eligibility criteria according to the requirement of the course. The eligibility for the course may be proposed by the course coordinator with proper justification and may be approved by the Centre Director. Selection procedure Different courses may have different selection criteria and procedure according to the requirement of the course to be proposed by the course coordinator. Number of participants The optimum number of candidates is between 20 to 40. The programme with less than 20 candidates shall require assessment on financial viability by the Course Coordinator and the Finance Department of the Center before the same is considered by the Center Director for approval. Timings The course may be conducted during the week days or weekends, anytime between 9.00 am to 8.30 pm as per requirement. Total number of sessions in a day will also be as per the requirement of the course. Faculty & Support Staff Faculty: The NIFT faculty (regular/contract) will be normally involved as per the following norms. The names of faculty will be recommended by course coordinator Lecture fee: Category Per session Per session of of 1.5 hours 3 hours (`) (`) Assistant Professor ,200 Associate Professor ,500 Professor 750-1, ,500 External guest faculty may be invited only in extraordinary cases for which special approval of the Centre Director will be required. Support Staff: A separate amount shall be allocated for payment of remuneration to the support officer/staff (to be decided by the Centre Director) who have been assigned specific responsibility for rendering support services for successful completion for the summer programme Category Remuneration per day (`) Research Assistant 500 Assistant /Jr. Assistant 400 The short term summer programme shall be conducted over and above the normal workload of faculty members and staff associated with it. For one programme, only one person, either RA or Assistant or Jr. Assistant, is required. The Machine Mechanic/Lab Assistant may also be engage as per the requirement and may be paid as follows: Category Per session of Per session of 1.5 hours (`) 3 hours (`) Machine Mechanic/ Lab Assistant Resource Material & Consumables NIFT will provide resource material & consumables only to faculty members which will be issued from the Centre's store. The participants will be required to bring their own resource material & consumables as per the requirement indicated by the Course Coordinator. Infrastructure NIFT infrastructure and equipment will be made available free of cost for conducting these Programmes. Discipline & conduct rule Students are expected to maintain discipline while on campus. Feedback At the end of the programme, the course coordinator shall administer the feedback form to the students which may invite comments on contents of the programme and suggestions and submit the report with summary finding along with claim for payment of coordination fee. Award of Certificates/Grade sheets Individual performance of the students will be assessed and NIFT will offer a certificate on successful completion of the course only to those participants who attend at least 90% of the classes. The certificate will be signed by the Course Coordinator, Registrar and Director of the Centre. Submission of Proposal for conduct of Short term Summer programme Proposal for conduct of programmes may be given by a faculty member giving all the relevant details as mentioned above along with the synopsis of the course developed, Curriculum of the programme, budget, the schedule of the classes along with the names of the persons responsible for conducting them. For restricted use within NIFT only. 206

221 CE programmes Cost Structure The expenses towards conduct of programme shall be incurred under the following heads: S. No. Heads 1 Advertisement/ Mailer 2 Printing of Brochures/ Application forms etc. 3 Course material/handouts etc. 4 Lecture fee 5 Refreshments and Hospitality 6 Course Coordinator fees 7 Remuneration to Administrative Support Staff 8 Field Trips/ visits etc. 9 Miscellaneous Course Coordinator fee The Course Coordinator fee will be a maximum of 10% of the total fund generated. This includes i) Course documentation fee ii) Course development fee iii) Course Marketing fee. This will be given to the faculty member who develops the Course Curriculum, markets it and ensures the minimum number of participants to make it a viable programme. Revenue Sharing I) The Surplus revenue generated shall be allocated to the Centre which should not be less than 25% of the total funds generated II) Department Development Fund: (i) Up gradation of Infrastructure 10% of the Department (ii) Other Departmental Expenses 25% 207 For restricted use within NIFT only.

222

223 linkages Chapter 10 This section deals with all issues concerning Linkages with external bodies across centers of NIFT. The policies for linkage at domestic level and international level with educational institutes, domestic and international levels with Industry and setting up of off shore centers of NIFT In this section: 10.1 Domestic Linkage Engagement with institutions for collaboration Faculty Exchange/Publications/Joint Projects 10.2 International Linkage Engagement with Foreign Universities/Institutes for collaboration Student Exchange Faculty Exchange / Joint projects Visit to Foreign Institutes/Organizations Engagement with External Entities 10.3 Industry Linkage 209 For restricted use within NIFT only.

224 10.1 DOMESTIC LINKAGES NIFT has been providing technical assistance in various academic areas to State Governments for courses at the level of Polytechnics and ITIs. NIFT has also provided the same to institutes like School of Fashion Technology, Pune for diploma and certificate level programs on the basis of the fact that it is run by a 110 year old charitable trust in the business of Professional education for Women. Since prior to the NIFT Act '06, NIFT was awarding diplomas, the institute has not entered into any agreement for support to degree level programs as yet. Also NIFT has not encouraged requests from private institutions or bodies for any level of such linkages Engagement with Institutions for Collaboration I) Identification & Evaluation For Domestic linkages the institute may be evaluated on the defined parameters mentioned under international linkages in point or as directed by the competent authority. II) MoU Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) is an instrument that defines the contours of relationship between the collaborating Institutions. NIFT has signed MoUs with various Institutions to facilitate student learning in a globally integrated economic framework. III) IV) Process of MoU signing/renewal i) UI-I&DL / member delegation shall seek recommendation of Academic heads on benefits for their respective departments and then assess overall benefits to NIFT. ii) UI-I&DL / member delegation/ DG nominated committee shall communicate with the concerned foreign/domestic University/institute and finalize the draft MoU. iii) Vetting of draft MoU by Office of I&DL. iv) Approval of draft MoU by Legal officer at NIFT. v) Approval for signing of MoU by DG-NIFT through Dean (A). vi) Signing of MoU by DG-NIFT vii) Draft MOU for polytechnics, norms for ITI and draft MOU for Charitable institute for diploma/certificate programs is placed at (Annexure 10 A - 1,2,3) Process of Regular review of MoU UI-I&DL shall review the MoU once in 5 years based on the benefits accrued to the NIFT and submit a report with recommendations to Head I&DL. The matter shall be taken to SIAC and based on the recommendation of SIAC it shall be put up for approval of DG-NIFT. V) Custody of MoU Office of I&DL-HO shall be the custodian of all original MoUs Faculty Exchange/Publications/Joint Projects i) A list of possible semester wise subject areas and interested faculty members thereof along with CV's shall be drawn through expression of interest for circulation to international and other collaborating institutes. The list shall be updated by office of I&DL on a regular basis. ii) Based on the specific requirement of the collaborating institute, expression of interest along with latest CV shall be sought from all NIFT faculty members. iii) Shortlisting of CV's shall be done by a committee nominated by DG-NIFT for the purpose. iv) CV's shall be recommended by the Committee along with the selection criterion. v) Selected CV's approved by DG-NIFT shall be sent to the concerned collaborating institute. vi) However, the academic requirement of the department/ centre shall not be compromised for the exchange vii) To ensure that most faculty can avail the opportunity of faculty exchange, each faculty shall be allowed to apply once in 5 years. However in cases of non availability of requisite expertise, or other reasons, exceptions can be made with approval from DG-NIFT viii) As a pre-requisite the concerned faculty should have completed the required teaching workload in the previous year at NIFT INTERNATIONAL LINKAGES With NIFT's acquired statutory status of "Institute of Excellence", internationalization in terms of exchange of ideas and learning from different contextual environments has become rather necessary. Primarily, to strengthen the International Linkages with foreign fashion education schools, the Office of International Linkages has been set up Engagement with Foreign Universities/ Institutes for collaboration NIFT has academic collaborations with leading fashion universities and institutes across the globe for academic exchange through dual degree, student exchange, faculty exchange, faculty training, joint projects, joint publications and consultancy. To increase the benefit to NIFT students and faculty, there is a need to explore collaborations opportunities with other well established For restricted use within NIFT only. 210

225 linkages universities, review existing collaborations and strengthen beneficial relationships. Reputed universities across the Globe would be explored for this purpose. Existing MoUs listed at (Annexure - 10 B) I) Identification Nodal Officer shall continuously scan the environment for identifying institutes that may be considered by NIFT for collaboration. They would rely on information available in public domain/ their contacts/ knowledge acquired through informal channels. Any official communication with the identified institute will need to go through the due approval process. II) Evaluation i) The evaluation of the identified foreign institutions shall be carried out w.r.t. the parameters detailed below: Size (area) and form (campus, building, and floor) of the Institute Number and types of plant, machine, computer, software and equipment required to run a program / course Number of in-house faculty / staff and visiting faculty Number of students (Full time / part time) Types of Fashion and business courses / programs Degree/Diploma /Certificate Library facilities Private / Government ii) The leader of the delegation (in case of the delegation visiting the institute) or the assigned Nodal Officer, as the case may be, shall submit the evaluation report against the set parameters to Head-I&DL along with recommendations. iii) Based on the requirement, the Embassy in the country of foreign Institute shall be contacted to acquire details on the credentials, reputation of the institute and the accreditation of the courses offered. iv) A committee chaired by DG-NIFT and comprising of Dean (A) and Head I&DL will examine the recommendations and decide on the type of collaboration to be pursued with the institute keeping in mind other factors such as brand equity of NIFT, short term/ long term interest of NIFT / NIFT students, guidance received from Government etc. v) A site visit of the foreign institute shall also be done. The visit may however happen along with other institutes as planned and approved by the competent authority. vi) Audit Form as enclosed at (Annexure 10-C) shall be filled in by the foreign institute and submitted to NIFT. III) MoU Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) is an instrument that defines the contours of relationship between the IV) collaborating Institutions. NIFT has signed MoUs with various Institutions to facilitate student learning in a globally integrated economic framework. Process of MoU signing/renewal i) Course mapping by the nodal officer/ member ii) delegation Nodal officer/ member delegation shall seek recommendation of Chairpersons on benefits for their respective departments and then assess overall benefits to NIFT. iii) The nodal officer/ member delegation shall communicate with the concerned foreign University/ institute and finalize the draft MoU in consultation with Head I&DL. iv) Vetting of draft MoU by Office of I&DL. Draft NIFT- Partner MoU enclosed at (Annexure 10- D) v) Approval of draft MoU by Legal officer at NIFT. vi) Approval for signing of MoU by DG-NIFT through Dean (A). vii) Signing of MoU by DG-NIFT V) Process of Regular review of MoU The nodal officer shall review the MoU once in 5 years based on the defined parameters of evaluation criterion and students feedback and submit a report to Head I&DL. The matter shall then be taken to SIAC and based on the recommendation of SIAC it shall be put up for approval of DG-NIFT. VI) Custody of MoU Office of I&DL-HO shall be the custodian of all original MoUs Student Exchange NIFT's strategic alliances with institutes foreign provide its students with an opportunity to undertake semester exchange / short term programs in the international institutes. This opportunity can be under taken by students of different disciplines across NIFT centers in Semester 3/4 of the Master Program and Semester 4/5/6/7/8 of Bachelor Programs. The student exchange programs provide an opportunity to students selected for the exchange program, to interact with other students from various countries to broaden their vision, understand diverse cultures and understand international markets. The students also get opportunity to visit industrial & design units in other countries which provide invaluable learning. 211 For restricted use within NIFT only.

226 1. NIFT Students to Foreign Institutes I) Calendar for Student Exchange Activity Tentative Dates For Jul-Dec For Jan-Jun Short term sem sem courses Confirmation by the Jan third Aug third 2 months before nodal officer about the week week the commencourse availability at cement of the foreign Institute to the course Office of I&DL Compilation of all Jan last Aug last semester exchange week week opportunities and circulation to students of NIFT Submission of Feb last Sept last applications and week week consolidated report by CI&DL to Office of I&DL from students Selection of applications March October by Office of I&DL as second week second week per selection criterion SIAC for recommend- March last October last ations on selection of week week applications Communication to March last October last Nodal officer on week week selected candidates for onward communication to the foreign institute. Communication to the March last October last concerned CI&DL's week week on list of selected candidates Communication by April first Nov first week CI&DL to the week concerned department/ student on list of selected candidates Confirmation on As per the As per the As per the acceptance of student confirmation confirmation confirmation applications by foreign received from received from received from institute to Office of foreign foreign foreign I&DL by the nodal institute institute institute officer Confirmation of selected As per the As per the As per the candidates by Office of confirmation confirmation confirmation I&DL to students through received from received from received from CI&DL Nodal Officer Nodal Officer Nodal Officer Submission of Report First week of First week of After departure by CI&DL's to Office of September February of students for I&DL on number of program students who actually went for exchange with remarks For restricted use within NIFT only. 212 II) Fee Waiver Policy NIFT semester fee waiver shall be provided to students who go on paid seats in institutes with whom NIFT has reciprocal arrangement. This will ensure that the students pay fee at either NIFT or at the foreign university. III) Process of Student Selection i) The Student Applications would be invited by Office of I&DL at the stipulated time as per the calendar of student exchange. Application form enclosed at (Annexure 10- E) ii) The students would send the completed application form to the office of I&DL-HO through CI&DL. The SGPA shall be verified by the concerned COE and form certified by CC and CI&DL. The CC shall also ensure that exchange coincides with the semester exchange timing and the student shall be able to return in time for the next semester. The students would give 3 options of foreign institutes in the order of preference. Short listing of applications at Centre level shall be done by a Committee comprising of Center Director (Chairperson), C-I&DL and one CP or any senior faculty or SDAC. iii) A penalty shall be imposed on students who apply for the exchange but withdraw their names after selection, thereby wasting an exchange opportunity. To ensure this, the students shall submit a security deposit of `15,000 through a post dated cheque (PDC) in the name of NIFT along with the application form. The PDC shall be dated one month after the last date of submission of application forms. The amount shall be deposited in the I&DL account of the concerned NIFT centre and shall be returned to the student before the student leaves for the exchange semester. This amount shall be forfeited if the student withdraws the name after selection. This penalty shall however not be imposed on students who are denied VISA or are unable to go due to non or late selection by the foreign university. iv) Criteria of short listing at NIFT: Short listing of the students is done on the basis of CGPA of the student. A single merit wise list is drawn of all students who have applied and then selection is done against available seats by merit-cum choice. CGPA of 7 and above is mandatory v) The applications shall be selected as per the above criterion by the SIAC and approved by DG-NIFT. The list of selected candidates shall be sent to foreign university by the concerned Nodal Officer for acceptance. vi) The foreign institute shall communicate the acceptance of the selected NIFT students and intimate the same to NIFT. vii) Office of I&DL would inform all CI&DL's about the final acceptance of NIFT students in various foreign institutes for the Study Abroad initiative. viii) The Centre CI&DL shall inform all CC's and students about the final acceptance of NIFT students in various foreign institutes for the Study Abroad initiative.

227 linkages ix) The concerned CI&DL would coordinate with the concerned department CC for the selection of faculty mentor at NIFT centre and inform the same to Office of I&DL-HO. x) Invitation Letters for visa procedure for the selected students shall be sought from the foreign schools by the Office of I&DL through the concerned nodal officers. xi) On the receipt of invitation letters, the students would apply for the regular visa procedure pertaining to the relevant country of course study. The CI&DL shall ensure that the Student Undertaking is duly filled in and submitted before the student applies for the visa procedure. IV) Process of courses/credit selection i) Semester Programs CC or CC nominated faculty, in consultation with the nodal officer, shall liaise towards Course Mapping (courses in one department of study in foreign school OR navigational courses across departments). The CC/CC nominated faculty shall not communicate directly with the foreign school/s as this might lead to overlap in communication thereby complicating the procedure. All information to be sought should be channelized through the following route. CC/nominated faculty CI&DL Head I&DL Nodal Officer Foreign Institute ii) Short Term Course Nodal Officer shall interact with the foreign University for the best match of courses for circulation to the concerned departments. V) Logistics and Local support Office of I&DL at Head office through the nodal officers shall request for the visa invitation letter for the student and a request to the concerned embassy for visa facilitation. The other logistics and local support shall be provided by the concerned NIFT centre. VI) Link during the exchange period The Nodal Officer and faculty mentor shall be in regular contact with the student to ensure smooth conduct of the course study and personal well being of the student. VII) Student feedback Feedback in the prescribed format (Annexure 10-F) shall be taken from students who go on exchange program. The feedback process will be executed by the Nodal Officers and a summary report will be submitted to the Head-I&DL with recommendations for further process. VIII) Presentation All students who go for the twinning or Exchange programs, of at least a semester duration, shall on return make a presentation of the work done as part of their curriculum in the host institution. The presentation would be made to all CCs, Centre RIC and any other faculty members invited by CI&DL. The presentations shall be coordinated by CI&DL. IX) Internship i) Since the students opting for the study abroad semester are selected on merit, it is proposed that in order to encourage them, some flexibility in completion of internship needs to be provided. The academic quality and requirement, however, shall not be compromised. ii) The Internship duration may be split into a maximum of 2 parts and may be done depending on the recommendation of the concerned course coordinator. iii) The Industry Internship should be done only after completion of 6th semester for UG and 2nd Semester for PG students. X) SGPA/ Credit Equivalence i) Process of SGPA equivalence at NIFT The scores/ grades/ SGPA obtained at Foreign University are equated at NIFT to match the NIFT system. As per approved process the SGPA equivalence shall be done in Office of I&DL-HO and approved by COE after ratification by SIAC. In case of received transcripts where the grading system is different from that of existing NIFT system, the nodal officer shall acquire the credits system of the foreign University/ Institute and submit to the Office of I&DL. The SGPA equivalence shall then be evolved by Office of I&DL, recommended by SIAC and approved by COE. The equivalence shall be done as follows: Credit equivalence for the purpose of SGPA is required for each mark sheet received from the foreign university to ensure that the CGPA calculation is done at NIFT. The grading system of each University where students go for an exchange is or may be different and hence cannot be used directly. To establish Credit equivalence at NIFT, a common format as follows has been established which defines the conversion and shall be appropriate for most Universities. This has been done on the basis of mark sheets from different universities and the NIFT system of Grades and Grade Points. 213 For restricted use within NIFT only.

228 Grades Grade Points on 10 point grading scale Grade Points on 4 point grading scale Grade Points on 7 point grading scale Grade Points on 12 point grading scale A Excellent A Very Good B Good B Fair C Satisfactory C Average D Low Pass F <4.0 <1.6 <2.8 <4.8 <40 Fail In case of a University granting pass status to a student who has obtained marks which are lower than 40%, the student shall be given a grade of 'D' which is considered a 'LOW PASS' at NIFT ii) Process of Mark sheet The mark sheet with SGPA equivalence shall be prepared by Office of I&DL-HO and submitted to COE for approval and onward submission to the concerned NIFT centre. (Mark sheet format enclosed at Annexure 10-G). This marksheet shall be kept in the custody of Centre COE cell and a new marksheet as per the existing credits at the concerned department in the NIFT regular marksheet format shall be prepared by the concerned centre COE cell. 2. Foreign students to NIFT I) Process for approval The incoming student shall apply to NIFT through their respective home institution through the Nodal Officer on the prescribed NIFT application form (Annexure 10-H). The Nodal officer shall ensure that the number of incoming students is as per the MoU and send the request of incoming foreign students to Head I&DL. Office of I&DL shall correspond with the NIFT centre for the department/centre of choice of the student and propose the best option. The concerned student shall be accepted at the centre of student's choice based on availability of seat in the concerned department at the concerned centre. Based on the confirmation received from the concerned centre the student shall be accepted at NIFT after approval of DG- NIFT. II) Logistics and Local support Office of I&DL at Head office shall prepare the visa invitation letter and, if required, write to the Indian Embassy Marks Description at the country of origin of the student. The other logistics and local support shall be provided by the concerned NIFT centre. III) Process of courses/credit selection Once the student arrives, the CI&DL shall brief the student about the departments at the concerned NIFT centre and the student shall register in the department/semester as per the requirement of her/his home institution. The number of credits chosen and the choice of subjects shall be approved by the student's home institution. As per requirement of the home institution, the student may choose certain subjects from other departments. This shall however be allowed after ensuring that the class timings of the subjects chosen from other departments do not clash. The CI&DL shall help the student to choose the requisite courses and also provide the required support in consultation with the Centre Registrar/Director IV) Process of Mark sheet The mark sheet shall be generated by the concerned NIFT centre and sent to Office of I&DL for onward dispatch to the home institute of the student. V) Visa/ FRRO registration/ Embassy regulations/ International formalities etc The office of I&DL receives various notifications from Ministries/Departments of the Govt of India, in respect of rules/regulations applicable to foreign nationals visiting India. Office of I&DL shall ensure that all such information received is made available to CI&DL. The CI&DL at the concerned centre shall assist the student in obtaining information on the latest rules and regulations for all international visitors' formalities, FRRO registration, Embassy regulations, visa restrictions, rules on port of entry and port of exit, etc and provide any required local support to fulfill such formalities Faculty Exchange / Joint projects 1. Foreign Faculty Visits I) Faculty Secondment The process of globalization is rapidly taking place and exchanges of teaching pedagogy, concepts, and professional ideas are necessitated. Thus, there is a requirement of introduction of international Visiting Fellows, who can provide the necessary international flavor and impetus to the initiatives taken by NIFT. It shall be ensured that NIFT's brand equity is maintained in all such arrangements. Guidelines for faculty secondment are at Annexure 10-I. The requirement shall be routed as For restricted use within NIFT only. 214

229 linkages Centre Coordinator LASC Head I&DL Dean DG-NIFT Chairperson Selection of Visiting Fellows International faculty experts shall be invited to indicate their interest in Secondment to NIFT through a specifically designed form. The selection shall be made on the basis of the following parameters: I) Professional credentials of the expert II) Feed back of the previous assignment with NIFT (if any) III) Ability to perform into the following work areas - i) Curriculum Development ii) Teaching at UG / PG levels iii) Conducting MDP/EDP Programs iv) Research projects v) Craft Cluster Initiatives vi) Adjunct Faculty The selected faculty experts shall be intimated through a Letter of Offer to seek their confirmation and suitable time period for their Secondment to NIFT. Each international faculty expert shall be assigned a primary department and a secondary department in accordance with their professional credentials. For smooth conduct of the program, the faculty experts shall be informed of their Program Co-ordinator through the Offer Letter. Further, a Policy for 'Visiting Fellows to NIFT' has been prepared and consequently approved by the Board. (Annexure 10-J) The Policy encompasses pointers like the workload, primary and secondary departments, financial arrangements etc. NIFT shall invite leading International Faculty Experts based on their credentials / areas of expertise. II) Institution of International Faculty Chairs In order to sustain leadership as internationally benchmark institution, the Office of I&DL has a concern about instituting international faculty chairs, which are sponsored through research projects, and industry partnerships. Office of I&DL shall work in conjunction with Industry and Research Unit to achieve the same. 2. Faculty Exchange A list of possible semester wise subject areas and interested faculty members thereof along with CV's shall be drawn through expression of interest for circulation to international and other collaborating institutes. The list shall be updated by office of I&DL on a regular basis. All nodal officers shall communicate with the collaborating institute to initiate activities pertaining to faculty exchange and for joint projects. Based on the specific requirement of the collaborating institute, expression of interest along with latest CV shall be sought from all NIFT faculty members. Shortlisting of CV's shall be done by a committee nominated by DG-NIFT for the purpose. CV's shall be recommended by the Committee along with the selection criterion. Selected CV's approved by DG-NIFT shall be sent to the concerned collaborating institute. However, the academic requirement of the department/ centre shall not be compromised for the exchange To ensure that most faculty can avail the opportunity of faculty exchange, each faculty shall be allowed to apply once in 5 years. However in cases of non availability of requisite expertise, or other reasons, exceptions can be made with approval from DG-NIFT As a pre-requisite the concerned faculty should have completed the required teaching workload in the previous year at NIFT. 3. Publications/Joint Projects All Nodal officers shall communicate with the collaborating institute to initiate activities pertaining to publications/joint Projects with the foreign institute. Based on the requirement, expression of interest along with latest CV shall be sought from all NIFT faculty members. Shortlisting shall be done by a committee nominated by DG-NIFT for the purpose. CV's shall be recommended by the Committee along with the selection criterion. Selected CV's approved by DG-NIFT shall be sent to the concerned collaborating institute. As a pre-requisite, the concerned faculty should have completed the required teaching workload in the previous year at NIFT Visit to Foreign institutes/ organizations I) Purpose/Objectives i) For initiating academic relationship in the form of student's exchange, internship and graduation project, faculty exchange, joint projects and other collaborative initiatives with universities/institutes/organizations across the globe. ii) For strengthening existing relationship with foreign university/institute iii) Any other agenda with approval of DG-NIFT II) Role of I&DL Office I&DL office through the concerned nodal officer shall introduce the delegate members to the concerned officials/ faculty at the foreign institute and provide the following details: i) Contact details of the foreign institute ii) Copy of MoU if any 215 For restricted use within NIFT only.

230 iii) Background on the relationship between NIFT and the concerned foreign institute iv) Details of students/faculty on exchange with the foreign institute v) Agenda/Mandate for future collaboration vi) Earlier student Feedback vii) Any other remarks of relevance III) Process of administrative approval / financial approval After taking the necessary approvals of the itinerary of travel, each delegation shall take the necessary financial approval from DG-NIFT through the finance department at NIFT-HO. IV) Agenda/ Mandate formulation Office of I&DL shall provide an initial agenda/mandate to the delegate members. Delegate members shall then correspond with the concerned institute and finalize the agenda/ mandate. The same shall be presented by office of I&DL to DG-NIFT for approval. V) Report / presentation The delegation shall prepare a detailed report of the meetings with the collaborating institute and submit to Office of I&DL after taking approval of DG-NIFT. VI) Follow up Action Office of I&DL shall provide a copy of the repor t to the concerned nodal officer and the nodal officer shall ensure that the follow up action as discussed during the visit is taken. Any communication or follow up required by the delegate members shall be completed and handed over to the nodal officer. A report of the same shall be submitted to DG-NIFT through Office of I&DL on the follow up action within duration of two months Engagement with External Entities 1. Information Handling I) Design Competitions/seminars/research forums/ exhibitions/other international events i) Process of Circulation to NIFT students Any notification calling for participation in International Events received by I&DL shall be circulated to all bonafide students of NIFT through the respective NIFT CI&DLs after due approval of Dean (A). In case the applications are required to be short listed at NIFT, the same shall be done by a committee consisting of Head-I&DL, Dean-A (Chair) and CP of the concerned department/s and 2 other members nominated by DG-NIFT. The Committee will submit the merit list of shortlisted applicants to DG-NIFT. The names of the final short listed applicants shall be sent to the concerned authority after approval of DG-NIFT In cases where the students can apply directly, the students will be informed accordingly. ii) Process of Circulation to Alumni Any notification, received by I&DL, calling for participation in International Events by the NIFT Alumni, shall be circulated to all Alumni Association Members by through the concerned depar tments/head- Industry. II) Scholarships for Alumni The information received for scholarships or other international competitions for NIFT alumni shall be circulated to all Alumni Association Members by through the concerned departments/head-industry. 2. Visits of Foreign Dignitaries/ Institution Delegates/ International Industry Delegations, etc U-I&DL /Nodal Officers of the identified region shall coordinate all visits of Foreign Dignitaries/ Institution Delegates/ International Industry Delegations approaching NIFT for discussions, collaborations etc.. Nodal Officers (or Office of I&DL) shall conduct the initial meeting and submit report to Head I&DL. Request for any other activity shall be handled with the approval of DG-NIFT through the normal approval process. At the centre, CI&DLs/Nodal Officers shall co-ordinate such activities in consultation with Director of the respective centre, and under intimation to Head I&DL. The coordinating official for the visit shall submit a report to the Head I&DL within one week of the visit. All NIFT centres shall inform the Office of I&DL (through CI&DL), of the visits handled at the Centre Level, within one week of visits of any Foreign visitor/faculty/delegate at the respective centre. 3. Interaction with Ministries/Departments of Government of India All interaction with Ministries/ Departments of Government of India or other Government bodies regarding the activities of International Linkages Unit shall be with the approval of DG-NIFT. 4. Engagement with International Bodies IFFTI (International Federation of Fashion Technology Institutes) IAF (International Apparel Federation) Any interaction/ engagement with such bodies regarding International Linkages shall be as per approval of DG-NIFT. For restricted use within NIFT only. 216

231 linkages 10.3 INDUSTRY LINKAGES Areas of Cooperation between NIFT and Industry: I) NIFT shall work with the industry partner to design and other various customized MDP programs for the soft goods industry on the terms & conditions mutually agreed upon. Such MDP program shall be offered on a continuing basis for multiple batches of participants, the frequency per year of which shall be agreed upon mutually and an annual plan of operations worked out II) NIFT shall work with the industry partner in identifying opportunities (Students projects, faculty training, seminars, education and assistance) and jointly pursue such projects. III) The industry partner shall examine other areas of mutual collaboration including the following possibilities: i) Instituting a Chair: A Chair can be introduced by a company in specific areas of intervention like - Home Textiles/ Fabrics / Retails /VM.The expenses involved are `10 Lakhs under which a full time faculty is retained for a period of 2 years to make specifically designed contributions in the given areas. ii) Student scholarship: These scholarships are instituted by companies to impact the mind of NIFT graduates in a long term. The investment is `10 lakhs, which is contributed to NIFT Development Fund and under which 7 to 10 scholarships of `10,000 each is given every year to specifically identified students for a period of 10 years. The draft MOU for NIFT and Industry linkage has been placed as Annexure 10-K 217 For restricted use within NIFT only.

232

233 intellectual property rights Chapter 11 This chapter details the IPR Policy of NIFT as ratified by the Board of Governers of NIFT In this Section: 11.1 Preamble 11.2 The IP Policy 11.3 The Role of IPR Unit in IP Protection 11.4 Ownership 11.5 Disclosures, Confidentiality and Assignment of Rights 11.6 Assessment of Innovation(s) for Protection 11.7 Support 11.8 Commercialization of NIFT Creations / Inventions / Technologies 11.9 Revenue Sharing Infringements, Damages, Liability and Indemnity Insurance Conflict of Interest Dispute Resolution Jurisdiction Power to Relax 219 For restricted use within NIFT only.

234 11.1 Preamble The vision of NIFT is "to emerge as a Centre of excellence and innovation proactively catalyzing growth of fashion business through leadership in professional education with concern for social and human values". In fulfillment of its vision and mission, NIFT has taken the initiative to promote innovations and to facilitate protection of Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs) thus generated at NIFT. Consequently, the protection of designs, inventions and other creative works of its faculty, other employees and students as IP has been growing. Processes to support these efforts have been evolving over time and now have attained a level of maturity. A formal Framework to guide the implementation of these processes is now a clearlyfelt need. Towards this goal, an Intellectual Property Rights Policy for NIFT has been formulated. This policy aims to lay down, the processes for promotion and support available to creators/innovators at NIFT for translating their creative works into IP. Creators/Innovators engaged in creations of original and innovative work at NIFT include faculty, staff and other employees of NIFT, including staff working on various projects, registered students of NIFT, or any other individuals working in NIFT or non-nift personnel associated with any activity of NIFT. This policy also aims to set forth guidelines for ownership of IP developed at NIFT by NIFT personnel and its commercialization. The aim of the IPR Policy is to sustain and grow creativity in an ethical environment in NIFT that recognizes the importance of innovations and assists in translating them into products, processes and services for commercial exploitation and to achieve the widest public good The IP Policy This policy is applicable to all NIFT personnel, as well as non- NIFT personnel associated with any activity of NIFT and covers different classes of Intellectual Property - Patent, Copyright, Trade Mark / Service Mark, Design Registration, Trade Secret and Confidential Information and comes into effect from date of its approval by Board The Role of IPR Unit in IP Protection The IPR Unit at NIFT, Head Office (HO) is entrusted with the responsibility of providing guidance, support and resources to all NIFT personnel and facilitates protection and deployment of intellectual property at HO and all NIFT Centres. The role of the IPR Unit is to facilitate the creation and sustenance of an ethical ecosystem in NIFT, IPR awareness programmes to propagate the importance of IPR, Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) Policy for NIFT implement the IPR policy by ensuring transparency and fairness in the spirit of the IPR policy to encourage compliance solicit feedback regarding the fulfilment of the IPR policy periodically review the Policy to improve upon any shortcomings, strengthen the infrastructure and resources for protection and exploitation of IPR provide templates and guidelines for the contracts, agreements and MOUs governing the effective exploitation of the IP produced by NIFT administer all agreements and matters relating to confidentiality, infringements, damages, liabilities and compliance interface with the legal and IPR professionals and seek their inputs whenever and wherever necessary Issues such as evaluating diverse creative works of NIFT personnel for appropriate IPR protection, ownership of IP, confidentiality, disclosure of creations, patentability, IP related aspects in commercialization of NIFT creations, assessing possible infringements of other's IPR by NIFT personnel or infringement of NIFT's IPR, revenue sharing, conflict of interest, etc play a very important role in IP management in NIFT Ownership I) Creations, Inventions, Designs, and other creative works Creations, Invention(s) including products, processes and designs, created by NIFT personnel without the use of significant NIFT resources and not connected with the purpose for which one is employed at NIFT, shall be owned by the creator(s)/inventor(s). For creations/invention(s) including products and designs, produced during the course of sponsored and/or collaborative activity, specific provisions related to IP made in contracts governing the collaborative activity shall determine the ownership of IP. However every contract, agreement, MOU, etc., shall be examined by the NIFT IPR Unit before finalisation and before being signed by the competent authority in NIFT In case of consultancy projects, the following action needs to be taken by the project coordinator: (i) Protection of the institute's IPR during the briefing session to be ensured by signing a non-disclosure agreement by the client; (ii) A clause to be incorporated in the MOU/Contract regarding non- utilisation of rejected designs. The client would have no rights over rejected designs and For restricted use within NIFT only. 220

235 intellectual property rights II) these shall be the property of NIFT, client would not be allowed to make any commercial or other use of designs; (c) There would be a clause on utilisation of selected designs viz. in case the client does not utilise the selected design in a specified period, the design/creation would revert back to NIFT which would be free to utilise the same in any manner it likes; In case of class room projects sponsored by the industry the IPR normally rests with the company, however in case of commercialisation of the product/creation the sponsoring company would share a defined portion of income derived from that IP with the institute. The Institute in turn would share the income with the group of students and faculty guide in 50:50 ratios. Any IP generated during the internship of students with a company would belong to the sponsoring company. In case of Graduating/Diploma projects all IPRs on the designs/ creations selected would be offered to sponsor for a stipulated period. In case of non-utilisation of the product/creation within this period the IPR will revert back to the Institute. All the copyrights for the design collections as part of Graduating/ diploma project would remain with NIFT, which would be free to utilise the same for academic and other purposes. NIFT shall be the owner of all Intellectual Property resulting from creations including invention(s), software and designs created by teams of NIFT and non-nift personnel, associated with any activity of NIFT. Non-NIFT personnel, who create invention(s) including software and designs at NIFT but without intellectual contribution of NIFT personnel or significant use of NIFT resources, shall be the owner of such creations. Except as stipulated above, NIFT shall be the owner of all creations including invention(s), software and designs created at NIFT. Copyrightable Work Ownership of copyright of all copyrightable work shall rest with the author(s) with the following exceptions: i) If the work is produced during the course of sponsored and/or collaborative activity, specific provisions related to IP made in contracts governing such activity shall determine the ownership of IP. ii) NIFT shall be the owner of the copyright of work, including software, created by NIFT personnel with significant use of NIFT resources. iii) NIFT shall be the owner of the copyright on all teaching material developed by NIFT personnel as par t of any of the academic programs at NIFT. This III) is due to the fact that contribution made by any faculty in the development of course/ curriculum is within the scope of their employment or contract. However, the authors shall have the right to use the material in her/his professional capacity. As the traditional exception, NIFT shall not claim ownership of copyright on books and publications authored by NIFT personnel provided that the work has been undertaken with due permission under the relevant rules. iv) NIFT shall be the owner of copyright of work produced by non NIFT personnel associated with any activity of NIFT with the intellectual contribution of NIFT personnel. However, the authors shall have the right to use the material in her/his professional capacity. Trade Mark(s) / Service Mark(s) Ownership of trade mark(s) / service mark(s) created for NIFT shall be with NIFT. In cases of all IP produced at NIFT, NIFT shall retain a nonexclusive, free, irrevocable license to copy/use IP for teaching and research activities, consistent with confidentiality agreements entered into by NIFT Disclosures, Confidentiality and Assignment of Rights Disclosure is a critical part of the IP protection process and it formally documents claims of creatorship, inventorship, etc., the date of the creation / invention and other details of the creation / invention. The creators/ inventor(s) shall assign the rights of the disclosed creation/ invention to NIFT as required by the NIFT IPR Policy. It is mandatory to disclose all creations done at NIFT in a proper format and manner. It is therefore essential that any proposed publication / public display of works / inventions, designs, etc, must be cleared by the IPR Unit after assessing the IPR potential of the creation. For sponsored and/or collaborative work the provisions of the contract pertaining to disclosure of creative work shall be applicable. For all other creations including invention(s) done at NIFT, if the creator of the work /inventor(s) wish to protect the invention(s) they produce, then they are required to disclose the creative work to the IPR Unit at the earliest date using the prescribed Creation Disclosure form (CDF). All NIFT personnel and non-nift personnel associated with any activity of NIFT shall treat all IP related information which has been disclosed to the IPR Unit and/or whose rights are assigned to NIFT, or whose rights rest with NIFT personnel, as confidential. Such confidentiality shall be maintained till the date as demanded by the relevant contract, if any, between the concerned parties 221 For restricted use within NIFT only.

236 unless such knowledge is in the public domain or is generally available to the public Assessment of Innovation(s) for Protection: (I) (II) (III) (IV) To facilitate assessment, a Standing Internal Advisory Committee (SIAC) on IPR shall be constituted by the DG - NIFT consisting of a Chairperson, internal and external domain/ipr experts and a Convener with specific terms of reference in areas related to the creative work. The creator(s) would be free to suggest names of faculty who are qualified to evaluate the creative work who may be invited by the DG-NIFT to be a part of the SIAC. The SIAC shall assess the disclosure in a timely manner and shall make recommendations to the DG-NIFT about the protectability of the creation including patentability according to the provisions of clause 4 of this policy. The SIAC may make one of the following recommendations: i) that NIFT shall take the responsibility of protection of the IP, in which case, NIFT will initiate appropriate processes. ii) that NIFT shall not take the responsibility of protection of the IP, in which case, the rights to the disclosed invention shall be promptly reassigned to the creator(s). The creator(s) may then choose to protect the creative work on their own. Filings of IPR Applications in foreign countries: Within six months of filing the Complete IP Application in India, NIFT shall, based on available information, decide on the suitability of protection of the creation in foreign countries. If NIFT opts not to undertake such protection in any specific country requested by the inventor(s), NIFT shall assign rights of the IP in that country to the creator(s) for the purpose of such protection. Renewal of IP Rights: A decision on the annual renewal of IP rights will be taken by DG-NIFT on the recommendations of SIAC. If NIFT decides not to renew the IPR in any country, then it will reassign the rights of the IP in that country to the creator(s) upon a request to that affect from the creator(s). In case of patents, the process of reassignment will be completed in a period of three months before the due date for its renewal. In all cases where IP rights in any specific country have been reassigned to the creators /inventor(s), and NIFT shall not claim any share of proceeds earned through that IP in that country except for the costs already incurred by NIFT Support (I) (II) Contracts and Agreements i) All agreement including but not limited to the following categories, undertaken by any NIFT personnel and students need to be approved by NIFT. ii) Allegiance, Affirmation & Confidentiality Agreement iii) Consultation Agreement iv) Evaluation Agreement v) Research and Development Agreement vi) License Agreement vii) Alternative Dispute Resolution Agreement viii) Classified Information Non-disclosure Agreement ix) Any other agreement as may be specified through subsequent notification. DG-NIFT acts as a final signing authority in all the categories of agreements listed above. IPR Unit would facilitate the process of framing such agreements by way of providing templates and services of professional consultants. Obtaining IPR If NIFT opts to protect the creative work, it shall provide an IPR Advisor/ IPR Consultant/ Patent Attorney for drafting the IP application as appropriate. NIFT shall pay for access/ search to the relevant IP information databases and other associated costs. The creators /inventor(s) shall help conduct IPR searches; study the prior art (literature) and provides the necessary inputs to assist in the drafting of the IPR application. NIFT shall bear all costs of drafting and filing an Indian IPR application. If NIFT chooses to file IPR applications in other countries, then it shall bear the cost of application and other associated costs. NIFT shall be free to enter into agreements with overseas institutions for protection and licensing of the IPR Commercialization of NIFT Creations /Inventions/ Technologies NIFT shall strive to market the IP and identify potential clients for the IP to which it has ownership. The creator(s)/inventor(s) are expected to assist in this process. NIFT may contract the IPR to an appropriate agency, to manage the commercialization of the IPR. For the IP for which exclusive rights have not been already assigned to a third party, the creator(s) may also contact potential clients on their initiative maintaining confidentiality and taking all necessary care so as not to affect the value of the IP through appropriate agreements such as Non Disclosure Agreement (NDA) with the potential clients during IP commercialization discussions. For restricted use within NIFT only. 222

237 intellectual property rights If NIFT is not able to commercialize the IP in a reasonable time, then it may reassign the rights of the IPR to the creator(s) of the IP. Optionally, If NIFT has not been able to commercialize the creative work in reasonable time, the creator(s) may approach the DG-NIFT for the assignment of rights of their creation(s)/ invention(s) to them Revenue sharing The net earnings/ cumulative earnings from the commercialization of IP owned by NIFT and its sharing among inventors and NIFT would be notified separately Infringements, Damages, Liability and Indemnity Insurance As a matter of policy, NIFT shall, in any contract between the client and NIFT, seek indemnity from any legal proceedings including without limitation manufacturing defects, production problems, design guarantee, upgradation and debugging obligation, etc. NIFT shall also ensure that NIFT personnel have an indemnity clause built-into the agreements with clients while transferring technology, designs or copyrighted material to clients. NIFT shall retain the right to engage or not in any litigation concerning IP infringements Conflict of Interest The inventor(s) are required to disclose any conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest. If the inventor(s) and/or their immediate family have a stake in a licensee or potential licensee company then they are required to disclose the stake they and/ or their immediate family have in the company. Any transfer of rights or renting of rights of any NIFT IPR to a company in which the inventors have a stake shall be subject to the approval of the DG-NIFT taking into consideration this fact Dispute Resolution In case of any disputes between NIFT and the creators / inventors regarding the implementation of the IP policy, the aggrieved party may appeal to the DG-NIFT. Efforts shall be made to address the concerns of the aggrieved party; decision of DG-NIFT in this regard however, would be final and binding Jurisdiction As a policy, all agreements to be signed by NIFT will have the jurisdiction of the courts in Delhi and shall be governed by appropriate laws in India Power to Relax No part or provisions contained in this policy shall be relaxed, except with the explicit approval of the Board. Glossary: "Author" means faculty, students, staff or visiting faculty who has/ have written or created a creative work. "Collaborative Activity" is the research undertaken by NIFT personnel in cooperation with industry and/or another researcher(s) who are not NIFT personnel. "Confidential Information" Information not in the public domain and declared confidential by parties as such in a MoU/Agreement that has been signed by the parties. "Conflict of Interest" or a "Potential Conflict of Interest" exists when an inventor/author is or may be in a position to use either creative work or influence for unmerited personal or family gain. "Copyright" means the exclusive right granted by law for a certain period of time to an author to reproduce, print, publish and sell copies of his or her creative work. "Copyrightable Work" is a creative work that is protectable under copyright laws. Copyright protection is available for most literary, musical, dramatic, and other types of creative work, including software, teaching materials, multimedia works, proposals, and research reports. "Creators" are persons who have produced any original work "Cumulative Earnings" from a patent/patent application are the total earnings to date obtained from the commercialization of the patent/ patent application "Design*" means only the features of shape, configuration, pattern, or segment or composition of the lines or colours applied to any ar ticle whether in two dimensional or three dimensional or both forms, any industrial process or means, whether manual, mechanical or chemical, separate or combined, which in the finished article appeal to and judged solely by the eye, but does not include any mode or principle of construction or anything which in substance a mere mechanical device and does not include any trade mark or property mark or an ar tistic work as defined under the Copyright Act, *Defined as per Indian Designs Act, "Design Registration" Registration of the novel non-functional features such as shape, or ornamentation of a product; "NIFT personnel" includes but is not limited to the faculty, students, staff or visiting faculty, researchers and scientists at NIFT; 223 For restricted use within NIFT only.

238 "Intellectual Contribution" means original technical or artistic contributions; "Intellectual Property" includes but is not limited to copyrights and copyrightable materials, patented and patentable inventions, tangible research results, trademarks, service marks and trade secrets; "Standing Internal Advisory Committee (SIAC)" is a committee constituted by the DG-NIFT with specific terms of reference, which makes recommendations to DG-NIFT on the issues of ownership and patentability among others consisting of a Chairperson, internal and external domain/ipr experts and Convener; "Invention" includes but is not limited to any new and useful process, design, creation, product, formula or machine conceived or first reduced to practice in whole or in part, defined within the purview of the Patent Act. Inventor(s) are person(s) who produce an invention. "Licensing" is the practice of renting the intellectual property to a third party. "Net Earnings" Earnings resulting from the licensing or commercialization of the IP, reduced by the outstanding actual expenses incurred in obtaining and commercialization of the IP. "Patent" means the exclusive right granted by law for making, using or selling an invention. "Royalty" is the payment made to an inventor/author or an institution usually for legal use of a patented invention or any Intellectual Property when licensed. "Significant Use of NIFT Resources" is any usage of NIFT resources in the creation of the invention(s), excess of the routine use of office facilities, computers, library resources and resources available to the general public. "Software" means anything executable in a computer. "Teaching material" means and includes any material that aids the process of teaching "Trade Mark / Service Mark" is a distinctive word, symbol or picture or a combination of these, which is used by a business entity to discriminate its products and services from those of other business entities. "Trade Secret" Usually some information such as know-how of commercial or strategic value that is not disclosed to all and is used in a restricted manner. For restricted use within NIFT only. 224

239 support services & others Chapter 12 This section deals with all sections of NIFT Academic body which act as support services to other academic units. Other miscellaneous issues are discussed in these units which affect the academics and students of NIFT In this section: 12.1 Information Technology (IT) Department 12.2 Resource Centre Collections Services Circulation Service Rules for Students and other Members Other Rules and Regulations Development of a state-of-the-art Fashion Information System 12.3 NIFT Website 12.4 NIFT Development Fund 12.5 Department Development Fund 12.6 NIFT Alumni Association 12.7 Research and Technology (R&T) Facilities in NIFT 225 For restricted use within NIFT only.

240 12.1 Information Technology (IT) Department The IT department has framed a distribution policy for the IT infrastructure across centers. The policy includes IT facilities that should be made available to students, faculty, officers and staff across centers of NIFT. All purchases of IT infrastructure would be as per this policy. The detailed policy has been placed at Annexure 12- A 12.2 Resource Center In the 21st Century information is the most important resource and knowledge management is the most crucial function in an organization. The Resource Centre (RC) in each NIFT centre provides the necessary infrastructure to collate and disseminate this critical input. The network of NIFT Resource Centers is the only Fashion Information System in India serving the fashion educators of NIFT besides the fashion professionals and would be professionals. Each Resource Centre also serves as an interface between the institution and the industry as it offers information services to the fashion professionals, entrepreneurs and freelancers. The network of RCs is co-ordinated by the National Resource Centre (NRC) Collections i. The print collections include books and periodicals, both in print and electronic format, pertaining to fashion studies and related disciplines. ii. NRC subscribes to leading online databases and aggregator services in the fields of design, management and technology for the students and faculty of all NIFT centres. iii. All the RCs subscribe to leading international forecast iv. services and fashion and textile journals. The audio-visual resources primarily used as teaching aids. The materials pertain to history of costumes, history of art, fashion illustration etc.; lessons on garment manufacturing and design collections of NIFT graduates. v. The reference collections of RCs comprise newsclippings, trade manuals, company profiles, standards, and other information sources. vi. The RCs showcase designer clothing, regional costumes of India and other nations. International collections in NRC include clothing and accessories from leading multinational design houses such as YSL, Chanel, Armani, Christian Dior, Dolce & Gabbana. Among Indian designers there are creations of Ritu Kumar, Hemant Trivedi, Rohit Bal, Sunit Verma & several others. Creations of students of NIFT are documented and inventoried in all RCs. vii. viii. ix. The Textile collections in RCs have fully documented and methodically arranged collections of representational fabric samples, export fabrics and also international fabrics procured from leading trend services. The RCs also have collections of Fashion Accessories and Findings containing all the materials required to complete a garment. Thematic displays and exhibitions are occasional features of the activities of RCs Services All the RCs use library management software for collection management, dissemination of information and offer numerous proactive information services to the users. i. Reference Service Highly qualified professional staff members provide reference service at the reference desks as well as online. ii. Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) The Resource Centres offer online public access catalogues of all print and non-print collections. iii. Bibliographic Service Subject bibliographies on topics relevant to the fashion industry are available online and print out of bibliographies on any topic is provided on demand. iv. Current Awareness Service Lists of new additions to books and audio-visual collections are available online. v. Reprographic Service Selective reprographic services of photocopying and scanning are provided to the users of all RCs. ** (Collections and Services may vary from center to center) Circulation Service All RCs offer circulation services for selective collections of recommended reading materials. RCs have bar-coded charging system and electromagnetic security systems to control materials flow. Following are the general rules for circulation of print materials to faculty, students and other members of the RC (rules including number of books issued and duration of loan may vary from center to center) i. Each regular faculty is entitled to borrow maximum eight books at a time for a specified duration. Books should be returned on time to make them available to other members. ii. Each contract and guest faculty can borrow six and one book s respectively for a specified duration. iii. Library periodicals should not be taken out of the library, unless required for class lectures. These should be returned as soon as the class is over. For restricted use within NIFT only. 226

241 support services & others iv. Back issues of periodicals are loaned for overnight only. v. Audio-Visual materials, i.e. DVDs, CDs etc are issued only for class lectures & should be returned immediately after the class is over. vi. Other Non-Print Materials (NPMs) such as textiles, costumes, accessories etc. should be referred to within the premises of the Resource Centre. vii. A faculty member should abide by the rules for borrowing NPMs for exhibitions and other purposes as applicable in each Centre. viii. The faculty will have to either replace or pay the cost of the issued material if the overdue material is not returned on time, lost or damaged. The material issued may be returned personally or through an attendant at the library counter. The person returning the material should wait till the library staff completes the cancellation procedure. Circulation and reference services for print collections are offered throughout the week except Sundays. The Resource Centre is closed on Government of India holidays and other notified days Rules for Students and other Members i. Students of regular and continuing education programs are required to pay security deposit and RC fee along with tuition fee for membership of the Resource Centre. A student has to submit a copy of receipt of fee at the time of registration and renewal during the beginning of each academic session ii. Corporate houses, educational institutions, freelancers and individuals can also register as members of the Resource Centre on payment of fees applicable.. iii. Each student gets one borrower's card valid for two semesters only. Other members get cards as per entitlement for one year or lesser duration on payment of fees and depending on the categories of membership. iv. Books can be borrowed at a time for one week only. To reserve a book that is out on loan, fill out a reserve slip at the circulation desk. v. Periodicals, reference collections, audio-visual materials and other non-print materials can be consulted in the Resource Centre only and are not issued out to students and other members. vi. vii. If a borrowed book is not returned on time, overdue fines will be charged. A member (excluding faculty) will either replace or pay three times the cost of a book if lost or damaged. Lost or damaged books must be paid for before other books can be issued or the same will be deducted from the security deposit Other Rules and Regulations i. Circulation and reference services for print collections are offered throughout the week except Sundays. The Resource Centre shall remain closed on holidays notified by the Government of India. ii. Members found leaving the library with un-issued books/ other Resource Centre material(s) will be penalized. He or she will pay a penalty as per rule of the Centre and will be debarred from using the Resource Centre for a semester. iii. Talking over the cellphone is not allowed inside the reading rooms and stackrooms. Disciplinary action can be taken against any member for flouting the rule. iv. No bags, food, drinks and smoking are allowed in the Resource Centre. Scissors and cutting implements are also prohibited. Non-library books, briefcases and packages must be left outside the Resource Centre. The Resource Centre will not be responsible for loss of personal belongings including laptops, cell phones, etc Development of a state-of-the-art Fashion Information System NRC is making continuous endeavour to develop a state- of -the art digital fashion information system encompassing all the Resource Centres of NIFT NIFT Website NIFT has a comprehensive Web policy.the policy addresses issues like i. Name of NIFT official website ii. Single or multiple websites? iii. Uploading procedure iv. Maintenance procedure and norms v. Responsibility vi. Information on the website vii. IPR and RTI vis a vis the website The detailed policy is placed at Annexure 12 - B 12.4 NIFT Development Fund NIFT has created a corpus fund called "NIFT Development fund". This fund has been effective since 25th January An initial amount of `50 lakhs had been collected through IDBI, Industry support and invested properly. The investments are made in fixed deposits/scheme of Nationalized Bank, UTI, ICCI, IDBI as considered appropriates from time to time. All donations made specifically for overall development of NIFT fraternity is deposited in this account and shall be used effectively for development activities of NIFT Faculty, Staff & Students. 227 For restricted use within NIFT only.

242 AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER NDF FOR DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES All expenditure out of this fund will be equivalent to the interest earned on the investments only i.e. the amount earned as interest on the investment done under NDF shall be available for proving financial assistance. The detailed policy for utilization of the NDF is placed at Annexure 12- C 12.5 Department Development Fund The Competent Authority has created for each of the academic department of all Centers, a Department Development Fund (DDF) for academic expenses, upgradation of infrastructure and engagement of Adjunct and Visiting faculty as per the respective policy. The DDF shall be placed at the disposal of the department concerned and headed by Centre Coordinator be administered by a Committee of all the faculty members of the department jointly, in accordance with the guidelines framed as a policy for DDF which may be referred in the Accounts Manual NIFT Alumni Association (NAA) The NAA is a society set up for and by the alumni of NIFT with the aim of promoting and fostering mutually beneficial interaction between the alumni and the present students of the NIFT and amongst the alumni themselves and to encourage the alumni to take an active interest in the work and progress of NIFT so as to contribute towards enhancement of the HRD benefits of their alma mater. The members of the association are of ex-students of the Institute, who were admitted to NIFT through an NIFT's All-India Entrance Examination to any of full-time regular UG or PG programmes and passed out by completing all mandatory requirements of the program. From the batch beginning 2006, the life time membership fee of the association is taken with the first fee that a student deposits at the time of admission. Every Center RIC maintains a contact with the alumni of the region and promotes the membership drive for the association Research and Technology (R&T) Facilities in NIFT Guiding norms for the setting up of R&T labs in NIFT are placed at Annexure 12-D For restricted use within NIFT only. 228

243 PhD programme at NIFT Chapter 13 This section deals with all issues concerning the Ph D programme offered at NIFT. In this section: 13.1 Objective 13.2 How to apply 13.3 Shortlisting, Selection and Preliminary Registration 13.4 Eligibility 13.5 Timescale 13.6 Calendar of Activities 13.7 Qualifying Stages of Work 13.8 Final Registration 13.9 Performance Monitoring Synopsis Submission Thesis Submission Thesis Evaluation Award of Ph D Degree Fee Assistance from NIFT for NIFT Faculty Members Ph D Program at a glance 229 For restricted use within NIFT only.

244 13.1 Objective NIFT offers Ph.D. in the areas of design, management and technology as applied with broad reference to textiles, fashion, lifestyle and apparel sectors of the industry. The programme is designed for the purpose of carrying out research in textiles, fashion and the apparel sector to create a body of original knowledge for the use of academia and industry at large How to Apply The Application has to be made in requisite format. The completed application form has to be submitted alongwith an outline of Research Proposal in maximum 3000 words. This Research Proposal is the most important part of the application. It will be expected to clearly set out an appropriate set of issues to be explored through research. It should include an indication of the approach that the candidate intends to take during research (e.g. literature-based/empirical/experimental/ practice-based research) and identify what is sought to be achieved as an outcome. The proposed research can be related to any previous work/studies carried out by the candidate Shortlisting, Selection & Preliminary Registration On the basis of the Research Proposal and the Form submitted, the candidates will be shortlisted and invited for a personal interview. Based on the interview, the final selection of the candidates for the preliminary registration for Ph.D. will be done Eligibility Following qualifications are eligible for consideration for admission to the Ph.D. programme. i) Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology (i.e. M.Des./M.F.M/ M.FTech.) from NIFT with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/ semesters) where marks are awarded. ii) Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology (i.e. M.Des./M.F.M./ M.Tech./M.E./M.Sc./M.A./M.Com/MBA Degree) (or) equivalent qualification from an institute/ university of national/international repute with minimum 7 years of education after higher secondary last of which was the Masters degree with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point iii) iv) Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/ semesters) where marks are awarded. The area of research of the applicants has to be relevant to the field of fashion otherwise it is liable for rejection of the candidature of the applicant. The selection panel shall make appropriate recommendations to accept or reject the candidature on account of the area of research of the applicant to DG, NIFT who has discretionary power to accept or reject the candidature on such grounds. Candidates who are employed besides fulfilling the eligibility criteria are required to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from their current employer. v) Temporary and contract academic faculty of NIFT may be given administrative clearance by DG, NIFT to seek admission in Ph.D. after joining service on recommendations of respective Chairperson and Centre Director. vi) Permanent academic faculty of NIFT may be given administrative clearance by DG, NIFT to seek registration after satisfactory completion of the period of probation on application Timescale Candidate will be expected to complete the supervised studies within five years, extended to a maximum of seven years by specific approval of the DG-NIFT after which the registration shall stand cancelled automatically Calendar of Activities ADMISSION CALENDER Admission announcement (website) & advertisement in newspapers Availability of Application form Last date of submission of Application Form List of short listed candidates Interview and selection Announcement of Results Registration Semester starts Monday of the 3rd week of March Monday of the 3rd week of March to Friday of the 3rd Week of April Friday of the 3rd Week of April Friday of 3rd Week of May By Friday of 3rd week of June Last working day of June 1st week of July As per NIFT academic calendar For restricted use within NIFT only. 230

245 PhD programme at NIFT 13.7 Qualifying Stages of Work There are primarily two stages of work for candidates after preliminary registration and before the final registration as candidate for Ph.D. First Stage: Course Work At the first stage the supervisor will be assigned to the candidate who will guide him/her to select course work and develop a detailed research plan. A joint supervisor can be added anytime during the next 18 months. Each student will take 3 compulsory courses of 3 credits each on (1) Research Methods, (2) Statistical Analysis and (3) Research Paradigms. Other courses for Ph.D candidates shall be identified by the Supervisor out of those offered by the Post Graduate programs in Design, Management and Technology at respective NIFT centers. If Supervisor feels it necessary, courses may also be chosen out of under graduate programs. Minimum of 15 credits with CGPA of 7.0 on a 10 point scale is required for continued candidacy of Ph.D. Degree. CGPA below 6.5 will cause termination of registration with immediate effect. However, if the CGPA is above 6.5 but less than 7.0, the candidate would be asked to take more courses in order to enhance his/ her CGPA to 7.0 or above, subject to the condition that this should be achieved within one semester. Attendance of 75% is compulsory. Re-examination policy The re-examination of the Ph.D Scholars for all the course work will be as per the re-examination policy of NIFT. Second Stage: Comprehensive Examination After successfully clearing the first stage, candidate will reach the second stage of work before qualifying to become a final registered candidate for Ph.D. Candidate will be required to take a comprehensive examination which will be a combination of (a) an oral examination and (b) evaluation of the Research Proposal, to test comprehension of the broad field of research and academic preparation and the potential to carry out the proposed research plan. A candidate is permitted to give a maximum of two attempts to pass the comprehensive examination and should be able to complete it within 24 months of date of joining the programme, failing which his/her registration will be cancelled Final Registration Candidate shall be formally registered as a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree after he/she has successfully completed the first and the second stage of work. Candidate will be required to renew the registration every semester till the submission of the Synopsis. The renewal of registration every semester shall be subject to completion of specified number of credits/courses and/or satisfactory progress in research work as recommended by Supervisor Performance Monitoring Candidate will submit a progress repor t at the end of each semester to supervisor(s) for monitoring of the progress of work. In the event of getting two consecutive unsatisfactory grades by any candidate, the registration will stand terminated. Candidate will be required to submit progress report till the submission of the thesis Synopsis Submission It is essential for the candidate to hold Pre-PhD seminar before his/her Synopsis is considered. On completion of the research work, candidate shall submit a Synopsis including bibliography of research work to the respective supervisor. The Synopsis will be examined by the panel of experts Thesis Submission Candidate will be required to submit the thesis within a minimum of 2 months and maximum of 9 months after submission of Synopsis Thesis Evaluation Submitted thesis will be examined by two examiners. Candidate will be recommended for viva-voce examination on the basis of the thesis evaluation. In case candidate has been advised to submit a revised thesis, the same may be done within a period of one year from date of communication Award of Ph.D. Degree After getting recommended for viva-voce examination on the basis of thesis evaluation, the candidate shall be required to defend the work/thesis orally before the Oral Defense Committee. The Committee may recommend the award of the degree or suggest corrections/modifications which have to be incorporated in the thesis Fee The candidate will be required to pay the fee from the preliminary registration stage, as per the NIFT fee structure for the regular students. The fee has to be paid every semester till the submission of the Synopsis Assistance from NIFT for NIFT Faculty Members NIFT faculty members, in regular employment will receive assistance for field visits, experimentation, for visiting the jointsupervisor or visit of the joint-supervisor, publications, thesis etc. 50% tuition fee wavier will be extended to faculty members of NIFT or candidates admitted to Ph.D. programme from other Government Organizations/Institutions under MOT. 231 For restricted use within NIFT only.

246 13.16 Ph.D at a Glance Application Selection No Preliminary Registration Yes Course Work If SGPA is between Passed if SGPA is 7 Comprehensive examination Registration for PhD 6 Monthly progress reports Submission of Thesis Examiners Disapproves No Approves Viva Voce Rework Cleark PhD Degree Award The detailed Ordinance of the PhD program offered by NIFT is placed at ANNEXURE-13-A For restricted use within NIFT only. 232

247 bridge programme Chapter 14 This section details the NIFT policy to assist alumni of the institute to enhance academic qualification by conversion of NIFT Diploma to Degree through a bridge program. In this section: 14.1 Introduction 14.2 Admission Eligibility Total number of seats 14.3 Structure of the Programme Schedule of Bridge Programme Components of PG Programme Components of UG Programme Seminar Four Full Days Workshop Term Papers Interaction with Mentor 14.4 Transcript 14.5 Degree format 14.6 Attendance norms 14.7 Finance External Expert, Faculty & Internal Faculty Payment Norms Expected Expenditure Expenditure at Centre Level Fee Waiver 14.8 Academic Management 14.9 Award of Degree Admission Calendar 233 For restricted use within NIFT only.

248 14.1 Introduction Bridge programme is introduced as a supplementary programme to allow former NIFT Alumni to enhance their Diploma to Degrees. The duration of the Bridge programme will be 6 months for PG Diploma holders and 1 yr for UG Diploma holders. Admission will be conducted simultaneously at 7 NIFT Centers namely Delhi, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata, Chennai, Gandhinagar & Bangalore under the guidance of Directors of the centers. A candidate may register at any center of convenience. Registration will be on first come- first serve basis. The candidates will be offered Degree of M.Tech. (for GMT /PG Tech alumnus), MFM (for AMM/AMMM alumnus), M.Des. (for TD, KD, FC, LD alumnus) and B.Des. (for FD / AD alumnus). The candidates will be carrying the original diploma for registration and verification. The degree will be offered of the year in which the programme is successfully finished by the candidate. The degree certificate will carry a reference of the Centre and the year in which the diploma was awarded to the candidate and the format of the Degree of Bridge programme will be different than the Degree of regular students. Bridge programmes will be offered only for the coming 5 years i.e from Admission Eligibility The course shall be offered only to NIFT Alumni of PG programme i.e. GMT / PG Tech /AMM / AMMM / LD/TD /KD/ FC as combined Bridge programme (PG) and UG Programme AD / FD as combined Bridge programme (UG). The candidates will be required to submit the original diploma for registration and verification. Admission will be on first come - first serve basis on receipt of complete application forms. Admission forms will be available and registration opened simultaneously at 7 NIFT Centers under the guidance of Directors of NIFT Centers. A candidate may register at any Center of convenience. Bridge courses for PG programmes can be offered every six months depending upon the demand while that for UG programme will be offered only once a year. The original diploma of the applicant has to be submitted at the center during registration. The entire admission process will be center based activity and will be under the guidance of Center Directors Total Number of seats Total number of seats is 1140 being offered in 7 NIFT centers - Delhi, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata, Chennai, and Gandhinagar & Bangalore. The ideal batch size for the programme is 30 candidates. Additional candidates to an extent of 20% of the total may be taken provided the infrastructure can support the additional seats. In case of insufficient number of candidates, the programme may be run on a minimum number of 10 students. The distribution of seats per programme is as under- Programme-wise distribution across NIFT centers where the Bridge course will be offered. Programme No of Batches across Centers New Delhi Bangalore Chennai Gandhinagar Hyderabad FD 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes AD 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes LD 2 Yes Yes TD 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes KD 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes GMT 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FMS 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FC 2 Yes Yes Total Batches: 38 Total No. of per batch: Structure of the Programme SCHEDULE OF BRIDGE PROGRAMME per semester (Total 14 weeks, one week internal and one week external evaluation.) i. First week: Seminar by Expert ii. Second Week: Research Design & Methodology Workshop iii. Third week onward: Industry Presentations (Weekly seminar by students) and term paper mentoring Components of PG Program Kolkata S. Subject Description Maximum Core/ No. Marks Non-Core 1. Global issues Seminar by 25 Non-Core in Design, Expert (Quiz) Management and Technology 2. Industry Seminar by 100 Core presentations Bridge Programme students (Jury Evaluation) Mumbai For restricted use within NIFT only. 234

249 bridge programme S. Subject Description Maximum Core/ No. Marks Non-Core 3. Research Workshop 75 Core Design (Theory and examination) Methodology 4. Term Paper Mentoring 200 Core (Jury evaluation) TOTAL 400 *For PG, result will be calculated out of 400 Marks Components of UG programme S. Subject - SEM-I Description Maximum Core/ No. Marks Non-Core 1. Global issues in Seminar by 25 Non-Core Design- I Expert (Quiz) 2. Industry Seminar by 100 Core presentation - I Bridge Programme students (Jury Evaluation) 3. Research Workshop 75 Core Design and (Theory Methodology- I examination) 4. Term Paper -I Mentoring 200 Core (Jury evaluation) TOTAL 400 S. Subject - SEM II Description Maximum Core/ No. Marks Non-Core 1. Global issues in Seminar by 25 Non-Core Design -II Expert (Quiz) 2. Industry Seminar by 100 Core presentation- II Bridge Programme students (Jury Evaluation) 3. Research Workshop 75 Core Design and (Theory Methodology- II examination) 4. Term Paper- II Mentoring (Jury evaluation) 200 Core TOTAL 400 ** For UG (Two semester), result will be calculated out of 800 Marks Seminar I) Seminar by Eminent speaker: Students need to attend one seminar in areas pertaining to emerging and topical issues related to the particular sector of the apparel industry. The broad seminar areas will be compiled by respective CP's from time to time (the current suggested list is enclosed, Annexure 14-A). Course coordinators would source the expertise either internally or from nearby institutes of higher learning or from the industry to conduct the seminars. The seminar would be interactive sessions involving a presentation by the expert of 3 hrs. duration and followed by discussion between the experts and the candidates. The purpose of the seminar will be to provide a forum for candidates to share their experiences and knowledge on topics of current interest in apparel industry. If required, more than one expert can be called for the seminar. The seminars will be evaluated by a Quiz at the end of the seminar. The quiz will be prepared by the coordinator in consultation with the eminent industry expert who is coordinating the quiz. The quiz will be evaluated out of 25 marks and will be administered by the COE. II) Seminar by Bridge Programme student: Bridge programme students are required to deliver two seminars of 1.5 hrs each related to the particular sector of the apparel industry to the regular students of NIFT. Each student will be giving these seminars in the department of their specialization. These seminars shall be on weekly basis (depending upon the number of students in Bridge Programme) be organized during zero hours and will be in consultation with respective CC. [Working model:- Suppose 11 students of a particular course have enrolled for Bridge programme and each student has to deliver 2 seminars i.e total 22 seminars to be organized in approximate 12 weeks. Therefore 2 seminars in each week are to be conducted simultaneously in that department] The seminar will be evaluated by two member jury (one from the same department and second from other department) panel out of 50 Marks each (assessment form is - enclosed - Annexure 14-B) and to be attended by the regular NIFT students and NIFT faculty (optional). The NIFT students will give the qualitative feedback (Form A is enclosed with Annexure 14-C) regarding the seminar Four Full Days Workshop Four Full Days Workshop (24 hours) on "Research Methodology" would be conducted at the Center offering the course (Payment as per FOTD norms). The intention of the workshop is to guide the Bridge Programme students on the process and methodology of selecting the research topic and writing Term Paper. At the end of the workshop, a theory examination would be conducted out of 75 Marks. 235 For restricted use within NIFT only.

250 Term Paper Each candidate will be expected to write a term paper during the programme. The programme coordinator will help the candidate to choose an area of study and also help him to find an appropriate mentor from across the various NIFT streams. The term paper should be as such so that it could be published in reputed journal. All arrangements for publication of the term paper in reputed Journal will be made by the participants in consultation with the faculty mentor. It is not essential to have the mentor from the department which is offering the course but from the same Center and of relevant competency. Candidate will be required to carry a detailed study, prepare report on research findings at the end of the semester. For UG combined programme, term paper for the first semester will be limited to secondary research followed by primary research in second semester. Ex-students of NIFT with 2 years UGs enrolled into Bridge Programme are required to write an additional term paper. The final term paper report will be presented and submitted by the candidates only on receiving "Completion certificate" from the mentor/s. The evaluation will be done by a panel (appointed by the COE, comprising of the selected members). The term paper will be evaluated by Internal and external Jury panel. The marks allocation shall be- Mentor/Guide 40 marks Internal / interim assessment 80 marks (after 11 weeks of progress) External /end term assessment 80 marks (after 14 weeks) Total 200 marks * Candidates will be required to score a minimum of 50% marks in core subjects and 40 % in non- core subject. **Note.- Only senior NIFT faculty at the level of Associate Professor and above will mentor Interaction with Mentor The mentor/s can meet/discuss the progress of the study with the students in person or online through mail/video conferencing/ 3G etc. Each mentors and participants will maintain the record of the discussion on "Weekly feedback form". The payment to the mentors will be processed only on receiving weekly feedback form (Total 11 feedback form) The format of weekly feedback is enclosed with Annexure 14-D Transcript Degree certificate along with mark sheet will be issued to the student after successful completion of the Bridge Programme. The nature of the course is so that the evaluation is not possible For restricted use within NIFT only. 236 in same way as for Regular programme so grades equivalence may be calculated in accordance with the norms of international semester exchange programme. The details of the same are tabulated below: Grades Grade Points Marks A A B B C C D F <4.0 < Degree Format The candidate will receive a degree at the successful completion of the course. This degree will be in a specific format detailing the year of diploma as well as the year of conversion to degree Attendance Norms It will be mandatory for the candidates to attend the seminar by the Industry Experts and to deliver Industry Presentations alongwith 65% attendance in the workshop Finance Fee Structure as per NIFT fee norms. Depending upon the number of courses the center is offering the finance calculation for the full Bridge programme may be done center wise. An illustrative per course expenditure statement is mentioned in table given at External Expert, Faculty & Internal Faculty Payment Norms External experts shall be faculty members from nearby institutes of higher learning with PhD / Masters degree in the relevant field, or Industry experts with relevant experience, and/ or Internal faculty of the rank of Sr. Professors and Professors. If required, more than one expert could be called, limited to the approved budget. The payment shall ` 5,000 for one seminar of 3 hours. For term paper, four full days workshop on "Research Methodology" The payment shall ` 1,000 for 1.5 hrs.( as per FOTD norms) The payment to the term paper mentors will `1,250 per interaction however the total payment will not exceed beyond 11 weeks.

251 bridge programme Expected Expenditure The expenditure on the programme shall be within 15% of the revenue generated. Separate approval needs to be taken for any deviation. The representative calculation is shown at Expenditure At Center Level Per semester Budget Details, A Department Wise Coordinators Per Batch ` 50,000 B Total Number of Session (i+ii) 72 Session i Seminar - and workshop 17 Session i i Guide Consultation (for five mentors) (11 weeks X 5 Mentors) 55 Session per student limited to approved Budget. iii Jury payments ` 33,000 Internal Jury for Term Paper ` 2500 (@ ` per session of 3 hours x 3 (faculty members) x 2 (days) = `15,000 External Jury for Term Paper ` 3000 (@ `1500- per session of 3 hours x 3 (External experts) X 2 (days)= `18,000 C Faculty Payment Per Session ` 89,750 Term paper: ` 1250/x 55 sessions = ` 68,750 Workshop: ` 1000 x 16 sessions (1.5 hrs) = ` 16,000 Eminent Speaker: ` 5000 x 1 session = ` 5,000 D Miscellaneous Staff payment (RA - ` 15,000, Attendant - ` 7,000) ` 52,250 Administrative staff - ` 10,000 Stationery and Refreshments for jury members & etc. (Subject to no. of students enrolled in the course and availability of funds) Total expenditure at the Center ` 2,25,000 Level (A+B+C+D) Expenditure Expressed as % Of Revenue Generated 15% Fee Wavier 50% of fee subsidy shall be given to those faculty members who have completed 3 years service in NIFT Academic Management Overall Coordination at HO: Head-FOTD Roles and responsibilities - Course Coordinators: i. To help the candidate to choose area of research ii. To help him to find an appropriate mentor from across the various streams of NIFT. It is not essential to have the mentor from the department which is offering the course but from the same center and of relevant competency iii. Preparation and Implementation of Academic calendar. iv. Attendance documentation of the candidates v. Arranging for guest faculty/ subject expert for the seminars vi. Preparing time tables vii. Arranging for smooth running of the course as per the academic plan & time table viii. To appoint mentors ix. Conducting quiz x. Industry interactions and project allocations/associations xi. In charge of all activities concerning academics xii. Addressing Issues relating to Bridge programme etc Award of Degree COE at Center & HO shall be responsible for all evaluations and result related activities (as in regular programme). They shall prepare the final list for award of degree and COE (HO) shall issue the degree. Roles and responsibilities - COE (Center) & COE (HO): i. Marks compilation at center level and then at HO level ii. Attendance compilation at Center level 237 For restricted use within NIFT only.

252 iii. Compilation of list of successful candidates iv. Award of degree by COE HO v. All other activities of COE for the regular courses at Center and HO Level. Roles and responsibilities - Mentors: i. Mentor can take up as many students as per his / her area of competency ii. Guidance to the candidates on area of research iii. Attendance documentation of the candidates Admission Calendar Announcement & Application forms: 1st week of July Last date of submission of application 2nd week of July List of participating candidates 4th weeks of July Registration 4th week of July to 1st week of August Semester Start 2nd week of August For restricted use within NIFT only. 238

253 faculty development programme Chapter 15 This section details the NIFT policy for faculty development henceforth called the FDP policy of NIFT. In this section 15.1 Short Title /Commencement 15.2 Purpose 15.3 Instrument of the Scheme Semester I Activity in Semester Break Semester II 15.4 Admission Duration Eligibility Admission Process - Short listing & Selection Seats Availability - Total Number of Seats Fee 15.5 Administrative Structure 15.6 Placement 15.7 Competent Authority and Relaxation in Rules 15.8 Credit Distribution table of FDP Programme 15.9 Evaluation System to be followed Academic Management 239 For restricted use within NIFT only.

254 15.1 Short Title/ Commencement The programme shall be called NIFT Faculty Development Programme (FDP) The Scheme shall commence with effect from the date of approval Purpose The purpose of this programme is to address the issue of grave shortage of trained faculty from the areas of Design, Management and Technology at the National level and create a pool of interested, motivated and trained manpower in the field of Fashion Education. The purpose of this scheme is also to identify interested, academically inclined alumni and formally equip them for handling positions in the field of Fashion Education Instruction of the Scheme i. NIFT will offer a one year PG Diploma - "Faculty Development Programme-(FDP)" to train selected candidates in the teaching pedagogy, processes and methodology of Fashion Education. The Post Graduate Diploma will be offered broadly in three areas: Design Management Technology at existing NIFT Centres as approved by the Competent Authority. ii. The Faculty Development Programme will be a full time programme consisting of two semesters in concurrence with regular academic schedules of NIFT and to be started in January every calendar year. iii. There will be regular classes and auditing for the 1st semester and 2nd semester will constitute practical assignments, preparation of the teaching materials, and involvement in teaching methodology, taking classes under supervision, seminars / workshops and relevant dissertations Semester I i. Duration 16 weeks ii. Activity The students will be required to audit minimum of 5 subjects leading to a minimum work load of 22.5 hours per week and a minimum of 15 credits. The FDP students auditing the classes may audit subjects like regular students of the said course. It is a mandatory requirement to submit all the assignments / projects etc according to the nature of the subject curriculum & appear iii. iv. in all examinations to qualify the subjects audited. This has to be done in addition to the preparation of subject files. The subject files will have to be submitted to Mentor before the end of the semester. Expected out come Development of course material, lesson plan, and presentations etc for the subjects audited and will be used teaching aids later on. Evaluation guidelines The evaluation of the subject audited will be as per any regular course of NIFT through COE Activity in semester break The students are required to attend the classes for the following subjects (15 credits) during the semester break in summer. S. No. Core Subjects Total no of No. of Credit (All compulsory) hours Sessions of 3hrs each 1. Communication & Presentation Skills 2. Research Methodology & Techniques 3. Teaching Pedagogy S. No. Elective Subjects Total no No. of Credit (Any two) of hours Sessions of 3hrs each 1. Overview of advances in Fashion Business 2. Advances in field of Garment Technology 3. Advances in field of Textiles 4. IT application for Fashion Business 5. Advanced Design Process 6. History of Art & Design Total Sessions (compulsory and elective) For restricted use within NIFT only. 240

255 faculty development programme i) Expected outcome The taught component of the program focuses on practical, effective techniques and strategies that develop the candidate into an effectual educationalist. It will ensure that the future trainers are skilled and confident in their abilities to train students and serve as informed resources for the organization. ii) Evaluation guidelines Assignments / Examination will be conducted through COE for the subjects taught and the candidates will be expected to pass as per NIFT Rules Semester II i) Duration 16 weeks ii) iii) Activity a) There are two components - Auditing component and Practical class conducting component. b) Students will audit and conduct the practical classes (under supervision) for minimum 4 subjects leading to minimum work load of 15 hrs per week and a minimum of 10 credits under suitable mentor. The ratio of auditing and practical class conducting component is 75:25 respectively. However the subject faculty would get the full hours of the workload. The Subject experts will audit the classes conducted by FDP student and numeric feedback shall be given to the candidate at the end of each practical session. Students will also be involved in the student mentorship, student evaluation juries and subject feed back to the students. Candidates will develop the subject files for the subjects audited. Expected outcome Development of course material for the subject's audited and practical experience of conducting classes. iv) Evaluation guidelines The mentors with the subject experts will examine the subject files prepared by candidate. The candidates will be evaluated on content, innovation and creativity of lesson plan, class hand outs and the class room presentations. v) End Term Jury There will also be an End term Jury on various subjects covered during the course. Jury Evaluation of subject's files of first and second semester by a Jury Panel will be conducted at respective Centres. The Panel (3-5 members) should comprise of subject experts of the subject area audited and will be allocated 8 Credits. The marks to be forwarded to COE Admission Duration The FDP is one year Diploma program primarily for fulfilling the requirement of faculty for new NIFT Centres Eligibility Qualifying degree recognized by law in India with minimum CGPA 6.5 or 65% or equivalent. Industry/Research/Teaching experience will be an added advantage. Two years Industry/Research/Teaching experience with PG and four years with UG course is desirable Details of the qualifying degree are as follows I) Qualifying Degree: Design i. UG Degree of Design from NIFT; or ii. UG /PG Degree in any field of Design -Fashion Space / Accessory Design/ Industrial Design / Communication Design/ Fashion Communication/ Exhibition Design/ Interior Design from CEPT, Ahmedabad/ B. Des or M. Des from Industrial Design Centre (IIT's); or iii. BFA /MFA; or iv. M.Sc(Clothing & Textiles); or v. B. Arch / M.Arch; or vi. Equivalent qualification from an institute of international repute /international university. II) Qualifying Degree: Technology III) i. UG /PG Degree Fashion Technology from NIFT; or ii. UG /PG Degree in Design /Technology/ Management from an institute of international repute; or iii. BE or ME/B.Tech or M. Tech Textile Technology/ Information Technology /Leather Technology/ Industrial/ Production Engineering; or iv. M.Sc Clothing & Textiles/ Statistics/ Operation Research BCA or MCA/ MCM; or v. Equivalent qualification from an institute of international repute/ International university Qualifying Degree: Management i. PG Degree MFM from NIFT; or ii. MBE/ MBA Marketing/ Finance; or iii. MA Journalism & Mass Communication or equivalent Masters Degree; or iv. B.Tech / M. Tech Textile Technology(or) equivalent qualification from an institute of international repute/ International university The degrees provided through non campus / distant learning program or through teaching conducted by other institutes on the basis of recognition by the degree providing institution, shall not be considered for this purpose. 241 For restricted use within NIFT only.

256 Admission Process - Short listing & Selection There will be short listing based on application form and selection through Group Discussion /Personal Interview Seats Availability - Total Number of Seats 35 seats for each of the following three NIFT centers. Total 105 seats are being offered in Delhi, Mumbai and Hyderabad NIFT Centers. Distribution of seats per program is as under Centers Design Management Technology Total Delhi Mumbai Hyderabad Fee Selected candidates will be required to pay the fee of `1 lakh per Annum (` 50,000 per semester) payable at beginning of the semesters in addition to mandatory library fee, security deposit, mediclaim and student development fee as per NIFT Rule Administrative Structure The scheme will be implemented through HO through its FOTD Unit. Head (FOTD) will be the overall in-charge of the outcome to the execution of the program. Relevant Standing Internal Advisory Committee (SIAC) for FOTD Unit shall deal with the matter and shall process all matters for approval of the Director General. The program at the Centre level will be headed by a Professor/ Associate Professor level faculty member with relevant experience as notified by the Director General. The coordinator of the program will be paid special pay as per the relevant rules of NIFT. The program shall be provided with relevant clerical assistance of one Research Assistant and one attendant. Faculty teaching in Faculty Development Programme will get paid as per FOTD norms subject to fulfilling the minimum work load in the given semester Placement The student would stand successfully qualified the course, if he/ she obtains 7.00 CGPA. The top 5 pass outs from the Faculty Development Programme will be directly offered posts of Assistant Professor/ Associate Professor against existing vacancies as per their experience and qualification subject to meeting the recruitment rules of NIFT. Detailed postings may be as per requirement of the NIFT campus and/or administrative exigencies from time to time. No other placement services will be provided Competent Authority and Relaxation In Rules The Competent Authority for the purpose of the Scheme is Director General and any provision of the Rules can be amended with the prior approval of the Director General only Credit Distribution Table of FDP Programme Semester Credits for No. of Credits Semester 1 Subjects Audited 15 (minimum) Semester Regular Classes of 15 (fixed) Break specified subjects Semester 2 Subjects Audited 10 (minimum) End Term Jury based evaluation of 8 (fixed) Jury subject files of 1st and 2nd semester and overall performance TOTAL CREDIT 48 (minimum) 15.9 Evaluation System to be Followed The nature of the course is so that the evaluation is not possible in same way as for Regular programme so SGPA equivalence may be calculated for entire semester in accordance with the norms of international semester exchange programme. The details of the same are tabulated below: Grades Grade Points Marks A A B B C C D F <4.0 <40 For restricted use within NIFT only. 242

257 faculty development programme No. of credits * Grade Point SGPA (Formula as in NIFT = Academic Manual) No. of credits Academic Management i) Coordinator at HO in-charge of the program at HO ii) Coordinator at Centers in-charge of the programme at Center Level iii) Mentor in-charge of the program at Department Level iv) Staff : Research Assistant and one attendant for Coordinator at center 243 For restricted use within NIFT only.

258

259 ANNEXURES Annx No. Subject Page No. 1 - A Comprehensive Performance Linked Award Scheme of NIFT A Internship Announcement Form B Academic Calendar A Academic Plan B NIFT Guest Faculty Policy C Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy D Honorarium Norms for Anchors and Trainers of Faculty Orientation Training and Development E Comprehensive Training Policy of NIFT F Study Leaves and Sabbatical Leaves for Faculty G Guidelines for Training of Trainers (TOT) Workshops H Guidelines for Faculty Internship A Student Attendance Policy B NIFT Means-Cum-Merit Financial Assistance Scheme C Student Inter Center Transfer Policy D Student Inter Discipline Transfer Policy E Student Assistantship Program F Student Extension Activities G Student Accommodation H Guide to Mentoring Students I Student Placement J Education Loan Format K Migration and Provisional Certificate A Format for Log Book B Undertaking of Project Completion For restricted use within NIFT only.

260 Annx No. Subject Page No. 6 - C Design Collection Jury - FD D Graduation Project Jury - LD E Graduation Project Jury - TD F Graduation Project/ Design Collection Jury - KD G Graduation Project Jury - AD H Graduation Project Jury - FC I Graduation Project Jury - DFT (UG & PG) J Graduation Research Project Jury - MFM K Dissertation Jury - Design Space L Evaluation Matrix Formats M Format of Register for Assignment A Formats of Grade Sheets A Format for Teaching Engagement in Fas.E Programme for External Faculty B Format for Teaching Engagement in Fas.E Programme for Internal Faculty C Format for Internal / External Faculty Claim form A Format for forwarding of Proposal of New CE Programmes at Centre B Payment Claim for Reimbursement of Course Development, Course Marketing, Course Documentation Fee C Analysis of Students Feed Back Form A Formats of MOU for Domestic Linkages B List of existing MOU's that NIFT has entered into with Universities/Institutes C Format of Audit Form D Format of NIFT - Partner MoU E Application form for NIFT student for Twinning / Exchange Programme at Institutions abroad F Format for Student Feedback G Format for Mark Sheet H Application form for NIFT student for Twinning / Exchange Programme at NIFT For restricted use within NIFT only. 246

261 Annx No. Subject Page No I Guidelines for Faculty Secondment J Policy on Engagement of Visiting Fellow to NIFT K Draft MoU for NIFT and Industry Linkages A Distribution Policy for IT Infrastructure B Website Policy C Policy for NIFT Development Fund D Research & Technology (R&T) Facilities in NIFT A Ordinance of Ph D Programme A List of Topics for Seminar for Bridge Programme B Evaluation of Seminar Conducted by a Jury Member C Evaluation of Seminar by student D Mentor Feedback For restricted use within NIFT only.

262 1 - A COMPREHENSIVE PERFORMANCE LINKED AWARD SCHEME OF NIFT 1. Short Title and Commencement: This scheme will be called "Performance Linked Incentive Scheme of NIFT" and will come into force from 1st January 2007 at NIFT Head Office and Centres. 2. Objective: The objective of the Award is to recognise the extraordinary and outstanding performance of NIFT Faculty Members, Officers and Staff, individually or as teams. 3. Scope: All the Units in NIFT at the Head Office and NIFT Centres and the individuals in respective categories are eligible to be considered for the Award. 4. The Scheme: The assessment period of Performance Linked Award Scheme will be co-terminous with each calendar year. 5. Categories of Award (a) At Head Office: S. No. Awards No. of Awards Coverage 1. Best Units at H.O 6 (3+1+2) {Academic Units-3 The Unit will include all Staff & Officers/ Faculty F&A Units-1 Management Units-2} including the Unit Head/HOD and Group 'D'. 2. Best Chairperson CP-1 Amongst the 10 CPs (FP + FD + LD+F&LA + KD + TD + FC + F-Tech.+ PGDS + FMS) (b) At Centres S. No. Awards No. of Awards Coverage 1. Two best Unit in each 14 (2 X 7) The Unit at NIFT Centre will include the Unit Centre, one for Accounts Head, Unit Incharge and the Support Staff & one for Management including Group 'D'. 2. Best Academic Department 7 (1 X 7) Amongst FP, FD, LD, KD, TD, F&LA, FC, DFT, in each Centre PGDS and FMS Deptts. of NIFT Centres. For restricted use within NIFT only. 248

263 (c) Across Centres S. No. Awards No. of Awards Coverage 1. Best Co-ordinator across all NIFT Centres one each for l RIC 1 Amongst RIC of NIFT Centres l CIC 1 Amongst CIC of NIFT Centres l SDAC 1 Amongst SDAC of NIFT Centres l I&DL 1 Amongst I&DL of NIFT Centres 2. Best Head (Resource Centre) 1 Amongst Head (RC) of NIFT Centres 3. Best NIFT Centre 1 Amongst NIFT Centres excluding H.O. 6. Details of Awards: The Award would comprise the following: - (i) A Certificate and a Trophy. (ii) An honorarium of ` 5000 per Unit Member including the Group D. (not exceeding ` 5,000 p.a.) (iii) (a) Faculty Members can opt to attend one Training Programme of their choice or one exposure trip of their choice including visits to fairs, seminars, conferences, exhibitions for an amount not exceeding ` 25,000 (including fee, travel, stay and incidentals). Any additional expenditure could be met from DDF as per DDF Policy. (b) Group A & B Officers can either opt for a training of their choice for an amount not exceeding ` 25,000 (including fee, travel, stay and incidentals) or to receive an Award of ` (c) Group C & D Officials can either opt for a training of their choice for an amount not exceeding ` 15,000 (including fee, travel, stay and incidentals) or to receive an Award of ` The option for training at (iii) (a), (b) & (c) will be kept open for a period of two years after declaration of the award and could availed by combining two awards for any subsequent calendar years upto a period of three years. 7. Application Format: Application Format for Performance Linked Incentive Awards for assessment of the Units is enclosed at Format 1. The MIS Unit at HO will receive the applications for Awards duly forwarded by Centre Director/HODs upto 31st January (the following month of the calendar year ending 31st December). Applications received after the due date will not be entertained. As the personal staff attached to the Officers, Unit Head and Unit Incharge are not a part of the Units, their performance for Awards will be assessed through a separate evaluation format enclosed as Format 2. The personal staff would include Stenographers, Attendant, Staff Car Driver and any other staff (Assistants, Jr. Assistant and R.A. etc.) attached for performing the duties of personal staff. 8. Criteria for Selection: Selection will be made on the basis of following parameters: 1. Performance against the targets - 50% 2. Quality & timeliness of response through periodic returns - 20% 3. Original contribution in terms of innovative practices or processes with extent of success achieved / anticipated - 10% 4. Orientation of Unit towards overall goals and objectives of the Centre/Orgn. - 10% 5. Significant Outcomes - 10% The evaluation will be based not on inputs, process and output but on outcomes as independently assessed by the constituted committees. 249 For restricted use within NIFT only.

264 9. Selection Process The selection process will comprise of evaluation by the constituted Committees for each group / category. Members to the Committee will be nominated by DG-NIFT on each occasion. The members of the Committee shall make individual assessment which would be compiled by MIS Unit and submitted to DG NIFT for final decision. 10. Evaluation Committees S. No. Category of Award Grouping (No. of Awards) Constitution of the Committee 1 Best Units at HO Academic Units (3) Director, NIFT Centres 2 Registrar, NIFT Centres 1 Dean (A) 1 Head (AA) 1 Professor 2 F&A Units (1) Director, NIFT Centres 2 Registrar, NIFT Centres 1 Director (F&A) 1 Director (HO) 1 CAO 1 Dy. Reg.(F&A), Centres 1 Management Units (2) Director, NIFT Centres 2 Registrar, NIFT Centres 1 Director (HO) 1 Director (F&A) 1 Two members to be 2 Nominated by DG from amongst Dean (A)/ Head (AA)/Professors 2 Best Chairperson at Chairpersons (1) 2 Industry Experts to be nominated by DG Head Office 3 Best Units at each NIFT Management/ F&A/ Director (F&A) 1 Centres Academic Units (2) Directors, NIFT Centres 2 Registrar (HO) 1 Registrar NIFT Centres 2 4 Best Academic Department Centre Co-ordinator FP, FD, Dean (A) 1 at NIFT Centre LD, KD, TD F&LA, FC, F-Tech, Head (AA) 1 PGDS and FMS (1) CPs 3 5 Best Co-ordinator across RIC, CIC, SDAC, ILC (5) Dean (A) 1 all NIFT Centres (one each) Head (AA) 1 Head (IL) 1 Head (R) 1 Director (HO) 1 6 Best Head (Resource Academic (1) Dean (A) 1 Centre) Across NIFT Directors NIFT Centres 2 Centres CPs 2 Dy. Director (NRC) 1 7 Best NIFT Centre 1 A panel of stakeholders to be nominated by DG-NIFT Committee Members will abstain from evaluation of Units under their administrative control/charge. The criteria for selection of the Personal Staff attached to Head of Institution/ Head of Centres as well as the personal staff attached to Unit Head/ Unit Incharge for Awards will be on the basis of performance criteria as may be decided and assessed by the appointed Committee. For restricted use within NIFT only. 250

265 11. Announcement of Awards The Schedule will be as follows: 1. Last date of receiving application at Head Office - 31st January. 2. Recommendations by Committees- 1st March. 3. Announcement of Awards - 31st March 12. Financial Implication The expenditure towards Performance Awards will be debitable to the DDF of respective Centres and Head Office circulated vide no. 1111(1)/NIFT/Dir(F&A)/ATR-BOG/BPFC/05 dt For restricted use within NIFT only.

266 Format 1 Performance Assessment of Units at Head Office and Centres * Please note that this is not an ACR Form (For Awards, Special Pay) To be submitted by 15th July for January - June To be submitted by 15th January for July - December I. General a. Period of Assessment: b. Name of the Unit: c. Head Office / Centre: d. Name and designation of the Head of Unit: e. Name and designation of Unit Incharge: f. Names and designations of other Support Staff of the Unit (including Group D) (1) (2) (3) (4) g. Period of absence during the period under assessment (Please do not include CL/RH etc.) Unit Members Earned / Training/ Any other Medical Leave etc. Sabbatical / Study leave Head of Unit Unit Incharge Support Staff h. During the period under review (i) No. of receipts diarised : (ii) (iii) (iv) No. of receipts disposed off: No. of files dealt with: No. of letters issued: For restricted use within NIFT only. 252

267 II. (a) Target (Outcomes) List of Targets Extent of outcomes Variance, if any Brief reasons for Approved for the Achieved shortfall in Unit at HO/Centre outcomes (b) Target Outcomes of Unit at Centres (For Units at HO only) List of Targets Extent of outcomes Variance, if any Brief reasons for Approved for the Achieved shortfall in Unit at Centre outcomes III. (a) Submission of Returns to HO by Centres Subject of the Due on Sent on Reasons Feedback, if any Prescribed Return for delay given by/ received if any, from HO on the return (b) Submission of Returns to MIS (for Units at HO only) Subject of the Due on Sent on Reasons Feedback Prescribed Return for delay received, if any if any from MIS on the return IV. Any outstanding issues /back log cleared / special assignment(s): Specify Quantify the work Quantify the work Quantify the work the item in terms of process in terms of hours/ in terms of of work steps /stages involved man days outcomes V. Additional Comments of Unit Incharge, if any VI. Additional Comments of Unit Head, if any, Signature of Unit Head Name Date Place Signature of Unit Incharge Name Date Place 253 For restricted use within NIFT only.

268 Format 2 ASSESSMENT PROFORMA FOR SUPPORTING STAFF OF HEAD OF UNITS/ UNIT INCHARGE FOR PERFORMANCE LINKED INCENTIVE AWARD Period of Assessment: January to June, July to December, 1. Name : 2. Designation : 3. Specify period worked with Head of : Unit/ Unit Incharge w.r.t. period of assessment 4. Nature of duties assigned : 5. Quality and efficiency of assistance to Head of Unit/ Unit Incharge and its impact on performance of Unit: 6. (a) Attitude : (b) Dealing with other units/ Officers : Staff and visitors (c) Punctuality & Discipline : (d) Maintenance of records : (e) Responsibility : (f) Performance of duties assigned : 7. Overall assessment : Date : Place: Signature: Name: Head of Unit/ Unit Incharge For restricted use within NIFT only. 254

269 3 - A INTERNSHIP ANNOUNCEMENT FORM- 201 ABOUT THE COMPANY Name of the Company : Website : Nature of Business : Contact Information Contact Person : Mr. / Ms. / Dr. : Contact Address : Telephone : Mobile: Fax: Department Duration of the Project No. of Projects Area of proposed projects required Fashion Design Leather Design Design Fashion & Lifestyle Accessories Textile Design Knitwear Design Fashion Communication Master of Design (Design Space) Technology Bachelor of Fashion Technology (Apparel Production) Master of Fashion Technology Management Master of Fashion Management 255 For restricted use within NIFT only.

270 THE FOLLOWING WOULD BE PROVIDED BY THE SPONSORING ORGANIZATION For Indian Companies or Projects within India 1. Boarding, Lodging Facilities At The Project Location : Yes / No 2. Monthly Stipend(minimum)- ` 3500 per month : Yes / No For International Companies or Projects in International Locations 1. Letter Of Invitation Visa Purposes : Yes / No 2. Reimbursement of Visa Cost : Yes / No 3. To And Fro Air Travel : Yes / No 4. Boarding, Lodging facilities at the project location : Yes / No 5. Monthly Stipend (if yes, please indicate amount) : Yes / No (Amount In USD) The completed form may be sent by post/fax or to the following address latest by Unit Incharge - Industry Linkage National Institute of Fashion Technology NIFT Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi [email protected] For any other kind of communication, contact: Head - Industry For restricted use within NIFT only. 256

271 3 - B ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR THE YEAR. S. No. SUBJECT DATE 1. Re- Exam of Semester - II,IV VI, VIII Evaluation 2. Opening of Semester - I 3. Orientation Program for Semester - I 4. Ratification of re-exam result by L A S C & Declaration of result 5. Commencement of regular classes for FP - I; UG - III,V,VII; PG - I & III 6. Commencement of Common Electives (PG III & UG VII) (Twice a week) 7. Last date for depositing fee 8. Last date for depositing fees with Fine 9. Mid-term Exams & Evaluation 10. Mid-term Break (optional during Dussehra or Diwali to be decided by Center Directors) any two weeks from the mentioned period 11. Declaration of Mid-term result 12. End-term exam (CEB) & Internal for Semester - I, III, V, VII & PG - I & III (with CEB papers in the beginning) 13. End-term Jury for Semester III, IV, VI for UG & Semester - I, III for PG 14. Evaluation of internal subjects, Semester - III,V, VII & PG - I & III 15. Evaluation of CEB subjects Semester - III, V, VII & PG-I, III 16. Closing of semester for students 17. Compilation of Result 18. Ratification of final result by L A S C 19. Ratification of final result by Senate 20. Declaration of Final Result (on website) 21. Re-Exam of Semester - I,III, V, VII & PG - I & III & Evaluation 22. Ratification of re-exam result by L A S C & Declaration of result 23. Internship Period - UG Sem III,V, VII & PG -Sem I & III (where applicable) 24. Opening of Semester - II, IV, VI, VIII & Commencement of Classes 257 For restricted use within NIFT only.

272 S. No. SUBJECT DATE 25. Last date for depositing Fee 26. Last date for depositing Fee with Fine 27. Fashion Spectrum 28. Placement Week 29. Mid-term Exam & Evaluation 30. UG - VIII & PG - IV Graduating Project Juries & Presentations 31. End term exams- CEB & Internal for Sem - II, IV, VI & PG - II 32. End-term Jury for FP & Semester IV, VI for UG & Semester - II for PG 33. Evaluation of CEB Subjects Semester - II, IV, VI & PG - II 34. Evaluation of internal subjects, Semester - II, IV, VI & PG - II 35. Closing of semester for students 36. Compilation of Result 37. Ratification of final result by LASC 38. Ratification of final result by Senate 39. Declaration of Final Result (on website) 40. Re- Exam of Semester - II, IV & Evaluation 41. Re- Exam of Semester - VI,VIII & Evaluation 42. Ratification of re-exam result by L A S C & Declaration of result 43. Internship Period - UG Sem VI, VI & PG Sem II 44. Opening of Semester - I For restricted use within NIFT only. 258

273 4 - A Academic Plan for Semester Programme : Centre (s) : Semester : S. Subject Hours / Semester / Week Name of the Faculty Remarks No. Lectures Practical Tutorial/ Seminar Field study Monitored Self Study Total Hour/ week Total hour / Semester Credits C/CBE Core/Non Core Chairperson 259 For restricted use within NIFT only.

274 4 - B NIFT GUEST FACULTY POLICY 1. SHORT TITLE AND COMMENCEMENT i) This policy shall be called NIFT Guest Faculty Policy. ii) This Policy shall come into force with effect from 1 st January, 2007 and will supersede all the policies related to engagement of guest faculty and grant of honorarium to guest faculty circulated earlier and presently in operation. 2. APPLICABILITY i) The rules and regulations framed under the policy shall apply to the guest faculty for regular UG / PG Programs offered at all Centres of the National Institute of Fashion Technology. ii) This policy shall not apply to : Regular and contract faculty of NIFT. Faculty teaching in CE Programs Any other category of faculty resource engaged by NIFT like Adjunct Professor, Visiting fellows etc. 3. CATEGORY OF GUEST FACULTY AND RATES OF HONORARIUM Based on the qualification and experience, the category of guest faculty and the rates of honorarium payable to them shall be as follows: I. Full time premier programmes like EMFB/Fas.E A. Guest Faculty Category Requisite professional experience Requisite qualification Honorarium per Conveyance session of one hour Junior Guest Faculty Faculty from institutes of eminence PG Degree / Professional like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Qualification in the relevant field IIMC, FMS with at least 7 years of relevant experience. NIFT Alumni with 5 years experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG Degree ` 300 ` 300 Industry professional with at least 7 years experience in relevant field. UG / PG degree in relevant field. Faculty from institutes of eminence PhD / PG Degree / Professional like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Qualification in the relevant field Senior IIMC, FMS with at least 15 years of Guest relevant experience. Faculty ` 600 ` 300 NIFT Alumni with 12 years experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG Degree Industry professional with at least 15 years experience in relevant field. UG / PG degree in relevant field. Eminent Industry professional of the level of UG / PG degree in relevant field. Faculty CEO & 2nd Level Managers ` 1000 ` 300 with more than 15 years experience in relevant field. For restricted use within NIFT only. 260

275 B. Internal Faculty Category Honorarium per session of one hour Conveyance Professor ` 500/- NIL Associate Professor ` 400/- NIL Assistant Professor ` 300/- NIL The above rates of payments are further subject to the condition that 1. No guest Faculty is engaged without the approval of Internal Standing Committee appointed for the purpose and 2. That the above rates are applicable only to the programmes specifically declared as "Premier Programmes" by an appropriate order by H.O. II. For Regular UG / PG Programmes (including FP Programme): A. Guest Faculty (not teaching classes in other Design and / or fashion institutes) Category Requisite professional experience Requisite Honorarium Conveyance academic qualification Per session Per session of 1.5 hrs. of 3 hrs. UG/ 1 hrs. PG UG/2 hrs. PG Faculty from institutes of eminence like PG Degree / Professional IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, IIMC, Qualification in the relevant FMS with at least 3 years of relevant field Junior experience. Guest ` 300/- ` 550/- ` 300/- Faculty NIFT Alumni with 3 years of experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG Degree Industry professional with at least UG / PG degree in relevant 6 years experience in relevant field. field. Faculty from institutes of eminence Ph. D/ Master Degree / like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Professional Qualification IIMC, FMS in the scale of Senior in the relevant field Lecturers and above with at least Senior 15 years of experience. Guest Faculty NIFT Alumni with 10 years of NIFT Graduate with UG / ` 600/- ` 950/- ` 300/- experience. PG Degree Industry professional of the level of CEO & 2nd Level Managers with 15 years experience in relevant field. UG / PG degree in relevant field. 261 For restricted use within NIFT only.

276 B. Guest Faculty (teaching classes also in other Design and/or fashion institutes will be paid at following pre revised rates) Category Requisite professional experience Requisite Honorarium Conveyance academic qualification Per session Per session of 1.5 hrs. of 3 hrs. UG/ 1 hrs. PG UG/2 hrs. PG Faculty from institutes of eminence like PG Degree / Professional IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, IIMC, Qualification in the relevant FMS with at least 5 years of relevant field Junior experience. Guest ` 200/- ` 350/- ` 300/- Faculty NIFT Alumni with 3 years of experience NIFT Graduate with UG /PG Degree Industry professional with at least UG / PG degree in relevant 5 years experience in relevant field. field. Faculty from institutes of eminence Ph. D/ Master Degree / like IIT, IIM, IISC, IIFT, NID, SPA, Professional Qualification IIMC, FMS in the scale of Senior in the relevant field Lecturers and above with at least Senior 12 years of experience. Guest Faculty NIFT Alumni with 10 years of NIFT Graduate with UG / ` 400/- ` 600/- ` 300/- experience. PG Degree Industry professional of the level of UG / PG degree in relevant CEO & 2nd Level Managers with field. 12 years experience in relevant field. C. Eminent Personalities (Beneficiary: all departments including FP Dept. and common electives) Requisite experience Requisite achievement Honorarium Eminent personality in the chosen field should reflect Professional/ Honorary Achievements ` 2500/ - per lecture (to be in their resume and with more than 15 yrs of experience. of great significance in the field. organized during zero hours) D. Eminent Craftsperson (Beneficiary: Workshops to be organized collectively by 2-3 departments) Requisite experience Requisite achievement Honorarium Shilpgurus (Eminent Craftsmen / Other technical National Awardees ` 2500/ - per workshop persons): (As per the list obtained from 2 days Craftsmen / Artisans with hands on skills/ experience DC-Handloom & Handicraft) of more than 15 years in relevant crafts. E. Craftsmen/ Other Technical Persons Requisite experience Requisite achievement Honorarium Craftsmen / Artisans with hands on skills/ experience No formal education is needed. ` 400/ - per day (maximum of more than 10 years. (Name to be approved by CP's). 5 days per semester) For restricted use within NIFT only. 262

277 4. ASSESSMENT OF NEEDS Junior & Senior Guest Faculty The total requirement for engaging Junior and Senior Guest Faculty will be assessed at least four weeks before the commencement of the semester by the concerned CC. This assessment will be based on: i) The curriculum requirements ii) Competencies of faculty in the concerned department as well as competencies of faculty in other department of the centre to enable optimal utilization of resources. For this purpose CCs of other department may be consulted to apprise them of the requirements and assessment of availability of faculty in other departments. iii) Completion of mandatory hours of teaching of the existing full time faculty at all level [Professors hrs.; Associate Professor 12 hrs.; Assistant Professors (Regular & Contract) - 15 hrs. iv) Leave vacancies / sabbatical of faculty members. Eminent personalities, Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons: i) In Consultation with CPs. 5. ENGAGEMENT OF FACULTY ON SHORT TERM CONTRACT i) In the event of non-availability of faculty (regular/long term contract) with the requisite competency, possibility of appointment of faculty with requisite competency on short term contract (3-6 months) may be explored and ii) Sufficient wait list of faculty may be maintained at the time of selection of faculty for regular appointments at Head Office for appointment on short term contract. 6. ENGAGEMENT OF JUNIOR & SENIOR GUEST FACULTY i) Guest faculty shall be engaged only for the expertise that is not available in NIFT Centres. The guest faculty engagement ceiling will be 10% of direct teaching hours over and above the deficit of teaching hours as would have been available with full complement of regular faculty to meet the competency deficit in certain areas. ii) Any such relaxation should be made by LASC after proper documentation to satisfy it self that efforts for short term contracts did not succeed as in para.5 above. iii) In Common Electives guest faculty can be engaged upto 50% of the total direct teaching hours for the elective in current academic year (since they are being introduced). From the academic year common electives will have guest faculty up to 25% of the total direct teaching hours of subject. iv) In case of absence of faculty on account of leave or sabbatical for whole semester contractual appointments for short periods shall be made. Only when the contract employment is not workable special permission may be sought from competent authority for engaging guest faculty as the last option. v) CCs of all departments to bring the panel of identified guest faculty and their CV's to LASC for ratification. Their names are to be approved by the LASC (Registrar of NIFT Centres will be responsible for placing the proposal for consideration of LASC.) vi) LASC will also consult Guest Faculty Database maintained by Academic Affairs Wing and also ensure that the proposed Guest Faculty possess the requisite qualification and experience. vii) viii) ix) The guest faculty would not be allowed to teach for more than six hours on any particular day. Guest faculty will be required to give a self declaration with regard to their not teaching in any other fashion institute which will further be certified by Centre Coordinators to decide the rate of honorarium. Guest Faculty not furnishing the prescribed declaration to be paid at pre-revised rates indicated at II B. Engagement of Ex-Faculty members of NIFT as Guest Faculty may be resorted to only when such competency expertise is not available otherwise with the prior approval of SIAC through LASC. x) The role and profile of Guest Faculty and Adjunct Professors as spelt out in respective policies are distinct from each other and as such proposals for appointment of Guest Faculty as Adjunct Professors will not be in the academic interest. Eminent Personalities i) RIC in all centres shall bring the panel of identified Eminent personalities along with their C.V's to LASC for Selection except for Common Electives where they will be recommended by CC to LASC. ii) Eminent Personalities shall be engaged with a prior approval from DG-NIFT. iii) There shall be a Maximum of Six Lectures in a Year per centre and for Common Electives Eminent personalities shall be engaged for up to 25% of total direct teaching Hours. 263 For restricted use within NIFT only.

278 Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons i) CIC in all Centres shall bring the panel of identified Craftsperson along with their skill records (CVs) to LASC for approval. ii) Workshop (of 2-4 days) can be organized twice in a semester. 7. PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING FEED BACK IN RESPECT OF GUEST FACULTY Junior & Senior Guest Faculty i) CC shall identify one faculty to audit lectures of a guest faculty and submit a peer review feed back to Academic Affair wings. ii) CC's shall also submit an analysis of the students feedback to the academic affair wing. Eminent Personalities i) RIC shall submit an analysis of the student feedback to the academic affair wing for compilation. ii) CC shall submit an analysis of the student feedback form for Common Electives to the academic affair wing for compilation. Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons i) CIC shall submit an analysis of the student feedback to the academic affair wing for compilation. 8 PROCEDURE FOR PAYMENT OF HONORARIUM TO GUEST FACULTY For Junior & Senior Guest Faculty i) Honorarium claims as certified by CCs (along with the feedback forms) shall be sent to Director for release of Honorarium, within a week of completion of work by Guest Faculty. ii) Approval for honorarium shall be compiled by each Centre and a statement of number of guest faculty engaged along with total financial implications in a semester shall be sent to HQ for monitoring the expenditure. For Eminent Personalities The Honorarium claims duly certified by RIC (and by CC in case of Common Elective) shall be sent to Director along with the copy of approval from DG-NIFT for release of honorarium, within a week of the completion of work of Eminent Faculty. For Eminent Crafts person and Craftsmen / Other technical persons The Honorarium claims as certified by CIC shall be sent to Director for release of honorariums within a week of the completion of work. 9. DATABASE OF GUEST FACULTY A database of the guest faculty employed shall be prepared and regularly updated in each centre by the Academic Affairs Wing. This data base should incorporate the Feedback forms received from the CCs. This Guest Faculty Data Bank may be consulted in the LASC meeting prior to re-engagement of the same guest faculty or in taking decisions about discontinuation of a guest faculty. 10. SCHEDULING OF THE CLASSES OF THE GUEST FACULTY The guest faculty engaged and approved in LASC shall be clearly projected in the timetable of a semester. The Eminent speakers should be scheduled in Zero Hours and intimated a week in advance to students of all departments by RIC. The same can also be displayed on NIFT Website. The time tables of 2-3 departments conducting the common workshops with national awardees crafts person should be coordinated and informed to students in advance by CIC. 11 UNDERTAKING WITH REGARD TO PROTECTION OF COPYRIGHTS Guest Faculty will be required to sign an undertaking with regard to protection of copyrights of the course curriculum for all the courses developed by NIFT. This undertaking shall be obtained and kept by CC of the departments. 12 POWER TO INTERPRET In all the matters relating to interpretation of these rules decision of DG, NIFT shall be final and binding. 13 POWER TO RELAX No provision of this policy shall be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC of BOG. For restricted use within NIFT only. 264

279 4 - C ADJUNCT PROFESSOR ENGAGEMENT AND HONORARIUM POLICY 1. SHORT TITLE AND COMMENCEMENT 1.1 This policy shall be called NIFT Adjunct Professor Engagement and Honorarium Policy. 1.2 This Policy shall come into force with effect from 1st July PURPOSE The purpose of Adjunct Professor engagement is to provide industry linkages to departments and have industry members with a long-term association and a common vision as of NIFT. Adjunct Professor shall be offered to experienced industry person working within India. 3. CRITERION FOR SELECTION AND HONORARIUM OF ADJUNCT PROFESSOR Experience and Qualification Honorariums Engagement Hrs Adjunct Professor 1) Senior Management of the companies, ` 25,000 /Sem Direct Contact Hours of eminent personalities in a chosen field 25 hrs/sem with atleast 16 hrs as with more than 15 yrs of experience Direct teaching Hours in the relevant field. 2) Senior Industry Consultants with more ` 45,000/Sem Direct Contact Hours of than 15 yrs of experience in the 45 hrs/sem with atleast 30hrs relevant field. as direct teaching hours 4. ENGAGEMENT OF ADJUNCT PROFESSOR 4.1 Norms Adjunct Professor shall be offered tenure of 3 years, subject to annual review The terms of engagement of the Adjunct Professor shall be signed prior to start of their work In order to provide strengthened industry input to students and also keeping in view the range of subjects, two adjunct professors are permitted per specialization. 4.2 Identification and approval i) Adjunct Professor for the premier high revenue courses like MDP/EDP, Fas.E shall be proposed by Standing Internal Advisory Committee for Industry to the screening committee comprising of Dean (A), Head (AA), Sr. Professors and the User Department heads. ii) The Adjunct Professor for each discipline in each centre shall be proposed by LASC (along with CV's) to the standing internal advisory committee for Academic Management constituted of Dean (A), Head (AA), and CP's of all departments. iii) Each centre shall ensure that the preferred person for Adjunct Professor are local people so that the travel expenses are avoided (there shall be no reimbursement of the travel expense except for in premier revenue generating program.) iv) All cases selected for appointment as Adjunct Professor shall be placed along with the C.V's before DG-NIFT for approval. 4.3 Role Of Adjunct Professor Adjunct Professor can be involved in the following activities of the Institutions Direct teaching (contribution in Common Electives) Course curriculum development 265 For restricted use within NIFT only.

280 Departmental Faculty Development, training and industry internship Research projects Any other academic activity to strengthen the industry institute synergy and interface. 5. FEEDBACK 5.1 A junior faculty shall be associated with the Adjunct Professor in every department to co-ordinate and keep record. 5.2 In the Departments CC shall take the students feedback and submit an analysis (Format-1) to academic affair wing. 5.3 For the premier revenue generating courses, the Course Co-ordinator shall take the students feedback and submit an analysis (Format-1) to academic affair wing. 5.4 The database shall be referred by screening committees prior to re-engagement of the adjunct professor. 6. FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENT The honorarium for the adjunct professor shall be met from the DDF of the beneficiary department (15% of *DDF is allocated for the Engagement of Visiting fellow /Adjunct faculty) and the deficit if any shall be booked as academic expenditure as in cases of regular programs. 7. TIME TABLE The Adjunct Professor engaged with the approval of H.O may be clearly slotted and projected in the timetable of a semester. 8. UNDERTAKING WITH REGARD TO PROTECTION OF COPYRIGHTS 8.1 Adjunct professors are required to give an undertaking with regard to protection of copyrights on the course curriculum for all the courses developed for NIFT. 8.2 The same shall be done and recorded by CC of the departments 9. POWER TO INTERPRET Decision of DG-NIFT, in all the matters relating to interpretation of these rules shall be final and binding. 10. POWER TO RELAX No Provision of this policy shall be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC of BOG. *refer to relevant provisions of DDF policy For restricted use within NIFT only. 266

281 AGREEMENT FOR ENGAGEMENT OF ADJUNCT PROFESSOR IN NIFT THIS AGREEMENT is made on this current date Day of in the Christian Year Two Thousand and Between National Institute of Fashion Technology, NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park, Hauz Khas, New Delhi -16, A Statutory body under by NIFT Act, 2006 with its Head Office at New Delhi and Centres at Bengaluru, Chennai, Delhi, Gandhinagar, Hyderabad, Kolkata, Mumbai, Raebareli, Patna, Shilong, Kangra, Kannur, Bhopal, Jodhpur and Bhubneswar, hereinafter referred to as "CUSTOMER " of the ONE PART; And Mr./Ms./Dr. (Name of the Adjunct Professor) hereinafter referred to as "Service Provider" of the OTHER PART; Terms and Conditions: i) Effective Date:- This agreement shall be effective for a period of 01 year extendable upto 3 years from January to Dec, ii) Period of Visit - NIFT Academic year has 02 semesters every year beginning January and July. During the tenure of 01 year extendable upto 03 years, he/she will be required to visit NIFT under the option. iii) Engagement Hours Adjunct Professor Option 1 Option 2 Direct contact hours of 25 hours/semester with at least 16 hours as Direct Teaching hours Direct contact hours of 45 hours/semester with at least 30 hours as Direct Teaching hours iv) Honorarium - During his/her tenure in NIFT, he/she will be offered a honorarium as per one of the option. Honorarium Engagement Hours Option 1 `25000 semester Direct contact hours of 25 hours/semester with at least 16 hours as Direct Teaching hours Option 2 `45000 semester Direct contact hours of 45 hours/semester with at least 30 hours as Direct Teaching hours v) Role and Responsibility - The roles and responsibilities of the adjunct professor shall be as follows: 1. Direct teaching (contribution in Common Electives) 2. Course curriculum development 3. Department Faculty Development 4. Research projects 5. Any other academic activity to strengthen the industry institute synergy and interface vi) Termination of Agreement - The Adjunct Professor shall on termination of the agreement, clear all the dues, if any, of the NIFT within a month. vii) Mandatory Engagement Hours - A schedule shall be prepared by the CC (Centre Coordinator) of the concerned department in coordination with the Adjunct Professor. The projected timetable of the semester with the clearly mentioned slots shall be forwarded prior to the semester. During the tenure of the Adjunct Professor, which shall be depending upon the option exercised by him/her, the mandatory workload will have to be completed and shall be linked with the honorarium to be paid. In the event of 267 For restricted use within NIFT only.

282 the Adjunct Professor, unable to complete the mandatory workload, on medical grounds or otherwise, he / she shall be required to extend his/her engagement hours to complete the mandatory engagement hours. viii) Rules and Regulations - During the period of his/her tenure, he/she will be expected to adhere to all rules and regulations and policies, which apply to Adjunct Professor/Visiting/Guest/Exchange faculty including Confidentiality, IPR and conflict of interest. ix) Undertaking with regards to protection of Copyrights - Adjunct Professors shall be required to give an undertaking with regard to protection of copyrights on the course curriculum for all the courses developed for NIFT. x) Payment - Honorarium would be paid within a week of completing mandatory engagement hours. xi) Governing Law/Jurisdiction - This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of India and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of India. xii) Complete Agreement - This Agreement is entire in itself and cannot be changed or terminated orally. No modification waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless communicated in writing and signed by NIFT and Adjunct Professor. All legally required amendments shall automatically become an integral part of this Agreement. By executing the duplicate of this Agreement, NIFT and Mr./Ms./Dr. (Adjunct Professor) shall be deemed to acknowledge having understood the terms hereof and to accept and agree to the terms hereof. Name and Address Adjunct Professor's Name and Address National Institute of Fashion Technology NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park Hauz Khas, New Delhi - 16, (Signature of the Authorized signatory on behalf of NIFT) (Signature of the Adjunct Prof.) (Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of NIFT) (Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of Adjunct Prof.) For restricted use within NIFT only. 268

283 Format - 1 ANALYSIS OF STUDENTS FEED BACK FORM NAME OF THE ADJUNCT PROFESSOR : DATE : DISCIPLINE / DEPARTMENT : SEMESTER / YEAR : POINT (Unsatisfactory) (Average) (Good) (V. Good) (Excellent) PARAMETERS COURSE COVERAGE COURSE DELIVERANCE INTERACTION CLARITY OF THOUGH (Queries Answered) ACCESSABILITY Any Specific Comments *To be compiled by CC after collecting the feed back from all students. Signature 269 For restricted use within NIFT only.

284 4 - D HONORARIUM NORMS FOR TRAINERS/ANCHORS OF FACULTY ORIENTATION, TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM 1. Short Title and Commencement 1.1 This policy shall be called as Honorarium Norms for Trainers/Anchors of Faculty Training, Orientation and Development Program. 1.2 This Policy shall come into force with effect from 1st July, Applicability 2.1 The rules and regulations framed under the policy shall apply to the engagement and honorarium to trainers and anchors of faculty orientation, training and development program organized by FOTD, NIFT. 2.2 The rules are applicable to both external and Internal experts of NIFT. For Internal Faculty this shall be in addition to their regular teaching Workload. 3. Category and Honorarium to Trainers / Anchors Based on the qualification, experience and beneficiaries trainers/anchors shall be classified in the following categories, which shall form the basis of their honorarium: CATEGORY LEVEL OF EXPERTISE BENEFICIARIES ACTIVITY HONORARIUM Principal /Key note Ph.D / Masters Degree/ Approx 100 Faculty 1) Principal Lecture ` 2500 Per session Lectures (External professional qualification Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs. Faculty). in the relevant field /industry 3) Preparation of reference Experts with prior approval material for participants from DG-NIFT. Principal /Key Note Sr. Professor and Professor. Approx 100 Faculty 1) Principal Lecture ` 2500 Per session Lectures (Internal Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs. Faculty) (As approved By DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference material for participants Principal /Key Note Associate Professor Approx 100 Faculty 1) Principal Lecture ` 2000 Per session Lectures (Internal Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs Faculty) (As approved By DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference material for participants Experts from At par with Eminent Approx 50 Faculty 1) Interactive Lecture ` 2500 Per session Outside for Special Personalities (Min 15 yrs members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 15 hrs. Sessions (Highly experience in relevant field) 3) Preparation of reference Interactive) As approved by DG-NIFT, material for participants Dean and Head FOTD. Individual subject Ph.D / Masters Degree in the Approx Faculty 1) Lecture ` 1000 Per session Module- (External relevant field /Industry Experts Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs. Faculty) with DG-NIFT approval. 3) Preparation of reference material for participants Individual subject Sr. Professor and Professor. Approx Faculty 1) Lecture ` 1000 Per session Module- (Internal Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs. Faculty) (As approved by DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference material for participants Individual subject Associate Professor & Approx Faculty 1) Lecture ` 750 Per session Module- (Internal Assistant Professor Members of NIFT. 2) Curriculum Development of 1.5 hrs. Faculty) (As approved by DG-NIFT) 3) Preparation of reference material for participants For restricted use within NIFT only. 270

285 The minimum number of participants shall depend on the need for training as against the minimum candidates for conduct of TOT and for release of any honorarium to the Trainer under FOTD. For an out station training faculty the Boarding, Lodging and Air travel shall be provided by NIFT. In case of a local Training Faculty, the transport shall be provided by NIFT. 4. Preparations and Approval of Proposal 4.1 The Principal or Keynote lectures shall not be more than 2 sessions a day. 4.2 The schedule of the faculty training program mentioning all the sessions and the respective anchors shall be sent for approval of DG-NIFT by Head FOTD through proper channel. 4.3 The approvals shall be conveyed within a week of the receipt of a schedule. 5. Honorarium Procedure for Trainers/ Faculty 5.1 FOTD shall certify the course material developed and keep it in custody. The copies should also be circulated to all Directors, CP's, NIFT Anchors and Participants. 5.2 The honorariums as duly certified by FOTD shall be released within a week of completion of Program and receipt of the feed back forms. 6. Feedback The efficacy of the program shall be monitored through feedback mechanism as prescribed under comprehensive training policy of NIFT. 7. Power to Interpret Decision of DG-NIFT, in all the matters relating to interpretation of these rules shall be final and binding. 8. Power to Relax No Provision of this policy shall be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC of BOG. 271 For restricted use within NIFT only.

286 4 - E COMPREHENSIVE TRAINING POLICY OF NIFT The objective of Training policy is to formulate a strategy to develop the existing human resources by providing avenues for personal growth and aligning them towards the achievement of organizational objectives. The present dynamic and competitive environment and the dynamics of rapidly evolving fashion business education demands academic and professional standards par excellence comparable with the best in the world. In order to stay ahead, the requisite competencies need to be constantly developed and upgraded through an institutionalized mechanism and process. Training constitutes a critical element of Human Resource Development which not only facilitates the personal/institutional growth and empowerment of academic and administrative personnel by providing inter and intra departmental network and linkages amongst NIFT's various Departments and Centres but also instills a feeling of shared vision and goals within the NIFT family. I. Training needs of New Appointees a. Faculty Members (i) Each new batch of Faculty, on joining NIFT will undergo a joint residential Faculty Orientation Programme to be organized by NIFT in association with other leading institutes. The programme duration will be 1 week (5 working days). The orientation programme would broadly cover an overall view of NIFT in general, understanding of mainstream fashion industry, appreciation of inter-disciplinary and intra-disciplinary approach to the curriculum, adaptation of teaching pedagogies, evaluation methodology and student & industry interaction. This will be a NIFT's customized mandatory training programme for all new faculty members and will be coordinated by FOTD Unit of Head Office. (ii) Each new batch of faculty on joining NIFT will also undergo a joint Discipline / Competency Based Orientation Cum Induction Programme organized by NIFT in association with subject experts from NIFT and other leading institutes, industry / research organizations. Training duration: 5 days (1-2 weeks) This programme will aim to focus on the content and the delivery of course curriculum, teaching and learning methodology, pedagogy, teaching aids, evaluation, field study, case studies, projects, use of Resource Centre, use of interest as a learning tool, research, assignments and other relevant materials for evolving the curriculum and its delivery mechanism. This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all new faculty members and will be coordinated by FOTD Unit of Head Office. b. Group A Officers Each new batch of Group A Officers (including deputationist) will undergo a joint residential Orientation cum induction Programme of 5 days of which 3 days of General Orientation will be followed by 2 days of induction in the functional area. Training will organized by NIFT in association with other leading institutes like ASCI, IIM, ISB, IISc etc. This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all Group A Officers and will be coordinated by Training Unit of Establishment Division at Head Office. c. Group B, C and D Officers Each new batch of Group B, C and D Officers / Officials will undergo a Groupwise Joint Residential Orientation cum induction Programme of 5 days of which 3 days of General Orientation will be followed by 2 days of induction in the functional area. Training will organized by NIFT in association with other identified institutes like ISTM, NIFM etc. This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all new Group B, C and D employees and will be coordinated by Training Unit of Establishment Division at Head Office. For restricted use within NIFT only. 272

287 II. Faculty Members a. In order to continuously upgrade and benchmark the curriculum deliverance across Centres, training for the critical areas of deliverance will be conducted during the Departmental Convention. The Departmental convention for each department will be for 3-4 days during the academic session break. CP of the Department will identify beforehand: The Centre in which the training will be organized. The critical topics of deliverance. The regular faculty who would anchor the Topics. The faculty from each Centre who would attend the training. III. In case there is no trainer within NIFT for the identified critical areas, CP would invite External Experts. It will be customized mandatory training program organized by FOTD and will be co-ordinated by the Co-ordinator (International Linkages) (CIL) and Director of the Centre. b. It is mandatory for each faculty member to undergo a 2 weeks internship in the relevant industry/area so that they may update themselves and be able to disseminate the same to the students. An institutional arrangement should also be put in place by the Chairpersons in consultation with Dean (A) and Head (I&R) for entering into an MOU with the industry, research association, institutes etc. for this purpose with their consultation. Faculty Members and Group A Officers a. A Joint Management Training of faculty members and Group A Officers will be organized once every 4 years by NIFT in association with identified premier institutes like IIM, ASCI, ISB, IISc, MDI etc. Training duration: 5 days (1 week) The aim of this joint programme is to enhance the appreciation of a common vision of the Institute and appreciate the relevance of various functions towards this end. knowledge and development of educational management skills and competence; knowledge of the methodology for the management and monitoring of R&D projects; development of counseling skills to cater to the social and psychological needs of students; work experience and exposure to an advanced research environment both within the country and abroad; appreciation of administrative and accounting procedures ; knowledge of the methodology of development of need based models of curriculum; development of appropriate behavioral norms for operation of broad based decision making bodies; development of skill in written and oral communication in the English language; Personal development, time management, stress management. This will be a NIFT customized mandatory training programme for all Faculty Members and Group A Officers and will be coordinated by Training Unit of Establishment Division. b. A Joint Annual Senior Management retreat for Professors and Group 'A' officers to the level of Directors will be organized for a period of 2 days at an identified location. This will be a NIFT customized mandatory programme for faculty members of the rank of Professors and above and Group A Officers of the rank of Directors and above and will be coordinated by Training Unit of Establishment Division at Head Office in consultation with Dean (Academics), Head (AA) and Director (HO). 273 For restricted use within NIFT only.

288 IV. General Conditions: Ideally the Joint training and specialized training may be slotted in such a manner that in a block of 4 years, the two training programmes are sufficiently spaced and staggered. The trainings will be subject to completion of academic and other administrative commitments. The budget for trainings will be provided by the Head Office and allocated to the Centres. All faulty members will be encouraged to audit classes of other senior faculty members of the Institute or the guest faculty in areas of deficit teaching with the commitment to handle the subject independently in future on receipt of application made by faculty member in the prescribed format and communication of formal approval. The faculty/officers/staff may also be permitted to audit classes of flagship CE Programme to appreciate fashion business education on the merits of each case on the basis of the statement of purpose, the relevance of the programme to their area of work and value addition to self and the Institute made by the faculty / officer/ staff. For award of certificate, if the course is completed as per requirement, a waiver upto 50% of the prescribed fee be considered on case to case basis taking into account its relevance to functional area and value addition to the self and to the organization along with perceived outcomes. Preference will be given to those opting for CE Programmes in the areas of deficit competencies in the Centre / HO based on merits of each proposal and cost benefit analysis. The orientation / induction programmes must be completed in the first six months of appointments. All training programmes should preferably be organized during Summer / Winter vacations when the faculty and officers have relatively less workload. V. Impact assessment and efficacy of Training Programs 1) The evaluation is based on quantifiable and qualitative parameters. 2) The following feedback reports will be submitted on completion of the every training program for evaluation of its efficacy in terms of performance of Trainees and Trainers/ Organizers: EVALUATION OF EVALUATION BY FORM TIME FRAME OF REPORT TRAINEE / PARTICIPANTS 1) TRAINERS FORM A WITHIN 2 DAYS OF COMPLETION OF THE MODULE TRAINERS / ANCHORS AND 1) PARTICIPANTS FORM B ON THE SPOT PROGRAMME ORGANISERS Based on reports received, feedback will be provided to the Trainees by the respective heads of Unit through the Internal Standing Committee and kept in the Personal Dossier of the trainees. The report will constitute an integral component for annual review of their performance/ confirmations/ extension of contract etc. For restricted use within NIFT only. 274

289 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY FORM A EVALUATION OF TRAINEE (FACULTY PARTICIPANTS ) BY TRAINER TRAINER NAME OF TRAINER/ANCHOR FACULTY TRAINING PROGRAM Photograph MODULE / TOPIC 1. Trainees Parameters NS S G VG EX Punctuality Qualitative interaction in terms of critical queries,shared experiences etc Participation in assignments / projects / group activity Comprehension of the subject and Learning Aptitude Team Spirit Evaluation of the Quality Of Participation 3. Any Other Comments NS S G VG EX Not Satisfactory Satisfactory Good Very Good Excellent SIGNATURE : DATE : 275 For restricted use within NIFT only.

290 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY FORM B EVALUATION OF TRAINER BY TRAINEE FACULTY PARTICIPANTS TRAINER TRAINEE NAME OF TRAINER/ANCHOR NAME OF EVALUATOR/TRAINEE FACULTY TRAINING PROGRAM Photograph Photograph MODULE / TOPIC CRITERION NS S G VG EX CONTENT & KNOWLEDGE LEVEL OF PRESENTATION 1) CONTENT COVERAGE ) RELEVANCE OF TOPIC ) ABILITY TO ANSWER QUERIES ) INNOVATION ON THE SUBJECT PRESENTATION ABILITY 5) CLARITY IN DELIVERANCE ) UTILIZATION OF VARIETY OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS ) EFFECTIVENESS OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS USED PARTICIPANTS UNDERSTANDING/CLARITY 8) INTERACTION LEVEL ) EFFECTIVE EXAMPLES EVALUATION OF ORGANISATION OF THE TRAINING BY TRAINEE FACULTY PARTICIPANTS 1) COORDINATION AND ADMINISTRATION ) TIME MANAGEMENT ) INFRASTRUCTURE AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT NS S G VG EX Not Satisfactory Satisfactory Good Very Good Excellent SIGNATURE : DATE : For restricted use within NIFT only. 276

291 4 - F STUDY LEAVE POLICY FOR FACULTY (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii) (xiii) (xiv) (xv) (xvi) Permanent faculty members of the Institute, who have completed six years of service, may be granted Study Leave to conduct formal research or advanced studies in India or abroad on a professional and technical subject having a direct and close connection with the academic sphere as a part of academic progression. Study Leave cannot be claimed as a matter of right and grant of study leave shall be with due regard to the exigencies of academic interest of NIFT. The Study Leave will, in normal course, start in tandem with academic Calendar to ensure that academic deliverance does not get affected. Application for Study Leave shall be submitted by the faculty to the Centre Coordinator at least 3 months prior to the proposed commencement of leave. Study Leave will be granted with the specific approval of Director General on the recommendation of a committee constituted by the Director General for this purpose. The concerned faculty will submit the proposal to Centre Coordinator who will forward the same to the Centre Director. Centre Director will discuss the proposal with the respective Chairperson and subsequently in LASC. If necessary, then the proposal will be forwarded to Head- AA, who is the convener of the committee. The Head-AA will call the meeting of the committee consisting of Dean, Director H.O., concerned Chairperson and Centre Director for reviewing the proposal and give the recommendations to Director General for approval. Further Study Leave shall not be granted until after the expiry of ten (10) years from the date of the faculty member's return from the previous Study Leave/Sabbatical Leave or any other kind of training programme of duration more than a month. A faculty member, who has availed Study Leave may also avail the Sabbatical Leave, if need be. However the total duration of both types of leaves can not be more than three years in entire service period. Care should be taken that number of faculty members given Study Leave, does not exceed 10% of existing faculty strength of each department/centre. However, in special circumstances of the case, Director General may waive off the condition. In computing the length of service, the time during which a person was on probation or on contract or engaged as Research Assistant may be included provided (a) The person is a faculty on the date of the application; and (b) There is no break in service. Study leave shall not be granted to a faculty member who is due to retire within 10 years of the date on which he/she is expected to return to duty after the expiry of study leave. Study leave may not be granted more than twice during one's career. The period of Study Leave and Sabbatical Leave combined shall not exceed three years in the entire service span of faculty member. No substitute shall be appointed in the vacancy and the work shall be shared by the other members of the faculty. During the Study Leave, no facilities of the Institute, including that of assistance of the staff / faculty would be utilized by the faculty members. Any exceptions in this regard would require specific approval of the Director General. A faculty member shall, during the period of Study Leave, be paid full pay and allowances at the rates applicable to him immediately prior to his proceeding on Study Leave but shall not be entitled to any traveling allowances or any other extra allowances in India or abroad. If, however any faculty member receives any remuneration / honorarium etc. (other than scholarship) from any other source, he/she will surrender such remuneration / honorarium etc. to the Institute. A faculty, who is selected for appointment to a higher posts/grade in NIFT on promotion during study leave, will be placed in that position notionally w.e.f. the date of appointment of his immediate junior to that post/grade. However the actual benefit of pay and allowances on account of such appointment shall be admissible only w.e.f. his date of joining on the said post on return of leave. The faculty shall ordinarily be required to meet the cost of fees paid for the study; but in exceptional cases, Director General may sanction grant of such fee. 277 For restricted use within NIFT only.

292 (xvii) (xviii) (xix) (xx) (xxi) (xxii) (xxiii) (xxiv) (xxv) (xxvi) (xxvii) (xxviii) A faculty member shall not undertake any type of employment in any other organization in India or abroad during the period of Study Leave; he/she shall, however, be free to receive a scholarship or fellowship from a recognized institute other than his regular employment with the prior approval of the Director General. A faculty availing of study leave shall undertake that he/she shall serve the institute for a continuous period of double the period of leave or three years which is longer, to be reckoned from the date of his/her resuming duty after expiry of the study leave. No faculty who has been granted study leave shall be permitted to alter substantially the course of study or the programme of research without the permission of the Director General who will constitute a Committee to evaluate the request The faculty shall submit six monthly report of progress to Dean(A) who in turn will put up the same to Director General. After completion of the leave, the faculty member shall submit a formal Degree/Diploma obtained during the period of leave. If by the completion of the leave, a faculty is not able to produce the Degree/Diploma, a letter from the concerned university/ institution regarding the exact date for awarding the same is to be submitted by the faculty to Head (AA). If the faculty resigns or retires from service or otherwise quits service without returning to duty after a period of study leave or within a period of three years after such return to duty or fails to complete the course of study/research and thus unable to furnish the certificated as required above shall be required to refund:- (i) the actual amount of pay & allowances and other expenses, if any, incurred by NIFT; and (ii) the actual amount, if any, of the cost incurred by other agencies such as foreign government, foundations and Trusts in connection with the course of study Together with interest thereon at rates for the time being in force on Government Load, from the date of demand, before his resignation is accepted or permission to retire is granted or his quitting service otherwise. Such refund shall be not necessary in case of faculty who, after return to duty from study leave is permitted to retire from service on medical grounds. Director General, may, if it is necessary or expedient to do so, either in public interest or having regard to the peculiar circumstances of the case or class of cases, waive or reduce the amount required to be refunded by the Faculty concerned or class of Faculties. After the leave has been sanctioned the faculty shall, before availing of the leave, execute a bond in favor of the institute binding him for the fulfillment of the conditions laid down in clause (xvii) to (xxii). Study leave granted to a faculty shall be deemed to be cancelled in case it is not availed of within 6 months of its sanction. Provided that where study leave granted has been so cancelled, the faculty may apply again for such leave after two years. COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF LEAVE: (a) Leave ordinarily begins from the date on which leave as such is actually availed of and ends on the day preceding on which duty is resumed. (b) Sunday or other public holidays may be prefixed as well as suffixed to leave. RETURN TO DUTY ON EXPIRY OF LEAVE: a) Except with the permission of the authority which granted the leave, no person on leave may return to duty before the expiry of the period of leave granted to him. b) The sanctioning authority shall have the right to revoke the sanction of leave already given if exigency of work so demand, and the decision of the sanctioning authority shall be final. c) The necessary entries regarding study leave shall be made in the service record of the faculty. For restricted use within NIFT only. 278

293 SABBATICAL LEAVE POLICY FOR FACULTY (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) (ix) (x) (xi) (xii) (xiii) (xiv) (xv Permanent faculty members of the Institute, who have completed ten years of service, may be granted Sabbatical Leave for one or more of the following purpose: (a) To write textbooks, standards, works and other literature; (b) To have attachment in Industrial concerns and technical departments of Government to gain practical experience in their respective fields; (c) To visit in a University, Industry or Government research laboratories in India and abroad; and (d) Any other purpose for the academic development of the faculty member, as approved by the Board of Governors. Sabbatical Leave cannot be claimed as a matter of right and grant of sabbatical leave shall be with due regard to the exigencies of academic interest of NIFT. The Sabbatical Leave will, normally, start in tandem with Academic Calendar to ensure that academic deliverance does not get affected. Application for Sabbatical Leave shall be submitted by the Faculty to the Centre Coordinator at least 3 months prior to the proposed commencement of leave. Sabbatical Leave will be granted with the specific approval of AAC of Board on the recommendation of a Committee constituted by the Director General for this purpose. The concerned faculty will submit the proposal to Centre Coordinator who will forward the same to the Centre Director. Centre Director will discuss the proposal with the respective Chairperson and subsequently in LASC. If necessary, then the proposal will be forwarded to Head (AA), who is the convener of the committee. Head (AA), will call the meeting of the committee consisting of Dean, Director H.O., concerned Chairperson and Centre Director and one subject expert for reviewing the proposal and give the recommendations to Director General for the consideration of AAC of Board. The Sabbatical Leave shall not be granted until after the expiry of ten years from the date of the faculty member's return from the previous Sabbatical/Study Leave or any other kind of training programme of more than one month's duration. A faculty member, who has availed Study Leave may also avail the Sabbatical Leave if need be. However the total duration of both types of leaves can not be more than three years in entire service period. Care should be taken that number of faculty members given Sabbatical Leave, does not exceed 5% of existing faculty strength of department/centre. However in the special circumstances of the case, Director General may waive off the condition. In computing the length of service, the time during which a person was on probation or on contract or engaged as Research Assistant may be included provided (a) The person is a faculty on the date of the application; and (b) There is no break in service. Sabbatical Leave shall not be granted to a faculty member who is due to retire within 10 years of the date on which he/she is expected to return to duty after the expiry of Sabbatical Leave. Sabbatical Leave may not be granted more than once during one's career. The minimum duration of Sabbatical Leave shall be 6 months and shall not exceed three years in the entire service span of faculty member. No substitute shall be appointed in the vacancy and the work shall be shared by the other members of the faculty. During the Sabbatical Leave, no facilities of the Institute, including that of assistance of the staff / faculty would be utilized by the faculty members. Any exceptions in this regard would require specific approval of the Director General. A faculty member, during the period of Sabbatical Leave, shall be paid full pay and allowances at the rates applicable to him immediately prior to his proceeding on Sabbatical Leave. But the faculty shall not be entitled to any traveling allowances or any other extra allowances in India or abroad. If, the faculty member receives any remuneration / honorarium (other than scholarship) etc. from any other source, he/she will surrender such remuneration / honorarium etc. to the Institute. A faculty member shall not undertake any kind of employment in any other organization in India or abroad during the period of Sabbatical Leave; he/she shall, however, be free to receive a scholarship or fellowship other than his regular employment with the prior approval of the Director General. 279 For restricted use within NIFT only.

294 (xvi) (xvii) (xviii) (xix) (xx) (xxi) (xxii) (xxiii) (xxiv) A faculty availing of Sabbatical Leave shall undertake that he/she shall serve the institute for a continuous period of double the period of leave and at latest 3 years at least to be reckoned from the date of his resuming duty after expiry of the Sabbatical Leave. The faculty shall submit to the Dean (A), three monthly progress reports about the work carried out during the period. This report shall reach the Dean (A) within 15 days of the expiry of every three months of the Sabbatical Leave. If the report does not reach the Dean (A) within the specified time, leave may be reduced. Dean (A) will put up the progress report before the committee and the minutes of meting will be put up to Director General for further instruction. If the progress of the faculty is not satisfactory, he may be intimated by the Dean (A) regarding the same and the leave may be cancelled. No faculty who has been granted Sabbatical Leave shall be permitted to alter substantially the theme of the study without the permission of the Director General who will constitute a committee to evaluate the request. After completion of the leave, the faculty member shall submit a complete report about the work carried out during the leave period and the same will be evaluated by the committee and finally put up before the AAC of BOG for validation. The copy of the report will be kept in Resource Centre after validation for reference. After returning from Sabbatical, it shall be mandatory for the faculty to make a presentation before peer group and before students of their department on the activities undertaken during the leave. If the faculty resigns or retires from service or otherwise quits service without returning to duty after a period of sabbatical leave or within a period of three years after such return to duty or fails to complete the work or his work is not found upto the mark by the AAC in the validation, he shall be required to refund:- (i) the actual amount of pay & allowances and other expenses, if any, incurred by NIFT; and (ii) the actual amount, if any, of the cost incurred by other agencies such as foreign government, foundations and Trusts in connection with the course of study' together with interest thereon at rates for the time being in force on Government Load, from the date of demand, before his resignation is accepted or permission to retire is granted or his quitting service otherwise. Such refund shall be not necessary in case of faculty who, after return to duty from study leave is permitted to retire from service on medical grounds. Director General may, if it is necessary or expedient to do so, either in public interest or having regard to the peculiar circumstances of the case or class of cases, waive or reduce the amount required to be refunded by the Faculty concerned or class of Faculties. After the leave has been sanctioned the faculty shall, before availing of the leave, execute a bond in favour of the institute binding himself/herself for the due fulfillment of the conditions laid down in clause (xv) to (xxi) A faculty, who is selected for appointment to a higher posts/grade in NIFT on promotion during sabbatical leave, will be placed in that position notionally w.e.f. the date of appointment of his immediate junior to that post/grade. However the actual benefit of pay and allowances on account of such appointment shall be admissible only w.e.f. his date of joining on the said post on return from leave. (xxv) Sabbatical Leave granted to a faculty shall be deemed to be cancelled in case it is not availed of within 6 months of its sanction. (xxvi) Provided that where Sabbatical Leave granted has been so cancelled, the faculty may apply again for such leave after 3 years. (xxvii) COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF LEAVE: (a) Leave ordinarily begins from the date on which leave as such is actually availed of and ends on the day preceding on which duty is resumed. (b) Sunday or other public holidays may be prefixed as well as suffixed to leave (xxviii) RETURN TO DUTY ON EXPIRY OF LEAVE: Except with the permission of the authority who granted the leave, no person on leave may return to duty before the expiry of the period of leave granted to him. (xxix) (xxx) The sanctioning authority shall have the right to revoke the sanction of leave already given if exigency of work so demand, and the decision of the Sanctioning Authority shall be final. The necessary entries regarding the sabbatical leave shall be made in the service record of the faculty. For restricted use within NIFT only. 280

295 GUIDELINES FOR TRAINING OF TRAINERS (TOT) WORKSHOPS 1. Introduction The present dynamic and competitive environment and the dynamics of rapidly evolving fashion business education demands academic and professional standards par excellence comparable with the best in the world. In order to stay ahead the requisite competencies need to be constantly developed and upgraded through an institutionalized mechanism and process. Training of trainers constitutes a critical element of Human Resource Development which not only facilitates the personal/ institutional growth but also make each centre self sustainable in terms of faculty resource, as a result minimizes the dependence for external resource and provides fair amount of opportunities to the faculty members to be able to come up at par with the requirement of the organization. Training responsibility of the faculty of a Centre is a collective responsibility of the institution as well as the Centre individually to ensure that a Centre remains self reliant before the beginning of any semester. The premise of training also stems from an understanding that at any given point the institute must have core faculty for each subject/ course that it intends to offer in the next year and deficiency, if any, is addressed well in advance. This also promotes rotation of faculty members and allows for members to update themselves through other endevours of Sabbatical, industry internship, research etc. floated as alternate policies for development and training by the Institute. TOT workshops are meant to be specifically designed to address those who preferably have pre existing base in the subject and by imparting training skills to improve their delivery or willing to broad base their competencies. 2. Purpose 4 - G NIFT as an institute expanded to 15 Centres over the last 25 years. As any other dynamic institution, NIFT too has collective strength of faculty with varying experience, a mix of Academia and industry. The courses too are designed with a collective focus towards Design, Management & Technology. Individually they derive their positioning through Research, Theory and Practice in sync with global trends in design education. NIFT faculty therefore can be classified into: a) Newly recruited faculty with limited experience in the fashion industry or in terms of teaching experience. They may be well versed in their respective field but need time to apply their knowledge to the field of Design, Management and Technology. b) Faculty who are well acclimatized in courses being taught at NIFT after 5 years of experience or more. These faculty need to be encouraged to move into related areas for broad basing their competencies. c) Senior faculty with more than 10 years of experience at NIFT who need specific specialized training needs (Research, Strategy, Leadership etc.) to enable them to take leadership positions in various capacities and create human resource capable of leading at various positions. In view of the above the TOT requirements can therefore be based on three areas: a) Teaching Faculty who would like to get themselves trained for teaching purposes i.e after attending the workshop it is required for a faculty to teach the same subject to the students. The recommendation of faculty for attending these workshops will be done by the Centre Director on the recommendation of respective CPs on the following basis: a. Trainee faculty must have prior established existence of requisite knowledge base b. Faculty with less teaching hours will be given priority. c. Newly inducted faculty will be given priority because of lack of background of teaching methodologies. b) Integrated learning Faculty teaching certain subjects for the past few years wanting to broad base their knowledge and skills by developing themselves in related areas so that the same may be applied while guiding the Graduation/Research Projects or execution of Industry projects etc. Selection of faculty for attending such training workshops shall be based on the examination of proposal submitted by the concerned faculty regarding the need for attending the said 281 For restricted use within NIFT only.

296 workshop by respective Centre Coordinator and Director. The proposal will be examined by the committee of the Centre Director and Chairperson of the department concerned with training subject. c) Specialized training Senior faculty who require specialized training inputs for Research, Strategy, and Leadership etc. Selection of faculty for attending such training workshops shall be based on the examination of proposal submitted by the concerned faculty regarding the need for attending the said workshop. Such workshops would be offered between the semester once in the year by FOTD-H.O and all the Department Heads are required to undergo such training atleast once in their tenure. The faculty proposals will be examined by the committee of Dean-A, Head(FOTD) and Centre Director nominated by the Director General. Final selection for all the three categories will be made by the Director General on the basis of the above recommendations. TOT can be further classified as those undertaken collectively across Centres (Inter-centre) and those that can be undertaken within the centre (Intra-centre) to fulfill immediate requirements. In such cases the identified faculty can be deputed for "intraining assistantship" with a Senior Faculty/ External Expert of the same centre to help them develop in the required area and to create alternative strength for the centre. These endevours would also encourage sector specific differentiation while creation of experts, a core requirement of 'Design' education that builds a unique design identity in India's vast versatility. 3. Action Plan a) Identification of deficient area of training: (To be done by Chairpersons in consultation with Centre Coordinators) A detailed exercise would be required to assess the deficiencies vis-à-vis areas in each Centre as per Format-I. Information collated can then be classified into key areas that can be clubbed/ identified for training. Alignment of education/ experience of the faculty with area of 'Training identified' and the purpose for attending the training must be examined by respective Chairperson before nominating a faculty for attending the TOT workshop Classification of faculty based on the above three areas is to be done by each chairperson so that a holistic map is created for an overall analysis of faculty training. Collation of information and comprehensive proposal is to be prepared by the Centre Director which in turn shall be forwarded to Head (FOTD)-H.O for the approval of Director General. Maximum 2 trainees per subject per Department per Centre excluding the subjects under integrated learning may be identified. The TOT should be planned on need basis and address the ICT/guest faculty requirement of Centres as well. However, there should be minimum four participants to organize the inter Centre workshop. b) Identification of Trainers Trainers can be identified from within NIFT fraternity and outside experts. Self nominations will be ratified by Chairpersons who in turn send the final names of trainers to Head (FOTD) as per Format-II. Trainers are required to indicate the pre-requisites required for the training i.e. type of skill set / background which the trainee must possess for attending that workshop. This would not only optimize the effectiveness and applications of the workshop but also provide for better and more comprehensive inputs. Chairpersons proposal for an outside expert as a trainer will be examined by the committee of Dean-A, Head(FOTD) and two Centre Directors nominated by Director General. Head(FOTD) will create the database of the trainers and recommend the best trainers on the basis of their relevant background and experience for organizing the specified workshop, to be decided by Director General. The TOTs may be conducted in consultation with the faculty trainer along with Industry expert, if sufficiently justified. Trainer shall prepare a proper well defined syllabus which includes topics, content, teaching duration of the topic along with reference material well in advance so the trainees can prepare themselves & can know well in advance about the wideness & depth of deliverance in the TOT. For restricted use within NIFT only. 282

297 c) Procedure i) Chairpersons are required to identify the deficient subject areas vis-à-vis the name of trainee faculty in each Centre in accordance with the guidelines and forward the same to concerned Centre Director for onward submission to Head office. ii) After receiving the information from Chairpersons, Centre Directors are required to make the comprehensive proposal for the Centre and forward the same to Head (FOTD) for the approval of Director General. d) Announcement of workshop Information received with respect to deficient subject areas alongwith the list of participants will be floated for organizing the TOT workshops as per Format-III 4. Time and Action Calendar Preferably the TOT would be conducted in the summer break since it is a longer break. However in case of exigency, the TOT may be conducted in Winter Break also. On the other hand for Specialized training inputs, flexibility of identifying training may be built in for taking advantage of trainings being offered in cross-disciplinary areas by other organizations(other than NIFT). If there is urgency despite 'intra-centre' opportunity, then TOT may be organized at any time with the approval of Director General. 5. Monitoring It will be the responsibility of the host Centre Directors to make all the necessary arrangement and provide all support to the trainers in order to conduct the workshops smoothly. Centre Directors are also required to monitor the workshops being conducted at their Centres with respect to Time Table, Session Plan, Attendance of the participants etc. and ensure that the workshop is conducted smoothly. 6. Performance Evaluation The following feedback reports will be submitted on completion of the every workshop for evaluation of its efficacy in terms of performance of Trainees and Trainers. Evaluation of Evaluation by Form Time Frame of report Remarks Trainee Trainers FORM A Within 2 days of completion of the module Trainers Trainees FORM B On the Spot To be taken by the representative of respective Centre Director and maintain complete confidentiality 7. Expenditure All the expenditure with respect to travel etc. of trainee faculty will be borne by the respective NIFT Centre as per the prevailing T.A/D.A norms. Expenditure w.r.t. payment to trainers (as per FOTD payment norms), material, stationary required for TOT workshops will be borne by Head Office. If the workshop is organized by external experts, an internal faculty must be appointed as Anchor for the said workshop. 8. Penalty The faculty who has undertaken a TOT for teaching purpose must teach the same subject to students within a year fully or par tly. If need be, faculty after attending the TOT, may also audit the same subject being taught by the senior faculty at the same Centre and subsequently has to teach the subject to the students failing which the faculty would be penalized and the complete cost of TOT would be recovered from the faculty. No workload for auditing will be provided. 283 For restricted use within NIFT only.

298 Format - I Faculty Orientation Training and Development Head Office-New Delhi Training Need Assessment Form Sl. Programmes Deficient Currently how Proposed faculty Experience/ No. of No. of Purpose for Details of the No. currently subject the subject is strength (existing Qualifications years years undertaking TOT attended running area/area being taught? or complement- of the faculty teaching teaching the training in last three at the Centre of training (ICT/Guest tary) that can at NIFT the same (Teaching/ years (if any) faculty or be moulded subject Integrated any other) (if any) Learning/ Specialized Training) Chairperson Depar tment For restricted use within NIFT only. 284

299 Faculty Orientation Training and Development Head Office-New Delhi Trainers willingness form S. No. Subject areas Objective of the Pre-requisites i.e. Proposed dates and Name of the Place of for TOT workshop type of skill set / duration of the Trainer, Designation the Training background of trainee workshop and Centre faculty for the attending the training 1. Signature of the Trainer Name Designation & NIFT Centre Date Format - II 285 For restricted use within NIFT only.

300 Format - III Faculty Orientation Training and Development Head Office-New Delhi TOT workship Announcement Format Name of the workshop Dates Duration Place of the training Trainer(s) Objective Pre-requisite S.No Name of the Centre Name of the trainee Designation Department Remarks Total number of participants : Head (FOTD) For restricted use within NIFT only. 286

301 4 - H GUIDELINES FOR FACULTY INTERNSHIP 1. Background During the past few years it is felt that due to some constraints NIFT faculty members are not able to update their working knowledge of the industry at micro level or eve holistic understanding of the industry and its interrelationship. In order to provide sufficient oppor tunities to the members of academic community within the NIFT, it is mandatory for each faculty member to undergo an internship in the relevant industry/areas so that they may update themselves and be able to disseminate the same to the students 2. Duration Two weeks 3. Place of Internship It is mandatory for the faculty to undertake the said Internship within the vicinity of the local parent centre (posting centre of internee faculty). However, where the relevant Industry does not exist, faculty may be allowed to take up the internship in nearest available opportunity. 4. Mode of selection Internee faculty is required to make the proposal alongwith the deliverables with proper justifications. The proposal will be discussed in the departmental meeting which in turn will be forwarded to LASC for approval. 5. Periodicity 25% of total faculty strength within the department may be permitted to undertake the internship during the summer or winter student break. It is compulsory for each faculty to undertake the above internship at least once in three years. 6. Action plan Center coordinator will ensure that the selection of industries is in tandem with the requirements of the Department and the final nomination of Faculty & Industry to be approved by LASC after vetting by Chairperson of the concerned Department. Maximum number of possible industries in the sector should be selected for tie-ups for the internship. The final list (Centre Wise) of the faculty deputed on Internship will be forwarded to Head-FOTD by the Concerned Centre. This period of deputation to the Internship will be considered to be on duty. 7. Performance Evaluation A feedback form is to be sent to the concerned person within the industry by the Head - FOTD and filled-in form may directly be returned to the same. The feedback form, along with the report of work done by the internee faculty, shall be submitted for inclusion in the service records of the concerned faculty. 8. Time and Action Calendar There are only two period for faculty internship i.e summer break or winter break. a) Time and Action Calendar for Internship Identification & approval of industry : By 2nd week March / 2nd week September Submission of proposal : By 3rd week March / 3rd week September Departmental meeting to review the proposals obtained : By 1st week April / 1st week October LASC to review & approve the proposals : By 2nd week April / 2nd week October Letters to be sent to the industry By Centre Coordinator : By 3rd week April / 3rd week October (One common letter will be prepared by Chairperson which in-turn will be sent in the relevant industry by the respective CC alongwith the details of internee faculty members) Confirmation by the industry : By 1st Week May / 1st week November Internship period : Two weeks in June or December with mutual consent of internee and industry. 9. Expenditure All the expenditure with respect to travel etc. will be borne by NIFT as per the prevailing T.A/D.A norms in case of faculty of traveling outstation. No TA/DA to be provided in case of faculty undertaking internship within the city of respective NIFT Centre. 287 For restricted use within NIFT only.

302 5 - A STUDENT ATTENDANCE POLICY 1. Short Title and Commencement 1.1 The Policy shall be called NIFTs Attendance Policy. 1.2 The policy shall come in force with effect from academic year Purpose The purpose of this policy is to ensure uniformity in implementation of norm/rules across the centres. 3. Applicability Learning at NIFT is based primarily on interactive methods of inputs and student's participation in projects, research and skill based experiences. It also involves sharing of work as well as learning processes with batch mates and faculty whose feedback and guidance is critical to the students' development, understanding and maturity. Any physical absence in such circumstances would mean loss of learning opportunity and continuity, which cannot be replaced by self work under most situations. Attendance is compulsory for students of all regular programmes unless and until valid reasons are given to support the absence. Unauthorized and habitual absence will call for disciplinary action as deemed fit. 4. Requirement I. A student is required to have minimum 75% attendance in total Sessions/ Classes conducted during the semester to be allowed to appear in the final assessment/end semester exams/ jury of the subjects. II. III. IV. A student is required to have a minimum 65% attendance in each individual subject taught in the semester to be allowed to appear in the final assessment/end semester exams/jury of the subjects. In extreme extenuating circumstances, relaxation in attendance may be allowed to students who have overall attendance of 75% but have less than 65% attendance in upto two subjects, with lower limit of 50%, based on self-study norms in these two subjects. The students would be given special assignments related to the topics missed by them, under the guidance of the concerned faculty and based on certification of satisfactory clearance from the faculty, the students may be allowed to appear for examination. The decision will be taken by LASC under intimation to the DG-NIFT before the semester Exam starts. The student with shortage of attendance as per above would be issued three notices or warnings (a) (b) (c) After four weeks of start of semester, this would be in the form of a warning notice. At the time of mid-term exams, where the warning should be stronger. Two weeks before the end term exams which would specify whether the student is required to repeat the semester or would be permitted for re-exams. Uninformed absence of more than four weeks due to any causes means a loss of candidature for the student i.e. the name of the student will be struck off from the NIFT rolls. V. In case of 0% attendance till mid- term, the student's name would be struck off from the rolls of the Institute after the issue of a show cause notice. VI. The student attendance will be computed in a standardized manner for all departments for theory, practical and process based subjects wherein every session is 1.5 hrs each. VII. Course deliverance should be strictly in accordance with stipulated number of hours as per the curriculum and for computation of student attendance no extra classes would be conducted. Power to relax: No provision of this policy will be relaxed except with explicit approval of the Competent Authority i.e. Academic Appeal Committee headed by Dean(A), DG (1st Appellate Authority), and Board of Governors. This policy would be effective from January - June, For restricted use within NIFT only. 288

303 N O T I C E As per NIFT student rule minimum 75% attendance of total sessions/classes conducted during the Semester is a pre requisite for the student to be allowed to appear in the examinations/jury of the subjects. Moreover, minimum of 65% attendance in each subject taught in the Semester is also a pre requisite for qualifying for the exams. We would like to draw your kind attention to the fact that at the end of the first month of the Semester your ward has less attendance in following subjects: S. No Subjects Attendance less than 65% It is a matter of concern for the institute and the parent and therefore we bring to your notice that you award may not fulfill pre requisite attendance for the exams/jury of above subjects. We would request you to look into the matter and ensure that necessary instructions are given to your ward. To The parents at the official residential address, by Regd. Post A/D CC to: 1. CC concerned 2. COE 3. Concerned student 4. Personal file of the student. Registrar 289 For restricted use within NIFT only.

304 5 - B NIFT MEANS - CUM - MERIT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE SCHEME 1. Short Title / Commencement 1.1 The policy shall be called "NIFT's Means - cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme". 1.2 The financial assistance under NIFT's Means - cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme" is not an entitlement. It shall be subject to conditions and process prescribed in this policy 1.3 This policy shall come into force with effect from academic year Purpose To provide financial assistance to meritorious needy and deserving students belonging to the economically weaker sections. 3. Applicability of the Scheme 3.1 The Means - cum - Merit Financial Assistance Scheme" will be applicable to all the regular students of NIFT fulfilling prescribed criteria. The benefits of this Scheme shall not extend to NRI/ NRI sponsored students. 3.2 The scheme will cover all eligible students provided their numbers are within 25% of the overall student strength of all the NIFT Centres as a collective. 4. Rate of Financial Assistance 4.1 Under this Scheme financial Assistance to undergraduate students shall be provided as follows: Category Parental Income ceiling per annum Percentage of Financial Assistance A. Upto ` 1.0 Lakhs 75% of the Tuition Fee B. Above ` 1.0 Lakhs to ` 2.5 Lakhs 50% of the Tuition Fee C. Above ` 2.5 Lakhs to ` 4.0 Lakhs 25% of the Tuition Fee 4.2 Under this Scheme financial Assistance at Centre level shall be provided to postgraduate students at the Centre Income ceiling per annum Upto ` 1.0 Lakhs Upto ` 1.0 to 2.5 Lakhs Percentage Financial Assistance 50% of the Tuition Fee 25% of the Tuition Fee 5. Eligibility Criteria for application The students who fulfill the following criteria may apply for the financial assistance under this Scheme 5.1 Undergraduate and Postgraduate students of the regular programme of NIFT excluding those admitted under NRI/ NRI sponsored category. 5.2 The students fulfilling the criteria of parental income slab as stipulated in section 4.1 & All the eligible first year students may apply irrespective of their ranks and marks in the entrance exam. 5.4 For the continuation of financial assistance to the students in 2nd, 3rd and 4th year of undergraduate level and 2nd year of postgraduate level, minimum average 6.00 SGPA in the last two consecutive semesters will be a necessary condition. The students will be required to submit their application for continuation of financial assistance in the next year along with all the documents in the beginning of the semester i.e. before the end of previous semester. This will be decided by the Centre before the fee is collected for the semester, from the students. 5.5 The student should not have failed in any semester in the previous years of study in NIFT and must have cleared all the subjects of the previous semesters. Provided, relaxation may be sought from the competent authority in case a student has repeated the semester due to health reason. For restricted use within NIFT only. 290

305 5.6 A post graduate student's eligibility will only be on the satisfaction of the Screening Committee that if s/he is not able to provide collateral for availing the bank loan and his / her parental income falls within the prescribe income slabs. 5.7 The student involved in any major or minor disciplinary violation, he/ she should not be eligible for subsidy during his/her remaining course at NIFT. 5.8 The students are required to apply for financial assistance under the scheme in a prescribed form given at Format A. Only those applications will be considered which are completed and supported by the prescribed mandatory as well as applicable documents. Any blanks left in the application form will be construed as non disclosure of information, the incomplete application forms and non disclosure of relevant facts will lead to rejection of form. 5.9 Students will have to submit an undertaking with the application form to the effect that the scholarship may be withdrawn and penalty imposed if the documents submitted as income proof are found to be false after verification. The undertaking is prescribed within Format A The students getting any other financial assistance / reimbursement towards expenditure on education from any other source viz Central / State Government / PSU / Trusts / private persons etc shall not be eligible to apply for the financial assistance under this scheme If the number of students goes beyond 25% of the overall student strength of the NIFT Centres, the financial assistance will be given on the basis of prioritization of the students. In case of prioritization students whose parental income is the lowest, will get the priority. 6. Documents to be submitted with the Application Form for Financial Assistance The students should submit mandatory as well as applicable documents along with the application form. These are as follows: 6.1 Mandatory Document: i. One copy of passport size photograph with signature. ii. Income declaration-affidavit (Format B) on non-judicial stamp paper of `10 (Rupees Ten) by each parent iii. Proof of permanent residence. iv. Photocopies of Passport and PAN card of parents / guardian and applicant v. School leaving certificate for class X and XII (Proof of school fee, wherever possible). vi. The copy of receipt of tuition fee paid for the current semester i.e. July - December vii. Schedule (Format C - details of agricultural land and property, etc.) duly signed by parent with relevant revenue record. viii. Bank statements for the last 12 months for all the accounts mentioned in Schedule (Format C). 6.2 Copy of Following Documents (If applicable):- i. 3 year's Income Tax returns copy/form 16 for salaried / 16 A for business owners. ii. Vehicle registration copy iii. Tehsildar certificate of agriculture land alongwith certified revenue records such as khasra, khatouni. iv. Documents related to others scholarship / sponsorship receipt v. Document related to SC / ST / OBC / PHP certificate 7. Process 7.1 The students will have to apply in the prescribed Format A in their respective Centres, along with all the required and applicable document within the timeline prescribed in the Schedule in Section 9.0. The forms will be made available in their respective departments/ office of the Centre Director. 7.2 The forms completed in all respect with supporting documents should be submitted by the student to the Centre Directors through their respective course coordinators. The income details are to be submitted in Format B and Format C under the signature of both the parents. 291 For restricted use within NIFT only.

306 7.3 There will be two levels of scrutiny for the applications: i. The first level committee will be a Scrutiny Committee of three members and will be constituted by the Centre Director. It will have at least one faculty member. ii. First level will entail desk scrutiny of application forms and proposing eligibility on the basis of total income of both the parents from all the sources and other income such as Agricultural, Business, Rent etc. It will also scrutinize whether all relevant information and documents are completed with the application forms. All incomplete forms will be recorded so by the Scrutiny Committee and these will be put separately after the approval of the Centre Director. iii. Second Level will include interaction of the student with the Screening Committee comprising following members : a) Registrar b) Deputy Registrar (Finance & Accounts) c) Course Co-ordinator of the course (of which student has applied). d) One senior faculty member nominated by the Director. e) Student Development Activity Co-ordinator 7.4 The Committee would interview individual student and make a record note of the interview of each student who has applied for the financial assistance and has been found eligible by the Scrutiny Committee. The note should be recorded in the prescribed form Format D is to be signed by all the members. The committee would also recommend whether the applicant is eligible for the financial assistance, if so, the rate of financial assistance. The committee would also give their reasons in short for not recommending the financial assistance or the reduction in the rate of financial assistance applied by the student. 7.5 The suggested parameters for the consideration of the scrutiny committee are given in Format E 7.6 Recommendations of the Scrutiny Committee shall be put up to the Centre Director for necessary approval and disbursal. 7.7 In case more than 25% of the students in a centre are found eligible, the centre Director shall forward a proposal to the Director General for seeking relaxation. The Director General after examining all such proposals may relax upto 25% of the overall strength of the NIFT. 7.8 The Centre Director will prioritize students in favour of lower income, for the purpose of relaxation in the section The student who is not satisfied with the decision taken by the centre in respect of financial assistance can appeal to the Head Academic Affairs through Centre Director within 2 weeks from the declaration of final list of beneficiaries. The Centre Director will forward the appeal alongwith his comments to the Head - Academic Affairs for decision of Academic Appeals Committee. The 2nd appellate authority would be Director General and the Board of Governors of the NIFT Disbursement of the financial assistance - The process of disbursal will be as follows: i. All the students have to pay the prescribed tuition fee of the first semester of the academic year i.e. session July - December. ii iii. iv. v The financial assistance awarded to the student would be adjusted in the next semester's tuition fee i.e. session January - June. While paying fee for 2nd semester onwards, the student may make provision for financial assistance sanctioned and deposit the remaining fee. A certificate which is numbered and signed by the Registrar and SDAC jointly will be given to the students. For the ease of operation this certificate may be printed on a coloured paper and coded. This certificate will be issued only after receiving approval of the Centre Director. For restricted use within NIFT only. 292

307 vi. vii. viii. The student will submit this cer tificate to the Accounts Section through SDAC. The Accounts Section will give acknowledgements informing date of disbursal of financial assistance. All reimbursements will be paid through the bank in the bank account as informed by the parent in the application form. Steps will also be taken by SDAC to inform parents / guardians of such fee reimbursement The approved final list of recipients of Financial Assistance should be forwarded in the prescribed Format F to Academic Affairs Department, Head Office for information after disbursal The application forms from the students with detailed documents will be sought in the first year. In the subsequent years documents on income etc will be sought, to verify whether the income levels are within the prescribed slabs or they have increased. As per prescribed slabs, the level of financial assistance will be changed accordingly A student may appeal to the Academic Appeal Committee, if s/he is not satisfied with the decision of the Centre If any student feels aggrieved by the decision of the Centre Director in his / her case, s/he can seek redressal by representing case to the Academic Appeal Committee. The Academic Appeal Committee will call report from the Centre as well as view of the applicant including in cases where applicant has not been able to provide some mandatory/applicable document due to situation beyond his/her control. On the basis of available evidence Academic appeal Committee will make decision in a detailed manner. The Committee will communicate its view to the centre Director for disbursal / communication to the student The 2nd and final appeal would lie with the Director General and the Board of Governors, respectively. 8. Exceptions 8.1 NIFT reserves the right to impose penalty alongwith reimbursement and discontinue the financial assistance, if at any point of time it is found that a student has given incorrect information or hidden relevant facts. 8.2 The case in 2nd to 4th year of a course should normally be from the list of the students who have been awarded financial assistance in the first year. However, in exceptional circumstances, with prior approval of the Centre Director, the Scrutiny / Screening Committee can consider new cases for financial assistance from the students studying in 2nd, 3rd or 4th year There have been instances when due to certain emergencies such as loss of earning member, the student may need financial assistance. In such cases, there should not be any need for adhering to the schedule of disbursal. Such cases could be considered as an exception even in mid-term by the Screening Committee, with the approval of the Centre Director The financial assistance can be discontinued any time if there are cases of incorrect information; shortage of attendance; fails in any subject; SGPA falls less than 6 for two semesters; repeats a semester and involved in a major / minor disciplinary violation. 9. Financial Implications The expenditure on account of disbursement of financial assistance under this scheme will be met by the respective centre from its own funds for which necessary budget provision may be earmarked. 293 For restricted use within NIFT only.

308 10. Schedule 10.1 The schedule for the first sanction will be as follows: S. No. Activity Timeline 1 Announcement of scheme and issue of Last week of July application form 2 Last date for submission of completed forms Last week of August 3. Scrutiny of forms : Meeting of Scrutiny Within 2 weeks after last dates of submission of forms i.e. Committee Second week of September. 4. Meeting of Screening Committee Within 1 weeks after completion of scrutiny of forms i.e. 3rd week of September. 5. Approval by the centre director Within 1 week of receiving recommendation from the scrutiny committee i.e. 4th week of September. 6. Reimbursement of the fee after adjusting Within 1 week of approval by the centre director i.e. financial assistance 1st week of October. 7. Appeal Within 2 weeks from the declaration of the final list of beneficiaries i.e. 2nd week of October. 8. Communicate decision and disbursal to any Within 2 weeks of appeal i.e. 4th week of October. remaining eligible candidates 9 Sending consolidated information to the By 15th November. Head Office in Form 'D' 10.2 The schedule for the sanction in 2nd, 3rd and 4th year will be as follows: S. No Activity Timeline 1 Last date for submission of application forms 30th April along with documents 2 Scrutiny of forms 30th May 3 Meeting of Screening Committee 15th June 4 Approval by the Centre Director 15th July 5 Appeal 20th August 6 Sending consolidated information to the 15th November Head Office in Form 'D' For restricted use within NIFT only. 294

309 Format A NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY MINISTRY OF TEXTILES GOVERNMENT OF INDIA APPLICATION FORM FOR MEANS - CUM - MERIT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Form to be submitted to NIFT Centre (Allotted during admission) ACADEMIC YEAR FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Sl No. of Year Programme Centre Whether approved Approved rate of Application (Yes/No) financial assistance (Approving Authority Signature) I. Student's Information Affix a self attested passport size photograph (a) Full Name (in block letters) Surname First Name Middle Name Applicant's Name... Signature (b) Student's information Date of Birth Gender (Male/Female) Batch of Admission Centre presently studying Programme Semester Roll No. Permanent Enrollment No. Original Allotted NIFT Centre (During Admission) 295 For restricted use within NIFT only.

310 Details of School Education Class Name of School City School fee per month IX X XI XII Applicant's Name Signature (c.) Present Address of the Student Local Address Pin Code (d) Applicant's Telephone No. Mobile No. ID (e) Permanent Address (Attach a copy of residential proof or domicile certificate) House No. Mohalla/ Street City / Town/Village P.O. District State Pin Code (f) The student belongs to the category (Tick /Circle): General/SC/ ST/ OBC/PHP Note: Attach a copy of the relevant certificate Applicant's Name Signature II. (a) Parent's / Guardian's Information Father's/ Husband's/ Guardian Name: (b) Mother's Name: For restricted use within NIFT only. 296

311 (c.) Parent's / Guardian's Telephone No. Name Landline Telephone Mobile No. -id (residence with STD Code) Father Mother (d) Details of Siblings: Name of Age If studying If earning, mention Remark (if Brother(s)/ studying/working) Sister(s) City School Fee Organisation Salary per months Applicant's Name Signature (e) Parents Profession/ Occupation Details:- Sr. No. Parent's / Guardian Service*/ Business** Designation/ Post Name of the Organizations 1. Father 2. Mother 3. Guardian Note:- * Please specify the category of service clearly whether - Central Govt. / Public Undertaking/ State Govt./ PSU/ Autonomous/ Private/ ** Self employed/ Business/ Firm * In case phone / s are not there, please indicate that they do not have one. (f) Office/Work Address:- Parent's / Guardian's (For those in Service):- Father/ Mother Name & Address of the employer: Telephone No Fax No. (For those in Business):- Father/ Mother Name & Address of the business: (Establishment/Office/Shop, etc.) Applicant's Name Signature Telephone No. Fax No. 297 For restricted use within NIFT only.

312 III. Financial Information: (a) Whether the student is getting subsidy / scholarship / financial assistance from other Institutions / State or Central govt. YES/ NO If yes, (Copy of document(s) may be submitted) (i) Name of the granting institute :- (ii) Address of the granting institute :- (iii) Amount granted :- (b) (c) If the parents are getting reimbursement of tuition fee or financial assistance fully or partly from their employer, furnish the details of the same. The details of the same, if not, a certificate from the employer in this regard. If parents are not financially capable to pay the fees, the details or source of funding for the education so far (If any, bank loan, etc.). Applicant's Name Signature (d) Details of credit/debit cards used by self/parent (All cards) Sr. No. Name of the card holder Type of card Name of issuing bank (e) Is any vehicle owned by parent / Guardian/ Applicant? If yes, give details of the vehicles (Attach separate documents - Give details for all vehicle owned) a. Two Wheeler :- Yes/No b. Four Wheeler :- Yes/No c. Other wheelers (If any) :- Yes/No Registration copies (RC) of vehicle to be attached, if the vehicle listed above financed by the bank, give latest statement of the vehicle loan. Applicant's Name Signature For restricted use within NIFT only. 298

313 IV. Documents enclosed with the application : Mandatory document enclosed document (put a tick mark in case of yes) One copy of passport size photograph with signature. Income declaration by parents with an affidavit (Annex I) on non-judicial stamp of `10 (Rupees Ten) Proof of permanent residence Photocopies of all pages of Passports and PAN card of parents / applicant A copy of receipt of tuition fee paid receipt (for the current semester) have to be submitted along with the subsidy application Schedule (Format C - details of agricultural land and property, etc.) duly signed by parent. School certificate for class X and class XII Applicant's Name Signature Following documents copy (If applicable):- Latest Income Tax returns copy/form 16for Salaried and Form 16A for Business/Self Employed - for last three years. Vehicle registration copy Foreign exchange received document Latest receipt of land tax paid Tehsildar's certificate of agriculture land Documents related to others scholarship / sponsorship received Certificate of SC / ST / OBC/PHP Receipts of school fee wherever possible Yes/No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No V Details of the bank account in which financial assistance has to be deposited: Name of the Bank Branch name & IFSC Code Bank A/c. name & No. Applicant's Name Signature 299 For restricted use within NIFT only.

314 VI Educational Indicators (i) SGPA Obtained in: S.No Semester SGPA 1 1st 2 2nd 3 3rd 4 4th 5 5th 6 6th ii) Entrance merit for the students of 1st semester VII Declaration by the Applicant: i) I hereby declare that the information given above and below is correct. ii) iii) iv) I am not availing any other scholarship/financial assistance for this purpose from any other sources. If I apply for any other scholarship/financial assistance and get it, I undertake to refund the amount of scholarship/ financial assistance received from NIFT. I shall abide by the terms and conditions NIFT's MEANS - CUM - MERIT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE SCHEME for sanctions of the "Financial Assistance". I have not been punished for any violation of Rules/ Code of Conducts in/off campus OR served notice for disciplinary violation during my studies at NIFT till date. v) I had attended classes regularly and have had no attendance shortage. Applicant's Name Signature vi) vii) I undertake, that if at any stage, it is found (to the satisfaction of the sanctioning authority in the NIFT that) the information given by me is false or if I violate the terms and conditions of the financial assistance, the financial assistance sanctioned to me, may be cancelled and the Double amount of financial assistance thereon will be refunded by me or recovered from me, apart from this I may be also liable for such penal action as warranted by law. I understand, that "mere submission of documents will not entitle me for financial assistance claim. The sanction will be based on the establishment of income status through submission of all necessary documents, fulfillment of all the conditions to the complete satisfaction of the Competent Authority: Signature of the applicant Date : Place: Name:- Parents: (i) I hereby declare that I have read and agreed the information filled in this application form by my ward (name of the student) studying in (semester) of (course) at NIFT Centre. Signature of Mother: Signature of Father: Caution: This form not filled in all respect or any column left blank will be liable for rejection. If any column is not applicable to the applicant in the provided space mention "Not Applicable For restricted use within NIFT only. 300

315 Format B FORMAT FOR DECLARING: INCOME AFFIDAVIT (on ` 10/- non-judicial stamp paper) Declaration of income of Parent/Guardian for the year (ending on 31st March,...) for the purpose of NIFT's Fee Subsidy. I,... (mother s name) daughter of Shri/Smt.... presently residing at ; and I,... (father s name) son of Shri/Smt.... presently residing at solemnly affirm and say as follow: 1. That our son / daughter / dependent Shri/ Smt/ Kumari.. has been studying in (semester)..(course) in NIFT.... (centre). 2. That our annual family income in the preceding year ending 31st March. is `.. as per details furnished in the schedule (prescribed as FORMAT C) under the name written. We also affirm that particulars of property held by us are as shown in the Schedule. We make myself personally responsible for the accuracy of the facts and figures furnished. 3. That we further undertake that in the event of the particulars given in this declaration being found false, we shall refund to the NIFT DOUBLE the amount of the subsidy paid to my ward and the NIFT's decision on whether the declaration of particulars is false shall be final and binding on us and also render myself liable for prosecution under the prevailing laws. Signature of the mother and father of the student Name in full To be signed in the presence of Notary Public or a Magistrate/ 1st Class Magistrate Executive/Revenue Officer/who would also affix his signature and seal. 301 For restricted use within NIFT only.

316 Format C SCHEDULE TO BE ATTACHED WITH INCOME AFFIDAVIT I. Details of Agricultural Land Extent of Land held and Income (a) Independently as owner (b) Jointly as owner (c) Independently as tenant (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vii) (viii) Area (in Acres) Village Tehsil Type of Land Source of irrigation Crops Survey No. Land Revenue Assessment (ix) Annual Income ` ` ` II. Property held and income (Houses, Shops, Buildings, House sites, Plot etc.) Part A (a) House no.... (b) Street/Road... (c) Village/Town/City... (d) Area of site... (e) Rent derived if any... (f) House tax... (g) Sanitary cess or other... (h) Net Annual Income... Part B Whether the whole or part of land/building owned has been given out to tenants. If 'yes' particulars. Part C Income from Shops (if any): a) Address of shop... b) Nature of trade... c) License No... d) Sales Tax... e) Income Tax paid... f) Annual Income... For restricted use within NIFT only. 302

317 III. Annual Income, by parents/unmarried brothers and sisters for (Year): S. No. Information Required Father Mother Unmarried Brothers/Sisters IV 1. Name of the Employer /Self Employed/ Own Business 2. Office/Unit in which working / Owned and Designation 3. Office Address with Telephone nos. 4. (a) Annual Gross Pay (Basic Pay + Dearness Allowance + House Rent Allowance + Traveling Allowance + Bonus + Incentives + Any other Allowance) + Pension without Deduction of Income Tax (Certificate from the employer/income Tax authority/revenue Authority may be attached (b) Income from any business/ Self Employment (attach Balance Sheet, Profit & Loss Statement, ITR and Turnover details) 5. Other benefits like house rent allowance, free house and other perquisites 6. Other source of Income : (i) Income from subsidiary industries Part-time occupation (ii) Amounts drawn as wages (iii) Any other income N. B. (1) Total income of the family should include income of father, mother / guardian, if any Income for the purpose of Means Test is defined as under:- (a) In the case of income from sources liable to income tax, income computed (after deduction for rebate able items) for the purpose of assessment of income tax, as per Income Tax rules for the year. (b) In the case of income not liable to income tax, such as income from Agriculture, etc. the net income that is arrived at after deduction expenditure incurred for earning that income. Details of all bank accounts of both Parent/Guardian Name (as Name Bank branch Branch Bank Type of MICR code in the bank of the Code Account Bank Account of the Bank account bank State District Pin Number Number (Saving/ Current) V Details of PAN CARD Name Mother Father PAN CARD No. Name and Signature of Student Name and Signature of both Parent/ Guardian of the Student 303 For restricted use within NIFT only.

318 Format D NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Record Note of the Interview carried out by the Scrutiny Committee for the financial assistance scheme 1. Name of the student: 2. Department: Semester: 3. Father's name: 4. Occupation of Father: 5. Income stated in the application form: 6. Academic Performance (SGPA) 7. Conduct 8. Attendance 9. Details on lifestyle observation: 10. Observations of the committee: 11. Recommendations of the committee: Rejected / 25% / 50% / 75% Signature of all the committee members CC of the Deptt. SDAC Senior Faculty members AR DR (F&A) / AO Registrar For restricted use within NIFT only. 304

319 Format E SUGGESTED PARAMETERS FOR THE SCRUTINY COMMITTEE The suggested parameters for the consideration of the scrutiny committee are as follows: 1. Verification of the documents submitted alongwith the financial assistance application form. 2. Lifestyle of the student during college life. 3. Verification of student's bank account statement. 4. Whether student comes on vehicle to the college. 5. Consistency in the information submitted in financial assistance Form with the Subsidy Form of previous year and also with the information submitted at the time of admission (Registration Form - I) may be checked. 6. Abroad visits to be ascer tained from copy of the passport submitted at the time of admission in order to assess the financial position of the parents. 7. The parent should submit a list of all Bank accounts with account transaction with last one year's bank statement: 8. Fee paid in school by applicant / siblings as a measure of consistency check. 9. Attendance of the student. 10. Academic record including verification on whether student has got required SGPA and has not failed in any subject. 305 For restricted use within NIFT only.

320 Format F NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Final List of beneficiaries to be awarded financial assistance 1. Academic Year 2. Name of the Centre 3. List of students of 1st year who are awarded Financial Assistance Sr. Name of the student Department Semester UG/PG List of students of 2nd to 4th year who were given assistance in previous year but due to some reason there scholarship has been discontinued. Sr. Name of the student Department Semester UG/PG List of students who were given assistance in previous year but have either been increased / decreased as per income slabs. Sr. Name of the student Department Semester UG/PG Signature of the Centre Director For restricted use within NIFT only. 306

321 5 - C STUDENT INTER CENTER TRANSFER POLICY FOR STUDENTS OF REGULAR UG/PG PROGRAMMES 1. Short Title/Commencement 1.1 The policy shall be called NIFT Student Inter-Center Transfer Policy. 1.2 This policy shall come in force with effect from academic year Purpose 2.1 The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of students from one NIFT Center to another only for a semester after which the students will have to return to the parent Centers. However, extension for more than one semester could be granted only in the rarest of rare cases. Under no circumstances shall such temporary transfers be allowed for more than two semesters 3. Applicability 3.1 The policy is applicable to the students of regular P.G and U.G Programmes of NIFT. For UG courses: No Inter Center Transfer requests would be either considered or permitted in the first two Semesters and in the last two Semesters. For PG courses: No Inter Center Transfer requests would be either considered or permitted in the first Semester and in the last Semester. 3.2 Inter Center Transfer would be applicable only for a semester after which the students will have to return to the parent Centers. However, extension for more than one semester could be granted only in the rarest of rare cases. Under no circumstances shall such temporary transfers be allowed for more than two semesters. 3.3 Inter Center Transfer request is not a matter of right for students. If NIFT is not able to accede to the request, student may withdraw from NIFT without any liability on part of NIFT. 4. Action Plan 4.1 The transfer would be announced across the NIFT centres during the month of April-May every year following a circular from the AA-HO along with the ICT format. (Form 1 for ICT schedule) 4.2 Students of the respective centres fill in the transfer forms and submit at their respective centres on or before the due date.(refer ICT schedule) 4.3 The completed transfer forms duly recommended by the Centre are forwarded to AA-HO as per scheduled date. (Form 2) 5. Category 5.1 Inter Center Transfer request would be entertained only on temporary basis in the case of "extreme extenuating circumstances" and supported by documentary evidence. NIFT would retain the right to verify and/ or reject the evidence without assigning any reasons. 5.2 On (extreme extenuating) Medical Grounds i) During admission, medical forms are issued to the selected students for providing details about their medical problems if any. Student should be counseled, that care should be taken while filling the medical form, keeping in view that inter centre transfers on medical grounds not to be considered during first year. In case student faces some medical problem, he/she can avail of one year of Leave of absence and go for medical treatment and report back to the original allotted centre ii) The exercise of transfers under these grounds will be carried out at the end of second, third, fourth and fifth semester and the final decision will be taken after successful completion of these semesters. Transfer under these grounds for general and NRI category to be treated at par. 307 For restricted use within NIFT only.

322 5.2.1 Parameters / Guidelines i) List of reputed Government Hospitals, 03 in case of all centres and 05 in case of Delhi centre, as identified and forwarded to HO by the respective centre Directors shall be finalized. The consolidated list shall be notified by AA-HO at the beginning of the academic year. The same list will be considered for revision every year. ii) The students are required to apply at their respective centres with sufficient supporting documents including the specific recommendations of Medical Superintendents of one of the Hospitals notified as mentioned in the above clause 5.2.1(i) iii) The transfer under medical grounds sought for the first time is on temporary basis for the period of six months only. The student has to report back to his/her original allotted centre after completion of transfer period of one semester. iv) Committee at respective centres comprising of the following would look after these transfers. a) Director b) Registrar c) CC of the department d) SDAC e) Faculty Mentor & f) Empanelled Doctor v) The committee while examining is required to keep the following points in view. a) The medical form submitted by the student at the time of admission. b) The possibility of the treatment at the original allotted centre. c) To ascertain that the student has been under treatment from reputed Government Hospital in the centre seeking transfer as notified above in 5.2.1(i). d) The clear recommendation of the doctor that if the treatment is needed for the said illness. e) Thorough examination of the cases to be carried out so that only genuine cases get recommended. f) After scrutiny, the recommendations may be forwarded to Head Quarters for approval of the Competent Authority. (Form 3) g) The temporary transfer on Medical Grounds will not be exercised beyond the class size of forty (40) h) In case number of students seeking transfer under medical grounds are more than the available vacancy for the same programme, the transfers shall be considered solely on the basis of merit of last two semesters in case of UG Programme and of first semester in case of Post Graduate (PG) Programme. i) The list of transfer cases shall be uploaded on the website for the information of the students Extension of transfer beyond six months -Parameters / Guidelines For the Students seeking extension of stay at the transferred centre the following parameters/guidelines may be followed: i) Director / Registrar of the respective centres shall write to the Medical Superintendents of notified government hospitals as mentioned in clause (i) above, requesting to constitute the medical board for examining the cases of the students seeking extension of transfer under medical grounds. Further it shall be the responsibilities of the students concerned to obtain the report from the Medial Board thus constituted. ii) A format is also recommended for the signature of superintendent of above mentioned medical board. The format should have a covering letter from the respective centre duly signed by Registrar/Director. (Form 4) iii) iv) The extension on medical grounds may be considered only after the recommendation of the Medical Board of reputed Govt. Hospitals. It should be made clear to the students / parents, that any doubt / non clarity in the recommendation would be considered as NO. An undertaking may also be taken from the parents, regarding the same. For restricted use within NIFT only. 308

323 v) Students will be required to give an undertaking as per format that they will abide by the decision taken by the Competent Authority of NIFT. (Form 5) vi) Any expenditure related to process of extension of transfer would be borne by the student. 5.3 On Personal Extenuating Grounds i) Any cases which have applied under this category would be referred to AA- HO through the Center Director with appropriate comments/ recommendations based on the merit of the case through LASC. SDAC may be co-opted for the meeting. ii) At AA- HO, each case would be discussed in the academic Appeal Committee based on the recommendations of the respective Center Director, documents presented and the stated facts of the case. If required, the student may be asked to be present in person before the above mentioned committee. Any expenditure related to process of extension of transfer would be borne by the student. The said committee may co-opt any other member from the institute having relevance to the case. iii) For the cases under such category, general policy cannot be framed and the cases may be dealt on the merits of case to case basis. The decision on the cases will not be treated as precedent for any reference. 6. Fee for Transfers All fee related to the process of Inter-center transfer will be credited to the DDF of AA- HO. The details of fee are as follows: S. NO Particulars Fee (`) 1. ICT fee Refusal/ cancellation of transfer 2, Power to relax No provision of this policy will be relaxed except with the explicit approval of the Board of Governors. 309 For restricted use within NIFT only.

324 Form 1 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) TIME SCHEDULE FOR Inter Center Transfer (ICT) (For students of Regular UG/PG Programme) S. No Event Time 1 Announcement of ICT and Issue of application forms- 5th April of Every year 2. Last date for submission of completed ICT Forms 30th April of every year 3. Completed ICT Forms to be forwarded to AA-HO 10th May of every year 4. Status of Transfers exercised to be uploaded on website Third week June of every year For restricted use within NIFT only. 310

325 Form 2 1. Name of the Student : 2. of Student (For contact) : 3. Father's Name : 4. Study Centre : 5. Course & Specialization : 6. Year of Admission : 7. Result : NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) APPLICATION FORM FOR INTER CENTRE TRANSFER S. No. Semester SGPA 1) I 2) II 3) III 4) IV 5) V CGPA = 8. Choice of Centre : a) in order of preference. : b) : c) 9. Grounds/Reasons for transfer : (Enclose all supporting documents/ Evidence) : I hereby undertake that I have carefully gone through the guidelines for ICT and shall abide by the same. Verification of result by Centre Co-ordinator (Signature of student) Recommendation Centre Director 311 For restricted use within NIFT only.

326 Form 3 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) Format for Medical Transfer on Temporary Basis for Six Months S. No Name of the student Course/Semester Transfer Supporting Remarks of the document of Empanelled To Form Illness Doctor Yes/No Date : Centre : Signature of Centre Director/Registrar For restricted use within NIFT only. 312

327 Form 4 Information at 1, 2, 3 to be filled by the student NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) Format for Medical Board of Government Hospital 1. Name of Student 2. Father's name 3. Original NIFT Study center 4. Medical Problem with treatment 5. For how long has the student been under treatment 6. Proposed further duration of treatment 7. Effect of Disease/treatment on studies/ attendance 8. Can the case be referred to any hospital in the city mentioned above at # 3 If yes, specify 9. Any other information related to the case that may effect physical relocation of candidate Date: Signature of Medical Superintendent Name and Stamp of above Place 313 For restricted use within NIFT only.

328 Form 5 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) Undertaking for Extension of Center Transfer on Medical Grounds I,....., S/o - D/o...., student of course...., Semester.... admitted to NIFT centre... was transferred for one semester to NIFT centre on medical grounds, hereby affirm that I am aware of the rules that govern the extension of transfer on the said grounds. I have also been informed by NIFT that after completion of the above semester, I am required to repor t back to the original allotted center on the date of commencement of classes of next semester. I also undertake the following: 1. In case of delay in the process of extension of transfer on medical grounds, no waiver of attendance shall be admissible. I shall report to my original allotted centre on the date of commencement of classes of next semester I will bear expenditure, if any, related to the process of extension of transfer under medical grounds. 3. I shall abide by the decision given by the Competent Authority of NIFT. Signature of Parent /Guardian Signature of Student Date / Place Date / Place The above undertaking is to be submitted by the students to the Director / C. Ad. O of NIFT Centres (Transferred) Director/ Registrar For restricted use within NIFT only. 314

329 5 - D STUDENT INTER DISCIPLINE TRANSFER POLICY FOR STUDENTS OF REGULAR UG PROGRAMMES 1. Short Title/Commencement 1.1 The policy shall be called NIFT Student Inter Discipline Transfer Policy. 1.2 This policy shall come in force with effect from academic year Purpose 2.1 The purpose of this policy is to provide provision for transfer of students from one discipline to another on permanent basis. 3. Applicability 3.1 The policy is applicable to the students of regular U.G Programmes of NIFT. 3.2 Requests for Inter-discipline transfers can be made only after declaration of results at the end of the second semester and before the commencement of the third semester. 3.3 Inter-Discipline transfers would be dependent on the seat vacancy position and is subject to the condition that supernumerary increase in seats would not increase to more than 5% of the sanctioned strength, under any circumstances. Simultaneously, under no circumstances would the parent depar tment be allowed to drop to a strength less than 90% of its sanctioned/ enrolled strength (whichever is less). For purposes of calculation the sanctioned strength of each discipline and batch per Centre shall be In case of vacancies existing in any disciplines for which several request(s) have been received, the inter-discipline transfer is to be considered under the following heads: (i) Extreme Medical Grounds (ii) Merit 3.5 Inter Discipline transfers would be considered only within the same centre. 4. On Extreme Medical Grounds During admission, medical forms are issued to the selected students for providing details about their medical problems if any. Student should be counseled, that care should be taken while filling the medical form, keeping in view that inter discipline transfers on medical grounds not to be considered during first year. In case student faces some medical problem, he/she can avail of one year of Leave of absence and go for medical treatment and report back to the original allotted centre. However, if the medical condition does not allow the student to continue with the allotted discipline, she/he may apply for a change of specialistion only after the completion of one year. 4.1 Parameters / Guidelines (i) List of reputed Government Hospitals, 03 in case of all centres and 05 in case of Delhi centre, as identified and forwarded to HO by the respective centre Directors shall be finalized. The consolidated list shall be notified by AA-HO at the beginning of the academic year. The same list will be considered for revision every year. (ii) The students are required to apply at their respective centres with sufficient supporting documents including the specific recommendations of Medical Superintendents of one of the Hospitals as notified. (iii) Committee at respective centres comprising of the following would look after these transfers. a) Director b) Registrar c) CC of the department d) SDAC e) Faculty Mentor & f) Empanelled Doctor 315 For restricted use within NIFT only.

330 (iv) The committee while examining is required to keep the following points in view. a) The medical form submitted by the student at the time of admission. b) The clear recommendation of the doctor (Form 3). c) Thorough examination of the cases to be carried out so that only genuine cases get recommended. d) After scrutiny, the recommendations may be forwarded to Head Quarters for approval of the Competent Authority. (Form 2). e) The list of transfer cases shall be uploaded on the website for the information of the students. 5. On the basis of Merit i) The student with the highest CGPA of Foundation Programme in that particular centre would be considered for the same. ii) The vacancy position as mentioned in the policy will be considered only for that particular centre. iii) If the number of students applying for inter-discipline transfer exceeds the number of vacancies, the student(s) obtaining same CGPA, but with higher rank in the NIFT Entrance examination shall be given preference. iv) No discipline change would be allowed to any student who has repeated any semester of the Foundation Program due to academic failure or shortage of attendance. v) Students of the respective centres fill in the transfer forms and submit at their respective centres. vi) The completed transfer forms duly recommended by the Centre are forwarded to AA-HO. (Form 1) vii) The vacancy position in different programmes at centres would be forwarded by the respective centres to AA-HO. viii) On the basis of the information forwarded by the centres regarding existing vacancy position at different centres in different programme, the merit list would be compiled. ix) The allotment of seats for transfer would be exercised on the basis of merit cum preference cum vacancy. The same shall be ratified in Academic Appeal Committee. x) List of transfer cases with corresponding merit would be uploaded on the NIFT website for the information of students. The information is forwarded to all the centres with instructions to put the transfer lists on the Notice Board for students information. 5.1 Parameters/Guidelines i) Transfers will be considered after successful completion of 2nd semester. ii) Transfer would be restricted to the number of existing vacancies only and strength shall not go beyond the prescribed number of seats. iii) Grounds for transfer should be genuine and sufficiently supported by documents/ evidence and other relevant material. Applications must be accompanied by the complete result of previous two semesters. iv) No transfer for failed/ repeater students will be allowed v) Application received after the due date will not be considered. vi) Incomplete applications are liable to be rejected. vii) Transfers once made will be final. However, in case of cancellation of transfer requested, a monetary penalty of `2500/- (two thousand five hundred) would be imposed. viii) Transfers would be effected from the commencement of 3rd semester i.e. July, (year). For restricted use within NIFT only. 316

331 ix) In case any applicant whose request has been considered for transfer, fails in the semester, his/her transfer order automatically stands cancelled. Such applicants are required to repeat their semesters in their respective original allotted Centres. x) Transfer processing fee of `500/- for students shall be charged along with the transfer application forms. 6. Fee for Transfers All fee related to the process of Inter-center transfer will be credited to the DDF of AA- HO. The details of fee are as follows: S. NO Particulars Fee (`) 1. IDT fee Refusal/ cancellation of transfer 2, Power to relax No provision of this policy will be relaxed except with the explicit approval of the Board of Governors. 317 For restricted use within NIFT only.

332 Form 1 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) APPLICATION FORM FOR INTER-DISCIPLINE TRANSFER 1. Name of the Student : 2. of Student (For contact) : 3. Father's Name : 4. Study Centre : 5. Course & Specialization : 6. Year of Admission : 7. Result : S. No. Semester SGPA 1) I 2) II CGPA = 8. Choice of specialization : a) in order of preference. : b) : c) 9. Grounds/Reasons for transfer : (Enclose all supporting documents/ Evidence) : I hereby undertake that I have carefully gone through the guidelines for IDT and shall abide by the same. Verification of result by Centre Co-ordinator (Signature of student) Recommendation Centre Director For restricted use within NIFT only. 318

333 Form 2 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) Format for IDT on Extreme Medical Grounds S. No Name of the student Course/Semester Transfer Supporting Remarks of the document of Empanelled To Form Illness Doctor Yes/No Signature of Centre Director/Registrar Date : Centre: 319 For restricted use within NIFT only.

334 Form 3 Information at 1, 2, 3 to be filled by the student NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Academic Affairs Department-Head Office) Format for Medical Board of Government Hospital 1. Name of Student 2. Father's name 3. Original NIFT Study center 4. Medical Problem with treatment 5. For how long has the student been under treatment 6. Proposed further duration of treatment 7. Effect of Disease/treatment on studies/ attendance Date: Signature of Medical Superintendent Name and Stamp of above Place For restricted use within NIFT only. 320

335 5 - E STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME (SAP) Background National Institute of Fashion Technology offers a variety of part-time employment opportunities to its students and recognizes that student employment is a valuable form of financial assistance as well as a practical learning experience. The Student employment experience will be a positive one if the students abide by the rules and regulations of NIFT. A shared code of ethics among all employees strengthens the overall quality of the college community. The norm of expected conduct will be governed by truthfulness, openness to new ideas, and consideration for the individual rights of others, including the right to hold and express opinions different from one's own. 1. The Programme Student Assistantship Programme of NIFT is designed to aid students who have demonstrated financial need. Student Development Activity Co-ordinator (SDAC) of each NIFT centre invites applications from students to engage them in Resource Centre, laboratory, CE programmes and workshops. The SDAC along with the employer department determines a student's eligibility for this programme. The SDAC under SAP offers two programmes: Campus Job programme & Off-campus opportunities; 1.1. CAMPUS JOB PROGRAMME This programme is funded by NIFT through departments on campus and offers part-time employment to students for Saturdays & late hours. All departments are encouraged to budget as many campus jobs as possible to aid NIFT in its commitment to assist students OFF-CAMPUS Job Program SDAC SAP Program also offers students an opportunity to work in the community to perform tasks that will direct their creative energies to servicing the needs of others while they enhance their personal and professional goals. An organization approaching SDAC for student employment must be reliable along with the professional direction. Other employment opportunities in the community shall be made available to students as & when SDAC receives the request from the interested companies. Interested companies may list openings with SDAC at each centre. These positions shall be posted on a SDAC job board. SDAC shall only act as a linking body for off-campus jobs. No NIFT student is allowed to take any off-campus jobs without intimating it to SDAC. 2. Types of jobs Available SDAC shall try to provide students with as many diverse job opportunities. Resources available within NIFT will assist students in locating employment openings on campus or within the community. Jobs may include: Research assistant, Teaching assistant, Laboratory assistant, Data entry, Computer programmer, Computer support, library aide, Web design, Community service, Data analysis. There can be other types of employment programmes for students at NIFT. Requirement of each department shall determine which of these programmes will be suitable for a given student. 3. Standards a. Equal Employment Opportunity National Institute of Fashion Technology does not discriminate on the basis of religion, age, sex, color, national or ethnic origin. b. Diversity Awareness The student body and employees of NIFT are a diverse community, so valuing diversity is a key part of SDAC employment standards. By participating in available programmes of campus, employees will: Achieve common goals while valuing differences Develop their skills to their full potential Have a better understanding of NIFT's community of students and employees. 321 For restricted use within NIFT only.

336 c. Do's & Don't Students should be aware that the College will not tolerate certain acts and behaviors that are unproductive or detrimental to the college. These are usually basic acts of non-compliance or misconduct and are handled through disciplinary action. Examples of events requiring disciplinary action are: i. Acts of Non-Compliance ii. Failure to maintain satisfactory performance Misuse of work time and Excessive absenteeism Failure or repetitive disregard to college rules Lack of cooperation Acts of Misconduct Acts of violence Endangering life or property Harassment Violation or misuse of confidential information Working under the influence of drugs or alcohol Theft or fraud and Disruptive behavior Misrepresentation or misuse of authority Failure to disclose actual conflicts of interest When an act of non-compliance has occurred, the supervisor should schedule a meeting with the student in order to discuss the disciplinary problem. The supervisor should give the student a verbal warning, stating exactly how the student has not met the supervisor's expectations, and what actions need to be taken to correct the problem. This conversation should be documented and signed by both the supervisor and the student. A copy should be forwarded to SDAC for the student's file. If the disciplinary problem continues after a reasonable period of time (i.e., two weeks), then the supervisor can terminate the employment. All terminations should be documented and forwarded to SDAC. The student should be given a copy of the termination notice. Termination is allowed for reasons of budget constraints, completion of a project, or other such valid reasons unrelated to job performance. In these instances, the employer must provide the student employee with cause and a minimum of two weeks written notice in advance of the termination date. The student may report to SDAC for another job referral. d. Computing Ethics Students must use the campus computing resources in an ethical manner with attention to: i. Legitimate use of hardware, software & periphery devices, ii. Legal uses of licensed software, iii. Protection of confidential information, iv. Asset management, v. Respect for and safeguarding of security password, and system access. 4. Guidelines a. Employment Concerns Parents and students often wonder whether it is wise to work during the academic year. The answer depends on the ability and study habits of the student. The discipline required for a job often carries over to a student's study habits and results in an improved academic record. However, the advantages and disadvantages of working while in college vary with the individual. For restricted use within NIFT only. 322

337 Work may be a financial necessity for some students. Before accepting employment, each student should weigh the financial assistance provided by employment against the student's capabilities. Part-time employment should be considered a serious commitment, and the decision to work should not be taken lightly b. Requisite Potential student employees must complete the requisite that includes the following items: i. Student Employment Application duly signed by Centre coordinator ii. Photocopy of ID Card dully signed by Centre coordinator c. Student Application A student seeking a Campus job must complete the form provided at FORM 1. The purpose of this form is to provide competency & personnel information to the SDA coordinator. All interested students must read carefully before signing this form. d. Eligibility Criteria i. Students must be enrolled in a regular programme at NIFT ii. Students must meet the requirements of the job posted iii. Preference shall be given to the needy students, however student skill level vis-a vis overall work profile shall remain the main criteria. e. Procedure i. Once a student has decided to seek employment, the following procedure must be observed: ii. The student collects the SAP student application form from SDA co-ordinator and after completing, submits the same to SDA co-ordinator. The form should be duly signed by centre co-ordinator of the department student belongs to. iii. NIFT departments send request to SDAC for possible employment opportunities specifying the time, competency & skills required for the job. (FORM 2) iv. The SDA cordinator arranges an interview with employer department. During this interview, interested student discuss their interests about the current opening with the employer department representative. v. The department representative makes the final decision whether or not they will hire the student. If the decision is negative, the student returns to SDAC & is referred to another department. vi. Once a student is hired by a department, the department must inform the student parent department and copy may be send to SDAC. vii. Students are paid on an hourly basis and are not paid for holidays, vacations, jury duty, sick leave, or leaves of absence. Both the student and the department are responsible for maintaining an accurate record of the time worked. viii. It is the department's responsibility to ensure that the student employment payment form is submitted on time. The payment from must be submitted on monthly basis to account department. No checks can be issued until the completed form is received.(annexure III) ix. All students should expect a two week delay in the processing of payment form and checks. x. The department must submit Student evaluation form to SDAC after completion of employment term. (Annexure IV) 5. Responsibilities a. Students i. As an employee of a department, the student represents department and the college to other students, faculty, staff and visitors to the college. Every student is expected to maintain behavior appropriate for all campus employees. ii. Other basic responsibilities that the student is expected to fulfill include: 323 For restricted use within NIFT only.

338 iii. Promptness in reporting to work at the assigned times. Employers realize that some flexibility in work schedules may be required to accommodate academic demands, but as an employee, specific hours should be coordinated with the supervisor. iv. Regular, efficient, and cooperative job performance. v. Completion of the term of employment previously agreed upon, exceptions are made for prolonged illness, emergencies, unsatisfactory academic record or job performance. vi. Notification (in advance if possible) if illness or unforeseen circumstances prevent attendance at work. Changes in work schedules must be arranged with the supervisor. vii. Notification if it becomes necessary to leave the job before the term is completed. The student must give at least two weeks notice. viii. Reporting hours worked to the supervisor at the end of each week. ix. Working no more than 10 hours per week when classes are in session; 30 hours per week during vacation breaks. These limits apply regardless of the number of positions held on campus. x. Students are responsible for notifying SDAC on a timely basis of any changes in personal status, enrollment, or contact information. Relevant changes include: name change, change in address (home or campus), and change in employment status. b. Employer i. Before a department hires a student, proof of eligibility for employment under the programme must be obtained from SDAC. Immediately upon hiring a student, the employer department must send the information to NIFT Delhi centre Administrative Office so that the student may be paid on a timely basis. ii. Each student must be assigned a supervisor who will be responsible for communications relating to the student's job. A supervisor must also be supportive in the areas of teamwork and role modeling. A student's supervisor is required to provide the student with an orientation that clearly defines the job tasks to be performed and is responsible for dealing directly with a student's work-related problems. iii. Not allowing a student to work until all employment paperwork has been completed. This process must be renewed for each academic year. iv. Timely reporting and submission of the hours a student worked. v. Providing students with timely job performance reviews. 6. Complaint or Grievance Procedure Students have the right to appeal matters with regard to their employment which they believe unjust, improper, unmerited, etc. Initially the student should discuss the issue(s) with the immediate supervisor. If the student is not satisfied with the result of this discussion, the Coordinator of Student activities should be contacted. Written statements from both parties will be required, and relevant issues will be discussed with both parties. If the Co-ordinator is unable to bring the parties to a mutual agreement, the matter shall be referred to Head (AA). 7. Compensation a. Parameters For Employers i. Upto 100 hrs per month for resource centre. ii. Upto 100 hrs per month for IT labs iii. Upto 30 hrs per month for CE programmes (with a minimum batch of 25) b. Parameters For Employee i. ` 30 and ` 50 per hour per student. ii. Maximum 10 hours per week when classes are in session; 30 hours per week during vacation breaks For restricted use within NIFT only. 324

339 iii. Students are paid an hourly wages. c. There are two Classifications for student jobs at NIFT campus. i. Class I - (IInd & IIIrd year students) Required skills and experience: Extremely limited tasks and responsibilities. Class I positions do not require the student to assume much responsibility and will require some on the job training and close employer supervision. E.g.: librarian assistants ii. Class II - (IV year & PG students) Required skills and experience: Specific skills. Duties and responsibilities: assumption of a certain degree of responsibility. E.g.: librarian assistants, supervisors, word processing operator, laboratory research, computer lab monitors and etc. 8. Forms And Publications Each form and publication of SDA is provided here for reference. Form 1 Form 2 Form 3 Form 4 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION STUDENT EMPLOYMENT EVALUATION STUDENT EMPLOYMENT REQUEST STUDENT EMPLOYMENT PAYMENT Continuing Service The Office of Student development is here to serve the student community in every aspect of student employment. We hope that all students feel free to call on us to discuss employment needs or concerns. UI- Student Development Activities Office of Head AA NIFT- HO Haus Khas New Delhi For restricted use within NIFT only.

340 Form 1 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT APPLICATION STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME - CENTRE - NIFT Application No. Full Name NIFT Registration No. Date of Birth Permanent Address Local Address Phone No. E. Mail Gender Male Female Level of study Undergraduate Post Graduate Discipline Batch Please list known skills (to assist us in placing you): Read Carefully and Sign I hereby acknowledge and agree that the following provision is a condition of my employment with Student Development Activity (SDAC). Should my employment at National Institute of Fashion Technology terminate at some future date for any reason, I shall return all property of the college including, but not limited to, keys, books and records. Should I fail to return property to the college, the Institute shall be permitted to deduct from my final check an amount equal to the reasonable value of the property not returned. Date Student's Signature Centre Co-ordinator For restricted use within NIFT only. 326

341 Form 2 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT EVALUATION STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME - CENTRE - NIFT Student Name: Date: Job Title: Department: Please use the following scale to rate (R) this student employee's level of performance: 4 - Exceptional 3 - Commendable 2 - Competent 1 - Inadequate N/A: not applicable R Trait or Skill R Trait or Skill Professionalism: maturity, business-like demeanor, appropriate dress Communication skills: phone and in person with co-workers, supervisors, clients. Initiative: interest in assuming additional responsibility Quality of work: ability to do satisfactory work following specified procedures, Continuous Improvement: ability to respond to feedback Dependability: punctuality, flexibility notification of absences, Judgement: ability to make sound decisions Attitude: Enthusiasm, energy, willingness to work, relation to others Cooperation: ability to work with supervisors and co-workers, teamwork Job Knowledge: familiarity with job procedures Please list and rate traits or skills specific to this position if applicable: Rating Trait or Skill Strengths: Supervisor's Comments: Supervisor's Signature: Date: Student's Comments: Student's Signature: Date: Submitted on (SDAC): 327 For restricted use within NIFT only.

342 Form 3 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT REQUEST STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAM- CENTRE - NIFT Department: Nature or Competency required: Requirement (No. of Hours): Time & Duration: Days: CC/ CP/ HOD / HO Unit Signature: Date: Received on : For restricted use within NIFT only. 328

343 Form 4 STUDENT EMPLOYMENT PAYMENT STUDENT ASSISTANTSHIP PROGRAMME- CENTRE - NIFT Department: Student name: Category : CLASS I or CLASS II Month/Year: Details of the work hour DATE TIME Total No. of Rate Total FROM TO Hours Grand Total Signature of the Student Signature of Centre Co-ordinator/Head Librarian Date: 329 For restricted use within NIFT only.

344 5 - F STUDENT EXTENSION ACTIVITIES STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP These guidelines, to be known as Student Voluntary Group (SVG) are being framed particularly to translate NIFT vision of "Concern for Social and human value" into a workable proposition by increasing interaction among the student community and non-government organizations for mutual interests and development. The student Voluntary group project is intended to give the student an opportunity to develop and demonstrate powers of initiative and independent thought. It provides for a unique test of a student's ability to solve realistic practical problems, and to communicate the results in written, oral & practical form. Background National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT) is a premier educational institution, known for its expertise in the world of fashion. Many NGOs/Companies for seeking consultancy approach NIFT. However, due to the want of a formal coordinating student body, such requests were not channelized properly. Thus with the inception of SVG, a formal students' body would be created to facilitate proactive interaction between students of NIFT and the various business enterprises, entrepreneurs, NGOs and Companies. At the early stages of SVG, the students of NIFT would be collaborating with NGOs for taking up projects. This would ensure that the students of NIFT are not unduly stretched to provide deliveries that cater to the high expectation level of the various business enterprises and entrepreneurs, without having gained sufficient experience and expertise in handling such a situation. However, as the processes at SVG are streamlined, the students of NIFT would be encouraged to take up projects with the various NGO's and Business Enterprises. This would finally ensure an environment conducive for proactive interaction between students of NIFT and the various business enterprises, entrepreneurs NGOs and Companies. Definition NGO's Non-Government organization involved in development projects of three types: Support (Fiscal, technical, medical, educational),; advocacy(environment legal,special interest), or representative. Student Voluntary Group A formal body of NIFT students sharing concerns for people and organization involved in uplifting weaker section of our society. Under SVG, students will form groups as per competency to participate in the proposed projects. Faculty Mentor A faculty member of NIFT will join as a mentor to help and advice Student Voluntary Group (SVG) for preparation, presentation and final implementation of the project. The Objectives To fulfill NIFT's vision of being responsive towards the social and human needs To sensitize students to the current social issues and offer tools to tackle these issues. SVG Projects will be directed towards the solution of a "real" problem. To use the creative & managerial skills of the students for capacity building, training and other such initiatives to help the weaker sections of the society. To imbibe knowledge to understand social, environment and other related issues. To Identify opportunities for NIFT students. To deal with day-to-day problems and providing practical solutions. NIFT Role Offering services in training & capacity building through Students and Alumni. NIFT has a pool of creative, managerial & technical human resource, which can help in offering design inputs. NIFT students shall be involved in promotional activities for the communities associated with NGO. NIFT through its industry association can provide market linkage assistance to the various communities associated with NGO. Guide NGOs in developing resource Centre for the products, which are made in the various communities associated with NGO. For restricted use within NIFT only. 330

345 NGO'S Role To bring in experts in areas related to NIFT objectives and others special interest groups like environment, medical, educational to address students on various issues related to overall development of NIFT students. The students through their interaction with NGOs & companies shall be sensitized to the social and human needs of the society. Modus Operandi NIFT headquarter will invite NGO's for association for mutual benefit. The participative NGO will be empanelled for three years. For NGO's empanelment, letter to maximum NGO's will be sent by NIFT head quarter and information will also be uploaded on NIFT official website. Only empanelled NGO's can participate in this endeavor of NIFT. The NGO's have to submit the details as per the performa attached. It's compulsory to fill all the options in the NGO empanelment performa by the NGO. Each NIFT centre shall work with empanelled NGO's only. All NIFT centers shall limit their association with the NGO's in surrounding areas to avoid overlaps among the centers. The activity will be co-ordinated by SDAC at each centre. Student development activity co-odinator must encourage NIFT students to actively participate in these extension activities through workshop & field visit for overall development of their professional ethics. SDAC at each centre must form student voluntary group of the students who share and feel for the cause through their active participation and would like to contribute in this area. Each empanelled NGO will submit their request in the prescribed performa specifying the nature, time and outcome of the project association. On receiving request from an empanelled NGO for a project association, SDAC will invite Students to participate in the project though open invitation. Any student from any department may participate in this activity through Student voluntary Group. Students to be formed into a group of five students in each group and the groups should have a group leader. A senior student (from senior batch on campus) will head each group. The leader has the choice to invite the students to form a group as per competency. The project could be department specific or interdisciplinary. SDAC should brief the student group along with the NGO representative for helping students to prepare action plan. Each group will pitch for the project. During this time only students will be informed about the guidelines for outstation project, compensation and hour restriction for conduct of the project. The students groups are given a week's time to chalk out a plan of action for the project. SDAC shall invite the concerned NGO (Second level meeting) for a presentation by each group. Each group will be given a chance to present their action plan vis-a-vis the project brief, in a form of a presentation. Representative of the concerned NGO, SDAC and faculty Mentor will attend the presentation. On the basis of student presentation and action plan, NGO representative will select the student group for the association and will invite the group for further discussion. Selected student group will submit their consent to the SDAC for association Once the work on the project begins, students group will be in regular touch with the company. The project will be completed as per the stipulated time. Only when NGO give formal ratification, the student group acclaims the credit for successfully completing the project. SDAC should also constitute a "Best Project Award" to be given to the Group instrumental in successfully completing the project. The completion certificate will be given by SDAC duly signed by the Director of the respective Centre. Faculty Mentor engaged in this activity will be awarded valuable contribution Certificate duly signed by Director General of NIFT. 331 For restricted use within NIFT only.

346 GUIDELINES FOR NGO EMPANELMENT The project National Institute of Fashion Technology is a premier educational institute; known for its expertise in the world of fashion invites application from non-government organization for an association for mutual benefits. Through this association NIFT is extending help to the weaker section of the society in the NIFT specialized areas. The main objective of this endeavor is to translate NIFT vision of "Concern for Social and human value" into a workable proposition by increasing interaction among the student community and nongovernment organizations for mutual interests and development. The objective of this association will be met by offering services in training & capacity building through Students and Alumni. NIFT has a pool of creative, managerial & technical human resource, which can help in offering related inputs. NIFT students can also be involved in promotional activities for the communities associated with NGO. NIFT through its industry association can provide market linkage assistance to the various communities along with guidance to develop resource Centre for the products, which are made in the various communities associated with NGO. It is expected from associated NGO's that through this association, they should assist and bring in experts in areas related to NIFT objectives and others special interest groups like environment, medical, educational to address students on various issues related to overall development student community. The participating NGO should note the following, a) A token amount of ` 2,500 is payable to NIFT as registration fee for empanelment. b) The empanelment is valid for three years (July-July). c) The entire expense (on actual) of the project will be borne by the client. d) The project will be conducted by a group of student comprising five members. Payment of ` 50(to Senior students) and ` 30 to Junior members for two hours. Subject to maximum of 10hrs. in a week and 40 hours in a semester (July-Dec & Jan-May) e) A relaxation of 50% towards the membership charges of Resource Centre of NIFT at each centre is offered along with the registration to the NGO applying for the empanelment at NIFT. Resource centre at each NIFT is a one-stop source for periodical, forecast magazine, book and other intellect material related to the field of design, marketing and management & Technology. Nature of Projects association: i. Design Conceptualization or/and Product or Range development ii. Training Programmes iii. Workshops iv. Display design v. Website design and Content Development vi. Market Study For restricted use within NIFT only. 332

347 PERFORMA FOR APPLYING FOR EMPANELMENT AT NIFT 1) Name of the NGO.... 2) Address (Head Office & Branch office)... 3) Phone No. with the name and designation of contact person... 4) Registration No... 5) Board of Governors:... 6) Funding agency/ies:... 7) Year of Establishment:... 8) Nature of work.:... 9) No. of Employee:... 10) Accounts audited by:... 11) Membership of any joint NGO group:... 12) Previous association with any other institutes (if any) please give details:... 13) The objectives and scope of the association:... 14) Areas of intervention and competency required:... ***Pls. provide NGO Brochure along with the form Signature 333 For restricted use within NIFT only.

348 GUIDELINES FOR NGO's. i. The intention of this association is to involve NIFT student's professional capabilities in the areas of design, technology, marketing and management along with internal expertise to synergize the learning process for mutual benefits. ii. The student Voluntary Group of NIFT purely runs on student initiative and organization and takes projects on "first come first serve Basis". iii. The student group consist ofa. One or two senior student (Senior batch on campus) b. Four or three junior students iv. Two meetings will be arranged with the students, First one to brief them and the second one, to select the project action plan. Wherein all interested students will be presenting their plan to assist an NGO. The presentation will be attended by faculty mentor and student development activity co-ordinator. v. In the second meeting the NGO can interact with the selected group to finalize the methodology. vi. Outstation projects should be limited to winter and summer break or for weekends, as per the academic calendar. vii. SVG activities are time bound activities & the project shall not exceed 3-4 months. viii. The associated NGO/Company shall maintain the entire account for the project. ix. Boarding & loading, documentation (if any), material cost, travel, sustenance allowance on daily basis and other miscellaneous expenses will be borne by NGO. x. Project which entail NIFT infrastructure will be treated as consultation project and does not come under SVG. However, SDAC will forward the request to NIFT Project co-ordinator. xi. In case, NIFT faculty is required to visit the organization during the project period for consultation, the cost of such travel and other expense will be borne by the organization. xii. NIFT retains the rights to print, publish and display any or all information to pursue its objectives in any forum, event and publications. For restricted use within NIFT only. 334

349 STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP SDAC-NIFT Form (A) to be submitted by NGO to SDAC i. NGO Name: ii. iii. iv. Project: Contact Name & Address: Project Brief: v. Project Objective: vi. vii. viii. Project Duration: Outcome: Competency Required (To be filled by SDAC): Signature 335 For restricted use within NIFT only.

350 GUIDELINE FOR STUDENT PARTICIPATION i. SVG is a fully student body of National Institute Of Fashion Technology under Student Development Activity (SDAC). ii. iii. iv. All NIFT regular students who want to contribute in their respective area can become member of student voluntary group. Only member student of this group can apply for SVG projects and other activities under SVG. SVG activity will provide an opportunity to students to apply their knowledge to real life problems. SDAC should also provide equal opportunity to all the students interested in participating in its activities. Selection of student is based on interview by SDAC. v. No relaxation should be given to the students participating in projects vis-à-vis the demanding academic schedule. Student participating in projects shall ensure that their commitment to the Project must not affect their academic deliverables. vi. vii. viii. ix. The motivation factor for becoming part of SVG lies in understanding, appreciating and implementing the knowledge acquired while studying at NIFT for real life problem. The students associated with the SVG projects are expected to conduct themselves. Every student is expected to maintain behavior Working no more than 10 hours per week when classes are in session limited to 40 hours per semester. These limits apply regardless of the number of projects undertaken. x. Students are responsible for notifying SDAC on a timely basis of any changes in personal status, enrollment, or contact information. Relevant changes include: name change, change in address (home or campus). For restricted use within NIFT only. 336

351 GUIDELINE FOR STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP i. The SVG is a fully student body of National Institute Of Fashion Technology under Student Development Activity (SDAC). ii. The student group shall consist ofa. One or two senior student (Senior batch on campus) b. Three junior students iii. As a voluntary worker, the student represents the college to other. Every student is expected to maintain behavior appropriate for all SVG projects. iv. Other basic responsibilities that the student is expected to fulfill include: a. Promptness in reporting to work at the assigned times. NGO realize that some flexibility in work schedules may be required to accommodate academic demands, but as a voluntary worker, specific hours should be coordinated with the NGO. b. Regular, efficient, and cooperative performance. c. Completion of the term of project previously agreed upon, exceptions are made for prolonged illness, emergencies & unsatisfactory academic record. d. Notification (in advance if possible) if illness or unforeseen circumstances prevent attendance at work. Changes in work schedules must be arranged with the NGO. e. Notification if it becomes necessary to discontinue the job before the term is completed. The student must give at least two weeks notice. f. Reporting hours worked to the NGO at the end of each week. v. The detailed project proposal should include the following, a. Client brief b. Approach c. Methodology and implementation d. Financial Implication e. Review and feedback. vi. The project methodology, once submitted by Students, needs to be approved in principle from an NGO. vii. SVG should ensure the timely completion of Project through proper reporting system viii. Only completed projects can be a part of student's Curriculum vitae. ix. Any project that fails the NIFT standard is deemed incomplete. x. The students associated with the SVG projects are expected to conduct themselves. xi. In case of any adverse report from the NGO, student will invite a disciplinary action under student Rule. xii. Students are encouraged to work together on group projects, however, there must be very clearly identifiable parts to be done by each individual. As a general guideline, the project leader should try to ensure that the workload is evenly distributed. xiii. Students are advised to meet their mentors on a regular basis (e.g., once every week or two). It is recommended that a specific time and day be agreed upon as soon as the proposal stage has been completed. xiv. It is the students' responsibility to ensure that they make the maximum use of the time their mentor is available for consultation. xv. Students should keep a "project file" containing a semi-official record of work done or in progress. xvi. Any problems should be directed, in the first instance, to the mentor. If no satisfactory solution is forthcoming then the SDAC may be contacted 337 For restricted use within NIFT only.

352 GUIDELINES FOR COMPENSATION i. Parameters for NGOs for Availing Student Assistance during a Semester a. Upto 40 hrs in a semester. (Can enhance with mutual concern) b. Upto 10 hrs per month. c. Outstation visit limited to weekend and vacations. ii. Parameters for Participating Student a. ` 50/- (Class I) and ` 30/- (Class II) for two hour per student. b. There are two classifications for student. i. Class I - (IInd & IIIrd year students) ii. Class II - (IV year & PG students) ***Other project expense on actual. ***The NGO's needed to pay directly (montly or weekly.) to students. No payment other than registration fee, needs to be made to NIFT. iii. Norms For Outstation Visit a. A clear and specific project work brief to be prepared along with the faculty mentor before proceeding to the project destination. b. Travel to out-station project is subjected to summer vacation or during weekend. c. No academic relaxation of any nature. d. Concessional train fare to be organized by NIFT. e. Duration - maximum of two weeks. f. If need arise, faculty mentor may visit the project location/venue. iv. NGO will provide the following a. Payment of Rs. 180/per student per day for food and accommodation along with the compensation. b. Local transport c. Boarding, lodging and train fare of faculty on actual For restricted use within NIFT only. 338

353 GUIDELINES FOR SELECTION OF PROJECT FOR SVG i. SDAC shall only accept the project from an empanelled NGO. ii. iii. The SDAC must study the needs and requirements of the NGO/Company and offer assistance based on the skills available in NIFT along with the achievable/deliverables specifically. The SDAC in consultation with faculty mentor would consider the following: - The objectives and scope - The number of students and disciplines - Areas of intervention and competency required iv. Nature of Projects: a. Design Conceptualization or/and Product or Range development b. Training Programmes c. Workshops d. Display design e. Website design and Content Development f. Market Study & others. 339 For restricted use within NIFT only.

354 GUIDELINES FOR FACULTY MENTOR i. Faculty Mentor will review the project on monthly basis. ii. Amendment may be made during project meeting review. Possible changes are; a. Change in members subject to request from team leader. b. Change in team leader subject to progress of the project c. Feedback from the NGO iii. Faculty should ensure that the project is completed in a stipulated time. iv. On successful completion of the project, NGO must submit the report about the performance and the outcome. v. A project will be considered complete only on receipt of the completion certificate from the NGO. vi. NIFT head quarter will award the certificate duly signed by DG-NIFT to the faculty responsible for the successful completion of the project. For restricted use within NIFT only. 340

355 STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP SDAC-NIFT Form (B): To be submitted by Students Group to SAG Undertaking I the students of NIFT,.. deptt Centre, wish to take this opportunity to undertake the project No. dated. and agree to abide by the guidelines. I shall be responsible for the completion and conduct of the group associated with the project in so far as it relates to this project work. i. Name of Students associated with this project Signature of Group representative. S. No. Name Discipline Contact No Form (C) : For the use of Faculty mentor STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP SDAC-NIFT Signature Project Name: The proposal has been scrutinized and is approved in principle with following Observation Signature 341 For restricted use within NIFT only.

356 STUDENT VOLUNTARY GROUP Student Development -NIFT This is to certify that Ms./Mr. has successfully completed Student Voluntary Group (SVG) Project With. On (Specify area) from.. To Signature For restricted use within NIFT only. 342

357 NORMS FOR STUDENTS ACCOMMODATION SERVICES 5 - G 1. NIFT reserves the right of admission to the hostel. NIFT Management may deny or cancel admission to hostel to any student without assigning any reason if it has reasonable ground to believe that his or her presence would be detrimental to the interest of NIFT or other students. 2. The-admission forms are made available to the students at the time of post admission counseling. The application forms will have to be filling up giving correct information of the names and addresses of the parents (telephone nos. if any) and that of local guardians. Any change in the same is to be notified without any loss of time. NIFT can at any point of time verify, the proof of residence of parents by demanding any official, document of the parents of hosteler substantiating the bonafide of the declared address. NIFT hostel facility is only for the bonafide students coming from outside the city where the center is situated. 3. The hostel accommodation to the student is available only for the semester period and all hostelers are required to vacate their rooms along with their belongings during the summer break, Similarly, the students can be asked to keep their luggage at a common place during winter, if the rooms are required by NIFT Management for alternative use, repairs, maintenance etc. 4. If the students vacate the room for any reason and any other wants to occupy the room on any genuine grounds then the case would be considered on merit and availability of he rooms, for only that semester or for such period permitted by the Management. 5. The students can receive visitors on Saturdays and Sundays from 9:00A.M. to 6:00P.M. 6. NIFT will issue four visitors passes for those who will be recommended by parents/ students at the time of joining hostel. Their photographs are to be submitted at the time of joining hostel. 7. A female family member of a hosteler can be allowed to stay at hostel for maximum 7 days in a semester, subject to availability of accommodation. A stipulated fee per day will be charged for the stay of the guest / visitors. A family member staying in hostel as guest will be responsible for the safety and cleanliness of the hostel property. Any friend from NIFT can be a guest on recommendation from the concerned CC. HOSTEL CONDUCT RULES NIFT resident students are required to abide by the highest standards of discipline, decorum, and propriety for their behavior in and outside the hostel. 1. The resident students of NIFT hostel are allowed to use NIFTs hostel facilities for their guests. Any person who is not a resident of the hostel shall not enter any room allotted to the students and can meet them only in the designated common area. Unauthorized entry into the hostel room would amount to criminal offence and will attract prosecution. 2. NIFT resident students are required to avoid any situation, which will cause irritation, inconvenience and hardship to other students or the neighbors. 3. NIFT resident students are not allowed to consume any toxic material on the premises. Smoking is also strictly prohibited within the rooms/premises. Student's relatives of opposite sex are not allowed to visit each other in their rooms. 4. NIFT resident students are required to enter rooms by 10:00 P.M. sharp. If they come late without proper justification, a warning letter will be issued. If the practice continues, apart from informing the parents of the students, disciplinary action may also be initiated including expulsion from hostel. 5. Any NIFT student can stay in the, hostel of another centre for internship or industry programme for maximum 8 week. If the student is not a hosteler than he/she will pay the hostel fee on monthly basis instead of the guest fee. 6. All such students will vacate the hostel one week prior to the commencement of the new semester. 7. NIFT resident students are liable to be expelled from the hostel as well as the course, if they are found guilty if any of the following:- a. Any act of indiscipline or misconduct of any sort, in the hostel or outside. b. Submission of false, wrong or incomplete information in the application form or subsequently while seeking permission etc. 343 For restricted use within NIFT only.

358 c. Default in payment of dues within the stipulated period. d. Organizing noisy and indecent and undignified parties and inviting any unauthorized persons to visit their rooms. e. Repeated late reporting for the night as well as any act, which will cause embarrassment to NIFT Management, would be sufficient ground for treating that as a breach of discipline. 8. NIFT resident students can be permitted to stay out for the night to their LG's/ parents place, only when written request is made seeking permission in the prescribed form. Any unauthorized absence for the night will amount to act of indiscipline. Copies of all the night out forms will be sent to the parents for information. 9. The resident students shall not tamper with any electrical installation and any other equipment on the hostel premises. If any damage is caused to any of the installations, the students shall be liable to pay the amount of damage plus appropriate fine that may be levied. a) They are permitted to use the proper room heaters/room coolers with prior permission and check by the NIFT electrician. b) Students/Hosteler must ensure switching off lights, fans, geysers and electronic gadgets when not in use. c) Students will not be allowed to use room heaters with open rods, hot plates or any such item, which may lead to fire in the rooms. A fine will be levied for possessing such things and items confiscated. d) The students are not allowed to use candles. They are advised to use torchlights in the absence of electricity. Emergency lights are also provided. e) No air conditioners or refrigerators are permitted. For restricted use within NIFT only. 344

359 5 - H CHARACTERISTICS OF A GOOD MENTOR 1. Is available and willing to spend time with the student, giving appropriate guidance and feedback 2. Is open-minded, flexible, empathetic, and encouraging 3. Has very good communications skills 4. Stimulates the student's thinking and reflection 5. Guides them in turning vagueness into exactness 6. Creating a sheltered environment in which students and mentors can communicate and develop a friendly relationship Role of Mentor The mentor is a model, a motivator and a counselor to the student. The mentor's responsibilities would include" 1. Helping the student set long-term career goals and short-term learning objectives 2. Creating learning opportunities 3. Transferring knowledge in areas such as communication, critical thinking, responsibility, flexibility, and teamwork 4. Pointing out strengths and areas for development 5. Answering any queries related to understanding of a concept 6. Developing an environment that supports constructive criticism 7. Giving wisdom, advice, help and encouragement 8. Providing networking opportunities for students to interact with students of other batches & faculty (other than their department) 9. Problems related to attendance, exams/re-exams etc. Nomination of mentors for each and every student in NIFT (information in the following format): Name of Department Semester No. of Students Date on which mentors appointed The claim of reimbursement to mentor should be submitted by the department to accounts department as per the following prescribed format. Name of Mentor : Department : National Institute of Fashion Technology Amount of claim ` : Date of mentoring session : Hours spent : No. of students invited : Approved by the CC/HOD Signature of Mentor Note: The claim should be submitted along with the minutes of the meeting 345 For restricted use within NIFT only.

360 5 - I PLACEMENT POLICY Campus Placements The policy is applicable from Academic Year and will come into effect from September The policy is subject to modification at a later stage at the discretion of the management. The changes made, if any at a later stage will be notified. Guiding Principle The placement unit at NIFT will not compel students to accept any job offer, nor will it recommend any particular student to the industry. The entire procedure being purely voluntary, the Placement unit will serve to merely bridge the gap between a job-aspirant and a prospective employer. It will however helps students to plan their careers by providing information and guiding them about the companies which approach the institute. Procedure 1. At the beginning of the placements a meeting of final year students interested in placement activities will be called in various centres where they will be briefed about the modus operandi of placement procedures and the expectations of industry based on the experience of previous year. Advice will be given on how students can go about securing coveted positions in prestigious establishments. 2. A Placement Information Booklet for students will be prepared to give all details of the Companies that visited the campus during the previous year and earlier years. 3. RIC in consultation with the CCs of the departments in their Centre would form a team of final year students by co-opting 2 volunteers from each batch/program. These students will be involved in up-dating the data bases, contacting companies, sending brochures and follow up, setting up campus placement schedule, collecting CVs of the students, and coordination with other students of their batch for the placement process. Placement Schedule- Placements will be held in the month of January-February every year and with differential focus on different Centres. Second phase, if necessary may be planned in the month of May-June Students will register online ( latest by the advised deadline after that registration will not be validated. During registration students will create their resume on line and printout of same resume is eligible for use during placement. All students must take print out and use the resume format created online. It is mandatory to use the same hard copy as CV with URL link printed in the footer area of the page. Using CVs of any other format will not be allowed. Re-registration in person is required at the respective NIFT centre one day before the campus placement starts. During reregistration the resume should be vetted and stamped and all the students are supposed to carry multiple hard copies of this CV. 4. During the placement period, RIC's of respective Centres will form a team comprising of pre-final year students who would assist faculty team during placements. The procedure proposed is as follows:- Faculty members will be incharge of participating companies and students' team would assist them. The team would work in a disciplined and non biased way and ensure smooth facilitation of placements. The team's effort would be acknowledged at the end of the placement session. The conveyance/refreshments for student team will be borne by NIFT on recommendation of RIC. Procedure Guidelines for Companies 1. Invitations are sent by post as well as html invite to companies/organizations with relevant information placement brochure and Job Announcement Form (JAF). 2. Company / organization fills the JAF and sends it by post or to Head (Industry), NIFT along with choice of Centre(s) and the preferable dates for Pre-Placement talks (PPT). The company can also register online ( and send JAF by The consolidated information about participating companies and job-details is made available to the students through RIC's (or online) along with any other information provided by the company. The companies can register online to access the student database for short listing before coming to campus. For restricted use within NIFT only. 346

361 4. Head (Industry) office allots date for PPT and campus interviews as per the ranking ** of the company and informs the company. The company/organization should confirm or negotiate the dates with the placement office. 5. Softcopy of database/resumes of interested candidates who have registered online are made available to company. 6. The company/organization furnishes the final list of placed students as soon as possible after the completion of the selection procedures. Once job is confirmed against the selected students will not be allowed to appear for other companies' interviews as per Placement Policy. * The Job Announcement Form (JAF) provides the primary basis of communicating the details of the positions offered to the candidates. It is therefore, highly desirable that the form is completed in all respects and it would be advantageous if it were accompanied by relevant company literature with more details about the company. ** Companies are allotted dates based on the ranking of the job offer. The job offer is ranked based on the following parameters. Compensation Package. Growth Prospects in the job Past record of recruitment at NIFT The data provided by the companies through the Job Announcement Form, company brochures including financial statements etc. are made available to the students to decide the ranking. 7. A student can appear in any NIFT Centre for job interview till the time he/she is not selected by any company. Procedure Guidelines for NIFT Pre Placements Offers All companies which take students for internship and/or degree projects will be asked in advance about any Pre-Placement Offer they have extended through CPs/CCs. The students will be given a choice to accept or reject the offer till one day before the start of the placements. In cases the student accepts it; the PPO would be treated equivalent to securing a job through the placement cell. If the student does not accept the offer, the company would be notified (before the first day of placements) of the same. Student would be allowed to appear for campus placement in the regular fashion. 347 For restricted use within NIFT only.

362 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Ministry of Textiles, Government of India JOB ANNOUNCEMENT FORM - Year... For online registration please visit ABOUT THE COMPANY Name of the Company... Website... Nature of Business... CONTACT INFORMATION Contact Person: Mr. / Ms. / Dr Contact Address:... Telephone:... Mobile:... Fax:... NIFT Centre(s) where you would like to participate in Placement (kindly tick appropriate option) Students across Centres have the option to participate in placement at any of the Centres mentioned below: CENTRE MASTERS PROGRAMME BACHELORS PROGRAMME DATES DATES N.B.- The placement dates of Masters and Bachelors students are separate. DISCIPLINE OF STUDENTS REQUIRED - MASTER PROGRAMMES Department MASTER PROGRAMMES No. of Students Job Place of Gross Required Designation Posting Salary Fashion Management Fashion Technology Design Space Master of Fashion Management Master of Fashion Technology Master of Design For restricted use within NIFT only. 348

363 DISCIPLINE OF STUDENTS REQUIRED - BACHELOR PROGRAMMES Department MASTER PROGRAMMES No. of Students Job Place of Gross Required Designation Posting Salary Fashion & Apparel Fashion Technology Fashion Design Apparel Production Fashion & Leather Design Apparel Fashion & Textile Design Textiles Knitwear Design Fashion & Accessory Design Lifestyle - Personal & Interior Accessories Accessories - Corporate & Business Accessories - Footwear & Leather Goods - Jewellery & Precious Products - Interior Products & Handcrafted Accessories - Home & Fashion Accessories Fashion Fashion Communication Communication Accommodation Provided: Yes / No (Please keep in mind that the students' choices will be governed by the information you provide in this form. Please be as clear and detailed as possible.) 349 For restricted use within NIFT only.

364 SELECTION PROCESS Shortlist from Resumes: Yes / No If yes, specify criteria: Group Discussion: Personal Interview: Yes / No Yes / No Signature: (not required if sent by ) Name: Designation: Dated: (You can enclose company literature such as Pre-Placement Presentation, Annual Report, House Journal, Product Catalogue/CDs etc., which will be made available to students for reference.) ALUMNI INFORMATION The following information would be shared with the students before Campus Placement to give them an idea about NIFT's past association with your company (You may use a separate sheet, if required.) Total Number of employees: Number of NIFT Alumni (Currently employed): NIFT Alumni working in your organization since last 3 years: Name of NIFT Alumni Year of Joining / Designation Current Designation on Joining The completed form may be sent by post/fax or to any one of the following:- CONTACT DETAILS OF RICS For restricted use within NIFT only. 350

365 5 - J NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (ON LETTERHEAD) Date :... TO WHOMSOEVER IT MAY CONCERN This is to cer tify that Mr/ Ms (Name of Student), son of/ daughter of Mr. /Ms. (Name of Parent) is a bonafide student of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, (name of Center). He/ she is undergoing the 4 year undergraduate/ 2 year Postgraduate program in (name of Specialization) from the session beginning (year of admission). The annual academic expenditure for the student is as follows Tuition fee (for 2 semesters) : Library Fee (annual) : Student development fee & Medical Insurance (Annual) : Miscellaneous Expenditure ** : (Books/ stationary/tools etc) Computer/ Laptop (one time) : TOTAL : Center Registrar (sign & stamp) Bank manager Bank ** Amount differs from specialization to specialization. To be specified by AA-HO at beginning of each academic year 351 For restricted use within NIFT only.

366 5 - K NIFT Letterhead Sr. No. NIFT Centre/Deptt./Course/year/0001 Migration Certificate This is to certify that Mr./Ms.... S/o or D/o Ms. (mother) & Mr. (father) student of this institute has successfully completed the... programme of the institute. He/she was a student of a NIFT from (month & year) to (month & year). The institute has no objection in his/her joining any recognized college/institute or taking examination of any University/Board established by law. Date Place Registrar & COE NIFT Centre NIFT Letterhead Sr. No. NIFT Centre/Deptt./Course/year/0001 Provisional Certificate This is to certify that Mr. / Ms....S/0 / D/o (mother's name) & (father's name) student of this institute has successfully completed the Degree programme of the institute with CGPA. He/she was a student of a NIFT from month & year to month & year. He/She is eligible to be awarded the Degree during the Convocation. Date: Registrar & COE Place: NIFT Centre For restricted use within NIFT only. 352

367 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Received ` Receipt No. Dated Application Form for Issuance of Migration/Provisional Certificate (To be filled in by the Applicant - Before filling in the form, see instructions on reverse). 1. Name of Applicant 2. Father's Name Mother's Name 3. Registration/ Identity Card No. 4. Name of the NIFT Centre from which the Candidate took the last examination 5. Particulars of last examination: Examination Semester Roll No Result : Pass/Failed/Absent SGPA Obtained CGPA 6. Postal Address 7. Permanent Address 8. Phone No. Mobile No. 9. (i) Name of the University /Institute to which the candidate wants to migrate or the purpose of obtaining the Provisional Certificate (ii) Course/Courses pursuing separately or simultaneously Dated Signature of Applicant (To be filled in by the Registrar of the concerned NIFT Centre) Certified that the above entries made by the applicant are correct and that he/she has paid College dues upto (Mention month & year) (Registrar - NIFT,.) Instruction stamp here For Office use only (Receipt of the Certificate) Received the above Certificate No. on Place Signature of the Applicant 353 For restricted use within NIFT only.

368 I N S T R U C T I O NS Reverse Side 1. The particulars of the student given in the form should correspond with those appearing in the Certificates issued to him/her from time to time. The application form must be signed by the student and in no case by someone else on his/her behalf. 2. The prescribed Fee for the required Certificate can be remitted by cash or by Demand Draft (payable at respective NIFT Center) drawn in favour of the NIFT Center. 3. At the time of submission of the application for issue of Migration Certificate, the applicant should bring his/her original Degree Certificate or Statement of Marks of Final Year or Provisional Certificate issued by the Institute last attended by him/her for verification. Applicant applying by post may submit a Photocopy (duly attested) of the said Certificate. 4. Provisional Certificates can be issued only before the date of NIFT Convocation for the particular year. 5. The delivery of the Certificate will ordinarily be made in person to the Candidate or to his nominee authorized in writing. In respect of candidates who fail to collect the Certificate within one month from the date of payment of fees, the certificate will be sent to their postal address Under Certificate of Posting at their own risk. If a candidate wishes that the certificate be sent to him/her by registered post, he/she should along with the application submit a self -addressed envelope with postage stamps of the prescribed value of a registered letter. 6. The Certificate will be issued to the candidate only during working hours and the delivery of the Certificate may be claimed after a week from the date of deposit of fee with the cashier of the institute. 7. Prescribed Fee for Migration/Provisional Certificate is ` 250/- per Certificate. For restricted use within NIFT only. 354

369 6 - A FORMAT OF THE LOG BOOK Date... Time in..... Time out.. Purpose of Visit Status of Project (at the time of entry)... Status of project (at the time of exit)... Remarks of Faculty Signature of Faculty / Lab Asstt. 355 For restricted use within NIFT only.

370 6 - B UNDERTAKING TO BE GIVEN BY STUDENT REGARDING COMPLETION OF GRADUATION PROJECT/ RESEARCH PROJECT/ DESIGN COLLECTION/ DISSERTATION I son/daughter of student of course of NIFT Centre hereby give undertaking in respect of the following: 1. I have not been able to satisfactorily complete my Graduation design Collection/ Project/ Research Project as per the jury feedback. 2. I have been assigned follow up work by the jury 3. I am aware of the fact that, in case of not being able to meet with the deadline specified by the jury/ department concerned and the minimum level of competence required, I would be declared FAILED and would be required to repeat the semester. I will abide by the above undertaking and all instructions given to me orally as well as in writing from time to time. If I am found breaking the guidelines/ instructions in any way at any time, I am liable to be subject to any action deemed fit by the NIFT authorities. Place : Date : (SIGNATURE) NAME ADDRESS For restricted use within NIFT only. 356

371 DESIGN COLLECTION JURY - FASHION DESIGN 6 - C Description Design Collection undertaken in the final semester, is the culmination of various inputs imbibed over seven semesters, ranging from technical expertise to creative exposure and sensitization. The collection must reflect the technical accomplishments combined with a creative flair with in-depth conceptualization and implementation of the design process. The focus is on design as an ideal blend of creativity with functionality. The evaluation of Design Collection is conducted in 3 stages, as under: A. Mentor Evaluation (20%) B. Internal Jury Evaluation (40%) C. External Jury Evaluation (40%) It is mandatory that the collection should be satisfactorily completed and the student be given a completion certificate by mentor prior to Internal Jury. Satisfactory completion of Internal Jury assessment is mandatory before External Jury. Methodology of Conducting a Jury i) The Centre Coordinator of the depar tment shall co-ordinate the Internal, as well as External Jury but will not be a part of the External Jury. ii) The Centre Coordinator would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and direction to the jury proceedings. iii) The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the Design Collection by the Centre Coordinator. iv) A maximum of minutes will be given to the students for presenting their work. v) Both Internal & External jury have the right to disqualify collections from going on the ramp. Compilation of Jury Evaluation i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentially for each student. ii) All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be calculated for various criteria of the evaluation. iii) In case a student's professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated as below average and insufficient to qualify for the external jury, the Internal Jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated time period. The Internal Jury should also decide upon the re-evaluation of the FOLLOW UP work and recommend a re-jury or an independent judgment by the faculty guide as may be considered appropriate. Role of Mentor i) Each student will be guided by and attached to a mentor. ii) However, students are free to consult other faculty members and keep their mentor informed. No final decision will be taken without consulting the mentor. iii) Mentors will supervise the progress of the collection regularly. It is the responsibility of the mentee student to relay all information and feedback from all sources to the mentor. iv) Mentor is required to ensure that due records of evaluation of 8th semester students are maintained through out the semester, and their log book entries duly reflect the same. v) A completion certificate of satisfactory work by the mentor is a pre-requisite for Internal Jury. vi) Students who do not get completion certificate will not be allowed to present their collection to the Internal Jury. The mentor reserves the right to disqualify a collection on any one of the following grounds: i) Fabrication of collection outside NIFT / Non conformance to the DC brief given or approved by the department. ii) Failing to appear at presentations / evaluations as per the schedule given. iii) Irregular contact with the mentors. iv) Incomplete or unfinished collection. v) Incomplete log book entries. 357 For restricted use within NIFT only.

372 Pre-requisite (Internal Jury) i) Completion of the entire collection and certification of the same by the internal guide/faculty mentor of the student. ii) Availability of all research, exploration, and swatch samples fabric developments, Muslin toiles and accessories developed during the preparation of a collection by the student. After completion of the internal jury, the feed back if any received from them will be incorporated by the students in their collections which will then be followed by the External Jury evaluation. Each Jury shall be an interactive session of approximately minutes between a student and a panel of jury members to evaluate the overall performance. Role & Function (Internal Jury) i) Qualitative evaluation and feedback in terms of overall performance, ability to correlate and applied learning from various inputs as a demonstrated outcome through the collection presented by each student. ii) Assessment of the level of proficiency. iii) The Internal Jury shall award marks to each student's collection (see evaluation criteria of Internal Jury). iv) Review of overall synergy of overall quality of the collection (visual aesthetics and technical competence), time management and project management. Log books shall be placed officially before the Internal Jury and kept on record with the COE thereafter till the final results are declared and finalized. Pre-requisite (External Jury) i) Completion of the entire collection as per the expected standards and certification of the same by the Internal Jury. ii) Submission of the design process journal within the prescribed format of the collection. iii) Availability of all jury members as prescribed in Criteria for Jury Members (External). Role & Function (External Jury) i) The External Jury shall award marks to each student collection (see evaluation criteria of External Jury). ii) The Jury shall nominate the names of the two - three students for conferring awards in specified categories based on highest marks to be tabulated in respective categories as per stated criteria by COE of the Centre. iii) Jury members will give individual marks without consensus. iv) Jury will nominate the award winners individually. v) The decision of the jury shall be sacrosanct, final and binding. Constitution of the Jury Internal Jury i) The Design Collection Internal Jury will consist of 4 to 5 Internal faculty members of the concerned department. ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/her mentee. External Jury The Design Collection External Jury will consist of 3 to 5 members as follows: i) Two to three professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution /industry of excellence in related field. ii) One or two faculty members from the same discipline from different centres.both Internal and jury panels will be pre-approved by DG, NIFT. The routing will be as follows: iii) CCs CPs Dean DG - NIFT for approval The marks of Internal and External Jury are required to be sent to COE Cell in separate sealed envelopes for each jury member, as soon as the jury is completed. Each jury member is required to fill marks and put their signature in ink before sealing the jury sheets in individual envelope for tabulation of marks and awards to the COE Cell in respective centres. For restricted use within NIFT only. 358

373 6 - D GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - LEATHER DESIGN The graduation project undertaken by the final semester students of the Leather Design specialization is an industry - sponsored project for 18 weeks which facilitates the real - time application of academic inputs in the areas of design and research. The Graduation Project may be of 2 kinds: - Graduating Design Project - Graduating Research Project Both would be evaluated in stages with breakup as under: Internal Guide/mentor - 20% Internal Jury - 20% Industry Feedback - 20% External Jury - 40% It is mandatory that internal assessment is successfully completed prior to the external assessment. Role & Function i) Both the Internal & External Jury will qualitatively evaluate & give feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply the required professional capabilities in the academic training period of a discipline towards the given project. Pre-requisite (Internal Jury) i) Completion of the entire project and certification of same by the faculty guide of each student. ii) Submission of 1 hard copy & 1 soft copy of the document. iii) Availability of all researched material, explorations, samples, swatches, mock ups & prototypes developed during the project by the students. iv) Availability of all jury members as prescribed. Role & Fucntion of the Internal Jury i) Qualitative evaluation & feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply the required professional capabilities in the academic training period of the discipline towards the given project. ii) Award marks to each student as per the category of project (Design / Research) iii) In case a student's professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated as below average and insufficient to qualify for the external jury, the Internal Jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated time period. The Internal Jury should also decide upon the re-evaluation of the same and recommend a re-jury or an independent judgment by the faculty guide as may be considered appropriate. Pre-requisite (External Jury) i) Duly filled in Student Performance Evaluation Format by the sponsoring company (As per format specified in the Curriculum) where overall evaluation is not less than 5 on a 1-10 scale. ii) Completion of the graduation project as per standards and certification of the same by the Internal Jury. iii) Availability of jury members as stated 359 For restricted use within NIFT only.

374 Role & Function (External Jury) i) Qualitative evaluation and feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply the required academic professional capabilities in the academic training period of the discipline towards the given project. ii) Award marks to each student has per the category of project (Design / Research) Constitution of Jury Internal Jury comprises of the following panel of 5-7 members: i) 4-5 Internal Faculty members of the concerned department ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his / her mentee(s). External Jury comprise of the following panel of 3-5 members as follows: i) 2-3 profession experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field. ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers iii) the guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee(s) Description of Jury Presentation i) An interactive session which includes individual interaction & feedback. Each student is required to present the following: ii) 2 hard copies of the graduation project document iii) All research material, explorations, samples, swatches, mock-ups & prototypes developed during the project. iv) A PowerPoint presentation of 5-7 minutes v) A display of the products designed and developed during this period. Methodology of conducting a Jury (Internal & External) i) The panel of jury members as well as the jury schedule shall be coordinated under the overall guidance of the CC of the respective discipline ii) The CC would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and direction to the jury iii) Senior most industry expert / faculty shall Chair the Jury iv) All jury members would be oriented toward the objectives, methodology & significance of the Range Development Project by the Chair For restricted use within NIFT only. 360

375 6 - E GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - TEXTILE DESIGN An interactive session of between a student and a panel of jury members to evaluate the overall performance in the graduation project of a student after the completion of the project. The Graduation Project is a final industry attached real life project, which attempts to demonstrate the application of various academic inputs received earlier in a discipline by a student. Role & Function of Jury i) Qualitative evaluation & feedback in terms of overall performance and ability to apply the required professional capabilities in the academic training period of a discipline towards the given project. ii) iii) Assess and integrate all relevant comments & feedback from the sponsoring industry in context of the capabilities of the interning student and the overall academic curriculum. Network, interact and impress upon the sponsoring & industry at large of the role & function of design as a critical tool of business development. Pre - Requisite for Jury i) Completion of the entire project and certification of the same by the internal faculty guide of the student and the sponsoring company. ii) iii) iv) Submission of requisite number of hard copies of the document in the prescribed format of the project. Availability of all research material, exploration, samples, swatches, mock-ups and prototypes development developed during the project, by the student. Availability of all jury members as prescribed. Constitution of the Jury The Jury shall be constituted of the following members: Internal Jury will consist of i) 4-5 Internal faculty members of the concerned department ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/her mentee (s) External Jury will consist of 3-5 members as follows: i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field. ii) iii) iv) 1-2 faculties from the same discipline from different centers. The guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee (s) CP would propose the panel of exper ts and the faculty, composition of jury through Dean (A) and final approval would be accorded by DG - NIFT. 361 For restricted use within NIFT only.

376 v) CP would be responsible for and ensure that the jury composition as per guidelines spelt out in the academic manual. vi) vii) In case of queries / doubts the concern CP would consult Dean (A). Non-Compliance of guidelines mentioned in Academic Manual would result in the jury being declared null & void. v) Necessary database regarding composition of jury etc, would be maintained in the Dean (A) office. Compilation of Jury Evaluation (Internal) i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentiality for each student. ii) iii) All grades given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the evaluation. In case a students professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated average and insufficient to quality for the external jury, the internal jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated period. The internal jury should also decide upon the re-evaluation of the FOLLOW UP work and recommend a jury or an independent judgement by the faculty guide as may be considered appropriate. Compilation of Jury Evaluation (External) i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentiality for each student. ii) iii) iv) All grades by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the evaluation and documented. All comments given by various jury members will be compiled and formally briefed as a feed back to the students at the end of jury session. After the jury evaluation, the respective student's grade sheet would have to be prepared. For restricted use within NIFT only. 362

377 GRADUATION PROJECT/ DESIGN COLLECTION JURY - KNITWEAR DESIGN The Graduation Project / Design Collection will be undertaken in the final semester, with culmination of various inputs offered over seven semesters, ranging from technical expertise to creative exposure and sensitization. The Graduation Project./ Design Collection must reflect to development of knitted fabric(flat/ Circular) accomplishments combined with a creativeness with indepth conceptualization and implementation of the design process. The focus of knitted fabric development to design creativity with functionality. There are two types of project: Graduation Research Project- Industry attached real life project. Graduation Design Collection Role and function of the Jury The Internal Jury should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and can go for External Jury. If the work is not found satisfactory, the internal jury would suggest FOLLOW UP work and recommend a Re- Jury. Internal Re-Jury to assess the follow up work will be held any time before the last week of July subsequent to External jury. If student doesn't clear the Internal Jury he / she will have to repeat the graduation Project with the next batch." The evaluation of Graduation Project/Design collection is in two stages as under: - Internal Continuous Evaluation. - External Jury Evaluation Pre Requisite for conducting Jury i) Satisfactory completion of the GP/DC in accordance with the guidelines laid down in the project/design collection. 6 - F ii) iii) iv) Completion of the entire collection and certificate of the same by the internal guide/faculty member/industry mentor for GP sponsor company of the students. Availability of all research, exploration, swatch, sample of fabric development, knit fabric garment toiles and accessories developed during the preparation of a collection by the student. Submission of requisite number of hard copies of the documentation the prescribed format of the project of design collection. v) Availability of all jury members as prescribed. Constitution of the Jury (Minimum three members jury panel) a) Nomination of the jury members & compliance of the jury norms i) CP would propose the panel of experts and faculty, composition of jury through Dean(A) and final approval would be accorded by DG. ii) iii) iv) CP would be responsible for and ensure that the jury composition as per guidelines spelt out in the Academic Manual In case of queries / doubts the concern CP would consult Dean (A) Non - compliance of guidelines mentioned in Academic Manual would result in the jury being declared null & void. 363 For restricted use within NIFT only.

378 v) Necessary database regarding composition of jury etc. would be maintained in the CP - KD office. (b) Internal Jury The panel for the internal Jury must consist of the following member: i) Centre co- ordinator of the discipline. ii) iii) (c) 4-5 Internal faculty members of the concerned department. Faculty guide/mentor to the student will neither evaluate his/her own student nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his / her mentee(s). External Jury The panel for external jury must consist of the following member: i) 2-3 industry members/faculty from other recognized institutes of excellence in the related field. ii) iii) iv) (d) 1-2 faculty for the same discipline from different centre. Faculty members /Centre co-ordinator of the discipline as observers (will not participated in the evaluation process) Faculty guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee(s). Methodology of Conducting a Jury i) The Centre Co-ordinator of the department shall co-ordinate the Internal, as well as External Jury but will not be a part of the External Jury. ii) iii) iv) The senior most expert in the case of External Jury and senior most faculty in the case of Internal Jury shall chair the jury. The Chair would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and direction to the jury proceedings. The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the Design Collection by the Chair. v) The maximum of minutes will be given to the students for presenting their work. vi) Faculty members of the department will only be observers of the External Jury. For restricted use within NIFT only. 364

379 6 - G GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - ACCESSORY DESIGN (Batch to ) True to its strong industry focus, the successful completion of the programme depends on the students ability to professionally demonstrate an all round competence through a real life industry project. The project format over its 18 weeks duration is structured around internationally followed fashion design approaches and is a constructive experience for the students and industry to appreciate and account for all important parameters governing a specific market/consumer oriented range development maximizing the sponsoring industries strengths. Since the project is realistic in all its aspects the sponsoring industry is expected to jointly develop with students a specific brief based on which the students work out a detailed project proposal indicating working methodologies, approaches and schedules with a clear definition of the project outcome in style and quantum of product ranges, It is crucial that all schedules and infrastructure requirements from the industry is adhered to in order to ensure smooth functioning and professional outcome of the project. Since the project emphasis is realistic, all-important aspect of professional exchange must bring on board the costs. It is imperative that appropriate funds, developmental costs, fees and other related costs must be borne by the sponsoring industry towards a very professional commitment from the graduating students backed by experienced faculty who oversee the qualitative and logistical aspects of the whole endeavor, from planning to final presentation of fully detailed and realistic product ranges. While the actual expenses cannot be discounted, all other costs and fees are towards student's subsistence, actual expenses and institutional infrastructural facilities and project advice. A detailed & systematic documentation of the project is an intrinsic project requirement & becomes a useful design & marketing reference for the sponsoring industry. The Graduation Project Jury - Pre requisites The graduation project is for a duration of 18 weeks, - one semester and like any other semester jury the student will appear for the GP jury within 15 days of completion of the project. The student should have the Graduation project document and models etc ready by this time. The student is allowed a maximum of 30 minutes to present the work to the jury members. The student should have the registration form duly filled in and submitted for starting the graduation project Role & Function of Jury (I/E) The jury will review the work of the student in the light of the industry brief and context. The jury will evaluate the students' capabilities / performance in terms of the capacity to be a successful professional designer in the industry which involves not only skills and knowledgebase, but also professional conduct. The jury will follow the evaluation criteria seen below. Constitution of the Jury The jury will comprise of the department faculty The project guide (internal faculty) The external member - a practicing designer from the related field as the project The industry guide - nodal person who has been the guide to the student in the industry Methodology for Conducting the Jury The student will present the work taking not more than 30 minutes. The jury is free to ask the student any clarifications on the spot The student will move out of the jury hall for a brief period while the jury members discuss the performance of the student in the projects. Industry feedback is essential to learn about the professional conduct of the student in the industry. The marks are given individually and averaged to get the grading. Only the grades are announced to the students. Students may be given a follow up for 2 weeks to 2 months or even repeat of the graduation project if the student's work is not satisfactory Compilation of Jury Evaluation After reviewing the students' work, the jury may discuss the students' performance in the absence of the student. The jury members will score individually and one final score will be arrived at averaging all the jury members' scores. Depending on the total marks availed the student will be given a grade The faculty should retain all the materials within the department. 365 For restricted use within NIFT only.

380 GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - ACCESSORY DESIGN (Batch 2011 onwards) True to its strong industry focus, the successful completion of the programme depends on the students ability to professionally demonstrate an all round competence through a real life industry project. The project format over its 22 weeks duration is structured around internationally followed fashion design approaches and is a constructive experience for the students and industry to appreciate and account for all important parameters governing a specific market/consumer oriented range development maximizing the sponsoring industries strengths. Since the project is realistic in all its aspects the sponsoring industry is expected to jointly develop with students a specific brief based on which the students work out a detailed project proposal indicating working methodologies, approaches and schedules with a clear definition of the project outcome in style and quantum of product ranges, It is crucial that all schedules and infrastructure requirements from the industry is adhered to in order to ensure smooth functioning and professional outcome of the project. Since the project emphasis is realistic, all-important aspect of professional exchange must bring on board the costs. It is imperative that appropriate funds, developmental costs, fees and other related costs must be borne by the sponsoring industry towards a very professional commitment from the graduating students backed by experienced faculty who oversee the qualitative and logistical aspects of the whole endeavor, from planning to final presentation of fully detailed and realistic product ranges. While the actual expenses cannot be discounted, all other costs and fees are towards student's subsistence, actual expenses and institutional infrastructural facilities and project advice. A detailed & systematic documentation of the project is an intrinsic project requirement & becomes a useful design & marketing reference for the sponsoring industry. The Graduation Project Jury - Pre-requisites The graduation project is for a duration of 22 weeks, - one semester and like any other semester jury the student will appear for the GP jury within 15 days of completion of the project. The student should have the Graduation project document and models etc ready by this time. The student is allowed a maximum of 30 minutes to present the work to the jury members. The student should have the following registration form duly filled in and submitted for starting the graduation project Role & Function of Jury (I/E) The jury will review the work of the student in the light of the industry brief and context. The jury will evaluate the students' capabilities / performance in terms of the capacity to be a successful professional designer in the industry which involves not only skills and knowledgebase, but also professional conduct. The jury will follow the evaluation criteria seen below. Constitution of the Jury The jury will comprise of the department faculty The project guide (internal faculty) The external member - a practicing designer from the related field as the project The industry guide - nodal person who has been the guide to the student in the industry Methodology for Conducting the Jury The student will present the work taking not more than 30 minutes. The jury is free to ask the student any clarifications on the spot The student will move out of the jury hall for a brief period while the jury members discuss the performance of the student in the projects. Industry feedback is essential to learn about the professional conduct of the student in the industry. The marks are given individually and averaged to get the grading. Only the grades are announced to the students. Students may be given a follow up for 2 weeks to 2 months or even repeat of the graduation project if the student's work is not satisfactory Compilation of Jury Evaluation After reviewing the students' work, the jury may discuss the students' performance in the absence of the student. The jury members will score individually and one final score will be arrived at averaging all the jury members' scores. Depending on the total marks availed the student will be given a grade The faculty should retain all the materials within the department. For restricted use within NIFT only. 366

381 6 - H GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - FASHION COMMUNICATION The graduation project undertaken in the final semester of the design course is the culmination of various inputs imbibed in the previous VII semester, inclusive of technical, creative and professional inputs. The evaluation of design project is in two stages as under: a) Internal continuous Evaluation b) External Jury Evaluation Pre requisite for Conducting the Jury i) Satisfactory completion of the design project in accordance with the guidelines laid down in the project brief. ii) iii) Completion of project report documentation. Certification by internal guide & industry guide. Role & Function of the Jury i) Evaluation & feedback of the student's Professional capabilities. ii) iii) An assessment of the decision making & problem solving approach exercised by the student in a real life situation industry/ practical set up. Assess and integrate all relevant comments & feedback from the sponsoring industry in context of the capabilities of the interning student and the overall academic curriculum. Constitution of the Jury : (Internal) The panel for the internal jury must consist of the following member. i) 4-5 Internal Faculty members of the concerned department ii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his / her mentee(s). Constitution of the Jury : (External) External Jury comprise of the following panel of 3-5 members as follows : - i) 2-3 profession experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field. ii) iii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers the guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee(s) Methodology of Conducting th Jury i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall coordinate the jury 367 For restricted use within NIFT only.

382 ii) iii) iv) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall Chair the jury. The chair would be responsible for giving overall guidelines and directions to the jury proceedings. The jury members would be oriented towards the objectives, methodology and significance of the Diploma Research Project by the chair. v) A maximum of 15 minutes should be given to the students for presentation. vi) Faculty members of the discipline will be jury members in the internal jury, by rotation. Compilation of Jury Evaluation (Internal) i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentiality for each student. ii) iii) All grades given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the evaluation. In case a students professional competence demonstrated in the project, is evaluated as below average and insufficient to qualify for the external jury, the internal jury may recommend FOLLOW UP work to be completed in a stipulated time period. The internal jury should also decide upon the re-evaluation of the FOLLOW UP work and recommend a jury or an independent judgement by the faculty guide as may be considered appropriate. Compilation of Jury Evaluation (External) i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentially for each student. ii) iii) iv) All grades given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the evaluation and documented. All comments given by various jury members will be compiled and formally briefed as a feedback to the students at the end of jury session. After the jury evaluation, the respective student's grade sheet would have to be prepared. For restricted use within NIFT only. 368

383 B.F. Tech GRADUATION PROJECT JURY - TECHNOLOGY 6 - I The Graduation projects for B. F. Tech will carry 18 credits with a total 100 Marks. Pre requisite for Jury Pre-requisite for end term internal jury : i) Completion of the entire project to gather with the project report documentation ii) Satisfactory certificate from the faculty guide iii) Satisfactory certificate from the sponsoring company OR Satisfactory certificate from External Mentor in case of Graduation Project is not carried out at specific industry / RP is an Academic Research Project. Pre-requisite for End Term External Jury i) Satisfactory certificate from internal jury Role and Function of Jury There will be a mid-term internal jury to monitor the progress for the students collectively for department. There will be another internal jury as part of end-term evaluation to access the completion of the project prior to the end-term jury. The internal jury as part of end-term evaluation should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and the student can go to external jury or not. If the internal jury finds the work not complete and acceptable, a follow up with the specified time period may be given to student subject to condition that such extension shall not be beyond the date fixed for the external jury and shall apply only for making improvement in work submitted No new work shall be permitted. At the end of specified time frame the follow-up work is presented by student to the internal jury again. If the re-jury finds the work acceptable, student goes for external jury on scheduled date, else the student fails and does the GP / RP next year with next batch. Constitution of the Jury Constitution of the internal jury - it will consist of 4-5 members as follows: i) Centre Co-ordinator of the department ii) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department iii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his / her mentee (s). Constitution of the external jury - it will consist of 3-5 members as follows: i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field. ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers. iii) The guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee (s). Methodology of Conducting the Jury i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall co-ordinate the jury. ii) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall chair the jury to the jury proceedings. iii) The chair would be responsible for giving the overall direction and guidelines to the proceedings of the jury. iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the projects. 369 For restricted use within NIFT only.

384 Compilation of Jury Evaluation Compilation of jury evaluation (Internal) i) All jury should assign marks independently and confidentially to each students. ii) All grades given by the various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria for evaluation. Compilation of jury evaluation (External) i) All jury should assign marks independently and confidentially to each students. ii) All grades given by the various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria for evaluation. iii) All comments given by various jury members will be synthesized formally and briefed as feedback to the students at the end of the jury session iv) In case a student's professional competence in the project, is evaluated as below average, the external jury may recommend the following: a) A FOLLOW UP work to be completed in case of poor and unsatisfactory work OR b) REPETITION of the project in case of poor and unsatisfactory work. In the case (a) it is recommended to hold a re-jury at suitable date giving the student sufficient time to complete his / her work. In the second case (b) student may be required to repeat the project and will appear for the jury along with the succeeding batch of students. M.F. Tech The Research projects for M. F. Tech will carry 18 credits with a total 100 Marks. Pre-requisite for Jury Pre-requisite for end term internal jury : i) Completion of the entire project to gather with the project report documentation ii) Satisfactory certificate from the faculty guide iii) Satisfactory certificate from the sponsoring company OR Satisfactory certificate from External Mentor in case of Research Project is not carried out at specific industry / RP is an Academic Research Project. Pre-requisite for End Term External Jury i) Satisfactory certificate from internal jury Role and Function of Jury There will be a mid-term internal jury to monitor the progress for the students collectively for department. There will be another internal jury as part of end-term evaluation to access the completion of the project prior to the end-term jury. The internal jury as part of end-term evaluation should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and the student can go to external jury or not. If the internal jury finds the work not complete and acceptable, a follow up with the specified time period may be given to student subject to condition that such extension shall not be beyond the date fixed for the external jury and shall apply only for making improvement in work submitted No new work shall be permitted. At the end of specified time frame the follow-up work is presented by student to the internal jury again. If the re-jury finds the work acceptable, student goes for external jury on scheduled date, else the student fails and does the GP / RP next year with next batch. For restricted use within NIFT only. 370

385 Constitution of the Jury Constitution of the internal jury - it will consist of 4-5 members as follows: i) Centre Co-ordinator of the department ii) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department iii) The guide / mentor will neither evaluate his / her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his / her mentee (s). Constitution of the external jury - it will consist of 3-5 members as follows: i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution / industry of excellence in the related field. ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers. iii) The guide / mentor will not be present during the presentation of his / her mentee (s). Methodology of Conducting the Jury i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall co-ordinate the jury. ii) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall chair the jury to the jury proceedings. iii) The chair would be responsible for giving the overall direction and guidelines to the proceedings of the jury. iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objective, methodology and significance of the projects. Compilation of Jury Evaluation Compilation of jury evaluation (Internal) i) All jury should assign marks independently and confidentially to each students. ii) All grades given by the various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria for evaluation. Compilation of jury evaluation (External) i) All jury should assign marks independently and confidentially to each students. ii) All grades given by the various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria for evaluation. iii) All comments given by various jury members will be synthesized formally and briefed as feedback to the students at the end of the jury session iv) In case a student's professional competence in the project, is evaluated as below average, the external jury may recommend the following: a) A FOLLOW UP work to be completed in case of poor and unsatisfactory work OR b) REPETITION of the project in case of poor and unsatisfactory work. In the case (a) it is recommended to hold a re-jury at suitable date giving the student sufficient time to complete his / her work. In the second case (b) student may be required to repeat the project and will appear for the jury along with the succeeding batch of students. 371 For restricted use within NIFT only.

386 6 - J GRADUATION RESEARCH PROJECT JURY - MASTER OF FASHION MANAGEMENT An interactive session of approximately 20 minutes between a student and a panel of experts/faculty members to evaluate the overall performance of a student at the end of Graduation Research Project. Role & Function of Jury i) Evaluation and feedback of the student's Professional capabilities ii) An assessment of the decision making & problem solving approach exercised by the student in a real life situation industry/ practical set up. iii) Assess and integrate all relevant comments & feedback from the sponsoring industry in context of the capabilities of the student and the overall academic curriculum. Pre-Requisite for Jury i) Completion of the entire project together with project report documentation. ii) Satisfactory certificate from the sponsoring company iii) Satisfactory completion certificate by the project guide.. iv) Documentation of student meetings with the industry and the mentor v) The internal faculty guide to the project must maintain a periodic record of the student's progress and evaluate the performance in consultation with the Industry guide, if appointed. Evaluation The evaluation of the research project is in two stages i) Internal Evaluation ii) External Evaluation It is also mandatory that an internal assessment be satisfactorily completed prior to the external assessment. Constitution of the Jury Internal Jury The panel for internal jury must consist of the following members: i) 3-4 internal faculty members of the concerned department. ii) The guide/mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/ her mentee (s). External Jury The panel for External Jury will consist of 3-5 members as follows: i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution/ industry of excellence in the related field. ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers. iii) The guide/mentor will not be present during the presentation of his/her mentee (s). Methodology of Conducting a Jury i) The Centre Coordinator of the respective discipline shall coordinate the jury. ii) The senior most expert in the case of external jury and senior most faculty in case of internal jury shall Chair the Jury. iii) The chair would be responsible for giving overall guideline and directions to the jury proceedings. For restricted use within NIFT only. 372

387 iv) The jury members would be oriented towards the objectives, methodology and significance of the Diploma Research Project by the chair. v) A maximum of 15 minutes should be given to the students for presentation. vi) Faculty members of the discipline will be jury members in the internal jury by rotation. Compilation of Jury Evaluation (Internal) i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentiality for each student. ii) All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the evaluation. iii) The internal Jury should decide whether the project work is satisfactory and can go to External Jury. If the work is not found satisfactory, the Internal Jury would suggest FOLLOW UP work and recommend a Re-Jury. Internal Re-Jury to assess the follow up work will be held any time before the last week of July of the same Calendar year. In case the work is still not found satisfactory by the Internal Jury or subsequent External jury, student(s) will have to repeat the graduation project with the next batch. Compilation of Jury Evaluation (External) i) All jury members shall assign marks independently and confidentially for each student. ii) All marks given by various jury members would be interpolated and an average would be taken out for various criteria of the evaluation and documented. iii) iv) All comments given by various jury members will be compiled and formally briefed as a feedback to the students at the end of jury session. After the jury evaluation, the respective student's grade sheet would have to be prepared. 373 For restricted use within NIFT only.

388 6 - K DISSERTATION JURY - DESIGN SPACE The Dissertation undertaken in the final semester of Design Space Programme is the culmination of knowledge and skills acquired during the course by the student through an investigation towards an original body of work. Dissertation is of18 week duration carrying 18 credits. The Evaluation weightage would consist of the following: i) Internal Guide/ Mentor - 20% ii) Internal Jury - 40% iii) External Jury - 40% Pre -Requisite for End Term Internal Jury i) Completion of the entire project together with project report documentation (Draft) ii) Satisfactory certificate from the faculty Guide/ mentor Role and Function of Jury Mid Term Jury at the end of seven weeks would only monitor the progress of students collectively and give feedback for improvement. End Term internal Jury would assess the completion of the Research undertaken by the student against criteria defined in the Course Curriculum. End Term External Jury would provide a comprehensive, objective outsiders feedback to the students work. Constitution of Jury (Internal) The jury constitution will be based on the recent NIFT policy and would consist of i) 4-5 internal faculty members of the concerned department ii) The guide/mentor will neither evaluate his/her own group nor will be present even as an observer during the presentation of his/ her mentee (s). Constitution of Jury (External) Will consist of 3-5 members as follows: i) 2-3 professional experts or faculty from other recognized institution/ industry of excellence in the related field. ii) 1-2 faculty from the same discipline from different centers. iii) The guide/mentor will not be present during the presentation of his/her mentee (s). Methodology of Conducting the Jury i) The CC of the respective discipline shall coordinate the jury. ii) The CC must provide a brief to all members of Jury for giving overall directions and guidelines to the proceedings of the jury. iii) The students shall be given specific time to explain and present the research. Compilation of Jury Evaluation (Internal and External) i) All Jury members should assign marks independently and confidentially for each student. ii) All grades given by various jury members would be sent to COE in sealed envelopes for collation by the CC of the department. iii) Incase the student(s) failing to pass Dissertation the entire process shall be repeated in its entirety and evaluated as per approved evaluation criteria out of 100 marks, as per the curriculum. For restricted use within NIFT only. 374

389 6 - L DESIGN / MANAGEMENT / TECHNOLOGY DISCIPLINES EVALUATION MATRIX Semester-I / II / III... Subject Code Subject type-theory (TH)/Process (PB)/ Department elective (DE)/ Common Elective (CE) Core/Non Core Subject Benchmark Assignment-1 Benchmark Assignment-2 Benchmark Assignment-3 Benchmark Assignment-4 Benchmark Assignment-5 Mid-Term Exam/ July End-Term Exam/ Jury Total 375 For restricted use within NIFT only.

390 6 - M FORMAT OF REGISTER Department:... Faculty Name... SUBMISSION OF ASSIGNMENT S. No Name of the Student Assignment Given Duration of Date of collection Remarks in case completion of of assignment of late submission assignment RECEIPT The assignment titled given by faculty member has been submitted on at by Name & Signature of Controller of Examination For restricted use within NIFT only. 376

391 7 - A Formats for Grade Sheets Sl. No National Institute of Fashion Technology (A Statutory Body under the NIFT Act No. 28 dated July 13, 2006 of the Parliament of India) FOUNDATION PROGRAMME (DESIGN / TECHNOLOGY) Batch Commencing: Semester: Session: (at the time of admission) STATEMENT OF GRADES ID No. The following grades have been obtained by (Student Name) S/o / D/o of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, (Centre name) No. Subject Courses Core(C)/ Credits Grade Result Code Non Core Obtained (NC) 1 Pass/Pass after Re-exam Moderated Pass/ Fail Total Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) Pass/Pass after Re-exam/ Promoted/Failed/ Repeat Semester The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student till the current semester. Semester I II Total Credits Credits Semester I II Total SGPA CGPA SGPA Centre Registrar & COE Centre Director Date of issue : Place : 377 For restricted use within NIFT only.

392 Reverse side Note: (i) A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination in a subject if he/ she secures not less than Grade C- (Minus) for Core Subject and Grade D for Non Core and Elective Subjects. (ii) Students who have passed after re-examination are awarded grade, "P" in the Grade Sheet, which is equivalent to Grade Points The Grade points are out of 10. Student will be awarded grades, which will be converted in to grade point as per the conversion given below: Grade Grade Points Description A Excellent A Very Good B 8.00 Good B Fair C 6.00 Satisfactory C Average P 4.00 Pass After Re-exam D 4.00 Low Pass E <4.0 Fail Based on the grades obtained in all the courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows: Σ (No. of Credits x Grade Point) SGPA = Σ No. of Credits Equivalence percentage class NIFT does not follow any conversion formula to convert Grade into percentage, however Cumulative Point Average (CGPA) may be equated to percentage marks by multiplying CGPA by a constant value of ten (10) The Grade sheet has been (Prepared by) (Verified by) (Certified by) Dealing Assistant Section Head Centre Coordinator COE Cell COE Cell Department: Date: Date: Date: For restricted use within NIFT only. 378

393 National Institute of Fashion Technology (A Statutory Body under the NIFT Act No. 28 dated July 13, 2006 of the Parliament of India) (Degree Nomenclature) Sl. No Batch Commencing: Semester: Session: (at the time of admission) STATEMENT OF GRADES ID No. The following grades have been obtained by (Student Name) S/o / D/o of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, (Centre name) No. Subject Courses Core(C)/Non Credits Grade Result Code Core (NC) Obtained 1 Pass/Pass after Re-exam Moderated Pass/ Fail Total Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) Pass/Pass after Re-exam/ Promoted/Failed/ Repeat Semester The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student till the current semester. Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total Credits Credits Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total SGPA CGPA SGPA Centre Registrar & COE Centre Director Date of issue : Place : 379 For restricted use within NIFT only.

394 Reverse side Note: (i) A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination in a subject if he/ she secures not less than Grade C- (Minus) for Core Subject and Grade D for Non Core and Elective Subjects. (ii) Students who have passed after re-examination are awarded grade, "P" in the Grade Sheet, which is equivalent to Grade Points The Grade points are out of 10. Student will be awarded grades, which will be converted in to grade point as per the conversion given below: Grade Grade Points Description A Excellent A Very Good B 8.00 Good B Fair C 6.00 Satisfactory C Average P 4.00 Pass After Re-exam D 4.00 Low Pass F <4.0 Fail Based on the grades obtained in all the courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows: Σ (No. of Credits x Grade Point) SGPA = Σ No. of Credits Equivalence percentage class NIFT does not follow any conversion formula to convert Grade into percentage, however Cumulative Point Average (CGPA) may be equated to percentage marks by multiplying CGPA by a constant value of ten (10) The Grade sheet has been (Prepared by) (Verified by) (Certified by) Dealing Assistant Section Head Centre Coordinator COE Cell COE Cell Department: Date: Date: Date : For restricted use within NIFT only. 380

395 Sl. No National Institute of Fashion Technology (A Statutory Body under the NIFT Act No. 28 dated July 13, 2006 of the Parliament of India) (Degree Nomenclature) Batch Commencing: Semester : VIII Session : January to June, (at the time of admission) STATEMENT OF GRADES ID No. The following grades have been obtained by (Student Name) S/o / D/o of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, (Centre name) No. Subject Courses Core(C)/Non Credits Grade Result Code Core (NC) Obtained Pass/Pass after Re-exam Moderated Pass/ Fail Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student. Semester I II III IV V VI VII VIII Total Credits Credits Semester I II III IV V VI VII VIII Total SGPA CGPA SGPA Centre Registrar & COE Centre Director NIFT Centre Date of issue : Place : 381 For restricted use within NIFT only.

396 Reverse side Note: (i) A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination in a subject if he/ she secures not less than Grade C- (Minus) for Core Subject and Grade D for Non Core and Elective Subjects. (ii) Students who have passed after re-examination are awarded grade, "P" in the Grade Sheet, which is equivalent to Grade Points The Grade points are out of 10. Student will be awarded grades, which will be converted in to grade point as per the conversion given below: Grade Grade Points Description A Excellent A Very Good B 8.00 Good B Fair C 6.00 Satisfactory C Average P 4.00 Pass After Re-exam D 4.00 Low Pass F <4.0 Fail Based on the grades obtained in all the courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows: Σ (No. of Credits x Grade Point) SGPA = Σ No. of Credits Equivalence percentage class NIFT does not follow any conversion formula to convert Grade into percentage, however Cumulative Point Average (CGPA) may be equated to percentage marks by multiplying CGPA by a constant value of ten (10) The Grade sheet has been (Prepared by) (Verified by) (Certified by) Dealing Assistant Section Head Centre Coordinator COE Cell COE Cell Department: Date : Date: Date : For restricted use within NIFT only. 382

397 National Institute of Fashion Technology (A Statutory Body under the NIFT Act No. 28 dated July 13, 2006 of the Parliament of India) (Degree Nomenclature) Sl. No Batch Commencing: Semester: Session: (at the time of admission) STATEMENT OF GRADES ID No. The following grades have been obtained by (Student Name) S/o / D/o of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, (Centre name) No. Subject Courses Core(C)/Non Credits Grade Result Code Core (NC) Obtained 1 Pass/Pass after Re-exam Moderated Pass/ Fail Total Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student till the current semester. Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total Credits Credits Pass/Pass after Re-exam/ Promoted/Failed/ Repeat Semester Semester I II III IV V VI VII Total SGPA CGPA SGPA Centre Registrar & COE Centre Director Date of issue : Place : 383 For restricted use within NIFT only.

398 Note: (i) Reverse side A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination in a subject if he/ she secures not less than Grade C- (Minus) for Core Subject and Grade D for Non Core and Elective Subjects. (ii) Students who have passed after re-examination are awarded grade, "P" in the Grade Sheet, which is equivalent to Grade Points The Grade points are out of 10. Student will be awarded grades, which will be converted in to grade point as per the conversion given below: Grade Grade Points Description A Excellent A Very Good B 8.00 Good B Fair C 6.00 Satisfactory C Average P 4.00 Pass After Re-exam D 4.00 Low Pass E <4.0 Fail Based on the grades obtained in all the courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows: Σ (No. of Credits x Grade Point) SGPA = Σ No. of Credits Equivalence percentage class NIFT does not follow any conversion formula to convert Grade into percentage, however Cumulative Point Average (CGPA) may be equated to percentage marks by multiplying CGPA by a constant value of ten (10) The Grade sheet has been (Prepared by) (Verified by) (Certified by) Dealing Assistant Section Head Centre Coordinator COE Cell COE Cell Department: Date: Date: Date: For restricted use within NIFT only. 384

399 Sl. No National Institute of Fashion Technology (A Statutory Body under the NIFT Act No. 28 dated July 13, 2006 of the Parliament of India) (Degree Nomenclature) Batch Commencing: Semester : IV Session : January to June, (at the time of admission) STATEMENT OF GRADES ID No. The following grades have been obtained by (Student Name) S/o / D/o of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, (Centre name) No. Subject Courses Core(C)/Non Credits Grade Result Code Core (NC) Obtained Pass/Pass after Re-exam Moderated Pass/ Fail Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) The following is the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) obtained by the student. Semester I II III IV Total Credits Credits Semester I II III IV Total SGPA CGPA SGPA Centre Registrar & COE Centre Director Date of issue : Place : 385 For restricted use within NIFT only.

400 Note: (i) Reverse side A candidate shall be declared to have passed the examination in a subject if he/ she secures not less than Grade C- (Minus) for Core Subject and Grade D for Non Core and Elective Subjects. (ii) Students who have passed after re-examination are awarded grade, "P" in the Grade Sheet, which is equivalent to Grade Points The Grade points are out of 10. Student will be awarded grades, which will be converted in to grade point as per the conversion given below: Grade Grade Points Description A Excellent A Very Good B 8.00 Good B Fair C 6.00 Satisfactory C Average P 4.00 Pass After Re-exam D 4.00 Low Pass F <4.0 Fail Based on the grades obtained in all the courses registered by a student, his or her Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) is calculated as follows: Σ (No. of Credits x Grade Point) SGPA = Σ No. of Credits Equivalence percentage class NIFT does not follow any conversion formula to convert Grade into percentage, however Cumulative Point Average (CGPA) may be equated to percentage marks by multiplying CGPA by a constant value of ten (10) The Grade sheet has been (Prepared by) (Verified by) (Certified by) Dealing Assistant Section Head Centre Coordinator COE Cell COE Cell Department: Date : Date: Date : For restricted use within NIFT only. 386

401 Sl.No. NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAMMES (Centre) Id. No. Year of Admission Name of the Programme Duration STATEMENT OF MARKS The following is the marks obtained by (Name of the Student) S/o/ D/o (Name of the father ) in the Continuing Education Programme (Name of the programme) of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Centre. S. No. Subject Code Subject Marks obtained Result I II Course Coordinator Centre Coordinator Director (to be prepared at the NIFT, Centre) 387 For restricted use within NIFT only.

402 8 - A Undertaking for Teaching Engagements in Fas.E Programme for External Faculty Members I assure that I will take regular classes for Fas.E as per the schedule given to me by the Unit. 1 I will strictly follow the evaluation criteria laid down as per the course curriculum of the programme. 2 I will sign the student attendance register and record the time of beginning and closing of the session before and after taking class. 3 I will communicate the plan for assignment, submission date, presentation date, last date or any other matter related to academics to the Fas.E Unit prior to the commencement of the course. 4 I will prepare and submit the question paper for exam as per the timeline set by the unit in confidence to the Fas.E Unit. 5 I will submit the marks as per the timeline set by the Unit. Name & Signature of Faculty with date For restricted use within NIFT only. 388

403 8 - B Undertaking for Teaching Engagements in Fas. E Programme for Internal Faculty Members I.....faculty of.... Department, National Institute of Fashion Technology (internal). I have completed my mandatory teaching hours as per my faculty requirement. I certify that I have informed the concerned CC about my engagement with Fas.E and has obtained a no objection to this effect. I assure that regular classes for Fas.E as per its schedule. 1. I will strictly follow the evaluation criteria laid down as per the course curriculum of the programme. 2. I will sign the student attendance register and record the time of beginning and closing of the session before and after taking class. 3. I will communicate the plan for assignment, submission date, presentation date, last date or any other matter related to academics to the Fas.E Unit prior to the commencement of the course. 4. I will prepare and submit the question paper for exam as per the timeline set by the unit in confidence to the Fas.E Unit. 5. I will submit the marks as per the timeline set by the Unit. Name & Signature of Faculty with date 389 For restricted use within NIFT only.

404 8 - C Internal / External Faculty Claim Form Fashion Entrepreneurship (Fas.E) Faculty Name Designation / Status Address & Contact No. Pan No. Subject : : : : : S.No. Date Time Duration Lecture Conveyance Total Amt. in hours (`) (`) (`) From To Total (`) * It is certified that the above classes were taken by me over and above the mandatory teaching hours. (Applicable for Internal Faculty) Signature of Faculty 1. Certified that the engagement of this guest / internal faculty has been approved by the SIAC in the meeting held on 2. Certified that the above sessions have been slotted in the time table 3. Certified that the Guest Faculty is being recommended for the payment at the rates prescribed for Junior/ Senior/ Internal ` per hour. 5. Certified that the above claim is in order and has been recorded in the Guest Faculty claim register of the Fas.E Unit at page no.. 6. Certified that the expenditure of ` is being met out of the necessary provision made in the budget for the academic session under the head 'lecture fee'. Dealing Assistant / R.A. Unit Incharge (Fas.E) Unit Head (Fas.E) For restricted use within NIFT only. 390

405 9 - A National Institute of Fashion Technology Continuing Education Programme Format for Forwarding Proposals of New CE Programme at Center Course Name of The CE Programme Proposed Department Centre Duration of the course : Days (Eg. 5 days/week) Date of commencement and conclusion Total No. of Seats Eligibility Course Fee Whether offered for the first time : Course Objective (Approx words for printing in Brochure) Course Content (Approx 50 words for printing in Brochure) Careers (Approx 20 words for printing in Brochure) Yes/No (tick as applicable) People Involved Name of Course Coordinator Designation of Course Coordinator Mobile no of Course Coordinator of Course Coordinator Name of Course Documenter Designation of Course Documenter Undertaking: Certified that the CE programme will be conducted by the faculty members with the support of other staff of the department in addition to their normal workload. Signature of Course Coordinator Certification & Undertaking: Certified that there is no Signature of Center Coordinator Undertaking objection to utilizing the departmental infrastructure and equipments under supervision for conduct of this CE Signature of Director of NIFT Centre programme Undertaking: Certified that the course has been originally developed by in accordance with the CE policy Undertaking: Certified that the course will be documented by in accordance with the CE policy Signature of Course Coordinator Signature of Course Documenter 391 For restricted use within NIFT only.

406 The proposal to conduct the above CE programme has been examined and the same is recommended with following observations. Recommendations of the Standing Internal Advisory Committee for CE Programmes: Signature of Chairperson Signature of Chairperson Standing Committee on CE Programme Signature of Dean- A Cost Structure /budget for the Programme: Course fee No of candidates Expected Revenue = No of candidates x fee charged Course Development fees (5% of Total revenue generated, If offered first time) Course marketing Fee (4% of Total revenue generated, If offered first time) Course Documentation Fee (2% of Total revenue generated, If offered first time) Budget Other Expenses (15% of the Total revenue) Course Coordination fee (As per CE policy) Payment of Lecture Fee to Guest and Regular Faculty Payment to support Staff (As per CE policy) Advertisement/ Mailers Lectures / Demonstrative Fees Course Materials/ Stationery etc. Field trip / Visits etc. Refreshment / Hospitality Course support materials like swatches /slide etc Teaching aids (books magazine and periodicals etc. Miscellaneous payments/ contingencies etc. (Please mention details) Total 1 Synopsis of the course with Course Structure duly signed by course coordinator List of 2 Details of schedule of assignment etc signed by course coordinator Attachments 3 Details of session plan 4 Guest faculty list For restricted use within NIFT only. 392

407 9 - B National Institute of Fashion Technology Continuing Education Programme Payment Claim for Reimbursement of Course Development, Course Marketing, Course Documentation Fee Name of The CE Programme Department Centre Duration of the course & Days (E.g. 5 days/week) Total No. of Seats offered No. of Students enrolled Date of commencement and conclusion Eligibility Whether offered for the first time Yes/NO (tick as applicable) Total No of students admitted Course Fee Total Revenue collected Whether course was sponsored, if Yes then Details Claim for Course Development Fee REFER CE POLICY( wef:1st July 2006): The Course Development Fee equal to 5% of total revenue would be payable on the first occasion when the Programme is offered. The Course Developed should be original in its content and structure and any information contrary to this would be viewed seriously. If the same course is being offered at different Centres, then only the originating Centre's Coordinator would be eligible for the same. Course Documentation fee would however be paid at every centre when the programme is offered for the first time. S. no. Name of Course Developer Amount 1 2 TOTAL Claim for Course Marketing Fee CE POLICY( wef:1st July 2006):An amount equal to 4% of the total revenue would be paid as course marketing fee for new programmes subject to availability of at least 20 candidates for the programme. This would be shared between course co-coordinators and officials involved in marketing of CE programmes before the same is launched to ensure ownership and better marketing. S no Name of Course Marketer Contribution towards marketing of course Amount 1 2 TOTAL Claim for Course Documentation Fee REFER CE POLICY( wef:1st July 2006): The ceiling of documentation fee shall be 2% of the revenue collected for the programmes conducted for the first time. Course Documentation fee shall include documentation of teaching materials, references, visuals, samples, field visit, Assignments, Projects, Feedback formats, etc. The Course Coordinator shall take up the documentation on each subsequent occasion without any extra payment. The Course Development & Documentation Fee shall be calculated on the basis of revenue collected for one batch only. No extra payment shall be made in case the numbers of batches are more than one of the same programme. S no Name of Course Documenter Amount 1 2 TOTAL *Please attach copy of Course curriculum for claim of Course Development Fee and course report for claim documentation fees. Total Amount:` Date: Name & Signature of Course Coordinator: Signature of Center Director: 393 For restricted use within NIFT only.

408 9 - C ANALYSIS OF STUDENTS FEED BACK FORM NAME OF THE FACULTY : DATE : DEPARTMENT : NAME OF CE PROGRAMME : PARAMETERS (Unsatisfactory) (Average) (Good) (V. Good) (Excellent) COURSE COVERAGE COURSE DELIVERANCE INTERACTION CLARITY OF THOUGH (Queries Answered) ACCESSABILITY Any Specific Comments *To be compiled by CC after collecting the feed back from all students. Signature For restricted use within NIFT only. 394

409 10 - A1 MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU) BETWEEN NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY, NEW DELHI AND 1. Background Subject, Introduction of partners 2. Objective It is sought to avail the expertise and services of NIFT, a premier National Institution established under the Ministry of Textiles, Government of India for imparting professional Education and Training in Fashion business offering Consultancy in the areas of Design, Technology, and Management communication related to Apparel Textile and Lifestyle Industry so that the Diploma Holder passing out from the are endowed with qualitative education and training in the chosen areas that would enable them to stand out as competent technicians and supervisors/required for the textile apparel and lifestyle industry. 3. The Understanding NIFT, hereinafter referred to as the "Resource Institution" of the one part and the hereinafter referred to as "Project Institution" of the other part Jointly through this Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) agree to carry out the following roles & responsibility in the introduction and conduct of various Fashion Design, Technology and Management programmes relating to Garment, Textile, Apparels and Lifestyle products. 4. Roles and Responsibilities of Resource Institution The Resource Institution, hereby agrees to do the following: a) Assist the Project Institution in Curriculum Design, semester planning and academic scheduling of various Fashion Design Technology Courses. b) Assist in evolving proper and appropriate examination and evaluation Systems. c) Assist in the Recruitment and selection of Faculty and Resource Personnel on full time/part time basis. d) Conduct Orientation Programme for the newly recruited Faculty/Resource Personnel. e) Conduct re-orientation and re-training programmes to the existing Faculty Members of the Project Institution by way of redeployment who are found suitable to teach/facilitate learning of certain subjects/modules of various subjects. f) Assist in establishment of a Resource Centre comprising of Library, well equipped audio video station and material wing and procurement of necessary books, equipment's and materials etc. g) Assist in procurement of machinery and equipment for laboratories, studios, workshops and classrooms. 5. Role & Responsibilities of Project Institution a) Accept NIFT as a role model and actively interact with it to derive benefits out of the expertise of NIFT. b) Agree to make available to the "Resource Institute" the required expertise and resources in extending its assistance in its areas of responsibilities as listed in para 1.0. c) Seek the guidance of the "Resource Institution" in the matters of Course Design, updating the same, training of faculty members of the Project Institution system, etc. d) Allow the Resource Institution to finalize the layout and design of various labs, studios, workshops and Resource Centre. e) Undertake joint Seminars, Workshops, conferences etc: and allow its faculty and students to participate in the same. 395 For restricted use within NIFT only.

410 f) Extend cooperation to the "Resource Institution" in the identification of proper resource persons both new as well by way of redeployment of existing personal. g) To mention in its admission notification/and advertisements of such Courses whenever they are "issued/initiated with technical support of NIFT". h) For use of the name of Resource Institution in any other manner except for the manner as specified in the MOU, specifically para 5. (g) prior written consent of the resource institution will have to be obtained by the project Institution in the event that the name of the Resource Institution is found to have been used in any other manner save for what has been specified & without the prior consent of the "Resource Institution " the MOU shall be terminated with immediate effect without assigning any reasons whatsoever. 6. Network Coordination Committee The "Resource Institution" and the "Project Institution" also agree that: a) The assistance to by NIFT shall be provided through a Network Coordination Committee (NCC) comprising the following: - - Chairman - Member Director, NIFT or his representative - Member - Member/Convener Head of Department of concerned polytechnic - Member Network coordinators - Member b) One Network coordinator will be nominated by the Director, NIFT and the principals of Polytechnics, whose main responsibility will be to execute and coordinate all activities envisaged under this MOU. c) The Network Coordination Committee shall meet on a quarterly basis and review the progress of all the activities and monitor the realization of set targets and objectives. d) The Network coordinators will meet once in a month and prepare networking progress report for submission to the Chairman and copy to all members. 7. Financial Arrangements Following financial arrangements will be operative between the "Resource and Project Institution" - a) The "Resource Institution" shall charge a one time institution fee of ` lakhs payable in two installments of ` lakhs each to cover charges for development of new curriculum and drawing up semester plans, academic calendar and for furnishing a list of machinery and equipment and books periodicals and magazines for each course. The first installment shall be paid at the time of agreement and second installment by b) The "Resource Institution shall charge 7.5% cost of machinery & equipment and books and periodicals sourcing on behalf of the "Project Institution". c) The "Resource Institution shall be paid mutually agreed consultancy Charges and expenses in terms of NIFT consultancy Project Policy in matters related to : - Recruitment of Faculty Conducting Orientation Programme for the newly recruited resource personnel Retraining and RE-deployment of existing faculty. Layout and Design of various labs, studios, workshop and Resource centre etc. d) The financial implication for "B and C" above shall be borne by Institution/State Government of 8. Settlement of Disputes In case of any dispute/difference of opinions in respect of any of the above clauses including interpretation there of decision of a committee comprising of the Secretary of Technical Education and Training Government of and that of the Director General, NIFT, New Delhi shall be final and binding on both the parties. For restricted use within NIFT only. 396

411 9. Validity of MOU The validity of MOU shall be for a period of 03 years from the date of signing. Both the parties agreed to review the arrangements at the end of 03-year terms. Signed on. Day of Signed on behalf of NIFT Signed on behalf of Director General National Institute of Fashion Technology New Delhi.. In witness where of: Head (I&DL) NIFT 397 For restricted use within NIFT only.

412 10 - A2 Norms for Support for ITI Upgradation of ITI's for conducting Training programmes. Course Curriculum development of five programmes in related field for one ITI. Guidelines, Specifications development for upgradation of Existing infrastructure and technical support for one ITI. Conduct of Training Programme for Trainees of ITI. Technical expertise for implementation. Financial Implications Activities Financial Implication 1 & 2 ` 6 Lakhs. 3. ` 30,000/- per participant for a 3 months programme. 4. ` 2 Lakh per ITI. For restricted use within NIFT only. 398

413 10 - A3 National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT) (Ministry of Textiles, Government of India) Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) This Terms of Agreement is made on, 200 between the National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT) hereinafter called the NIFT, New Delhi and hereinafter called for the purpose of imparting technical support as per details give under: Where as: NIFT, an autonomous body under the Ministry of Textiles, Government of India, is an acknowledged and premier institution for imparting fashion design, technology and management education in a global context. is organization involved exclusively in the field of Introduction of partners 1. Terms of Agreement Now, therefore, in consideration of their mutual promises and agreement content herein, both the par ties here to agree as follows: 1.1 NIFT agrees on follows: A. Development of Course Curriculum NIFT agrees to develop / review the course curriculum of programmes (details with names) A team of NIFT faculty shall develop the details of course outlines, methodology, evaluation process, review & standardize the course curriculum. B. Faculty development and Training programme NIFT agrees to provide necessary training to the faculty of at NIFT Delhi or at any one of its centers at the cost of to the calculated by NIFT as per actual. The faculty training and developments is necessary to match the competency and the course requirements. Such training duration could be for 2-3 weeks in each discipline for 5-7 faculty members once in a year in the first 3 years of agreement terms. C. Infrastructure Development NIFT agrees to provide technical expertise in up-gradation of existing infrastructure to meet the requirements of five programmes as follows: a. Assist in procurement of machinery and equipment for laboratories studios, workshops and classrooms. b. Assist in establishment of a Resource Centre comprising of Library, well equipped audio video station and material wing and procurement of necessary books, equipments and materials etc. c. Assist in Layout and design of various labs, studios, workshops and resource centre. D. NIFT Faculty Involvement NIFT faculty shall be involved only for course development, imparting training to faculty of and infrastructure development as mentioned at serial number A, B and C above. NIFT faculty may also participate as Jury members of Diploma Project, Design Collection, Internship and other presentations. However, the implementation of the courses, and imparting of training shall be the responsibility of exclusively. NIFT shall not be responsible for any activity involved in imparting the course curriculum to the students of except wherever, specifically agreed upon. 399 For restricted use within NIFT only.

414 E. Monitoring of progress In order to ensure the standard of academic input as per the norms of the NIFT, periodic monitoring of the progress of implementation of curriculum and other NIFT related activities shall be conducted twice in a year by NIFT. The expenditure related to NIFT faculty visits (including air travel) and stay for monitoring purpose is to be borne by - on actual. F. NIFT Entrance Exam Waitlist Upon performing its part of the present agreement and upon due consideration by NIFT, NIFT may, at its option, furnish with the wait list of candidates who appear for the NIFT entrance exam by charging a fee per candidate as may be decided. It is agreed between the parties that furnishing of the above lists shall be at the exclusive option of NIFT, and NIFT shall not be required to give any reasons for not doing so, NIFT shall be free to take such a decision every academic year, and NIFTs decision shall be final. G. Inclusion of NIFT name & logo NIFT also agrees to the limited use of its name / logo by for admission notification / Advertisements / Certificates / Brochures / Seminars / Fashion Shows / Exhibitions, and the manner of use will be restricted to such Courses whenever they are "Issued/initiated with technical support of NIFT". For use of the name of NIFT in any other manner except for the manner as specified in the MOU, prior written consent of NIFT will have to be obtained by the. In the event that the name of the NIFT is found to have been used in any other manner save for what has been specified above and without the prior consent of the NIFT, the MOU shall be terminated with immediate effect without assigning any reasons whatsoever not withstanding clause 2 below. NIFT shall also be entitled to take any action against including recovery of damages and / or initiation of legal action as available in law. 1.2 agrees on the following A. Financial Arrangement a) agrees to pay NIFT one time institution fee of ` 5.00 lakh at the time of signing of MOU. b) agrees to pay NIFT (one time) Consultancy Fee of ` 5,00,000/- (Rupees Five Lakh Only) for Course Curriculum development of the above mentioned programmes as prescribed in clause 1.1-A above. c) agrees to pay one time fee of `1,00,000 (Rupees One Lakh Only) to NIFT for Infrastructure design & development fee as prescribe in clause 1.1-B above. d) agrees to pay an amount of `1,50,000 (Rupees One Lakh Fifty Thousand Only) per training programme to NIFT. This does not include the lodging, boarding and local travel and the same will b e arranged by as prescribed in clause 1.1-C above. This amount shall be payable 50% in advance, and 50% within 30 days of handling over the training programme by NIFT to. e) will pay royalty of ` 5,00,000 (Rupees Five Lakh Only) in July / August of every year. g) shall arrange return air tickets to the faculty / experts deputed for the purpose of the NIFT assignments. shall also arrange local hospitality (accommodation and local travel to the experts and faculty) h) shall make timely payments of the above-said amounts. In the event delays the payment beyond the period of 30 days of the due date, an interest at the rate of 8% per annum calculated simply shall be payable on the due amounts upon non-payment of the due amounts within 90 days of the above stipulated due dates, NIFT shall be at liberty to automatically terminate the present agreement without any prior notice to. B. shall keep NIFT informed regularly with all the developments related to NIFT. For restricted use within NIFT only. 400

415 2 Settlement of Disputes In case any disputes and / or differences of opinion arise in respect of any of the above clauses and with respect to the performance of the respective obligations of the parties, including interpretation thereof, the decision of a committee comprising of the, and that of the Director General, NIFT, New Delhi shall be final. If said dispute(s) is not resolved a mutually agreed sole arbitrator would be appointed and the decision of the arbitrator will be binding on both the par ties. The arbitration shall be held at New Delhi, and the arbitrator shall be bound by the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and the Rules framed their under. 3 Validity of MOU The validity of MOU shall be for a period of 05 years from the date of signing Both the parties agree to review the arrangements at the end of 05 year term. 4. Termination 4.1 Not withstanding clause 2 above, the present MOU shall automatically stand terminated upon the expiry of the prescribed period in clause 3 above. The present MOU shall also stand terminated upon NIFT sending the said intimation to in the event fails to perform its essential obligations as set out in clauses 1.1-G and 1.2A(h) above. 4.2 That upon the termination of the present MOU, shall immediately stop using the NIFT name and / or logo, and shall issue notices of withdrawal of the support, and use of name and / or log of NIFT. This shall form an essential term of the contract, and any failure to do so shall form an essential breach and NIFT shall be entitled to recover actual and penal damages, and other remedies available under law against Signed on 200. Signed on behalf of NIFT Signed on behalf of Director General National Institute Of Fashion Technology, New Delhi In witness whereof Head (I&DL) NIFT 401 For restricted use within NIFT only.

416 10 - B List of existing MOU's that NIFT has entered into with Universities/Institutes International 1. Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, Australia 2. University of Leeds, UK 3. De Mont Fort University, UK 4. University of Arts, London (London College of Fashion), UK 5. NABA, Italy 6. Birmingham Institute of Arts & Design, Birmingham, UK 7. The Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), USA 8. Amsterdam Fashion Institute, Amsterdam 9. Nottingham Trent University, UK 10. Instituto Europeo di Design, Milan Italy 11. University of Philadelphia, USA 12. Queensland University of Technology, Australia 13. ENSAIT, France 14. Ryerson University, Canada 15. Mod Art International, France 16. Northumbria University, UK 17. University of Manchester (UoM), UK 18. Glasgow School of Arts, UK 19. Swiss Textile College, Zurich 20. University of Trinidad and Tobago, Trinidad and Tobago 21. Accademia Di Costume E Di Moda, Rome 22. Politecnico di Milano, Italy 23. Colorado State University, Colorado, USA 24. Academy of Arts, San Francisco 25. School of Design, University of Leeds 26. University of Southampton (Winchester School of Art, Winchester) 27. ESMOD 28. Saxion College of Arts, The Netherlands 29. Utrecht School of the Arts, The Netherlands 30. School of Art and Design, University of Wolverhampton, UK 31. Royal Academy of Art, The Netherlands 32. LDT Nagold, Germany (Twinning arrangement only) 33. GMIT 34. Associazione Indo-Europea Per La Moda E Design (AIEMED) 35. BGMEA Institute of Fashion and Technology (BIFT), Dhaka - Bangladesh National 1. Textile Committee 2. Maharshi Karve Stree Shikshan Samstha, School of Fashion Technology (SOFT) 3. Centre for Continuing Education, Kerala For restricted use within NIFT only. 402

417 Partnership Development - Process for Establishing New Domestic and Overseas Collaborative Partners 10 - C Partner Audit for a Proposed new Partner where there is an intention to secure a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) Name of Proposed New Partner: This Par tner Audit is designed to establish that it is appropriate to work with a new collaborative partner by collecting information about the prospective partner from a variety of sources. The Partner Audit should describe a) the intended partner's current position in respect of the criteria and b) any proposed changes that will affect collaboration. For established organisations, much of the investigation is likely to be carried out as a desk audit. However a site visit should always be made as some of the published information may require updating. Description Remarks to be filled in by Proposed Partner 1. Nature, Mission and Status Describe the type of organisation and its legal status. Is it publicly or privately funded? How long has the proposed partner been established? Describe the mission, aims and objectives of the proposed partner. Describe any experience of collaboration with other institutes/universities and, if appropriate, professional or statutory bodies. What is the proposed partner's policy on Equal Opportunity? Describe the proposed partner's accreditions? 2. Academic Management, Quality Assurance and Control Identify the body responsible for academic matters, including its role in approving collaboration. Outline the processes for the maintenance and enhancement of academic standards. Are there any external reviews of the quality assurance system? 3. Resources A brief description of the location and infrastructure and facilities for students. Specialist resources for example laboratories, studios Equipment, for example computer hardware Display space for students work Other student activities and social space for students 403 For restricted use within NIFT only.

418 4. Medium of Instruction How extensively is the English language used for instruction? 5. Risk Assessment Please identify any risks that may be involved in proceeding to work with the proposed collaborative partner, for example financial or strategic issues or outcomes of recent quality inspections. 6. Courses offered Details of courses offered by the partner institute For restricted use within NIFT only. 404

419 10 - D Memorandum of Understanding on Academic Cooperation between National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT) New Delhi, India And Partner University Educational Cooperation Agreement between Partner University and NIFT, India I. Purpose In recognition of the proven value, both personal and educational, of the international exchange for students, staff and faculty, we herewith establish, at the institutional level, the principles, policy guidelines and procedures required to facilitate such exchange between our institutions. II. Objective The objective of this agreement is to encourage international cooperation and exchange between the two institutions in the following areas: a) Exchange of students b) Exchange of faculty members and staff c) Promotion of lectures, workshops and exhibitions d) Exchange of information and academic publications III. Scope The Agreement between Partner University and NIFT covers the exchange between Partner University and National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT) IV. Exchange of Students A. Reciprocal Exchange 1. Student exchanges are based on the principle of reciprocity; ideally within the same academic year and for the same period of time. 2. The number of students exchanged under this Agreement is tentatively limited to no more than six per year. The exact number will be agreed upon each year by Partner University and NIFT 3. The exchange student will be nominated by the home institution; the application is subject to acceptance by the host institution. Each exchange student will satisfy the admission procedures and requirements of the host department as well as the prerequisites for specific courses and programmes. 4. Language proficiency of exchange students will be gauged and verified by appropriate personnel at the home institution. 5. Exchange students will be admitted in a non-degree status by the host institution for a period of one or two semesters and for a maximum of one academic year. 6. Exchange students may take courses for credit and the host institution will issue a transcript and grades for exchange students under the same rules and regulations as for its degree students. 7. As long as the principle of reciprocity is maintained, Partner University and NIFT agree to waive tuition and related fees for exchange. 8. Students are responsible for all travel costs, accommodation, meals, health insurance, semester contribution (at their home institution), medical costs, passport and visa costs, course materials (books, and consumables) and other expenses. The host institution will not provide financial assistance to exchange students. 405 For restricted use within NIFT only.

420 9. Exchange students must carry medical health insurance that meets the requirements of the host institution and/or the host government. Neither institution will incur liability for illness, injury, financial loss or death of an exchange student at the partner institution. Both institutions will ensure that exchange students sign liability waivers absolving both institutions of liability. 10. If one member of an exchange withdraws before the end of the designated period of that exchange, the status of the other member of the exchange will not be affected. The principle of reciprocity however, must be maintained over time. 11. The host institution will provide services to assist exchange students in locating accommodation and adjusting to the academic, social and cultural life of the host institution and community. It will also provide instruction, academic evaluation and supervision for exchange students as is maintained for home students. 12. Exchange students are expected to adhere to the rules and regulations of the host institution and respect the cultural mores, national traditions and customs of the host country. B. Student groups Special arrangements for groups of students from one institution to another for the purpose of a short-term visit (workshops, exhibitions) may be negotiated in a separate agreement, V. Exchange of Professors A. Teaching exchange 1. All teaching exchanges are based on the principle of reciprocity within the same academic year, each institution may nominate one of its professors to participate in an exchange for the purpose of teaching or research. 2. The participants are subject to approval by the host institution. 3. The period of exchange will normally be one or two semesters; at maximum one academic year. 4. Professors on teaching exchanges will remain on full salary and benefits with their respective institutions Travel and living expenses for professors on teaching exchanges are not compensated by the host institution. 5. Teaching course loads and working hours and conditions will normally be in accordance with established rules and practices of the host institution, subject to prior negotiation and agreement. 6. Remuneration for special projects is subject to special negotiation 7. The host institution will provide an institutional appointment and office space, and will give access to libraries and other needed facilities for professors on teaching exchange 8. Professors on teaching exchange must carry medical health insurance that meets the requirements of the host institution and/or host government. B: Visiting Scholars 1. Visiting scholars from both institutions may, at the request or with the approval of the host institution, visit the partner institution for the purpose of research, consulting and short-term teaching; subject to prior negotiation. 2. Travel and living expenses for visiting scholars are not normally paid by the host institution, unless specific arrangements are made and agreed upon in advance. 3. The host institution will provide an institutional appointment and library access; efforts will be made, subject to prior negotiation, to provide office space and access to needed facilities. 4. Visiting scholars must carry medical health insurance that meets the requirements of the host institution and/or host government. VI. Duration, Conditions and Modifications of the Agreement 1. This agreement becomes effective upon the signature of the designated officials of both institutions Its actual implementation will begin as soon as both institutions have identified qualified individuals in each institution ready to participate in the exchange. For restricted use within NIFT only. 406

421 2. This Agreement is valid for five years from the date of signature. However, three years will be recognized as the accounting period, that is, beginning with the actual implementation the number of students/staff exchanged within three years should be in balance, although it may not be in any one year. Every effort however, will be made to maintain a yearly basis. 3. The absence of exchanges during one academic year is possible and does not nullify the Agreement. 4. In accordance with the Equal Opportunity Policies of the institutions named above, there will be no discrimination against any person, for any reason, who is qualified as a participant in the programme supported by this document 5. Either institution may terminate this Agreement with a notice of six months. Exchanges in progress at the time remain unaffected and will be completed in the agreed period. 6. Modifications may be proposed and implemented at any time, effective from the date of written notification signed by both institutions. 7. At the end of the penultimate year of the five-year cycle both institutions will conduct an evaluation of the programme. Any amendments to be made should be achieved by mutual consent and the Agreement changed accordingly for a further five-year cycle Director General National Institute of Fashion Technology New Delhi Signature:. (For 'Partner University') Signature: For restricted use within NIFT only.

422 10 - E NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY INTERNATIONAL LINKAGES DIVISION Application Form for NIFT Students for Twinning /Exchange Programme at Institutions abroad I. Section 1: Personal Details 1. Last (family) Name:. First Name: Middle Name: Date of Birth (Day/Month/Year, e.g. 9 Jan 1980): Gender: M or F. 4. Marital Status Citizenship:.. 6. Your residence address with Parents name: Tel. No address :.. 8. Permanent home address : Tel No.... Section 2 : List all academic qualifications (previously attempted or completed Examination/s) S. Full name of Duration Full name of State/ Date Date Full or No. Institution Qualification Country Commenced Completed Part Time Study Study Current Semester of study at NIFT.. Department & NIFT Centre.. Current Semester of Study.. Batch of Study. SGPAs of all semesters covered till date Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester Semester CGPA of Approval of CC I II III IV V VI competed for selection of semesters Courses duly approved by COE For restricted use within NIFT only. 408

423 2.2 Work Experience, Internship & Projects Undertaken S.No. Duration Company/Employer Position & Duties 1 2 III. Section 3: Preferred Courses for study during Twinning/Exchange programme (restrict preference upto three institutions only) S.No. Name of the Institution Name of the Programme Subject /Courses you wish to study IV. Section 4: References Please give the Names, Occupation and Addresses of two people from whom references may be obtained, at least one of whom should be qualified to comment on your Educational Background and Potential for your chosen course. Academic Reference Name Occupation Address: Other (or second academic reference) Name Occupation Address Tel Fax Tel Fax V Section 5: Languages Spoken 5.1 Number of years you have been studying in English Language. 5.2 Any other foreign language that you know: VI Section 6: Preference of Stay Arrangement Own Arrangement Hostel Host Family Any other, please specify 409 For restricted use within NIFT only.

424 VII Section 7: Statement of purpose (Write a note of not more than 400 words on statement of purpose) 7.1 Any other additional information as to why your application for the programme should be considered. VIII Section 8: Financial Statement Financial Sources Yes Please Tick Yes/No. No Sponsor Abroad Bank Loan/ Other Loan * Own funding * (Details to be enclosed) I hereby state that: a) I am aware of the official estimate of the cost, provided by the international linkages division of NIFT, including tuition, housing and maintenance fees for the programme, which I intend to follow at the university. b) I have at my disposal the financial support to enable me to meet those cost from my own sources c) I understand that at the time of registration I will be in position to pay my admission fee in full. d) I am aware that I have to pay tuition fee at NIFT & also at the twinning study institution in full before the stipulated date of programme. IX. Section 9: Declaration I confirm that the information given on this form is correct. Applicant's Signature.. Date... Guardian's Name & Signature X. Form forwarded by CI&DL of the respective Centre Name: Centre: (Signature of CI&DL) For restricted use within NIFT only. 410

425 10 - F Feedback from students who go for exchange Name: Department and Centre at NIFT: Program & Location of study abroad: Please provide any comments you may have in any of the following categories. Your honest feedback would help future participants to prepare better for their time abroad. Registration process at host school Facilities Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory International linkages support Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory from host institution On-site Orientation & Campus facilities Contents of On-site Orientation Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory How helpful was the orientation? Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory Academics Classes/ Labs/ facilities/infrastructure Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory Professors/faculty Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory Learning outcomes Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory Courses selected Medium of Instruction Course load Housing Facilities Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory Things to carry Cost Food Cost & availability Making your own V/s eating out On-campus food Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory Transportation & Travel Local transportation Excellent Very Good Good Satisfactory Not Satisfactory 411 For restricted use within NIFT only.

426 Packing Must haves Leave it at home Weather considerations Finances How much you spent Memorable moments of culture shock Communication Phones & phone cards Computer & internet availability Any other comments: Signature of the Student Signature of CI&DL For restricted use within NIFT only. 412

427 10 - G Name of Student: Name of Foreign University/Institute: Semester: Year: As per Foreign Institute mark sheet} {As per NIFT Conversion} Subject Credit/ Grade Marks Grade Grade Point Credit X obtained Unit equivalent equivalent at NIFT Grade Point at foreign at NIFT institute Subject 1 Subject 2 Subject 3 Subject 4 Subject 5 Subject 6 Total SGPA (formula as in NIFT Academic Manual) = (No. of Credits X Grade Point) No. of Credits No. of Credits (Credit Equivalence) at the concerned dept. & semester at NIFT: Signature of RA Signature of Signature of Unit Incharge Head-I&DL 413 For restricted use within NIFT only.

428 10 - H NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY INTERNATIONAL LINKAGES DIVISION Application Form for Foreign Students for Twinning /Exchange Programme at NIFT I. Section 1: Personal Details 4. Last (family) Name:... First Name: Middle Name: Date of Birth (Day/Month/Year, e.g. 9 Jan 1980) : Gender: M or F Marital Status Citizenship : Your residence address : Tel. No address : Permanent home address : Tel No.... V. Section 2: List all academic qualifications (previously attempted or completed Examination/s) S. Full name of Duration Full name of State/ Date Date Full or No. Institution Qualification Country Commenced Completed Part Time Study Study Current Semester details of the student Department Name. Current Semester of Study SGPAs of all semesters covered till date Semester I Semester II Semester III Semester IV Semester V Semester VI For restricted use within NIFT only. 414

429 5.1 Work Experience, Internship & Projects Undertaken S.No. Duration Company/Employer Position & Duties VI. Section 3: Preferred Courses for study at NIFT during Twinning/Exchange programme Name of the NIFT Centre Name of the Programme Subject /Courses you wish to study VII. Section 4: References Please give the Names, Occupation and Addresses of two people from whom references may be obtained, at least one of whom should be qualified to comment on your Educational Background and Potential for your chosen course. Academic Reference Name Occupation Address: Other (or second academic reference) Name Occupation Address Tel Fax Tel Fax V Section 5: Languages Spoken 5.1 Number of years you have been studying in English Language. 5.3 Any other foreign language that you know: VI Section 6: Preference of Stay Arrangement Own Arrangement Hostel Host Family Any other, please specify 415 For restricted use within NIFT only.

430 VII Section 7: Statement of purpose (Write a note of not more than 400 words on statement of purpose) 7.2 Any other additional information as to why your application for the programme should be considered. VIII Section 8: Financial Statement Financial Sources Yes Please Tick Yes/No. No Sponsor Abroad Bank Loan/ Other Loan * Own funding * (Details to be enclosed) I hereby state that: a) I am aware of the official estimate of the cost, provided by the international linkages division of NIFT, including tuition, housing and maintenance fees for the programme, which I intend to follow at the university. b) I have at my disposal the financial support to enable me to meet those cost from my own sources IX. Section 9 : Declaration I confirm that the information given on this form is correct. Applicant's Signature.. Date... Guardian's Name & Signature For restricted use within NIFT only. 416

431 10 - I FACULTY SECONDMENT TO NIFT National Institute of Fashion Technology (NIFT), headquartered at Delhi is an autonomous international fashion institute providing undergraduate and postgraduate education in design, management and technology. NIFT's academic year has two terms every year beginning January and July. The broad areas under consideration for faculty secondment are given in the form. The visiting faculty may however also be involved in executing new programs, projects and / or holding workshops. The terms and conditions are open to mutual negotiations. We welcome faculty to experience NIFT as part-time, full time, adjunct, on Sabbatical, or in any other forms that the faculty may desire. A secondment at NIFT, offers a glimpse of the diversity and vibrancy of our tremendous understanding of design heritage, an exposure to the multi-faceted craft sector through our Craft Cluster Program and an opportunity to travel through India through our seven NIFT centers in different corners of the country. The entire cost of secondment of a faculty to NIFT, including cost of passage both ways, accommodation as well as daily allowance will be borne by NIFT. The period of secondment can vary between 15 days to a year depending on the mutually agreed terms. The period will have to however coincide with an academic term of NIFT. During this period of secondment the visiting faculty will be expected to adhere to all rules, regulation and policies, which apply to Visiting/ Guest exchange faculty including confidentiality, political activity and conflict of interest. The Faculty shall be required to sign an undertaking to respect NIFT's ownership to information under intellectual property rights, if appropriate and applicable. Should the visiting faculty commit any act or omission during her/his secondment with NIFT that may give rise to any liability, NIFT agrees to indemnify and make harmless the sponsoring institute/university from any claim, demand, cause of action or suit at law that may results. Interested faculty members of institutes may indicate their intent for secondment on the enclosed form. It would normally be expected that the faculty have a postgraduate/doctorate degree in the relevant area, teaching experience relevant to the course description indicated against the area and substantial research publications in the area to his credit. Nominations may kindly be sent in respect of only those candidates who could be spared, in the event of their selection, for undertaking the proposed assignment at NIFT for a period indicated. 417 For restricted use within NIFT only.

432 FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO BE FILLED BY FACULTY MEMBERS INTERESTED IN SECONDMENT TO NIFT Broad Area of Assignment for which nomination sent (0 ) DESIGN (UG) MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY Fashion Design Merchandising Apparel Manufacturing Leather Design Marketing Textile Technology Textile Design Retail Information Technology Knitwear Design Fashion Communication Fashion & Lifestyle accessories DESIGN (PG) UG/PG teaching - Design/ Management/ Technology Faculty workshops / training Curriculum development Fas.E - Fashion Entrepreneurship programme Other EDP (Executive Development Programme) and MDP (Management Development Programme) Programmes Craft Cluster Initiatives Term Applied for (1 semester (16 weeks) / 1 module (4 weeks)/ Workshops (2 weeks)/other (specify): 1. Name (Expanded initials): 2. Date and Place of birth: 3. Nationality: 4. Present Postal address: 5. Educational qualifications Degree/Diploma Division/Grade Year Subjects taken Name of University/ Institute 6. Professional experience Address of the office/ Institution Post held Duration from to Specific experience P.G. Teaching/ Research Industrial 7. Details of Published work : Books, Articles, Monographs, Papers 8. Summary of recent/current projects undertaken: 9. Current Interests and Assignments: 10. Visits abroad: Country visited Duration of visit From To Purpose of visit For restricted use within NIFT only. 418

433 11. Previous assignment with NIFT, if any: Term/year Course taught Seconded by your institute or directly hired by NIFT 12. Any other relevant information: Signature of Applicant Remarks of the Head of the Institute: Signature of the Head of the Institute To be sent to: International and Domestic Linkages (I&DL) Office National Institute of Fashion Technology, NIFT Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi India. 419 For restricted use within NIFT only.

434 10 - J Policy on Engagement of Visiting Fellow to NIFT 1. Title of the Policy - Engagement of Visiting Fellow to NIFT 2. Preamble : NIFT has evolved as a centre of Excellence imparting Multidisciplinary and pragmatic education to its students. In order to keep pace with the dynamic environment which is rapidly changing, the present milieu demands that the international fashion industry trends need to be adopted and assimilated within the Indian environment. Owing to the fact that process of Globalization is rapidly happening, exchanges of teaching pedagogy, concepts, and professional ideas are necessitated. Thus, there is a requirement of introduction of overseas international visiting fellows, who can provide the necessary international flavour and impetus to the initiative taken by NIFT. It is also important to offer appointments to overseas visiting fellows so that their involvement and commitment with NIFT is ensured. The exercise has multi-pronged advantages inter alia: a) Provision of international exposure to students who are unable to study abroad on account of lack of adequate financial resources b) Cost effectiveness in terms of benefit to a large and effective pool of students. In connection with the above, NIFT has initiated a process to welcome international faculty experts to work / associate with NIFT as visiting fellows. The visiting faculty may be involved in executing new programs, projects and / or holding workshops. The specific form for inviting National and International faculty experts has designed and furnished to various fashion education institutes and is also hosted on the NIFT website. 4. Definition : A distinguished scholar or an industry person working internationally (other than India) with an evidence of strong commitment for teaching. These will be highly qualified academics or industry professionals with rich experience in International organizations/ institutions in other countries 5 Scope and Ambit : At various foras, there has been a felt need by the Industry, Academia and Research organizations that NIFT should invite foreign faculty for Curriculum Development for various programmes viz. PG programme in Design, Teaching core and common specialized elective subjects at UG and PG levels, conducting MDP/EDP Programmes, faculty training and workshops etc. The policy aims at providing guidelines for determining duties and obligations and accountability of concerned expert and host departments. 6. Invitation : It is pertinent to set out the probable method of invitation to be a par t of the visiting fellow selection. It needs to be specified that invitation ought to be area and subject specific and according to the needs of the host department students and faculty. Some of the methods that could be used are as follows: a) Inviting Overseas Experts from specialized domains through IFFTI member Institutions b) Sending Invitation to Scholars of proven repute in the relevant field of specialization c) Written media/ Internet advertisement/ notice on NIFT and member Institutions websites. d) Nomination by the Chairperson / HOD of the units at NIFT on the basis of International acclaim generated through published work or word of mouth. e) Through follow-up of Seminars/Conferences/Workshops etc. conducted by the experts internationally. Applications shall be solicited in the prescribed format (Annexure1) that available with International Linkages cell or downloaded from the NIFT website. 7. Selection Criteria : In order that the faculty inputs are successful, the selection criteria cannot be extremely rigid but have a certain element of flexibility and objectivity attached to it. Exceptions if any may be made in deserving cases purely on a recommendation basis. Broadly however the selection criteria would fall within the following parameters: a) Professional credentials of the expert For restricted use within NIFT only. 420

435 b) Feed back of the previous assignment with NIFT (if any) or any either institution c) Core Competence in the subject area d) Ability to be application and subject specific e) Ability to perform into the following work areas - i. To conduct specialized Revenue Generating Programmes like MDP/EDP, PG programme in Design Space. ii. Curriculum Development and Training. iii. Teaching at UG / PG Programmes at NIFT. iv. Teaching common electives. v. Training Faculty. vi. Conducting Research/ consultancy Projects. vii. Providing exper tise to the Cluster Initiative 8. Association of the expert and Number of Experts to each Department : Each expert /fellow would be associated with a primary host department and a secondary affiliation department. This would be done by the selection committee based on professional credibility and experience of each expert. The number of experts to be finalized and invited shall be guided by the requirements however, for the first two years of the policy in force, the host department shall have 2-3 experts being invited for the Revenue Generating Programmes like the EDP/MDP, PG Programme in Design Space etc. and for the departments conducting regular programmes shall invite 1-2 visiting fellows per academic year. 9. Responsibility of the Host Department : The host department shall provide for Academic interface with staff and faculty and the visiting fellow The Chairperson shall coordinate the interface with various centers The Registrars of the centers hosting shall be responsible for the visiting fellow's administrative arrangements in terms of their travel, stay and other contractual obligations. The host department shall form a coordination committee of two members (CP and the CC for instance) that shall decide the workload and the minimum and maximum no of hours etc and the same recommendation shall be given to the selection committee. Host department shall do the budgeting for the expert and determine beforehand that the DDF (refer to relevant provisions under DDF Policy issued separately) shall be available. The Registrars of the centers shall certify the DDF with the respective CCs. In cases where payment exceeds the amount allocated under DDF prior approval of the competent authority will be necessary. 10. Selection procedure a) Academic Screening Committee: A committee comprising of CP's Dean (A), Head-AA and Head IL shall examine the applications based on the mentioned criteria and submit the recommendations to the Director General. They will make recommendations specific to the grade based on the qualifying criteria of relevant experience as given below. The above mentioned committee shall also decide the workload based on recommendation of the host department and justify the selection of the concerned expert on the basis of the their seniority and professional credibility Category/grade Qualifying criteria/ Remuneration relevant Experience Group A 15 to 20yrs USD per week Group B 10 to 15yrs USD per week Group C 4 to 8yrs USD per week 421 For restricted use within NIFT only.

436 b) Negotiation Committee : The committee that shall negotiate the terms and conditions shall comprise Director Delhi Centre, Director (F&A), Dean (A) and Head (IL) 11. Financial Arrangement : a. The centres shall bear the expenses pro-rata on the basis of number of days spent at each centre by the Visiting Fellow. A Debit note shall be raised by the HQ on each of the receiving centre on the Pro-Rata basis. The centre may adjust / book expenditure against the DDF of the host department (15% of the DDF is allocated for the Engagement of visiting fellow/adjunct faculty) failing which the centre book it as academic expenditure in cases of regular programmes (with the prior approval of DG). b. Remuneration paid as fee shall be based on the recommendations and negotiations by the screening and negotiation committee as explained above. c. Apart from the above remuneration, lodging arrangement shall be made by NIFT along with a DA of USD 50 per day or total DSA of 100USD per day shall be offered to the selected visiting faculty. d. The Negotiation committee shall also decide mode of overseas travel according to the category of Visiting Fellow. The committee shall also decide the category of lodging arrangement to be made by NIFT for Visiting Fellow. Power to relax : No provisions of this policy will be relaxed except with the explicit approval of AAC & BOG. For restricted use within NIFT only. 422

437 AGREEMENT FOR ENGAGEMENT OF VISITING FACULTY IN NIFT THIS AGREEMENT is made on this current date, of the Christian Year Two Thousand and Seven. Between National Institute of Fashion Technology, NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park, Hauz Khas, New Delhi -16, A Statutory body under by NIFT Act, 2006 with its Head Office at New Delhi and 7 Centres at Bangalore, Chennai, Delhi, Gandhinagar, Hyderabad, Kolkata and Mumbai, hereinafter referred to as "CUSTOMER " of the ONE PART; And Mr./Mrs. (Name of the visiting faculty) hereinafter referred to as "Service Provider" of the OTHER PART; Terms and Conditions : Period of Visit - As per requirement and approval Honorarium - During his/her visit to NIFT, he/she will be offered a honorarium of USD per week. Financial Arrangement - The entire cost of his Secondment to NIFT, including of air passage both ways (economy class excluding excess baggage, PTA, if desired), Airpor t Taxes, accommodation as well as daily allowance will be borne by NIFT. However a claim regarding the same should be put up through the concerned Programme Co-ordinator. For air passage payments will be done on production of original tickets. An allowance of USD 100 per day which includes Boarding would be offered to the visiting faculty by NIFT. Accommodation at all NIFT centres would be arranged by the Centre Directors. However, he/she could avail the option of utilizing the arrangement made by NIFT at its various Centres and Daily Allowance of 50 USD per day will be paid. All other expenses like laundry, telephone, medical insurance etc is to be borned by the faculty. All inter centre travel within India would be arranged by NIFT. The honorarium would be paid on completing the programme after deducting dues if any of the faculty. Mandatory Workload - During the secondment of the visiting faculty, which shall be 1-2 Weeks, the mandatory workload shall be decided by the Programme Coordinator and shall include Teaching/Research/Conducting workshops etc. at NIFT and its various Centres. The honorarium to be paid during the secondmentship shall be linked with the satisfactory completion of mandatory workload. In the event of the visiting faculty, unable to complete the mandatory workload, on medical grounds or otherwise, he / she shall be required to extend his/ her stay to complete the workload. In the event of premature return without completion of mandatory workload due to any reason, the Daily Allowance to be borne by NIFT shall be reduced proportionately and return airfare + Airport Taxes shall be borne by the visiting faculty. The visiting faculty shall not be permitted to take any other assignment during this period. In case of any violation, expenditure incurred by NIFT would be disallowed. He/ she would not be allowed to undertake any other employment including lectures, commentary or workshops for other institutions in this period. He would also abide by the IPR policy of NIFT. Force Majeure - During the Secondment in NIFT, If the whole or any part of the performance by the visiting faculty is prevented or delayed by causes, circumstances or events beyond NIFT/Visiting faculty's control then to the extent NIFT/Visiting faculty shall be prevented or delayed from performing all or any par t of its obligations hereunder by reason thereof despite due diligence and reasonable efforts to do so notwithstanding such causes, circumstances or events, the NIFT/Visiting Faculty shall be excused from performance hereunder for so long as such causes, circumstances or events shall continue to prevent or delay such performance. Prior intimation of any such conditions us writing shall their to be sent by the visiting faculty. Prior approval of NIFT should be taken justifying reasons. H) Governing Law/Jurisdiction - This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of India and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in New Delhi, NIFT HO. In the event of any dispute the decision of DG NIFT shall be final and binding. I) Complete Agreement - This Agreement is entire in itself and cannot be changed or terminated orally. No modification waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless communicated in writing and signed by NIFT and Visiting Faculty. All legally required amendments shall automatically become an integral part of this Agreement. 423 For restricted use within NIFT only.

438 By executing the duplicate of this Agreement, NIFT and Mr./Ms. (Visiting faculty) shall be deemed to acknowledge having understood the terms hereof and to accept and agree to the terms hereof. Name and Address Visiting Faculty Name and Address with Passport No. National Institute of Fashion Technology NIFT Campus, Near Gulmohar Park Hauz Khas, New Delhi - 16, (Signature of the Authorized signatory on behalf of NIFT) (Signature of the Visiting Faculty) (Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of NIFT) (Signature of the Witnesses on behalf of Visiting Faculty) For restricted use within NIFT only. 424

439 10 - K Draft Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) Between National Institute of Fashion Technology And i) This Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is signed between National Institute of Fashion Technology (hereinafter referred to as NIFT) and on this day of Month Year. The Objective of the MOU is to utilize each organization's capabilities, expertise and experience in conducting Management / Entrepreneurship Development programmes. These programmes will focus on Design. Management and Technology for Textile & Garment industry. ii) The term of this MOU is one year and the MOU shall be reviewed in the last quarter of its term. iii) According to this MOU, NIFT will conduct Management / Entrepreneurship / Skill Up gradation Development Programmes & other related porgarmmes on global basis in association ( jointly with iv) This MOU does not prevent either party, NIFT or from entering into relationships with other organizations for conduct of similar programs during the term of MOU, or anytime thereafter. v) The faculty for these programmes would be contributed by NIFT for technical inputs and for inputs. Outside experts for the programmes, if required will be selected jointly by NIFT and - vi) Expenses relating to the following expense heads will be initially borne by and adjust against the fee to be received for the programmes from the participants. - Auditorium hiring - News paper advertisement and publicity - Mailers - Cost of Seminar / Training materials - Working lunch / Tea etc., TA/DA expenses of guest faculty - Inauguration and valediction expenses. - Service charge of any local organization if associated. vii) All fees would be determined jointly by NIFT and collected by and kept in separate accounts. viii) NIFT will get a lumpsum of 15% of total fee collected towards utilization of its name/brand in organizing the programme. ix) Any use of NIFT name/logo in any promotional /print/ electronic media shall be pre-approved by NIFT. x) The allocation of expenses incurred under various heads not covered under (vi) above will be mutually decided. The surplus available after deducting expenses as indicated at (vi) & (vii) above would be shared by NIFT & in the ratio 50 :50. xi) A joint committee for programmes would be set up at which NIFT would be represented by Head (industry) and ---- would be represented by its The committee may co-opt equal number of participant from the respective organization. xii) All decisions with regards to programmes would be taken by consensus and if there by any difference of opinion between NIFT ---- and on any programme the same would be dropped without any liability to either side. xiii) NIFT and would reconcile and settle the accounts within one month of completion of each programme. (Authorized Signatory ) National Institute of Fashion Technology New Delhi (Authorized Signatory) 425 For restricted use within NIFT only.

440 12 - A IT Distribution and Procurement Policy 1. Short Title/Commencement 1.1 The policy shall be called NIFT IT Distribution and Procurement Policy 1.2 The policy shall come in force with effect from June Purpose 2.1 The purpose of this policy is to obtain the optimum utilization of the IT infrastructure available with NIFT and updating the IT technology through cost-effective procurement of IT Infrastructure. 3. Applicability 3.1 The policy is applicable to all the IT technology users of NIFT. 4. Process 4.1 Distribution Policy for PCs and Peripherals Desktop Computers Officers/Staff:- Director General Directors Senior officers of the rank of Registrar/Professors/CPs and above Officers upto the rank of Dy.Registrar/Faculty/OSDs/ARs/Accounts and Purchase Staff/DG Sectt. For all Co-ordinators - SDAC, RIC, CIL (one each) (CIC,EAC) For each faculty who is additionally the unit-inchrage/unit-head at HO Departmental Labs:- Each academic dept. (PG and UG to be treated separately and FP to be treated as a dept.) - 40 computers each 1 CAD Lab to be maintained by CC-F.Tech for common use - 40 computers each MAC Systems One MAC Lab with 40 systems for FC Dept. 5 MAC systems for PG Design Dept Desktop Computers RA / Sr.Asst. / Jr.Asst /Pas / Lab Asst.(non-IT) Dept. Labs -FP Laptops Director General - 1 All Directors - 1 each All Registrars - 1 each Dean-A, Head-AA, Head-IL, Head-Industry, Head-FOTD and Head- Research - 1 each All CPS - 1 each CCC - 1 IT Dept. - HO (for common use) - 2 Academic Programmes : 2 Laptops per programme per centre DLP Projectors Academic Depts. - 2 per specialization FP - 4 for Delhi and 3 for others 4 projectors for HO (Board room -1, Pupul Jayakar Hall - 1, IT dept. (for common use) - 1, DG Sectt.-1) 1 each for auditorium/conference room per centre For restricted use within NIFT only. 426

441 4.1.6 Printers The following type of printers have been identified depending upon the nature of work and workload of the users and will be distributed according to the following norms Printer Type I - Multipurpose printer (All in One) - Colour 4-in-1 Printer Director General Directors, Registrars, CPs, Dean-A, Head of Units. Monochrome 4-in-1 Printer CCs, DR (F&A), AD, PO, AR, PE, EE, DD-NRC, Head Librarians Printer Type II - Medium Speed LaserJet Printer Academic depts. -1 per specialization One for Academic Affairs One for Actts. And Finance One for Establishment and Admission Printer Type III -Medium Speed Monochrome (A3) - Dotmatrix Accounts and Finance in each centres and HO Printer Type IV - A4 LaserJet Printer - Monochrome Each unit in Head Office Accounts Dept. - 2 each Administrative Officers Academic Depts. - 1 each DG Sectt. - 3 One printer to be shared between co-ordinators (SDAC,RIC, CIL) in each centre Printer Type V - High Speed LaserJet Printer -Monochrome (A4) One per centre Printer Type VI - High Speed Network LaserJet Printer -Monochrome (A4) One in HO Printer Type VII -LaserJet Colour Printer (A4) - One in each centre and HO Plotter - 72 " One per Centre - with DFT Scanners - A4 The scanners will be distributed as per the following norms - One for each academic dept.(specialization) - One scanner to be shared among 5 units - One between Centre Co-ordinators IT Consumables - Pen Drive Pen drives will be issued as per the following norms:- - Directors/CPs/HODs each - Other Officers/ Staff of Group A&B&C - 1 each LAN Connection All the PCs will be in the LAN Internet connectivity Internet connectivity to be provided to all Desktops under LAN and browsing & download limits to be set through Firewall / Filters based on the following category of users:- 427 For restricted use within NIFT only.

442 Category:-1 Director General / Directors / Senior officers of the rank of Registrar /Professors / CPs / Heads and above / Faculty / Dy.Registrar/ DG Sectt. / Board sect Category:-2 Officers up to the rank of OSDs / ARs / PO/ SAs / RAs / PAs / CoE Cell Category:-3 All other Staffs / Units Category:-4 Students Category:-5 Laboratory computers Accounts NIFT accounts will be created for the following users:- - Officers/Faculty/Staff. - All NIFT students of Regular Programmes IT Training and Development Periodic training for faculty/officers to upgrade IT skills AMC of PCs and Peripherals - AMC of PCs and peripherals will be done locally by respective centres. - The Centres need to obtain the approval of DG-NIFT before awarding the AMC to the vendors. - The details such as IT items covered under AMC and the Tender specification should be communicated to the Head-Office by the respective centres. 4.2 Procurement Policy for PCs and Peripherals Software Procurement - Software(s) and no. of licenses as per the course curriculum needs and student strength. - SIAC-IT will recommend to the competent authority about the mode of procurement and the no. of licenses to be procured as per the distribution policy IT Hardware Procurement - Assessment of IT Hardware procurement as per the distribution policy will be done at the NIFT -HO level and the same will be submitted to SIAC-IT. - SIAC-IT will recommend to the competent authority about the mode and the quantity of IT Hardware procurement as per the distribution policy. For restricted use within NIFT only. 428

443 12 - B NIFT Web Policy A. Purpose of the Website The purpose of National Institute of Fashion Technology's official web site is to provide general information about our systems as well as information about educational programs, extracurricular activities, events, and student and staff achievements. The web site is intended to provide valuable information to the larger community about NIFT and its various centers. The following guidelines are intended to ensure that the web site meets these goals and to establish reasonable controls to protect the privacy of students and staff, to ensure that the web site is in compliance with applicable laws, and to ensure that it meets the highest educational and quality standards. B. Web Site Structure 1) There is a main NIFT website - which will have all the necessary common information. 2) On the home page of this site, there will be various menu options which will be as follows and contain the following information notified from time to time by the Corporate Communication Cell: The Institute - this will have further sub menus, which will detail the history, vision and mission of the institute, its future directions, NIFT's governing council, DG's message, faculty, administration and finance. Academics - this will give information on courses (programs) offered, student development activities, placements, facilities offered to students, placements, research and publications. Admissions - this will explain in detail, the procedure, seats offered in every center, the fee structure and list of students selected. NIFT Alliances- this will talk about national and international linkages and alliances of NIFT. Business opportunities - this will lead to further sub menus for sponsorship of events in NIFT, and tenders. Job opportunities NIFT Initiatives Intellectual Property Rights Alumni Contact us Social responsibility- The right to information act manual 2005, and cluster initiatives taken by NIFT NIFT Mail C. Terms And Conditions Of Web Site Use Privacy Policy News and Events - this will list all the latest happenings in NIFT and relevant information. NIFT Centers - here NIFT centers shall be listed and links to center websites shall be provided, and for maintaining uniformity, all NIFT Centre websites must incorporate the following a) The main page of the center website should have the same look as the Home Page. b) The main page must carry a visual that reflects the USP of that particular Center, such as an interesting picture of the campus. c) The menu is to be provided on the right side, and must include the following: 1. Home 2. Courses offered 3. NIFT Team 429 For restricted use within NIFT only.

444 4. News and events 5. Resource center / Library 6. Cluster Initiatives 7. Job opportunities 8. Contact us d) The content of each menu head will be as follows: 1. Home - This will lead back to the main page of our website. 2. Courses Offered - will talk about only the regular and CE programs of that center. 3. NIFT Team - will list the Faculty and Administrative team of that center. 4. NIFT Centres - NIFT has several centers spread out in different parts of India namely. All the centers are governed under the rules and regulations of NIFT which is administered by the Head Office of NIFT which located at 5. News and Events - will display latest news and events taking place in that center. 6. Resource Center / Library - will have pictures and information related to the topic of that center. 7. Cluster Initiatives - will talk about cluster work taken up by that center. 8. Job opportunities - will be center specific. 9. Contact us - will have address and phone nos. of that center and id of the website coordinator of that center. Webmaster Responsibilities There is a Webmaster, who is responsible for updating of the web site from time to time, approving all material to be posted on the site, and monitoring all web site activities for compliance with Board policies, applicable laws and regulations, and these guidelines. If the Webmaster is unsure whether particular material is appropriate, he/she shall consult such person who has for the time being given the powers and authority to decide on the contents of the web and the decision of such person shall be final. Only the Webmaster and other responsible person in NIFT duly authorized by the management shall have password-protected access to the web server to place, remove and modify web pages and contents thereof. In the event any uploading of new material is to be made at any center, the Website Coordinator of that center should consider the nature of the matter to be uploaded and shall revert to the webmaster if in his opinion such matter is likely to be in breach of policies, laws and regulations. In particular when such new material involves any Intellectual property issues of NIFT or others the website coordinator shall have the contents cleared by the Webmaster. 1. Regular updating of website - NIFT reserves the right to edit, delete, or modify any web page content as it sees fit to comply with the intended purposes of the web site and these guidelines. 2. Projecting NIFT as Center of Excellence 3. Highlighting our Corporate Social Responsibility 4. Management of updated website 5. Regular answering of web mails D. Content, Quality and Subject Matter 1. NIFT web site does not create, nor is it intended to create, a public or limited public forum. All materials placed on the web site must serve the educational mission of NIFT. 2. All materials placed on the web site must meet academic standards for proper spelling, grammar, content and accuracy. 3. All materials placed on the web site must comply with all Board policies, administrative procedures and rules concerning the acceptable use of technology. 4. Web page content must be limited to NIFT-sponsored information and activities. No personal student or staff web pages, chat rooms, or discussion groups are permitted on the web site. E. Confidentiality of Student Information 1. The web site shall be in compliance with all applicable confidentiality laws and regulations. 2. At no time shall personal information about students (such as home address, telephone number, address, birth date, etc.) appear on the web site. 3. The web site will not include any information that indicates the physical location of students at any given time. For restricted use within NIFT only. 430

445 4. Student's achievements, awards, photographs of extracurricular activities or work may only be published on the website. F. Confidentiality of Staff / Faculty Information 1. At no time shall personal information about staff / faculty appear on the web site {including home address, home telephone number, home address, birth date, etc.) As the NIFT web site is maintained in part to enhance communication with students and their families, the official e- mail address and/ or telephone numbers of staff / faculty are published on the web site. G. Intellectual Property Rights 1. NIFT is the owner of the trademarks NIFT, NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY and stylized representation of the word NIFT (NIFT logo) within the meaning of the Trademarks Act, NIFT is also the owner of the copyright of the NIFT logo and all artistic and literary contents in the website within the meaning of Copyright Act, NIFT is the owner of the trademark NIFT and the domain names niftindia.com, nift.edu, nift.ac.in. NIFT also claims rights in any domain name under any TLD consisting of the word NIFT and reserve right to initiate proceedings for the deregistration of any domain name consisting of the word NIFT in the event such registration has been obtained in bad faith. 4. Except for the above exceptions, all web pages and materials published on the web site are the property of and owned by NIFT 5. Where appropriate the web pages will contain specific copyright notices conspicuously indicating that such pages are exclusive properties of NIFT and no one is permitted to download, reproduce or otherwise use the same whether in its entirety or in part. For the purpose notices may be worded as, "Copyright reserved. No par t of this document shall be made use of otherwise by way of fair dealing as provided in the copyright act 1957." H. Terms and conditions of web site use This page states the Terms and Conditions under which the visitor may visit this Web site. If the Terms and Conditions stated here, are not agreeable to the visitor he should quit the site. The terms and conditions are subject to change from time to time as considered appropriate by NIFT. The terms and conditions that are updated from time to time will supercede the previous terms and conditions and that would be binding on the visitor. Use of Content All trademarks covered under the Trademarks Act, 1999 and artistic works and contents of this web site which are covered under the Copyright Act 1957, unless otherwise indicated, are properties of NIFT. The use of these proper ties or any other content on this site, except as provided in these terms and conditions or in the site content, is strictly prohibited and any unauthorized use of any of the of the trademarks and copyright (collectively referred to as "Intellectual Property Rights") would amount to infringement/passing off actionable in law. No one is entitled to reproduce, display, distribute, or otherwise use of Intellectual Proper ty Rights and use of such material s in any manner without the prior written consent of NIFT would be actionable in law. Links To/From OtherWeb Sites This Web site may contain links to other Web Sites. These links are provided solely as a convenience to the visitor. Wherever such link/s lead to sites which do not belong to NIFT and / or its associate entities, NIFT is not responsible for the content of linked sites and does not take any responsibility for the correctness or accuracy of the content on such Web Sites. Similarly, this Web site can be made accessible through a link created by other Web sites but such links can be created only with prior written consent of NIFT. Indemnity The visitor agrees to indemnify, and hold harmless NIFT and/ or its associate entities, their faculty, officers, directors, employees and agents, from and against any claims, actions or demands resulting from your use of the Web site material or your breach of these terms and conditions of Web Site use. 431 For restricted use within NIFT only.

446 Liability NIFT is not liable as to the completeness or correctness of such information and any or all consequential liabilities arising out of use of any information or contents on this Web Site. No warranty is given that the Web Site will operate error-free or that this Web Site and its server are free of computer viruses or other harmful mechanisms. The web site is provided without any warranties and NIFT and / or its associate entities, disclaims all warranties, including non-infringement of third parties rights as also the accuracy, reliability of the contents including text, graphics, and links. Disclaimer Of Damages In no event shall NIFT, or any other entity associated with NIFT be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use or inability to use the Web Site and the Web site material. I. PRIVACY POLICY NIFT in the event of interaction with visitors will respect their rights to privacy. Any personal information that is shared in such interaction shall be kept confidential. In the course of its activities NIFT may hold on-line quiz or other events and surveys as permitted by law and it reserves its right to use and disseminate the information so collected to enhance its services to the visitors. NIFT will not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for any violation or misuse of the personal information of the visitor by unauthorized persons consequent to misuse of the internet environment. NIFT reserves its rights to revise this privacy policy from time to time. For restricted use within NIFT only. 432

447 12 - C NIFT Development Fund The National Institute of Fashion Technology is a premier institute set up by Ministry of Textiles, government of India for development of the human resources for textiles and garment industry. The guidelines for NIFT developments are made to provide much needed support to the NIFT Faculty, staff & students for their academic and related development activities out of the "CORPUS" fund called NIFT DEVELOPMENT FUND. About NIFT Development Fund NIFT has created corpus fund called "NIFT Development fund. This fund was effective since 25th January An initial amount of ` 50 lakhs had been collected through IDBI, Industry support and invested properly. The investments are made in fixed deposits/scheme of Nationalized Bank, UTI, ICCI, IDBI as considered appropriates from time to time. All donations made specifically for overall development of NIFT fraternity is being deposited in this account and shall be used effectively for development activities of NIFT Faculty, Staff & Students. Amount Available Under NDF for Development Activities: All Future expenditure out of this fund will be equivalent to the interest earned on the investments only i.e. the amount earned as interest on the investment done under NDF shall be available for proving financial assistance. Sanctioning Committee: This fund shall be placed at the disposal of the committee; DG-NIFT, Dir (F& A) & Dean(A). This committee would evaluate & disperse funds for development activities. The meetings for the same may be convened once every quarter. Account department under HO shall maintain proper account of the same. THE NDF committee shall review and take decisions on utilization of the fund during quarterly meetings. All faculty activities should be routed through Dean(A) and all student related grants through Head (AA). On receipt of the request the committee will finalize the fund amount. Application of Funds: The NIFT development fund may be utilized for any or all of the following purposes; 1. FOR NIFT 2. FOR FACULTY 3. FOR STUDENTS 1. For NIFT a. Promotional events & activities NDF shall be utilized for organizing any promotional activities for NIFT. The assistance shall not exceed 10 % of NDF. The promotional activities include; Corporate Film & Web base activities and development Assistance shall be provided to create corporate films for promoting NIFT image. The film will be shown to new applicants (at school level) or can be sent to international colleges for promoting NIFT. The film in the form of CD can also be made available along with the prospectus to all who are applying in NIFT. Fashion Spectrum An annual assistance to all NIFT centers for organizing annual festival of NIFT "FASHION SPECTRUM". The Fashion Spectrum is conducted at all NIFT centres, and is a confluence of academic and co-curricular activities. The event serves as a platform for the industry, NIFT students and other colleges of repute come together and participate in a variety of programmes - cultural evenings, educational workshops, exhibitions and inter-college competitions. 433 For restricted use within NIFT only.

448 2. For Faculty: NDF shall be utilized for organizing any development activities for NIFT Faculty. The assistance shall not exceed 20 % of NDF. The development activities include; a. Up-gradation Training Assistance shall be extended to provide management and other development training for upgrading faculty at NIFT. The nature of the training depends on the competency of each department. b. Faculty Excursion (Annual) Assistance shall be made available to organize faculty excursion for the faculty of NIFT. The excursion could be of three days. c. National & International participation in (Seminars, Fairs & exhibitions). Assistance shall be extended to render financial help to NIFT Faculty to undertake national and international exhibitions, fairs and seminars for overall development of NIFT Faculty. 3. For Students: NDF shall be utilized for funding students who have shown extra capabilities in handling social work, design work and other newer models for lifting NIFT image. In case, applicants are more, priority would be given to the student with excellent academic track record. Certificate from Centre co-ordinator is essential to certify the above criteria. Outstanding performance in the work/project done at NIFT. Social Work Leadership Development Awards Financial Assistance Inter College participation. a) Outstanding performance in the work/project done at NIFT. The fund shall be used toward project costs, research, travel & other costs related to work on the project. This fund may be used to support a percentage of the student project of any nature but not exceeding `20,000/- of NDF fund. Especially encouraged are projects that address the design, implementation, and dissemination of research on new models. Student needs to submit Certificate from Centre Co-ordinator to certify the above. b) Social Work Leadership Development Awards NIFT Development fund will grant one Social Work Leadership Development Awards per year. This award is constituted for the Individuals who have demonstrated leadership in advancing the field of social work in the NIFT related areas. Award amount - ` 20,000/- Priority will be given to work involving collaboration between NIFT and non-government organization. This award will be presented at the time of Convocation. Certificate from SDAC is essential to certify the above criteria. c) Financial Assistance This fund will be provided to students for the following; Academic expenses excluding Tuition fee. (Tuition fee is waived off for needy student through NIFT scholarship). For restricted use within NIFT only. 434

449 In exceptional cases, this fund may be provided for any academic & medical urgency for NIFT regular Student. Financial assistance would be provided to student for overseas participation in competition, fair & seminars etc. Assistance amount: not exceeding 20 % of the NDF fund Certificate from Centre co-ordinator & / SDAC is essential to certify the above criteria. d) Inter College participation For promoting outstation college competitions 50% matching basis contribution will be made through NDF. The balance 50% would be paid through SDAC activity fund. Financial assistance amount: 50% of actual expenditure, limited to 10% of the NDF. SDAC should forward the request for assistance. APPLICATION PROCEDURE & FORMAT All NIFT regular students can apply for the above awards & recognition to SDAC at respective NIFT centres. Incomplete application will lead to cancellation. Following guidelines may be adhered to for applying: All application must be forwarded to SDAC duly certified & signed by CC of the Deptt. A 200-word abstract describing the project (include background, goals, methods, and other details); A 50-word abstract which should include a personal statement describing why the selection committee should award this fund. A two-page curriculum vitae of the student involved in the proposal; Two letters of recommendation. For advance funds, kindly submit the following also. A one-page timetable outlining the work plan for the project; A one-page budget justifying how the funds will be spent; FUND REVIEW: The NIFT development fund shall be reviewed and monitored by the constituted committee. Power to interpret: The decision of the Director General, in all matters relating to approval and rendering shall be final & binding. 435 For restricted use within NIFT only.

450 Research & Technology Labs The BOG NIFT in its 65th meeting dated March 30, 2006 approved the proposed for setting up Research & Technology labs in all NIFT centres with the following objectives. (a) Identification of the important issues faced by the industry, (b) Creating of world - class infrastructure for undertaking research, (c) Development of new technological solutions or improve on the existing solutions, (d) Improvement of technology absorption of the industry, (e) Study, emulating & development of important management practices and propagate their adoption among the industry, (f) Development of interactive, web based training tools and media for industry and students, (g) Development of innovative teaching / learning tools and methodologies for fashion education. Guiding Principle In the meeting of the Regional Industry Coordinators held on 5th October 2006, 24 proposals from RIC for setting up of R&T Laboratories with capital expenditure amounting of ` lakh was discussed and further examined with reference to the following criteria's (i) The budget limit for each center is 35 lakhs, which if not utilized by the respective center would be offered to other center. (ii) The budget should be used for equipment only. No budget for space, manpower and recurring expenditure will be provided. (iii) Proposal must be very specific in term of deliverables, potential pre-identified clients and revenue expected per year for next five years. Further, in the Executive Council meeting held on 17th October 2006 the issue of initiatives to be taken by NIFT on the tenth project i.e. Sizing & Forecasting project was discussed and as per decision a capital grant of ` 1 Crore has been allocated from Research & Technology budget for purchasing four compact & portable "Body Scanner" machines from M/s. TC2. (USA), to be used in "Sizing and Forecasting Project". Procedure As per the criteria only nine projects of Chennai, Delhi, Gandhinagar, Hyderabad and Mumbai centres were found feasible with a total budgetary requirement of ` lakh. Approved Projects Center Project Name Cost of the Project Chennai Research Innovation Fabric & Garment Design Delhi Set & Light Design Gandhinagar Mechanical, Electrical & Electronic Engineering (Total two projects) Energy Analysis and Optimization of its usage Hyderabad Use of Banana Fiber in Fabric After Studying the (Total four projects) Properties and Blending with Other Fibers Woolen Fibre (Deccan Variety in Clothing) New Mixing technique of glass with other media Study of women's / men's wear market in Andhra Pradesh State Mumbai Project Management Total D Total No. of Project : 09 Total cost of the Project : For restricted use within NIFT only. 436

451 The Administrative approval has been accorded for Research & Technology lab's work to start on nine feasible & one sizing and forecasting project. The Research unit has prepared a format (attached Annexure 1) for the proposers of the approved projects to submit their plan of work and estimated of expenditure on machine & equipment. Based on their estimates financial approval will be solicited. The global tender enquiry for procurement of "3 D Body Scanner" is proposed to be floated in near future. MOU signed (a) (b) The Memorandum of Understanding & Cooperation (MOU) between NIFT - Institute of Natural Fibres, Coordination Centre of the FAO European Cooperative Research Network on Flax and other Bast Plants, Poland is signed for formalizing a collaboration program in the area of Research on technical aspects of Natural Fibres, The strategic objective of the centre is development and transfer of advanced technologies and products concerning obtaining and processing of Natural Fibrous raw materials, especially flax and hemp. 437 For restricted use within NIFT only.

452 13 - A Ordinances & Regulations for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy As approved by 13th Senate held on 11th October 2010 PREAMBLE Section 26 of the NIFT Act, 2006 stipulates that subject to the provisions of this Act and the Statutes, the Ordinances of the Institute may provide for all or any of the matters specified in the said Section 26 and 27, interalia, further provides that Ordinances shall be made by the Senate. National Institute Of Fashion Technology (NIFT) Delhi offers postgraduate programmes leading to the award of Ph.D. degree through its Head Office, Delhi. The award of Ph.D. degree is in recognition of high academic achievements, independent research and application of knowledge in area of Fashion Technology and application thereof. Creative and productive enquiry is the basic concept underlying the research work. Work of classified nature or strategic importance would normally not form a part of Ph.D. dissertation. The procedure and requirements spelt out in these Ordinances and Regulations embody the philosophy to ensure high standards of performance in research work at the Institute. Notwithstanding these Ordinances and Regulations, the various Departments and Centres may require the candidates to complete additional requirement so as to serve their particular academic goals. Furthermore, Departments/ Centres may also make any requirement more stringent and the students will be well advised to know of such additional/more stringent requirement from their respective Department/Centre. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi shall be conferred on a candidate who fulfills all the requirements specified in these Ordinances and Regulations. ORDINANCES (Note: The Ordinances and Regulations contained herein are to be approved by the Board of Governors (BOG) It is to be pointed out that the Rules/Regulations are modified/changed by the BOG if the circumstances so demand and the student will be governed at any time by the Rules/Regulations applicable at that time.) 1. DEFINITIONS: i) "Applicant" shall mean an individual who applies for admission to the Ph.D. programme of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi on a prescribed Application Form within the specific period for application. ii) "Candidate" shall mean a person registered for the Ph.D. Degree and who has successfully completed the course requirement, the comprehensive examination and submitted an approved research plan; iii) "Caretaker supervisor' shall mean a member of the academic staff appointed to look after the candidate's research interests in the absence of the Supervisor and after the submission of thesis. iv) "CEC" shall mean the Comprehensive Exam Committee of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi. The CEC shall comprise of Head Research as its Chairperson; One external expert in the field; One Institute faculty expert, preferably in the concerned area, from outside the Department / Centre to which the student belongs; Nominee of SIAC- R; and Supervisor(s). v) "Course Advisor" shall mean a faculty member nominated by the Department/ Centre to chalk-out the programme of study of a student registered for the Ph.D. and to advise him on the courses to be taken by him. If a Supervisor(s) has already been appointed, he/she shall be the Course Advisor for that student. vi) "Course Work" shall mean courses of study prescribed by the Course Advisor to be undertaken by a student registered for the Ph.D. Degree. vii) "Dean" shall mean the Dean (Academics). viii) "Degree" shall mean the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) of the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi in prescribed area. ix) "Head (AA)" shall mean Head (Academic Affairs). x) "Head Research" shall mean head of research unit and de-facto chairperson of PhD Program xi) "Institute" shall mean the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi. xii) "Joint Supervisor" shall mean an additional supervisor approved by DG NIFT on the recommendation of Supervisor to help the supervisor in the accomplishment of the research work of the student/candidate. For restricted use within NIFT only. 438

453 xiii) xiv) xv) xvi) xvii) "Minimum Registration Period" shall mean the minimum period for which a candidate must be registered, including the time spent as student before becoming a candidate, prior to submission of the thesis. "Registration Period" shall mean the length of time span commencing with the date of initial registration at the Institute till the completion of the programme. "SIAC - Research" shall mean the Standing Internal Advisory Committee of the National Institute of Fashion Technology for Research. The SIAC - R shall comprise three PhD holding Professor / Senior Professors of NIFT, one Center Director (all to be nominated by DG NIFT), Unit Incharge Research, Head Research as the Chairperson. "Student" shall mean a person registered for the Ph.D. degree prior to becoming a candidate. "Supervisor" shall mean a member of the academic staff of the Institute approved by DG NIFT on the recommendation of SIAC-R to guide/supervise the research/ academic work of the student/candidate. xviii) Note: 'He' & 'His' imply 'he/'she' and 'his'/'her' respectively. 2. The minimum entry qualifications for admission to the Ph.D programme shall be: Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology* from NIFT or an equivalent institute of international standing with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/ semesters) where marks are awarded. The decision of DG - NIFT with regard to which Institute shall be considered "equivalent" will be final. 3. Candidate registered for the Ph.D. programme shall be required to satisfy a minimum registration period requirement, as laiddown in the Regulations. 4. A student/candidate shall be required to earn prescribed minimum credits through courses and/or carry out his research work at the Institute, under the guidance of approved supervisors. In special circumstances, a full-time student/candidate may be permitted by the Standing Internal Advisory Committee - Research (SIAC-R) to carry out part of his research outside the Institute. 5. A candidate will be required to complete all requirements for the award of the degree within a period specified in the Regulations. 6. The date of initial registration shall normally be the date on which the student formally registers for the first time in the beginning of a Semester for the Ph.D. programme, which shall also be the date of his joining the programme for all intents and purposes. 7. For a student to become a candidate of the degree, he shall have to satisfy the requirements laid down in the Regulations and be accepted by the SIAC-R. 8. If a student/candidate withdraws from his Ph.D. programme or his registration is terminated, his student/candidate status shall cease. If such a candidate is re-admitted, he may be given weightage to the credits acquired during the previous registration on the recommendation of the SIAC-R except in the case of termination on, disciplinary grounds. 9. The award of the Ph.D. Degree to an eligible candidate shall be made in accordance with the Regulations of the Institute. REGULATIONS The following Regulations shall apply to all categories of students/candidates pursuing course of study and research leading to the Ph.D. degree: R.1. ADMISSION ELIGIBILITY: (Regulations R1-R3 to be implemented by Registrar (Admissions) I. Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology (ie MDes/ MFM/ M.Techfrom NIFT with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/semesters) where marks are awarded. II. Full time Post-graduation degree in the relevant area of Design, Management or Technology (ie MDes/ MFM/ M.Tech./ M.E./ M.Sc./ M.A./M.Com/ MBA degree) (or) equivalent qualification from an institute/ university of national/ international repute with minimum 7 years of education after higher secondary last of which was the masters degree with a minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 6.0 on a 10 point scale or equivalent as determined by the Institute wherever letter grades are awarded; or 55% marks in aggregate (of all the years/semesters) where marks are awarded. 439 For restricted use within NIFT only.

454 III. The area of research of the applicants has to be relevant to field of fashion otherwise it is liable for rejection of the candidature of the applicant. The selection panel shall make appropriate recommendations to accept or reject the candidature on account of the area of research of the applicant to DG NIFT. DG NIFT has discretionary power to accept or reject the candidature on such grounds. IV. Candidates who are employed besides full filling the above eligibility criteria are required to submit "NO Objection" certificate from there current employer V. Temporary and contract academic faculty of Institute may be given administrative clearance by DG-NIFT to seek admission at any time after joining service on recommendations of respective Chair-Person and Centre Director. VI. Permanent academic faculty of the Institute may be given administrative clearance by DG-NIFT to seek registration after satisfactory completion of the period of probation on application. Following common eligibility criteria the format of PhD Degree may be as follows: PhD degree would read the title of the thesis and would not state any area ie Design, Management, Technology. R.2 SHORTLISTING R.2.1 a. The short listing of applications for the purpose of admission test / interview will be done by a Committee nominated by admission section and duly approved by DG NIFT. Committee will have at least two representatives of SIAC-R. b. The interviews will be conducted by the panel proposed by COE and approved by DG NIFT comprising of i. At least 2 eminent faculty members who are doctoral degree holders from institute of national / international repute appointed ii. At least 3 Senior faculty members one each from design, technology and management department iii. At least two representatives of SIAC-R. c. The SIAC-R may set the short listing criteria, if considered necessary higher than the minimum eligibility defined above. R.3 CLASSIFICATIONS R.3.1 The applicants for admission to the Ph.D. programme shall be classified under any one of the following categories: i. Institute Research student/candidate ii. NIFT Faculty candidate R.4 REGISTRATION R.4.1 R.4.2 Every student/candidate will be required to renew the registration every semester till the submission of the thesis. The renewal of registration every semester shall be subject to completion of specified number of credits/courses and/or satisfactory progress in his research work as recommended by Supervisor. A student / candidate, who fail to register or renew his registration as the case may be, will cease to be a student/ candidate with immediate effect. R.4.3 All records for registration and fee payment shall be maintained by Admission and Finance/ Accounts department at Head Office, NIFT respectively R.5 COURSE WORK R.5.1 Each student will be required to take requisite course work with the suggestion of his supervisor / course advisor. R.5.2 Each student will take 3 compulsory courses on (1) Research Methods, (2) Statistical Analysis and (3) Research Paradigms. Other courses for Ph.D candidates shall be identified by the Supervisor out of those offered by the Post Graduate programs in Design, Management and Technology at respective NIFT centers. If Supervisor feels it necessary, courses may also be chosen out of under graduate programs. R.5.3 Every student shall be required to complete a minimum of 15 credits. R.5.4 The minimum CGPA requirement shall be 7.0 on a 10 point scale for continued candidacy of Ph.D. Degree. If the CGPA of any student is below 6.5 at the end of any course work, his registration will be terminated with immediate effect. For restricted use within NIFT only. 440

455 However, if his CGPA is above 6.5 but less than 7.0, he may be asked to take more courses in order to enhance his CGPA to 7.0 or above, subject to the condition that this should be achieved within one semester. R.5.5 The re- examination policy of NIFT will be applicable to the Doctoral Program as well Logistic for application of reexamination is as follows: Selected course work - since the scholars are attending classes and undertaking all the assignments, projects, exams etc. as per the regular students the NIFT reexamination policy may be applicable to them. The result of the PhD selected course work will be sent by the COE (HO) to the Research Unit who will then communicate to the PhD candidate who has not cleared the selected course work. The PhD students will have to undertake the re-examination with the regular students. Compulsory courses - since the first stage of compulsory course work is undertaken in December end it is almost end January by the time the results are declared. In case of a student failing the compulsory course work conducted in December he/ she may appear for the re- exam in June with the examination of compulsory course offered then. In case of a student failing the compulsory course work which was conducted in June he/ she may appear for the same in Aug after declaration of result. Re examination policy of NIFT will apply. R.6 THESIS SUPERVISOR(S) R.6.1 Every admitted student shall be assigned a Research Supervisors by the Head (Research) on the recommendations of the SIAC-R taking into consideration the preference of the student, and take the approval of the DG-NIFT. The research scholar may indicate this preference of supervisor / guide, if any, in the application form itself. NIFT reserves the right of allocation of Supervisor. R.6.2 A Supervisor can be any faculty member of the Institute with a Ph.D. with minimum 2 years of experience post Ph.D. and quantifiable research output in terms of published papers and/or presentations. Faculty members who do not have a Ph.D. degree may be allowed to supervise provided they have acquired the status of Sr. Professor on the basis of their experience as an eminent scholar / professional with published work of high quality. No person who himself is registered for Ph.D. degree at this Institute or any other Institution, would qualify to act as supervisor. Those without Ph.D. appointed as supervisors would cease to be supervisors if they themselves register for Ph.D. A supervisor can take not more than 6 research students at any given point of time. An extra student may be taken only after an existing student has submitted his/her synopsis. Extra student(s) may also be allocated with the approval of DG NIFT for reasons such as non availability of expertise etc. R.6.3 The Supervisor(s) shall be appointed during the first semester. R.6.4 DG (NIFT) on the request of the student and recommendations of the Supervisor may appoint joint Supervisor(s) not exceeding a total of three to supervise the student/candidate. These may be from inside or outside the Institute and normally, there should not be more than two supervisors from within the Institute. Appointment of any Joint Supervisors) would not be made after a lapse of 18 calendar months from the date of initial registration of the student/candidate except when none of the supervisors is in the Institute for a period of a year or more at a stretch. Co-Guide shall be nominated only in circumstances where in the allocated supervisor / guide is not able to take full responsibility of guiding the scholar. The co-guides have to be recommended by the supervisor to the Head-Research. This list will then be compiled and presented to SIAC-R for recommendation and onward submission to the competent authority for final approval. The Co-Guides may be an expert from the industry with creditable reputation supported by documentary evidences or doctoral degree holder from academic institute of repute. The Co-guide have to submit "No Objection" certificate from there current employer for guiding the research scholar. When a research project is under cojoint supervision IPR policy of NIFT will prevail to address issues regarding the ownership of the intellectual property created. R.6.5 Appointment of Supervisors/Joint-Supervisors and Caretaker-Supervisor for Ph.D. students A faculty member appointed as a Ph.D. supervisor is normally expected to be available to a research scholar in the Institute till the thesis viva. However, under unavoidable circumstances, such as: long leave of more than 12 months; resignation; retirement; or death; a supervisor may not be available to the scholar. In such special cases, appointment of supervisor(s) will be regulated as under: 441 For restricted use within NIFT only.

456 I. A supervisor proceeding on long leave of more than 12 months i. Where joint-supervisor exists, the supervisor proceeding on long leave for more than 12 months can continue to be a Joint-supervisor provided the SIAC-R is convinced of effective supervision by the Joint- Supervisor. ii. Where a Joint-Supervisor does not exist, a Joint-Supervisor may be appointed in cases where a student has not yet submitted his synopsis. iii. Provided, if the synopsis of the thesis has been submitted before the supervisor proceeds on leave, he will continue to be the supervisor and only a caretaker supervisor will be appointed. iv. The Thesis has been submitted before the supervisor proceeds on leave, he will continue to be the supervisor and only a caretaker supervisor will be appointed. v. Further, if a major revision becomes necessary, and the sole supervisor is on leave, he should be asked to specifically state whether he would effectively help the student carrying out the major revisions within a reasonable time. In case the sole supervisor expresses his inability due to one reason or the other, the caretaker supervisor, if he provides the required help in carrying out the major revision, will automatically be treated as Joint-Supervisor of that candidate. vi. Provided further, if a supervisor proceeds on leave for a period less than 12 months initially, but later extends his leave beyond 12 months, the above procedure will be followed. II. A Supervisor retires A faculty member who is due to retire within the next two years can be appointed as a Joint-Supervisor and can continue to be the Joint-Supervisor even after his retirement provided the Head (Research) is convinced of his availability/continued guidance to the student. In other cases, a faculty member on retirement may continue as a Joint-Supervisor, if the synopsis of the thesis has been submitted. Appointment of another Supervisor, if necessary, will be as per l(i-ii); and caretaker Supervisor as per l(iii-vi). III. A Supervisor resigns A new Supervisor will be appointed, if necessary, as per l(i-ii), arid a caretaker supervisor as per l(iii-vi). IV. A Supervisor dies A new Supervisor will be appointed, if necessary. R.7 Comprehensive Examination Format R.7.1 Each student will be required to take a comprehensive examination after the completion of the course work. The comprehensive examination would be a combination of oral examination (viva / presentation) and evaluation of the research proposal. Oral examination will test student's comprehension of his broad field of research and his academic preparation and potential to carry out the proposed research plan. This will be followed by evaluation of the research proposal. The examination will be conducted by COE through a Comprehensive Exam Committee constituted as follows: a. Chairperson- (Head Research) b. One External expert in the field; c. One Institute faculty expert, preferably in the concerned area, from outside the Department / Centre to which the student belongs; and d. Nominee of SIAC-R e. Supervisor(s). Experts at (b), (c) and (d) above will be nominated by DG NIFT from person of eminence and experience in the field R.7.2 The following procedures will be uniformly followed in conducting the comprehensive examination for Ph.D. Scholars: i. A student should first clear the requisite Ph.D. course work. After the student has completed the course work, the comprehensive examination should be conducted by COE through Comprehensive Exam Committee. ii. The Comprehensive Exam Committee on the basis of the performance of the student in the examination will make one of the following recommendations under subheadings A & B: For restricted use within NIFT only. 442

457 A: Comprehensive Exam a. Passed b. To reappear in the examination after a defined period of time specified and after taking additional courses. c. To re-submit the research plan keeping in view suggestions of the Committee and to be, evaluated after a defined period of time, d. Failed B: Research Plan a. Approved b. Not approved in a such a cases, reasons of deficiency may communicated to the student R.7.3 A student will be provided a maximum of two attempts to pass the comprehensive examination. R.7.4 Students must complete the comprehensive examination within 24 months respectively from the date of joining the programme, failing which their registration will be cancelled. R.8. ELIGIBILITY FOR THE CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE R.8.1 Application for the candidacy for the Ph.D. Degree shall be made by the student to the NIFT Registrar (Admission) on the approved form soon after having passed the comprehensive examination. R.8.2 A student shall be formally registered as a candidate for the Ph.D. Degree after he has complied with the following: i. Should have completed his course work with a minimum CGPA of 7.0; ii. Should have submitted a research plan duly recommended by supervisor; and iii. Should have passed the comprehensive examination. R.9 PERFORMANCE MONITORING R.9.1 The academic/research progress of each student/candidate will be monitored by Head (Research). For this purpose, each candidate will be asked to submit a progress report at the end of each semester to his supervisor(s). On receipt of the progress report, the supervisor(s) shall arrange with SIAC-R for a review. R.9.2 The SIAC-R will evaluate the progress report of the student every semester. R.9.3 'X' grade is to be awarded during that semester if the progress is 'satisfactory'. R.9.4 If the progress is 'unsatisfactory', 'U' grade is to be awarded and appropriate action taken. For the first appearance of "U" grade, a warning would be issued to the candidate. R.9.5 If there are two consecutive "U's, the registration will stand terminated. R.9.6 Submission of progress report should continue till submission of thesis. R.9.7 Like all other courses, the grades for courses will be compiled by COE. The grades for a given course by the concerned department may be calculated and entered like for any other course. R.9.8 The above process will continue till the thesis is submitted. R.9.9 The terms for the research work will be as follows: Term I: July to December; Term II: Jan. to June. R.9.10The academic calendar will include the following dates for the submission of progress reports. I semester: 1st. November (issue of blank progress forms by Head (Research) to respective supervisors). 15 December (submission of completed progress reports by the students to Supervisor, and supervisor to Head - Research). II Semester: 1st May (issue of blank progress forms by Head - Research to respective supervisors). 10 June (submission of completed progress reports by the students to Supervisor, and supervisor to Head - Research). R.10 MINIMUM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT R.10.1For a candidate who has a Masters degree or its equivalent the minimum period of registration shall be two calendar years (24 months) 443 For restricted use within NIFT only.

458 R.10.2The candidates shall normally submit their thesis within a period of five years from the date of their initial registration for the Ph.D. Programme. However, as a special case, this limit may be extended to a maximum of seven years by the DG- NIFT after which the registration shall stand cancelled automatically. R.11 SYNOPSIS R.11.1Research Scholars should at least have 2 publications in reputed/ relevant journals before the synopsis is submitted R.11.2On completion of the research work, the candidate shall submit a synopsis including bibliography of research work to his Supervisor, who shall forward the synopsis with its recommendations to Head (Research). A panel of at least eight experts in the area would be suggested by the Supervisor(s) while forwarding the title and synopsis of the thesis. The panel so recommended would include at least 50% of the examiners from outside India. R.11.3On receipt of the title and synopsis of the thesis, the Head Research will request DG NIFT to appoint a Board of Examiners for candidate. The Board will consist of 3 examiners. One internal examiner (normally the Supervisor), and two external examiners; one from within India and the other from abroad who shall be experts in the subject of the thesis. These external examiners may be chosen normally from the panel of examiners recommended by the Supervisor(s)/ Head Research. As aforesaid, a person working in NIFT or an organization where Research Scholar is employed cannot, however, be appointee as External Examiner for evaluating the Thesis of that Research Scholar. R.11.4There is no bar to the inclusion of name of guide/list of publications arising out of research in the synopsis as well as appointment of ex-student of the guide on the Board of Examiners provided the concerned ex-student had received Ph.D. Degree of the institute under his guidance at least 5 year earlier. R.11.5The candidate shall be required to submit fresh synopsis if he fails to submit his thesis within 9 months of the submission of the earlier synopsis. However, in case a candidate fails to submit his thesis within the stipulated time and has suitable justification for the same, the DG-NIFT may on recommendations made by the Head (Research) and on individual merits of each case grant his extension in time by not more than one month i.e. the candidate may be allowed to submit his thesis within a period not exceeding 10 months from the date of the submission of the synopsis. R.12 THESIS SUBMISSION R.12.1The thesis shall be written in English in the specific format and shall contain a critical account of the candidate's research. It should be characterized by discovery of facts or fresh approach towards interpretation of facts and theories or significant contribution to knowledge of development or a combination of these. It should bear evidence of the candidate's capacity for analysis and judgment as well as his ability to carry out independent investigation, design or development. A thesis may be supplemented by published work, if necessary. No part of the thesis or supplementary published work shall have been submitted for the award of any other degree. R.12.2A candidate may submit his thesis to the Head Research through the supervisor within the time period as stipulated in R 10.2 provided that: i. The candidate has completed the minimum period of registration as provided in R ii. iii. The candidate has become a candidate for the award of Ph.D. degree as provided in R 8.2 and The candidate has submitted the title and synopsis of the thesis at least two months prior to the submission of the thesis. R.12.3The candidate for the degree shall submit three copies of the thesis with a soft cover. In case of joint supervision four/ five copies of thesis shall be submitted by the candidate. R.13 THESIS EVALUATION R.13.1Dean shall forward the thesis (received from Head-Research) for evaluation to two examiners notified in R11.2 & R Each examiner will be requested to submit a detailed assessment report and his recommendations on the prescribed proforma within six weeks of the date of receiving the thesis. The examiners would file report on the thesis as: Commended - in case the work is "Satisfactory" Not Commended- in case the work is "Not Satisfactory". For restricted use within NIFT only. 444

459 The examiner has to advice the requisite changes to be made in the research work. These changes will then be communicated from Head Research to the Supervisor & research scholar. The research scholar in consultation with there supervisor has to incorporated the required changes and resubmit the revised thesis which again will be sent for evaluation. R.13.2In the event that the thesis report is not received from an examiner within a period of three months, Dean(A) may appoint another examiner in his place from the panel for evaluating the thesis. R.13.3 In the event of dis-agreement between the external examiners, the DG-NIFT may as a special case, appoint another external examiner, if the merit of the case so demands. This examiner will send his report independently to the Dean (A) R.13.4In the event of the candidate being required to submit a revised thesis, he shall in the normal circumstances, submit the same within a period of one year from date of communication in this regard from the Head Research. However, in exceptional circumstances this period may be extended by the DG-NIFT by another one year, the total revision time irrespective of the number of the revisions allowed, will not exceed a period of two years. R.14 AWARD OF Ph.D. DEGREE R.14.1A candidate, who has been recommended for viva-voce examination on the basis of thesis evaluation, shall be required to defend his work/thesis orally before a duly constituted committee hereinafter referred to as Oral Defence Committee (ODC) during working hours of the Institute. Any deviation from this should have prior permission of the DG-NIFT R.14.2The ODC shall consist of the internal examiner, and one of the two external examiners. If none of the external examiners is available for the conduct of the oral defence for any reason, an alternative external examiner shall be appointed DG NIFT for this purpose only. R.14.3On the completion of all stages of examination, the Oral Defence Committee shall recommend to the Head Research, one of the following courses of action: (a) that the degree be awarded (b) that the candidate be re-examined at a later specified time in a specified manner (c) that the degree shall not be awarded In case of (a) and (b), the Oral Defence Committee shall also provide to the candidate a list of all corrections and modifications in the thesis (if required) including suggestions made by the examiners during the thesis evaluation. R.14.4The Degree shall be awarded provided that: (a) The Oral Defence Committee so recommends; (b) The candidate produces a 'No Dues Certificate' in the prescribed form and gets it forwarded along with the report of ODC, and (c) the candidate has submitted two hard cover copies of the thesis; one for the Department's/Centre's Library and one for the Central Library. Thesis should incorporate all necessary corrections/ modifications. (d) The hard bound copies of the Ph.D. thesis, submitted after the viva-voce examination, must contain the copyright certificate format under discussion in the beginning of the thesis, on a separate page on the left side the matter of the copyright may be as follows: (C) Copyright Name of the scholar The student grants royalty - free permission to NIFT to make and distribute copies of the thesis. Any software code, patent or any other intellectual property disclosed or contained in the thesis is subject to the IPR Policy of NIFT. R.15 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE NIFT will offer to its own faculty members, in regular employment of NIFT, a total assistance of ` 2 Lakhs (Or a sum decided by DG NIFT from time to time) This assistance ship may be used by the faculty for product development, experimentation and thesis documentation. The payment will be released on submission of paper documents of the expenditure incurred. The proof of expenditure should be forwarded by supervisor to the finance dept at HO for settlement of account as per the NIFT rules R.15(A) TUITION FEE WAIVER TO PH.D. SCHOLARS Following categories of research scholars are eligible for 50% tuition fee waivers: (i) The Institute faculty pursuing Ph.D. at the Institute 445 For restricted use within NIFT only.

460 (ii) Research scholars admitted to Ph.D. programme from other Government Organizations/Institutions under MOT R.16 LEAVE & ATTENDANCE A student/candidate will be entitled to avail leave as per Leave Rules/Attendance Rules formulated and amended from time to time by the Senate. Presently these Rules are as under: LEAVE (a) During Course work: Ph.D. student, during his/her stay at the Institute will be entitled to leave for 30 days including leave on medical grounds, per academic year. He/she will not be entitled to mid-semester breaks, summer and winter vacation. Leave beyond 30 days in an academic year may be granted to a Research Scholar in exceptional cases, by the supervisor concerned, subject to the condition that a proper leave account of each scholar shall be maintained by the Supervisor concerned. (b) After Completing the Course Work: A Ph.D. scholar during his/her stay at the Institute, will be entitled to leave for 30 days per academic year. He/she will not be entitled to mid-semester breaks, summer and winter vacations. In addition, a Ph.D. scholar who has completed his/her course work may be granted leave on medical grounds up to 10 days-per academic year. The women research scholars will be eligible for Maternity Leave for a period not exceeding 135 days once during the tenure of the programme. ATTENDANCE A Ph.D. student while pursuing course work, must attend at least 75% of classes in each course in which he/she is registered. A research scholar after having completed the course work must attend to his/her research work on all the working days and mark attendance except when he/she is on duly sanctioned leave. The requirement of 75% attendance will apply as above on daily attendance except in the cases where longer leave has been duly sanctioned within the leave entitlement of the student. R.17 CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION R.17.1Registration of a student/candidate shall be cancelled in any one of the following eventualities, after due approval of DG- NIFT. (i) If he absents himself for a continuous period of four weeks without prior intimation/ sanction of leave. (ii) If he resigns from the Ph.D. Programme and the resignation is duly recommended by the supervisor. (iii) If he fails to renew his registration in any semester subject to the provisions contained in these Ordinances & Regulations, (iv) If he does not clear the comprehensive examination or if his academic progress is found unsatisfactory in terms of if his CGPA is below 7.00 at any time while doing course work. (v) if he is found involved in an act of misconduct and / or discipline and terminations recommended by a competent authority. R.18 GENERAL Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances & Regulations, all categories of the students/candidates shall be governed by the rules and procedures framed by the Senate in this behalf, and in force from time to time. R.19 INTERPRETATION R.19.1 Any doubt or dispute arising about the interpretation of these Ordinances and Regulations shall be referred to DG NIFT whose decisions shall be final. For restricted use within NIFT only. 446

461 ADMISSION FORM NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY (Ministry of Textiles, Govt. of India) Application Form for Admission to Ph.D. Programme Closing Date: Visit: Tick the relevant box wherever provided. Affix a Passport Size Photo Here Application No. Session: For Office Use Only Registration No. Date of Receipt Enclosures Received Note : The application form duly completed, accompanied by Bank Demand Draft, attested copies of Degrees/ Diplomas/ Marksheets and Abstract of maximum 3000 words (giving details on Introduction ;Objectives / Statement of the problem; Review of literature; Outline of the research work, Research Design ( Methods, procedures and analytical tools to be used);pilot studies/ Preliminary experiments and the results obtained (if any) ;Limitations; Significance of the study; References/ bibliography) should reach Director (F&A)/Admissions, NIFT Campus, Hauz Khas, New Delhi on or before the closing date. Personal Record Name (in block letters) Date of Birth Year Month Date Mother's/Father's/Guardian's Name Address for Correspondence (in block letters) Mobile No. Permanent Address (in block letters) Nationality Gender: Male Female Whether you belong to SC/ST Community? Yes No (If so, attach attested copy of Caste Certificate) Proposed broad area of research, nature, objectives and scope of the subject, importance, 447 For restricted use within NIFT only.

462 tentative title, in order of preference (attach an abstract on the proposed research work in maximum 3000 words giving details on Introduction ;Objectives/Statement of the problem; Review of literature; Outline of the research work, Research Design (Methods, procedures and analytical tools to be used);pilot studies/ Preliminary experiments and the results obtained (if any) ;Limitations; Significance of the study; References/ bibliography) Educational Qualifications Examination Name of College/University Year of Passing Class/ Division % of Aggregate Marks Passed Obtained/ CGPA Note :1. Information in respect of examinations passed from the first year Degree Course onwards to be recorded. All entries must be supported by attested copies of certificates/marksheets. 2. Aggregate percentage of marks must be based on marks/grades in all the semesters/annual examinations completed so far (If marks are shown in grades, numerical percentage is to be indicated). Details of Experience S.No. Name of the Organization Post Held Description and type of work in Period teaching/research/professional practice Particulars of Publications S.No. Title of the Paper/Book Name of the Journal/Publisher Place of Publication Year of Publication Guide information : (optional ) Name of the Supervisor/Guide of your choice, if any Guide approval : I agree to be the supervisor / Guide of this project. Name of the guide : Signature of the guide : Name of the Co-Guide, if any Record of Enclosures (Attested copies of certificates/documents) For restricted use within NIFT only. 448

463 Format for progress report R.9 National Institute of Fashion Technology Head Office Progress Report of PhD Scholar during the Semester Jan -June 2010 Use Capital Letters 1. Name of the Student 2. Registration No. 3. Date of Joining 4. Centre 5. Status: Full-Time/Part-Time 6. Proposed area of Research 7. Progress Report Is Attached With This Form Date (Signature of Student) 8. Recommendation of the Phd Supervisor / Supervisors Certified that the student's progress is Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Date:... Signature Of The Supervisor/ Supervisors Grade Awarded By SIAC-R On The Progress Of The Scholar Satisfactory [Grade X] Unsatisfactory [Grade U] Date :.. Signature of Head (Research) 449 For restricted use within NIFT only.

464 (Format) Progress Repor t for the Semester Name of the Student : Registration No : Ph.D Topic : Work Done During the Semester Literature Search : Research work details - Pilot Study/ Survey/Sampling / Experimental Work Done: ( Provide Details Of The Work) Publications/ Conference Paper Presentation, If Any : Date & Place Signature Name of the candidate Date :... Signature of the Supervisor/ Supervisors For restricted use within NIFT only. 450

465 R.7 section of ordinance (To be used after the comprehensive examination is successfully completed ) NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Head Office APPLICATION FORM FOR REGISTRATION AS A CANDIDATE FOR THE AWARD OF PH.D. DEGREE USE CAPITAL LETTERS 1. Name in full: 2. Regn.no.: 3. Date of regn: 4. Deptt./centre: 5. Registration status: full time/part-time: 6. Course work completed.: SEMESTER SESSION COURSE NO. & TITLE CREDIT GRADE CGPA 7. Topic of research Date: Signature of the student 8. Research plan submitted by the student and duly approved by the undersigned is attached herewith. (I) (II).. SIGNATURE(S) OF SUPERVISOR(S) 9. Recommendation of the COE (i) Certified that the student has qualified the comprehensive examination (ii) The research plan attached herewith is approved. (ill) it is recommended that Mr./Ms. be registered as a candidate for PhD. Programme. Date:... Signature of the COE Particulars of the student have been verified. The comprehensive examination has been completed within the permissible time limit. Submitted for approval of DG - NIFT Signature of HEAD (RESEARCH) Signature of DG- NIFT 451 For restricted use within NIFT only.

466 Comprehensive Examination and Approval of Research Plan Part A The Comprehensive Exam Committee (CEC) conducted the comprehensive Examination of Mr./Ms... Registration No.... as per the details given below. Date of Oral Attempt 1... Attempt 2 (if applicable)... On the basis of the performance of the student in the examination CEC recommends award of 'PASS/FAIL' grade to the student in the comprehensive examination. Part B (Applicable only if 'PASS' grade is recommended in the ORAL examination). The student submitted and presented a research plan entitled, Based on his/her performance, the CEC recommends: (i) The research plan is approved and that the Date of approval of Research Plan be taken as... (ii) The student be asked to re-submit a research plan latest by... (date) keeping in view the modifications suggested by CEC (as per details enclosed). (iii) Research plan be not approved. Supervisors Expert outside Chairman (CEC) Deptt./Centre or his nominee For restricted use within NIFT only. 452

467 Regulations for preparation of Ph.D. Thesis 1. Thesis should be type-written on both sides of good quarto-size /A - 4 size paper in double space with sufficient margins with multiplastic ring binding. 2. Suitable reproduction of Indian-Ink diagrams should be used. Photographs should be suitably mounted on the same quality paper as the thesis. 3. Reference should be given in a style in the text consistent with a standard journal in the field. 4. Three copies of thesis in multiplastic spiral binding in Grey colour cover must be submitted for evaluation. In case of student being supervised by more than one supervisor, appropriate number of additional copies must be submitted. 5. The cover should have the following printed on it in block letters: (a) the title at the top (b) author's name in the middle (c) Name of the Department/Centre and National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi at the bottom. 6. After the Viva-Voce Examination, two copies of thesis in hard black-colour-cover must be submitted. The cover should have the material indicated in item 5 above. Besides, the following should be printed on the spine of the thesis : (a) the year of publication at the top (b) the author's last name in the middle and (c) Ph.D at the bottom. 7. The contents of the thesis should have the following format: (i) (ii) The hard bound copies of the thesis must contain the copyright notice format under discussion in the beginning of the thesis (left side of the inner cover page):- Inner cover page (iii) Certificate of the Supervisors) (iv) Acknowledgements (v) Abstract (vi) Table of contents (vii) List of figures & List of Tables (viii) Body of the thesis (ix) References (x) Appendices and (xi) Brief Bio-data of the author. 8. The inner cover page should read as follows: TITLE OF THESIS by (NAME OF AUTHOR) Submitted in fulfillment of the requirements of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi Month & Year 453 For restricted use within NIFT only.

468 LIST OF THE FULL TIME PROGRAMMES OFFERED IN THE LAST 20 YEARS at NIFT: - Undergraduate Design Programmes (Duration 2 years) Fashion Design Undergraduate Design Programmes (Duration 3 years) Fashion Design Accessory Design Postgraduate Design, Management and Technology programmes (Duration 2 years) Knitwear Design & Technology Leather apparel Design & Technology Textile Design & Development Garment Manufacturing Technology Apparel Marketing & Merchandising Management Fashion Communication PROGRAMMES OFFERED SINCE YEAR 2003: - UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES (Duration: 4 years) B.Des.(Fashion Design) B.Des (Leather Design) B.Des. (Textile Design) B.Des. (Knitwear Design) B.Des. (Accessory Design) B.Des. (Communication Design) B.FTech. (Apparel Production) POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES (Duration 2 years) M F M (Management) M. F Tech. M. Des. (Design Space) For restricted use within NIFT only. 454

469 Formats Research Proposal for comprehensive examination The cover page to mention PROPOSED TITLE OF THE PhD RESEARCH WORK NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY NEW DELHI, INDIA MONTH 20. ABSTRACT It should be a distillation of the thesis: a concise description of the problem(s) addresses method of solving it/them, the results and conclusions (till this point). An abstract must be self-contained. Usually abstract do not contain references. The word limit is 200 words approximately. Page INTRODUCTION Next page onwards A research proposal is a document that describes in details the plan for a proposed scientific investigation. Elements / Chapters in research proposal: Introduction the introduction is the part of the paper that provides readers with the background information for the research reported in the paper. Its purpose is to establish a framework for the research, so that readers can understand how it is related to other research. Statement of the problem and objectives of the study Purpose of the study Literature review Questions/hypothesis ( if applicable) Research Design -Methods & procedures Results & Discussion ( of the studies conducted so far) Limitations Significance of the study Projected out come Future Plan Of Work REFERENCES -Harvard style of referencing may be followed NOTE : The research proposal submitted for the comprehensive examination at NIFT should be written within 5000 words 455 For restricted use within NIFT only.

470 Format for writing Synopsis The cover page to mention TITLE OF THE PhD RESEARCH WORK (The title of the synopsis must be the same as the title of the thesis) NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY NEW DELHI, INDIA MONTH 20. Guidelines for writing Synopsis Title of the thesis A synopsis is a summary of the final thesis. Changes cannot be made in the title of the thesis and in the title of the chapters from what has been mentioned in the synopsis. A synopsis starts with introduction of the research conducted, mentions the objectives and describes about each chapter in the thesis. The introduction is the part of the paper which provides the background information for the research repor ted, briefly outlines the relevance or significance of the research work to be reported in the thesis Statement of the problem and objectives of the study should be clearly presented Purpose of the study The number of chapters in the thesis should be mentioned at this point and a brief account of each chapter should follow. Example: Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter identifies the problem. Chapter 2 Review of Literature This chapter presents a review of relevant literature, Chapter 3, 4,5 (Title of the chapter) The chapter should consist of the description of the work written in this chapter of the thesis. Briefly describe the research methods, results & discussion and conclusion of the studies reported in this chapter. Chapter 6 Summary and Conclusions REFERENCES Harvard style of referencing will be followed General instructions to follow while writing PhD Thesis: The synopsis should be typed on both sides of A 4 sized executive bond paper. The line spacing should be 1.5. The font size of the text should be Arial copies of the synopsis in multi plastic spiral binding with grey color back cover must be submitted for evaluation. The synopsis can have at the maximum 20 pages, including the cover page For restricted use within NIFT only. 456

471 Format for writing PhD document REFERENCE MANUAL FOR RESEARCH SCHOLARS RESEARCH UNIT NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY, DELHI GUIDELINES FOR THESIS WRITING A PhD thesis is the acquisition and dissemination of new knowledge. It is a document written after years of hard work describing the research carried out in a clear and logical manner. The thesis should have clarity, continuity and keep the reader interested throughout, till the end. The thesis is a formal document whose sole purpose is to prove that you have made an original contribution to knowledge. General points to follow while writing PhD Thesis: Each sentence in a dissertation must be complete and correct in a grammatical sense. Moreover, a dissertation must satisfy the stringent rules of formal grammar. Good grammar and thoughtful writing will make the thesis easier to read. Each technical term used in a dissertation must be defined either by a reference to a previously published definition (for standard terms with their usual meaning) or by a precise, unambiguous definition that appears before the term is used. Each term should be used in one and only one way throughout the dissertation. The thesis should have proper paragraphing, section breaks, sentence breaks, punctuation, etc. All the tables and figures should be properly numbered and titled and should have a font size of 10. All tables and figures should be numbered in decimal indicating the chapter number and the corresponding chapter's figure number. The thesis should have proper referencing of all graphs, tables and figures in the text. All annexure and appendices should have proper references in the text. The visual photographs should also be numbered and should be of good print quality. Every chapter should start on a new page on the right hand side. The introduction starts on page 1, the earlier pages should have roman numerals. Reference should be given in a style in the text consistent with a standard journal in the field. General instructions to follow while writing PhD Thesis: The thesis should be typed on both sides of A 4 sized executive bond paper. The photocopies of the thesis should also be taken on A 4 sized executive bond paper. The line spacing should be double. The font size of the text should be Arial 11. All the tables and figures should be properly numbered and titled and should have a font size of 10. Three copies of thesis in multiplastic spiral binding in grey colour cover must be submitted for evaluation. In case of student being supervised by more than one supervisor, appropriate number of additional copies must be submitted. After the Viva-Voce Examination, two copies of thesis in hard black-colour-cover must be submitted. The cover should have the material indicated as above. Besides, the following should be printed on the spine of the thesis : the year of publication at the top the author's last name in the middle and PhD at the bottom. The contents of the thesis should have the following order: Inner cover page Declaration of the candidate Certificate of the Supervisors Abstract Acknowledgements Table of contents List of Figures 457 For restricted use within NIFT only.

472 List of Tables List of Abbreviations/ Acronyms Body of the thesis ( Introduction, Review of Literature, Methodology, Results & Discussion and Conclusion) References/ Bibliography Appendices and Annexure Brief Bio-data of the author. Publications in referred journal from the thesis can be attached at the end. The format of the cover pages, copyright declaration page, and certificate is attached for reference. For restricted use within NIFT only. 458

473 Side of the PhD document Year Last Name of the Students PhD Front Cover TITLE OF THE PhD THESIS IN CAPITALS GOLD PRINTED NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY NEW DELHI, INDIA MONTH For restricted use within NIFT only.

474 Inner Cover Page TITLE OF THE PhD THESIS by NAME OF PhD SCHOLAR Submitted In fulfillment of the requirements of the degree of DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY NEW DELHI, INDIA MONTH 20. Declaration I certify that the thesis entitled "TITLE OF THE THESIS" being submitted to the National Institute of Fashion Technology, New Delhi for the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is a record of bonafide research work carried out by me, under the supervision of NAME OF SUERVISOR. Due permission and approvals has been taken from all the sources (name the organization/ institutes/ companies and individuals) of data collection. The results contained in this thesis have not been submitted, in part or in full, to any other University or Institute for the award of any degree or diploma. Signature of PhD Scholar (Name of PhD Scholar) CERTIFICATE This is to certify that the thesis entitled "TITLE OF THE THESIS" being submitted by NAME OF SCHOLAR, to the National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi for the award of the degree of Doctor of Philosophy is a record of bonafide research work carried out by him/her. NAME OF SCHOLAR has worked under my/our guidance and supervision, and fulfilled the requirements for submission of the thesis. The results contained in this thesis have not been submitted, in part or in full, to any other University or Institute for the award of any degree or diploma. Signature of PhD Supervisor (Name of PhD Supervisor) Designation, National Institute of Fashion Technology, Delhi Next section ABSTRACT This part will be the most widely published and most read because it will be published in Dissertation Abstracts International. It is best written towards the end, but not at the very last minute it goes through several drafts. It should be a distillation of the thesis: a concise description of the problem(s) addressed your method of solving it/them, results and conclusions. An abstract must be self-contained. (Roman numbering starts from this page) For restricted use within NIFT only. 460

475 Next section ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Most thesis authors put in a page of thanks to those who have helped and supported him/her during the research work in different ways, directly and indirectly by providing guidance, help, advice, support, friendship etc Signature of the author & date Next section Table of contents SEQUENCE OF CHAPTERS - Abstract - Acknowledgements - Table of contents - List of Figures - List of Tables - List of Abbreviations/ Acronyms - Body of the thesis (Introduction, Review of Literature, Methodology, Results & Discussion and Conclusion) - References/ Bibliography - Appendices and Annexure - Brief Bio-data of the author. - Publications in referred journal from the thesis can be attached at the end. Pls note: The introduction starts on page 1, the earlier pages should have Roman numerals. Certificate, Acknowledgement, Abstract page should have Roman page numbers Index page should also consist of separate page of List of Tables and List of Figures mentioning Titles and Page Numbers. List of abbreviation / acronyms may be included for reference of the reader. The main body of the report consists of the following chapters Introduction The introduction should be interesting. This section might go through several drafts to make it read well and logically, while keeping it short. The purpose is to establish a framework for the research, so that readers can understand how it is related to other research. This chapter should not be more than 7-8 pages. This chapter is an introduction of the project highlighting the need and scope of the study and this chapter should lead the reader to the objectives and sub-objectives framed in order to conduct the study. Page numbering starts from here. Literature review It shares with the reader the results of other studies that are closely related to the study being reported. It relates a study to the larger, ongoing dialogue in the literature about a topic, filling in gaps and extending prior studies. It provides a framework for establishing the impor tance of the study, as well as a benchmark for comparing the results of a study with other findings. It "frames" the problem earlier identified. The chapter consists of the abstracts of literature surveyed published or unpublished in academic journals, trade magazines, conference papers, Govt. reports, books, other similar research projects within or outside the institute. All ROL chapters should contain review of literature of only the related areas of the topic studied. Methodology This chapter constitutes in detail the research methods and techniques applied by the student in completing the project. It explains the logic behind the methods used, explains the reasons for using particular methods, scope of the research, method of data collection, method of data processing and analysis, sampling method, sample size and assumptions made, if any. It is required to detail out the methodology keeping in view of the objectives framed. 461 For restricted use within NIFT only.

476 This chapter answers the basic questions of "How the Project has been conducted?" and "Why it has been conducted in a particular manner?" This chapter should also mention the requisite consent/ approvals which has been taken for the primary data collection from individuals/ institutes/ organizations to show that the research study has been done in an ethical manner. Middle Chapters The middle & final chapters that constitute the body of the report will depend upon the topic of the study. No two repor ts will have the same chapter layout. Each report is focused differently and each of the students will feel differently about the treatment to be given to a subject. Two groups developing reports on the same topic may end up getting two different report layouts. Even the number of chapters could vary from one report to another report. Generally, this part of the study should deal with: Presentation and analysis of secondary data available along with sources. Tabulation and analysis of primary data collected during the study. Implementation process, if any. Interpretation of results of the data analysis. Discussion on these results with specific context of secondary data presented earlier. Findings and Interpretations Suggest step by step plan of action. Suggesting check points for control of implementation. Results and discussion The results and discussion are very often combined in theses. This is sensible because of the length of a thesis: the thesis may have several sections of results and, if it is presented before the discussion, the reader may have difficulty remembering them. The division of Results and Discussion material into chapters is usually best done according to subject matter. Final chapter Conclusions and suggestions for further work This chapter should usually be reasonably short---a few pages perhaps. As with the introduction, it is a good idea to ask someone who is not a specialist to read this section and to comment on the conclusion. Generally this should include a statement of researcher's major findings and each one of the findings & recommendations should match with the objectives of the study. Each one of the findings & recommendations should be clearly stated, un-ambiguous, leading, indication of cost effectiveness of major initiatives (if reqd.). Appendices If there is material that should be in the thesis but which would break up the flow, it must be included in the appendix. Some things which are typically included in appendices are: Design of questionnaires,-list of respondents/organizations, tables of data collect from primary sources, original computer programs, data files that are too large to be represented simply in the results chapters, pictures or diagrams of results which are not important enough to keep in the main text. Annexure - includes those secondary documents which the author feels should be provided for quick reference. These are borrowed documents and may be critical from the readability point of view of the report. These should be numbered numerically, containing supporting information ( not collected,but secondary in nature), relevant to the project topic. These generally include - Important Reports and/or Articles, Important Comments, Important committees and their recommendations on the subject, Glossary of terms Each appendix and annexure should be listed separately as Appendix A, B, C etc. Appendix should also consist of names, address, telephone no. and contact persons of all those people or organizations contacted during the project. Page numbering of appendix and annexure is in italics. Bibliography / References Each one of us refers to some documents - published / Unpublished - on way to completion of a report. The list of sources which have been used to complete the report is generally enclosed as a bibliography to the report. The reference footnotes/endnotes cite the authority and the specific location (page numbers) from where a statement, data, direct quotation was taken, where as the bibliography lists in one place the sources used and gives a list of each work which could be of relevance to the reader of the report. Preferably Harvard referencing method may be followed. For restricted use within NIFT only. 462

477 14 - A List of Topics (PG Level) for Seminars for Bridge Program Topics for Seminars by Experts (DFT) Apparel Technology Management Cutting Room Technology Management Sewing Room Technology Management Finishing Room Technology Management Technology specification, Selection and Technology index Apparel Quality Management Vendor Selection Lean Manufacturing & Six Sigma Initiatives Comparison of at least two different buyers specifications Inspection Computer Integrated Manufacturing Intervention of IT in Product Development Intervention of IT in Apparel Manufacturing Intervention of IT in Apparel Retail Supply Chain Management Supply Chain Game Inventory Management Logistics Performance Measures Intellectual Property Right Trade Secrets Copyrights Patents Trademarks Geographical Indicators Topics for Seminars by Experts (FMS) International Marketing Regional Trade Blocks Emerging markets and products Corporate Social Responsibility Negotiation Skills Retail Merchandising and Fashion Buying Mall Management Retail site-selection Opportunities in Non-woven Opportunities in personal care products 463 For restricted use within NIFT only.

478 Fashion Entrepreneurship Strategic Fashion Business Management Fashion Entrepreneurship Organisation Behaviour Design Management Corporate Governance Supply Chain Management Supply Chain Game Inventory Management Logistics Performance Measures Intellectual Property Right Trade Secrets Copyrights Patents Trademarks Geographical Indicators HR practices Research Methodology LIST OF TOPICS FOR SEMINAR FOR BRIDGE PROGRAM (at PG level- FC/LD/KD/TD) Global issues in Design and Fashion: The seminar explores the various dimensions and issues impacting design and fashion industry globally as well as in India. Policies Practices Future Innovations Design Anthropology : Socio-Cultural Semiotics and semantics Tools of communication Cognitive and Intuitive Design : Process of design Systems in fashion Research Design and Methodology The objective is to introduce designers to various scientific tools used to inform design, investigate people, form and process in a manner that effectively translates their ideas to design decisions. Topics would include Qualitative vs. Quantitative methods, ethnographic and design improvisation, case studies and design research processes drawn from various segments of the industry. Tools and Techniques of evaluation Analysis Application Sustainable Design Sustainability in fashion and 'cradle to cradle' approach thinking is an issue at the forefront of fashion business today. Concepts like recycling, up-cycling, pre-cycling, preservation, conservation, systems and sustainable practices in fashion would be explored and understood. Environnent Practices For restricted use within NIFT only. 464

479 Processes Transaction Exchange Fashion Entrepreneurship This seminar intends to encourage and make young designers explore the possibility of entrepreneurship that is creatively and financially satisfying. In a creative industry it is important to emphasize as well as communicate the newness of an idea in order to be able to get financial backing for it. The seminar explores concepts that would help design-based entrepreneurs, inventors, innovators and product developers during the critical stages of successful business growth. Fashion and IPR The seminar aims to enhance the professional competence and operational efficiency of students apropos the principal concepts of Intellectual property and its importance as a spur to human creativity Copyrights Patents Trade Secrets and Trademark List of Topics for Bridge course (at UG Level- F&LA) Design Research and Methodology The aim of research is to introduce designers to the many research tools that can be used to inform design as well as to ideas about how and when to deploy them effectively. Topics of this multi-voice conversation include qualitative and quantitative methods, performance ethnography and design improvisation, trend research, cultural diversity, formal and structural research practice, tactical discussions of design research process, and case studies drawn from areas as unique as computer games, museum information systems, and movies. The following topics shall explore the various dimensions of design processes and its design opportunities in India. The major themes that inform in this course are discussed in greater detail. Design Anthropology Design Education Experiential Design Designs of the time India needs design today across all 230 sectors of our economy. The topics below explore and ar ticulate some of the issues and perspectives that can contribute to a better understanding of design interventions and opportunities with the craft sector: Crafts of India Crafts in Education Crafts Ecology Social Innovations in Design System Design One task of design education is the designing of designers themselves: building the character and competence for design. The other is the awareness, development and recognition of design competence in other streams of education and in society at large. Both of these are essential to the creation of an environment that can help us realize the potential of design action. Sustainable Design The concept of sustainable design has come to the forefront in the last 20 years. It is a concept that recognizes that human civilization is an integral part of the natural world and that nature must be preserved and perpetuated if the human community itself is to survive. Sustainable design articulates this idea through developments that exemplify the principles of conservation and encourage the application of those principles in our daily lives. 465 For restricted use within NIFT only.

480 Entrepreneurship Design A number of young designers are on the lookout for exciting and challenging work that is both cutting edge as well as adequately remunerative. Existing and established companies in the manufacturing and service sectors would usually make them work their way up the organization as this is seen as the most productive route for learning on the job for most professions. However, in design, the most value is added usually at the strategic level while young recruits are kept at the bottom of the value chain-at the tactical level or even the elaborative level-in some back office operation which does not challenge their imagination and conceptual skill sets that they have developed as a part of their education and training exposures in school as well as outside. Several designers turn to entrepreneurial ventures that offer design services to a variety of businesses and industries and this has been a well tested path for a large number of young designers since the entry barriers in the profession are indeed quite low as far as capital and infrastructure investments are concerned. These young designers would no doubt have to acquire new skill sets in management and people skills to be able to succeed to scale from small beginnings to support a large team and this is something that they learn on the job as they go forward in setting up their ventures and making a go of the whole effort. Smart Materials Science and technology have made amazing developments in the design of electronics and machinery using standard materials, which do not have particularly special properties (i.e. steel, aluminum, gold). Imagine the range of possibilities, which exist for special materials that have properties designers can manipulate. Some such materials have the ability to change shape or size simply by adding a little bit of heat, or to change from a liquid to a solid almost instantly when near a magnet; these materials are called smart materials. Bridge Course for Design Courses FD 1. Fashion Business Practices The seminar will explore various industry structures and knowledge of industry practices and its consequences on worker's role and obligation. It would cover legal and ethical considerations in production of fashion garments. 2. Value Addition in Apparel for Exports and Domestic Markets The seminar will explore how the Indian Textile & Apparel sector which plays a critical role in Indian economy and also being single largest employee, can perform better after the abolition of quota system. The seminar would explore various possibilities of value addition to the product by creating a niche for Indian products by value added surfaces 3D effects and techniques from traditional Indian craft heritage for a global and contemporary appeal. 3. Global Issues in Design The seminar will explore the various dimensions and issues impacting design and fashion industry globally, as well as in India. 4. Correlating Dynamics of Market Interplay to Design In recent years, increasing environmental dynamism and adaptability of the firm have attracted new academic interest in how manufacturing firms adapt to their environments and create superior business performance. It would cover the new sectors and demands arising out of the new generation. 5. Emerging trends in Sustainable Design (Conscientious / Green design) Sustainability in fashion and 'cradle to cradle' approach thinking is an issue at the forefront of fashion business today. Concepts like recycling, up- cycling, pre - cycling, preservation, conservation systems, and sustainable practices in fashion would be explored and understood. 6. Marketing INDIA: Creating National Identity The seminar will explore how a country like India with wide variations in culture, people, and handicraft development could be collectively perceived of these unique identities to form a national image. A nation's brand equity is to do with the strength of perceptions about its economic power, democratic set up, culture variation in environment condition and its craft development justice, etc. Brand India become steerage if we strengthen all mentioned above. The nation brand effect would, in turn add value to India's corporate brands. For restricted use within NIFT only. 466

481 7. Synergizing Technology and Design In the world of design, innovation has become the norm, hence it has become important to conceive new design ideas in the light of new technological set ups. The seminar explores how these two complement elements can be matched to create unparallel results with innovation in technology. 8. Global Sourcing In today's scenario with the cut throat business competition and multinational companies with chain stores covering up, the market has become global markets across geopolitical boundaries. There is strong case for global sourcing as world is getting smaller in order to provide goods and services at competitive prices with effective costing. The seminar will explore various global markets and marketing opportunities to meet the growing demand at most competitive prices. 9. Verbal Communication & Design The seminar focuses on language of design, how materials and techniques be used effectively to create a communicative design beyond cultural boundaries. 10. Design Marketing and Corporate Imaging The seminar encore passes how an effective designed marketing tool evolves new corporate image. How fresh ideas and creativity leads to development of unique solutions across all service area. 11. IPR The seminar will aim to enhance the professional competence and operational efficiency of students apropos the principal concepts of Intellectual Property and its importance as a spur to human creativity. 12. CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility) In today's global scenario of business and growing ethical business practices; how mandatory it has become for a company to follow CSR. Seminar will cover how companies can undertake CSR programme and recommendations, guidelines, reporting formats for companies to adopt CSR. 13. Design & Entertainment Industry The seminar will address how entertainment industry and other popular medium of communication where the association of story telling, visuals and sound can create a mood in order to manipulate the senses individually and in combination. The premise is to capture the interest of the students and facilitate understanding the medium by getting direct responses to different exercises and how the design and fashion industry have emerged over the years. 14. Contemporary Issues in Design -(Luxury Design) The seminar would cover the contemporary issues that are reflecting in the way fashion and design industry is moving. 15. Space design for Fashion Retail The seminar will address issues for fashion retail specially the visual merchandising par t of the same keeping in mind the global trends. The seminar will cover areas related to display design for show windows, exhibits, in-store display, display graphics, POPs, signage's and storage of merchandise specially high fashion garments. The focus is on conceptualization and critiquing of innovative modes of presentation for functional & decorative units for display and exhibit. 16. Costume Design Techniques The seminar will address the specific issues related to costumes both for cinema and theater. The realm of theatre and fashion share commonalties, both being multi-media presentations that incorporate various aspects of visual and performing arts to create an integrated performance and ambiance 467 For restricted use within NIFT only.

482 14 - B Evaluation of Seminar Conducted by Bridge Programme Student by a Jury Member S.No. Parameters Maximum Marks Marks Obtained 1 Degree of understanding/ Relevance of topic 10 2 Extent of Review of literature 10 3 Originality and Innovation 10 4 Content and in-depth Analysis 10 5 Overall impact 10 Total Comments about the work (if any) Signature Name of the Jury Member : Designation : Date : For restricted use within NIFT only. 468

483 14 - C NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Academic Affairs Department Head Office New Delhi EVALUATION OF BRIDGE PROGRAMME STUDENT BY ATTENDEE STUDENT (FORM A) Name of the student Title of the seminar CRITERION NS S G VG EX CONTENT & KNOWLEDGE LEVEL OF PRESENTATION 1) CONTENT COVERAGE O O O O O 2) RELEVANCE OF TOPIC O O O O O 3) ABILITY TO ANSWER QUERIES O O O O O 4) INNOVATION ON THE SUBJECT O O O O O PRESENTATION ABILITY 5) CLARITY IN DELIVERANCE O O O O O 6) UTILIZATION OF VARIETY OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS O O O O O 7) EFFECTIVENESS OF PEDAGOGIC TOOLS USED O O O O O PARTICIPANTS UNDERSTANDING/CLARITY 8) INTERACTION LEVEL O O O O O 9) EFFECTIVE EXAMPLES O O O O O 10) DID YOU FIND THE SEMINAR USEFUL O O O O O Additional Comments and Suggestions Remark if any Name of the student Programme Semester Date : 469 For restricted use within NIFT only.

484 14 - D NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY NIFT Centre: BRIDGE PROGRAMME (Academic Year ) PG / UG - Semester - I/ UG - Semester - II Mentor Feedback Form FEEDBACK FORM Student's Mentor's Date: Feedback Sheet No. Name: Name: Term Paper Topic: ISSUES DISCUSSED ACTION PLAN MATERIAL SUBMITTED REMARK Mentor Signature with date: Student Signature with date: (in case of on-line interaction, supporting documents must be enclosed) For restricted use within NIFT only. 470

485 LIST OF COMMON ABBREVIATIONS (IN THE ACADEMIC MANUAL) AA AAC ACOE AMS BAP B.F.Tech BOG CAT CC CCC CE CEB CGPA CIC CI&DL COE CP CR DDF DFT DG F&LA FC FD FMS FOTD FP GAT GP HO IDT ICT I&DL IPR IT ITP KD Academic Affairs Academic Affairs Committee Assistant Controller of Examinations Academic Management System Best Academic Performance Bachelor of Fashion Technology Board of Governors Creative Ability Test Centre Coordinators Corporate Communications Cell Continuing Education Common Exam Board Cumulative Grade Point Average Cluster Initiative Coordinator Coordinator International & Domestic Linkages Controller of Examination Chairperson (of the departments) Class Representatives Department Development Fund Department of Fashion Technology Director General Fashion and Lifestyle Accessories Fashion Communication Fashion Design Fashion Management Studies Faculty Orientation Training and Development Foundation Program General Ability Test Graduation Project Head Office Inter Discipline transfer Inter Centre Transfer International & Domestic Linkages Intellectual Property Rights Informational Technology Integrated Term Project Knitwear Design 471 For restricted use within NIFT only.

486 LASC LD LOA M.F.Tech. MAT MOU NAA NCC NDF NGO NIFT NRC NRI OPAC PGDS RC RIC SAP SDAC SGPA SIAC SVG TD Local Academic standard Committee Leather Design Leave of Absence Master of Fashion Technology Managerial Ability Test Memorandum of Understanding NIFT Alumni Association Network Coordination Committee NIFT Development Fund Non Government Organization National Institute of Fashion Technology National Resource Center Non resident Indian Online Public Access Catalogue Post Graduation in Design Space Resource Centre Regional Industry Coordinator Student Assistantship Program Student Development Activity Coordinator Semester Grade Point Average Standing Internal Advisory Committee Student Voluntary Group Textile Design For restricted use within NIFT only. 472

487 AAC Agenda No.6 : Reconstruction and Updation of Academic Manual 1. Scope of Proposal: The Agenda seeks approval of the proposed draft of the reconstructed and updated Academic Manual which is placed before the Committee for consideration. 2. The Genesis In pursuance of the decision taken in the Executive Council meeting held on 24th March 2011, the task of reconstruction and updation of NIFT Academic Manual was entrusted to a Committee as per details given below: S. No. Area of Working Officer-in-charge Supporting faculty 1. Teaching Matters Dean (A) Ms. Anupreet Bhalla Dugal, UI-SDAC & CP-DFT 2. COE Matters Director HO & COE Ms. Priyanka Gupta, Registrar-DC and CP-LD 3. Student and other departments Director Bengaluru/ Ms. Bhavna K. Verma and Head-AA matters Director Gandhinagar 4. Final compilation of the above three Reg.-DC, Head-AA and Dean-A Ms. Bhavna K. Verma 3. Meetings & Deliberations held: The Committee met on the following dates to discuss and complete the issues regarding reconstruction of Academic Manual: and The Mandate: The mandate given to the Committee was that only the orders, circulars, policies, decisions of EC, AAC, Senate, BOG and amendments approved by the Competent Authority are to be incorporated in the updated manual in adherence to the DG's directions dated 28th April The Process In order to achieve the mandate following steps were taken: a. All the orders, circulars, policies, decisions of EC, AAC, Senate, BOG and amendments approved by the Competent Authority related to the offices of the Director-HO & COE, Head-AA, Dean (Academics) that were to form a part of the Academic Manual were collected from the concerned departments. The various circulars were compiled with the help of the office of Director, NIFT- Gandhinagar. b. The offices were respectively given the task to scrutinize each chapter line by line and incorporate the matter given in the approved circulars etc. This was done with the help of the support faculty. The replaced matter was proposed to be deleted. The irrelevant and obsolete points after the issuance of such orders have been proposed for deletion. No correction and item has accordingly been included which is not approved by the Competent Authority. All the spelling mistakes in the original manual have been duly corrected and highlighted. c. While proposing the changes in the chapters the changes were listed in the tabular form and the chapters proposed in track change mode wherein the red indicates the matter to be added and the blue indicates the matter to be deleted. d. The progress was monitored in the meetings of the committee and necessary directions given. e. The matter of the Academic Manual was also discussed in the EC meeting dated 26th and 27th May, 2011 and the suggestions incorporated. The proposed Manual has been sent to the CAO for scrutiny of any financial implications. NOC will be taken before the Manual goes for print. 473 For restricted use within NIFT only.

488 f. The work was well coordinated with all three departments via meetings, telephonic conversations and s. Simultaneously the drafts of chapters were circulated to centre Directors and CPs and the errata received incorporated. g. A list of contents of chapters and the officials have contributed towards its reconstruction. h. New chapters have been added that pertain to PhD (chapter 13), Bridge Programme (chapter 14), Faculty Development Programme (chapter 15). The changes regarding IPR Trade Mark Policy have been incorporated as per inputs given by Head-IPR Cell (Annexure -4B). A new chapter of PhD was incorporated as given by the Head-Research to the Dean Office. i. Each department has compiled its own contribution to the Manual as follows: i) Changes proposed in the proposed Manual based on the circulars, Orders, Minutes, decision etc. of the Competent Authority in Tabular form. ii) Proposed changes incorporated into the chapters in track change mode. iii) Annexure of documents on which the changes are based (duly signed by the support faculty). j. A separate note has been put up by the 3 depar tments involved in its reconstruction which is enclosed as follows for consideration: Report of Director-HO / COE Report of Dean (A) Report of Head (AA) k. The final outcome of the reconstructed Manual was prepared by compiling the chapters given by the three departments in the track change mode and the annexures also added. l. The compilation of the circulars on which the changes are proposed. m. The proposed changes were put together in a tabular form and compiled chapterwise. 6. DG's Directions: The DG has directed that the updated manual fulfilling the mandate given may be put up to AAC on for approval. 7. For Consideration of AAC: The Reconstruction of Academic Manual Committee submitted the updated draft of the Academic Manual for necessary perusal and approval after which the action regarding the proposed incorporation and deletion shall be carried out before printing. For restricted use within NIFT only. 474

489 Academic Manual - Chapter- 6 (Examination & Evaluation) 1. The Committee: In pursuance of the decision taken in the Executive Council meeting held on 24th March, 2011, the task of reconstruction of Chapter-6 of the NIFT Academic Manual was entrusted to COE-HO to be supported by Registrar-DC, Ms. Priyanka Gupta and CP- LD. 2. The Mandate: The mandate given to the Committee was that only the orders, circulars, decisions of EC, AAC, Senate, BOG and amendments approved by the Competent Authority are to be incorporated in the updated manual in the adherence to the DG's directions dated 28th April, T o fulfil the mandate, following procedure was adopted: i) All the orders, circulars pertaining to examination & evaluation matters were collected and proposed for incorporation. ii) The irrelevant and obsolete points after the issuance of such orders have been proposed for deletion. No correction or inclusion has been included which is not approved by the Competent Authority. All the spelling mistakes are grammatical mistakes, if any in the original have been duly corrected. iii) Simultaneously the draft of the chapter was circulated to centre Directors and CPs and the errata received incorporated. iv) Meetings were held between the COE, and the support staff of the COE - DC and Ms. Priyanka Gupta almost on a daily basis to discuss the suggestions made and monitor the progress. v) Dean and Director Gandhinagar were apprised of the progress via mails and telephonically throughout the progress. vi) It was suggested that roles and responsibilities of COE should be incorporated in Chapter1. This was discussed with the Committee and thereafter transferred to Chapter1 where it belonged. vii) The changes proposed have been put in tabular form. viii) Proposed changes have been incorporated into the chapter where required in track change mode where the additions/ modifications made are in red and the deletions to be made are in blue. 3. DG's Direction: The DG has directed that the updated manual with due incorporation of orders/circulars may be put up to AAC on for approval. Draft revised chapter-1 (changes related to COE) & Chapter-6 are enclosed as Annexure in which new amendments included have been shown in red colour and the items to be deleted are in the blue colour. 4. Meetings & Deliberation held: The Committee met on the following dates to discuss and complete the issues regarding reconstruction of Academic Manual: and For restricted use within NIFT only.

490 REPORT OF DEAN (A) ON UPDATION PROCEDURE OF SPECIFIC CHAPTERS ACADEMIC MANUAL As per Minutes of the Executive Committee meeting held on 24th March 2011, DG-NIFT on discussed that as per policy, the Academic Manual is to be updated every 4 years. Several changes have taken place during this time and it is important to record all the changes so that the updation is systematic and comprehensive. As per the EC minutes, the responsibility of the chapters pertaining to Dean (A) was follows: Area of working Officer In Charge Supporting faculty Teaching Matters Dean (A) Ms Anupreet Bhalla Dugal & CP-DFT Final compilation Reg (DC), Head (AA) and Dean (A) Ms Bhavna K Verma In discussion with all concerned, it was decided that the updation of the following chapters would be undertaken by Dean (A): Chapter No Topic 3 Academic Planning 4 Faculty Matters 9 Continuing Education The steps followed are as follows: 1. The relevant chapters in the current Academic Manual were read thoroughly for general understanding of format, components and clauses. 2. Each chapter was scrutinized line by line to determine which policies are still in use and which ones have been replaced by subsequent circulars. 3. All circulars and Minutes of the Academic Affairs Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Governors and Senate issued after April 2007 were provided by Registrar Establishment giving a comprehensive reference for all policies and decisions taken in different NIFT forum. Circulars were also received from Director Gandhinagar from their compilation file at the Centre. All these circulars were forwarded to Ms. Bhavna Verma and Ms. Anupreet Dugal. 4. As per the meetings convened at NIFT-HO, all decisions and instructions issued by DG-NIFT were adhered to. Special note was taken of the fact that as per letter issued by office of DG-NIFT dated , no changes are to be made which have not been approved by the Competent Authority. 5. The circular of Director NIFT Gandhinagar re-iterating the modalities of Manual updation were noted. There has been a regular interchange of correspondence and draft chapters have been forwarded on a daily basis for feedback. 6. Accordingly the first draft of the concerned chapters was made in the Track Change Mode with corresponding references to the relevant circulars. 7. Chapters 3, 4, and 9 were ed to all Centre Directors and Chairpersons on 23rd May 2011 and comments requested by 25th May The comments were forwarded to Ms. Bhavna Verma and Ms. Anupreet Dugal for incorporation in the 2nd draft. 8. The list of awards and corresponding criteria received by Dean (A) from all CPs was put up in the Executive Council meeting on 27th May 2011 and ratified. These were put up to DG for approval to be included in the AAC agenda. These have been included in the draft Manual. For restricted use within NIFT only. 476

491 9. Chapter No Topic 7 Degree and other distinctions 10. The summary of subjects as per the AAC and BOG ratified curriculum and flow char t of each department were sought. As directed by DG-NIFT, the summary of 2010 and 2011 were both to be included. These were edited and compiled by Ms. Bhavna Verma and re-circulated to all CPs for their comments. All suggested modifications were compiled. 11. Inputs have also been provided in Chapters 1 and 12/ The updated draft of Chapters 3, 4, 7 and 9 was circulated on 28th June 2011 to all CPs, Centre Directors and CAO for comments and feedback in 2 formats: i. Track Change Mode ii. Tabular format as per circular of Director Gandhinagar 13. Inputs from Head-Industry have also been received for Chapters 1, 3, 5 & 10, as presented in the Executive Committee meeting held on Cross-checking of information and amendments incorporated from all Heads and CPs, has been done by the support faculty to ensure that no changes are made if it is not backed up by the approval of the Competent Authority. 15. Minutes of the various meetings are attached with the agenda note. 16. The comments have been received and incorporated. 17. The final draft is being put up to DG-NIFT for approval to be included as an AAC Agenda for ratification. 477 For restricted use within NIFT only.

492 REPORT OF HEAD (AA) ON UPDATION PROCEDURE OF SPECIFIC CHAPTERS ACADEMIC MANUAL As per Minutes of the Executive Committee meeting held on 24th March 2011, DG-NIFT on discussed that as per policy, the Academic Manual is to be updated every 4 years. Several changes have taken place during this time and it is important to record all the changes so that the Updation is systematic and comprehensive. As per the EC minutes, the responsibility of the chapters pertaining to Head (AA) was follows: Area of working Officer In Charge Supporting faculty Student and other departments matters Director Bengaluru/ Ms. Bhavna K. Verma and Head-AA Director Gandhinagar Final compilation Reg (DC), Head (AA) Ms Bhavna K Verma and Dean (A) In discussion with all concerned, it was decided that the updation of the following chapters would be undertaken by Head (AA): Chapter No Topic 5 Student matters 14 Bridge Programme Policy 15 Faculty Development Policy The steps followed are as follows: 1. The relevant chapters in the current Academic Manual were read thoroughly for general understanding of format, components and clauses. 2. Each chapter was scrutinized line by line to determine which policies are still in use and which ones have been replaced by subsequent circulars. 3. All circulars and Minutes of the Academic Affairs Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Governors and Senate issued after April 2007 were provided by Registrar Establishment giving a comprehensive reference for all policies and decisions taken in different NIFT forum. Circulars were also received from Director Gandhinagar from their compilation file at the Centre. All these circulars were forwarded to Ms. Bhavna Verma and Ms. Anupreet Dugal. 4. As per the meetings convened at NIFT-HO, all decisions and instructions issued by DG-NIFT were adhered to. Special note was taken of the fact that as per letter issued by office of DG-NIFT dated , no changes are to be made which have not been approved by the Competent Authority. 5. The circulars of Director NIFT Gandhinagar re-iterating the modalities of Manual updation were noted. There has been a regular interchange of correspondence and draft chapters have been forwarded on a daily basis for feedback. 6. Accordingly the first draft of the concerned chapters was made in the Track Change Mode with corresponding references to the relevant circulars. 7. Chapters 5, 14 & 15 were ed to all Centre Directors and Chairpersons and the feedback is incorporated by the support faculty. 8. The policies for Bridge Programme and Faculty Development Programme were redrafted and were put up to DG for approval to be included in the AAC agenda. These have been included in the draft Manual. 9. Inputs have also been provided in Chapters 1 and 7 & 12. For restricted use within NIFT only. 478

493 10. The updated draft of Chapters 5, 7, 12, 14 & 15 was circulated on 1st July 2011 to all CPs, Centre Directors and CAO for comments and feedback in 2 formats: i. Track Change Mode ii. Tabular format as per circular of Director Gandhinagar 11. Cross-checking of information and amendments incorporated from all Heads and CPs, has been done by the support faculty to ensure that no changes are made if it is not backed up by the approval of the Competent Authority. 12. Minutes of the various meetings are attached with the agenda note. 13. The final draft is being put up to DG-NIFT for approval to be included as an AAC Agenda for ratification. 479 For restricted use within NIFT only.

494 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY MINUTES OF MEETINGS REGARDING ACADEMIC MANUAL 2011 Several meetings have been held at NIFT -HO regarding the modalities of updating the Academic Manual The sequential record of the meetings is as follows: The 1st meeting was held on in the Boardroom at NIFT-HO Present: 1. Ms Sameeta Rajora, Dir NIFT Gandhinagar 2. Ms Archana Awasthi, Dir HO 3. Sr. Prof Banhi Jha, Dean (A) 4. Prof. Suhail Anwar, Head (AA) 5. Ms Neenu Tekchandani, COE- Delhi Centre 6. Ms Bhavna K Verma, Associate Prof 7. Ms Anupreet Dugal, Assistant Prof The following was discussed: 1. In reference to the Executive Committee meeting held on 24th March 2011, the directions of DG-NIFT on the subject were discussed. As per policy, the Academic Manual is to be updated every 4 years. Several changes have taken place during this time and it is important to record all the changes so that the updation is systematic and comprehensive. 2. As per the EC minutes, the responsibility of the chapters was distributed as follows: Area of working Officer In Charge Supporting faculty Teaching matters (Academic matters) Dean (A) Ms Anupreet Bhalla Dugal, UI-SDAC & CP-DFT COE matters Dir -HO & COE-HO Ms Priyanka Gupta, UI-AA(HO), Reg DC and CP-LD Students and all other departmental Dir- Bengaluru/ Ms Bhavna K Verma and Head AA matters Dir Gandhinagar Final compilation Reg (DC), Head (AA) Ms Bhavna K Verma and Dean (A) 3. All concerned were asked to go through their respective chapters in the current Academic Manual and make their preliminary observations regarding the existing clauses. References should be made to all subsequent circulars that have been issued. Accordingly all changes should be listed systematically. 4. Collection and compilation of all circulars w.e.f after the issue of the last existing Academic Manual pertaining to the respective chapters should be done. 5. It was decided that all concerned would prepare preliminary notes on their respective chapters before the next scheduled meeting. 6. In the end the Coordinator requested the suppor t faculty to be prompt in their work and keep the time limit in mind as the matter is very urgent. For restricted use within NIFT only. 480

495 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Subject: Updating the Academic Manual 201I The 2nd meeting was held on at NIFT-HO Present: 1. Ms Sameeta Rajora, Dir NIFT Gandhinagar 2. Ms Archana Awasthi, Dir HO 3. Sr. Prof Banhi Jha, Dean (A) 4. Prof Suhail Anwar, Head (AA) 5. Ms Neenu Tekchandani, COE- Delhi Centre 6. Ms Bhavna K Verma, Associate Prof 7. Ms Anupreet Dugal, Assistant Prof The following were discussed: 1. It was discussed that as per letter issued by office of DG-NIFT dated , no changes are to be made which have not been approved by the Competent Authority. 2. As per the meeting convened by DG on to check the progress in respect of updation of Academic Manual, it was discussed that Registrar Establishment would be requested to provide copies of all circulars and Minutes of the Academic Affairs Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Governors and Senate. This would give a comprehensive reference to the Committee for all policies and decisions taken in different NIFT forum. 3. All members stated that they had scrutinized their respective chapters of the Academic Manual. However concern was expressed about the appropriate modality of updating the Academic Manual since extensive changes have taken place. It was suggested by Director, Gandhinagar that each chapter should be scrutinized line by line to determine which policies are still in use and which ones have been replaced by subsequent circulars. 4. As per directions of DG- NIFT, since industry and peer reviewed curriculum in December-January had been ratified by the AAC held on 22nd Feb. The summary of subjects for Chapter 3 would include both 2010 and 2011 subjects. Ms Bhavna Verma would ask CPs to forward the necessary information accordingly. 5. COE apprised the committee that CP-LD had asked for information pertaining to COE matters (Chapter 6) from all concerned which had been forwarded to Ms Bhavna Verma for inclusion. 6. It was decided that the first draft of the revised chapters would be circulated to all Directors and Chairpersons by for their comments. 7. The list of awards and corresponding criteria received by Dean (A) from all CPs had been ratified by the EC held on 27th May which would be included in Chapter The importance of adhering to time lines was re-iterated again by the Coordinator. 481 For restricted use within NIFT only.

496 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Subject: Updating the Academic Manual 201I The 3rd meeting was held on at NIFT-HO Present: 1. Ms Sameeta Rajora, Dir Gandhinagar 2. Ms Archana Awasthi, Dir HO 3. Mr Deepak Ratan, Dir Bhopal 4. Mr Jabbar Singh, Dir Jodhpur 5. Sr. Prof Banhi Jha, Dean (A) 6. Prof Suhail Anwar, Head (AA) 7. Ms Neenu Tekchandani, COE- Delhi Centre 8. Ms Bhavna K Verma, Associate Prof 9. Ms Anupreet Dugal, Assistant Prof 10. Ms Priyanka Gupta, Assistant Prof The following were discussed: 1. Director Gandhinagar who had been nominated as Convenor and Coordinator of the Academic Manual Committee by DG-NIFT, reiterated that the committee should follow a systematic procedure of updating the Manual. 2. Director Gandhinagar apprised the Committee of the compilation of all circulars available at the Centre. The office of Dean (A) had sent scanned copies of all the circulars received from Registrar Establishment to Gandhinagar Office for reference to facilitate greater accuracy in formulating the 2nd draft. 3. The Committee was apprised that the first draft of chapters 3, 4 and 9 in the Track Change Mode had been ed to all Centre Directors and Chairpersons on 23rd May Comments were requested by 25th May Chapters 2, 5, 6, 12, 13 and 14 were circulated on 24th May and comments requested by 25th May The feedback had been incorporated in the 2nd draft. Recd from Comment ref to chapter Action taken Dir Gandhinagar Chapter 3,4,5,6 & 9 Forwarded to Anshoo Rajvanshi, UI-CE on 24th May Dir Shillong Chapter 1,3 & 4 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 26th May Dir Kangra Comments were OK Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May Dir Kolkata Chapter 1 & 3 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 26th May Reg Jodhpur General Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May CP-LD Chapter 2, 3 & 6 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May CP-PGDS Chapter 3 & 6 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May CP-TD Chapter 3 & 6 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May CP-FMS Chapter 2 & 3 Forwarded to Bhavna Verma and Anupreet Dugal on 25th May CP-FP Chapter 9 Forwarded 4. Any deviation or additional information requirement from CPs was conveyed back to them with a request to resend/ reformat the information as per guidelines. 5. As desired by DG-NIFT, a report on the procedure and update of the activities of the Committee would be submitted by Dir Gandhinagar. 6. The Coordinator emphasized on the need for all concerned to keep the time frame in mind as the matter is urgent. For restricted use within NIFT only. 482

497 NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF FASHION TECHNOLOGY Subject: Updating the Academic Manual 201I The 4th meeting was held on in the Boardroom Present: 1. Ms. Archana Awasthi, Dir HO 2. Sr. Prof Banhi Jha, Dean (A) 3. Prof Suhail Anwar, Head (AA) 4. Ms. Neenu Tekchandani, COE- Delhi Centre 5. Ms. Anupreet Dugal, Assistant Prof. The following were discussed: 1. Dean (A) apprised the Committee that the circular of Dir Gandhinagar dated 31st May 2011 had been forwarded to all concerned for reference. It is important to include all circulars issued by the competent Authority. 2. All concurred that while the Chapters had been revised on the basis of the circulars as per directions of DG-NIFT, the accuracy and validity of the contents can be ensured through a feedback mechanism. 3. All text updations should be regularly forwarded to Director Gandhinagar and to concerned Committee members as applicable, so that everyone would be in the loop. 4. It was discussed that updation of Chapter 8 entitled 'Diploma Programmes' needed the advice and directions of DG-NIFT since EMFB is no longer the only Diploma Programme. NIFT Specialty Centre, Coimbatore will launch 4 Diploma programmes in Head (AA) also stated that there should be synchronization between the Establishment and Academic Manuals in terms of Tables/ Orthonograms. 6. All Annexures must also be updated on the basis of circulars. 7. All updations are to be indicated in 2 formats: i. Track Change Format ii. Tabular format as per circular of Director Gandhinagar 8. The work done by the following on the corresponding chapters was acknowledged by the committee: CP - DFT & Ms. Anupreet B. Dugal, (Chapter 3, 4, 5) Registrar - Delhi Centre, CP (LD) & Ms. Priyanka Gupta (both on Chapter 6), Ms. Anshoo Rajvanshi (Chapter 9) and Ms. Bhavna K Verma (Overall contribution to all chapters). 9. The support faculty collected all relevant circulars and will incorporate these at the relevant places in the proposed reconstructed manual. The circulars which form the basis of the updated manual will be signed by then as a part of confirmation. 10. All confirmed that deadlines will be adhered to. 483 For restricted use within NIFT only.

498 AGENDA ITEM NO.19 EXTRACTS OF MINUTES OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL MEETING HELD ON 24th MARCH, 2011 UNDER THE CHAIRPERSONSHIP OF DG-NIFT UPDATION OF ACADEMIC, ACCOUNTS AND ESTABLISHMENT MANUALS The Academic, Accounts and Establishment Manuals of NIFT were prepared in the year 2007 and since then a lot of changes have happened which have give rise to the need of updating these manuals. Accordingly the following Committees were constituted to update the NIFT Manuals: (i) Committee for updating the Academic Manual The Committee is divided into three different groups as per the details given below: S.No. Area of working Officer Incharge Supporting faculty 1. Teaching Matters Dean (A) Ms. Anupreet Bhalla Dugal & CP-DFT 2. COE matters Director- H.O. & COE Ms. Priyanka Gupta, Reg. DC and CP-LD 3. Student and all other Director- Bengaluru/ Ms. Bhavna K. Verma, and Head (AA) departments matters Director -Gandhinagar 4. Final compilation of Reg (DC), Head (AA) the above three and Dean (A) The final copy of all matters will be forwarded to Officer Incharge by April 1st 2011 for compilation who will submit the updated draft copy to Director General by April 15th (Action: Dean (A), Dir-Ho/ Bengaluru/Gandhinagar) (ii) Committee for updating the Finance & Accounts Manual 1. Director (F&A)- Officer I/C 2. CAO 3. Director Chennai 4. DR(F&A)- NIFT Raebareli Centre 5. PE(Bldg.) It was directed that name of the Accounts Manual may be changed to Finance & Accounts Manual and should include all relevant guidelines from GFR, procurement and construction procedure etc. (Action: Director (F&A)/ Chennai/ CAO) (iii) Committee for updating the Establishment Manual 1. Director NIFT- Hyderabad officer I/C 2. Registrar (Estt.) 3. Registrar NIFT Kolkata 4. OSD- NIFT Bhubaneshwar [Action: Director Hyderabad/Reg. (Estt.)] The above officer I/Cs are required to circulate first draft to all Directors and CPs by under information to DG by D.O. letter latest by 15th April, For restricted use within NIFT only. 484

499 EXTRACTS OF MINUTES OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL MEETING HELD ON 26TH & 27TH MAY, 2011 UNDER THE CHAIRPERSONSHIP OF DG-NIFT ITEM NO.004 RECONSTRUCTION OF MANUALS Status of reconstruction of Establishment, Accounts and Academic Manuals as presented by the Committee constituted for this purpose was noted by the DG. DG emphasized that for reconstruction of Manuals, the existing Manuals along with all relevant minutes of the Meeting of BOG, AAC, Senate & Standing Committee of the Board on Establishment matters, DG's Circulars may be considered and all the orders/ circulars released by HO after publication of the existing Manuals may be incorporated. DG directed the Committees to ensure that while reconstruction of the Manuals, the following procedure has been followed: a. Vetting of each chapter of the Manual by a responsible Officer and getting a preliminary draft with a view to include the changes as mandated by the decision made by BOG/EC Committee & DG circulars. b. Circulation of the draft to all the Centre Directors and Head of the Units and calling for the suggestions from them. c. Compilation of the second draft after getting feedbacks from all the Stakeholders. d. Compiling the final Draft and submission to Director General for approval. Establishment Manual: 6th CPC recommendation- implementation thereof may be included subject to approval by the Standing Committee of the board on Establishment matters. Policy for Study leave and Sabbatical Leave may be included subject to approval by the Academic Affairs Committee. Changes in the RTI Manual may be got approved on file before incorporating the same in Establishment Manual. Citizens' Charter and Public Grievance Redressal to be included as Chapter- I. Final version of the Establishment Manual may also be ed to CAO for vetting of financial issues and comments of the CAO be received by 10th June, 2011 for incorporation. Final version as prepared by the Committee be circulated to all Centre Directors, CPs, Registrars and Head of the Units. After which agenda note for the Standing Committee of the Board on Establishment matters may be put up. Action: Dir (Hyd.)/ Dir (HO) Finance and Accounts Manual: The final draft Finance and Accounts Manual along with list of changes and their origin may also be once again circulated to all Centre directors/ Chairpersons/ Heads/ DR(F&A)s. The guidelines related to Audit & Internal Audit may be revisited to ensure that all instructions contained in GFR are properly incorporated. Maintenance of register and records needs appropriate emphasis. After completion of the above exercise agenda for F&AC meeting may be put up. Action: CAO/ Dir (F&A) Academic Manual: To ensure that all the changes related to Common Exams, evaluation criteria, Jury composition, Process based and theory based subjects (list, evaluation etc.) PhD Policy, Bridge Programme, Faculty Development Programme, Awards etc. are incorporated. Final version of the Academic Manual may also be ed to CAO for vetting of financial issues and comments of the CAO be received by 10th June, 2011 for incorporation. Final version as prepared by the Committee be circulated to all Centre Directors, CPs, Registrars and Head of the Units. After which agenda note for the AAC may be put up. Action: Dean/Head(AA)/COE/ Dir (G'ngr) New timelines for reconstruction of Manuals: The Committees constituted for reconstruction of the Manuals were requested advised to complete the exercise till 15th June, The Committee was also requested to record on the final note about the feedback received from the all the concerned. 485 For restricted use within NIFT only.